Product Catalog Edition IV November 2018 Tescom en 5235204 PDF

TESCOM
Product Catalog - Edition IV

NOVEMBER 2018
Precision pressure control solutions for your industry.

INTRODUCTION
Welcome
This global catalog is designed to help you quickly the index in the back of the catalog. If you still can’t
and easily find technical information about TESCOM find what you need, please contact your local sales
products. The technical section offers general technical representative or EMERSON directly.
information, basic regulator details, materials usage,
certifications offered, world area differences in porting Information that’s easy and portable
and connections and much more. This eCatalog allows you to easily navigate through the
catalog, do text searches, insert notes and bookmarks,
Finding what you want share and download or print the catalog.
To help you navigate through this catalog, we have
Take the eCatalog with you!
provided a table of contents with color coded sections.
Have THE TESCOM eCatalog at your fingertips on your
Each section divider contains further information to help
tablet or smart phone. Once the eCatalog is open in
aid in narrowing down your search. Use the Product
your mobile device browser, simply select the download
Selection Guides available for the pressure reducing,
option. This downloads a PDF to your mobile device and
backpressure and valves sections to help narrow down
provides scaled-down features of this online version.
your search by pressure and flow. And don’t forget
Your worldwide pressure control partners

EMERSON designs and manufactures a wide range of standard and custom engineered pressure control solutions
for a diverse world market. Whether your needs are components like regulators and valves or pressure systems
and assemblies, EMERSON provides expert application and customer support from simple industrial applications
to high tech complex projects. Market application know-how includes Aerospace & Defense, Alternative Energy,
Diving & Life Support, Laboratory &
Research, Life Sciences, Medical, Oil & Gas
and Microelectronics to name just a few.
TESCOM distributor support centers are 3
located in most major cities worldwide.
More than 100 locations provide
application assistance and quality
TESCOM regulators, valves and systems.
1
2 4
representative, visit our website
www.tescom.com.
1 2 Americas 4 Asia-Pacific
T +1 800 447 1250 T +86 21 2892 9000 (China)
T +65 6777 8211 (Singapore)
3 Europe
T +49 38823 31 284
PERFORMANCE TO TAKE YOU FURTHER
Application expertise
EMERSON’s innovation and breadth of expertise is illustrated by how many industries we serve.
From extraction to processing/manufacturing to testing, selecting the right pressure control
solution contributes directly to getting the best performance from your investment. EMERSON’s
expertise delivers on that performance.
OIL & GAS EXPLORATION AND EXTRACTION Additional Applications
The following applications can be found
throughout Downstream Levels 1–3.
50-
26- 4000
54- 44-
Emergency Breathing Air
2900 2300 1100
Oil Drilling
Hyperbaric
44-
44- 54- Platform Control Oil Rig 54-
2000
1300
44-
1100
4000
Chamber 44-
1100
56-
2000
2200
Panel 44-
5200
54- 26-
2000 1700
50- 50-
Drill ship 54-
2800
2200 2000
Oil Sands NA
Process
Analytical Lab
Diving 44-
Bell 44-
4000
2200
Mini
44- Labo
3400
DOWNSTREAM
44-
1300 LEVEL 1 44-
ACS012 3400
Gas Processing
CS2200
44-
5800 Petrochemical Plant Pilot Plant
VA
44-
3400
DOWNSTREAM Gas Separating
44-
LEVEL 2 26-
1700
7400
NA
44-
1300
20- ER5000
1100
44-
1100 VA Calibration
26-
SJS ACS012 Lab 2000
CNG Fueling Station 44-

5200
Power Station CS2200
26-
1100
26-
VG 1000
44-
2200 26-
20- 1600
1200
26-
1600
TV
VA 26-
1700
Emissions
44-
6400
Monitoring
44-
DH 20- 26- 2200
1400 1200
NA
Factory Automation Liquid Mini

Oxygen Labo
DK Hydrogen Fuel Cell Vehicles
30-
26- 1100 ACS012
1000 26-
1200
44-
4600 26- DOWNSTREAM ER5000
CS2200
44-
3400
1100
LEVEL 3
44- 30-
4700 26- 26- 1200
26- 2300 26-
1100
2000
Semiconductor, Life Sciences 1600 26-
1000
ER5000
and other industries
INDUSTRIAL PARK APPLICATIONS Additional

44- VA 26- 26-
NA
DK
Applications
3400 2000 1600 44-
4200 26- 54- The following applications can be found
2300 2000
DG throughout the Park.
ER5000
44-
1300 Analytical Lab
Hose Test Bench
44-
Testing 2200 CS2200
44- 26-
1700
1100
R&D Facility
VG
04
44-
General PH-
2200
Manufacturing 3200 44-

2600
44-
3400
CS2200
Software
Manufacturing
44-
5200 Calibration Lab
PH-
2200
DH
54-
2100
MB-1 ER3100 Life Sciences VA
ER5000
54-
2800
64- 15
2800 64-
26- 12 2600
1000 26-
2000
ER5000
VA
26- 26-
1600 2000
54-
2700
Aerospace Hydrostatic 74-
Testing Test Stand
26-
3000
1200
Semiconductor
Fabrication Emergency
Emergency
Oxygen Case Equipment
MA-6
54- VA BB-1
Hanger 26- 2100
2000
Auto Cascade
Ground Support ER5000 VT
Equipment MB-7
6-Bottle BB-1
ChargeCart
44-
1300
Auto
Cascade
Automotive Testing
INDUSTRIAL
PARK
Products indicated are just a starting point to demonstrate product capabilities in many industries.
EMERSON offers a large variety of standard products and custom solutions.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
What to consider when choosing a regulator
Major considerations in the selection of a regulator are listed here. Within the requirements of your specific
application, use this catalog to find the regulator that matches your parameters. Our standard products are only
a starting point. We can modify or create a control that will solve your toughest application problem. Detailed
information is available through your local TESCOM representative.
LOADING – Spring, Dome, Air Actuated,

Electronic
Loading refers to the method used to balance the
HANDKNOB
outlet pressure. Spring loading is used with direct
Large handknob provides easy, low
acting regulators with handknob adjustment.
torque pressure setting. Wrench or
Dome loading is most often used in high flow,
screwdriver adjust options on some models.
quick response type applications.
Air Actuator provides outlet pressures up to
VENTING
15,000 psig /1035 bar with a signal of only
Venting feature enables relieving of the outlet
100 psig / 6.9 bar. A TESCOM electronic controller
pressure when the handknob is turned in the
is another loading option.
“decrease” direction.
Captured venting configuration includes extra PANEL MOUNTING
port to pipe away expelled fluids from a Standard on some models. Extra option on
regulator’s vent valve. others.
Non-venting feature available for hydraulic
or other applications where venting is not SENSING – Diaphragm or Piston
desirable. Diaphragms provide sensitive and accurate
regulation for outlet pressure ranges up to
FLOW CAPACITY – Cv 500 psig / 35 bar.
Cv is a measure of regulator flow capacity. The Piston sensors provide high strength integrity for
flow coefficient refers to the flow of one GPM high outlet pressures up to 20,000 psig / 1379
of water at one psi drop across the main valve. bar.
The coefficient for gaseous service must be
determined from the ratio of inlet to outlet INLET PRESSURE RANGES
pressure. Sub-atmospheric to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar.
INLET
BODY MATERIALS PORTS
Brass, aluminum or stainless steel Sizes: 1/8" to 1"
(Type 300, 316) and others. Types: NPTF (all models), SAE, Aminco, MS33649,
Slimline, BSP, welded fittings.
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES AVAILABLE
Starting at 50 mm Hg absolute to 15 psig / MAIN VALVES – Balanced and Unbalanced
1 bar, ranging up to 300-20,000 psig / 21-1379 Balanced design is used to reduce the effect of
bar. decaying inlet pressure and in certain models
provides increased flow capacity.
Unbalanced valve offers simplicity and
OUTLET economy.
ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
• Gauge ports, 1/8" or 1/4" NPTF
Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Corp. • Temperature range
Gylon® is a registered trademark of Garlock, Inc.
• Corrosion resistance
LabVIEW® is a registered trademark of National Instruments.
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. • Welded connections
Teflon®, Viton-A® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours. • Soft goods-Buna-N, PCTFE, Teflon®,
Windows® and Visual Basic® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Viton-A®, Vespel® and EPR.
iPhone® and iPad® are registered trademarks of Apple, Inc.
WARNING! Do not attempt to select, install, use or maintain TESCOM products until you have read and fully understood the TESCOM
Safety, Installation and Operation Precautions.
The contents of this publication are presented for information purposes only, and while effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they
are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, expressed or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or
applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available on request. We reserve the right to modify or improve
our designs or specifications of our products at any time without notice.
Table of Contents
Company Information
About TESCOM, products by industry, support & training, and contact information
7
Technical Information
General technical information, basic regulator details, materials usage, 21
certifications offered, world area differences in porting and connections and more
Regulators - Pressure Reducing

Regulators that maintain desired outlet pressure providing the required flow 89
to satisfy a variable downstream demand
Regulators - Relief / Backpressure

Regulators that maintain desired upstream pressure by 451
varying the flow in response to changes in upstream pressure
On/Off and Shut-off Valves

Highly reliable valves that keep your system running
533
Manifolds/Changeover Regulators
Manifolds designs that minimize space and potential leak paths and changeover 575
regulators that provide continuous gas and fluid pressure management
Electropneumatic Controllers/Motors
Provides true distributed control of media from vacuum to 20,000 psig / 1380 bar 605
Motorized actuators adjust regulator to any setpoint by remote control
Integrated Custom Systems

From simple to complex, systems of different levels of integration to 637
match individual hydraulic and pneumatic application needs
Accessories
Completes the hardware needs of liquid and 643
process/specialty gas installation
Index
Find products easily by series and keywords
677
Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 5

Company Information
About the company, products by industry, support and training, contact information
Corporate Overview
Overview of TESCOM history, business, manufacturing and quality systems, and Emerson philosophy
9
Products by Industry
Common products listed by Industry to help narrow down options. It’s a start!
13
Contact EMERSON 19

Corporate Overview
Company Information DFLYR1836X012
Minneapolis Location Circa 1924
HISTORY A STRATEGIC FOCUS

Tescom was founded in 1916 by Elmer Smith and originally In 1993, the Tescom Board of Directors made a strategic
called Smith Inventions. It was primarily a design and decision to focus Tescom’s efforts on the fluid controls
manufacturing operation building a line of oxy-acetylene industry. On September 30, 1995, divestiture of the
welding and cutting equipment. Over the years, Mr. Smith Smith Equipment Division occurred, thereby closing out the
added other products and businesses, but for the most part, product on which the company had been founded, i.e., the
the oxy-fuel gas apparatus was the primary product that oxy-fuel gas apparatus line. Along with a clear vision with
stood the test of time. respect to corporate direction, this action retired the LBO
In the late 1950’s, a corporate decision was made to debt and facilitated considerable capital expansion in 1995
expand the business into markets outside of the welding and 1996.
industry and a high pressure regulator business was formed. During this period, the Pressure Controls Division
At that time the name of the company was changed to was reorganized to provide a more specific focus on the
TESCOM Corporation, which is an acronym for The Elmer marketplace. Three divisions were formed: High Purity
Smith Company Of Minnesota. The high pressure regulator Controls Division (HPCD), Industrial Controls Division (ICD)
business ultimately grew to be Tescom’s principle business and Electronic Controls Division (ECD).
endeavor, i.e., the design and manufacture of specialty fluid
control devices for “high tech” industries. CONTINUED EXPANSION
While the ownership of the corporation was in the hands of To accommodate Dräger Tescom’s growth, a new
Mr. Smith and his heirs for almost 70 years, that changed manufacturing facility was constructed in Selmsdorf, Germany
in December 1986 with a LBO sale of the company to three in 1997. As the operation continued to expand, it became
corporate officers. clear the product line being produced had little relationship
For the next few years, Tescom consisted of two divisions, to Dräger’s core business. On February 10, 2000, Tescom
the Smith Equipment Division producing oxy-fuel gas acquired Dräger’s ownership of Dräger Tescom and the name
welding and cutting equipment and the Pressure Controls of the company was changed to Tescom Europe GmbH & Co.
Division producing fluid control components. During this KG. At the same time Tescom’s UK sales office became a direct
period, the Pressure Controls Division established a direct sales office for Tescom Europe (TE).
sales office in the United Kingdom. In 2005, Tescom was acquired by Emerson Electric Company
In 1991, the pressure controls business expanded when a and became a business unit of the Emerson Process
joint venture with Drägerwerk AG was formed to supply Management - Regulator Technologies Division. The
the fluid control needs of the European marketplace. This addition of Tescom allows Regulator Technologies to offer
venture was named Dräger Tescom GmbH. Initially, the joint its customers one of the broadest lines of regulators in the
venture was an assembly and test operation producing select industry, and increases participation in growing industries.
Dräger and Tescom Products in Lübeck, Germany.

ISO Class One Cleanroom
Pressure Controls from Vacuum to 30,000 psig / 2068 bar
Since joining Emerson, sales have continued to grow at a fuels, and energy and environmental controls, as well as
high rate, and we have made significant investments to pharmaceutical and biotech, alternative fuels, and low
drive and support the continued growth. We opened a new purity semiconductor, other industries requiring regulators
manufacturing facility in the fastest growing world area - Asia and valves.
Pacific. In 2006, we started Tescom operations in Shanghai, Microelectronics
China, based in a facility that was first opened by Regulator
Product Lines: Ultra High Purity (UHP) regulator and
Technologies in 2002. We serve our Asia Pacific customers
valve products. Specialty regulators and valves for precise
with Sales, Customer Service, Application Engineering and
control of low to medium pressure of fluids (primarily gases)
Design Engineering support. We continue to add to the
that may be inert, corrosive, toxic, and/or pyrophoric.
capabilities of this location to develop a fully functioning
Intended applications require products to meet high
Tescom presence for the Asia Pacific market. Also in 2006, we
cleanliness levels, low leakage rates and special performance
started our sales office in Dubai, UAE to support the major
characteristics.
growth opportunities in Middle East and Africa (MEA). Today,
we serve the MEA market with Sales, Application Engineering Industries Served: Microelectronics, including
and a Customer Service support team. We have added Semiconductor bulk and specialty gas delivery systems
a regional sales office in Saudi Arabia and serve the MEA including OEM fabricators, semiconductor tool
market locally through the sales channels in all the major manufacturers, wafer fab construction, MRO business,
emerging countries. as well as Polysilicon materials production, Photovoltaic
applications (solar cells), and optical fiber manufacturing.
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
Systems
Tescom is a product brand part of the Fluid & Motion Control
Product Lines: Systems are pressure control solutions
business unit. Fluid & Motion Control in total is a $1+ billion
built around measurement and control instrumentation
business unit of Emerson Electric Company. Emerson Electric
for the industrial automation, product testing, and process
is a $20+ Billion global manufacturing company with facilities
control industries; integrated high accuracy digital systems
and employees throughout the world.
for liquid or gas control from subatmospheric pressures
Until 2008, Tescom was organized into three business units, to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar; communication software for
Industrial Controls, High Purity Controls, and Tescom Europe. data acquisition and distributed process control. Electronic
In 2008, the business was reorganized to create one Tescom, hardware, software and mechanical design are conducted
with global management over all product lines and activities. internal to the company.
Sales and Marketing, Engineering, Manufacturing and Industries Served: Systems markets include industrial
Supply Chain, Quality and Finance functions are organized to manufacturing and testing, laboratory and R&D, aerospace
support all product lines of the business globally. and defense and the other industries served by the Industrial
Controls product line. Advanced control techniques, superior
PRODUCT LINES performance, and digital communications are brought to a
General Industry variety of control applications in each of the above industries.
Product Lines: Specialty regulators and valves providing Tescom Europe Specific Product Lines
reliable control of fluids (gases and liquids) that involve In Europe we sell some region specific product lines, in
high pressure, corrosive, flammable, and/or unique addition to the Industrial, Systems, and High Purity product
performance characteristics. lines that we sell globally.
Industries Served: Industrial manufacturing and testing,
laboratory and R&D, aerospace and defense, oil & gas
exploration and extraction, life sciences, petrochemical
refining and processing, diving and life support, alternative
10 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250

The building blocks that complete the system are such things
as: Leadership, Employee Recognition, Customer Focus, and
Environmental Management. Within each specific block there
are events, processes and actions that occur. For example,
the Employee Recognition block includes such things as
employee luncheons, length of service awards, recognition
letters, employee presentations, etc.
ISO 9000 Quality System

Within the Total Quality Management concept, a basic quality
assurance system such as ISO 9001 is absolutely essential. The
ISO 9000 system is recognized by most countries throughout
Custom Integrated Solutions the world. To be certified as an ISO 9000 company, all aspects
of business operations must be documented and very stringent
quality requirements must be followed. The company was
Medical
among the first 55 U.S. corporations certified to ISO 9001.
Product Lines: mainly OEM products for medical equipment, Since the initial certification, audits are conducted to assure
including accessories. the company continues to conform to ISO requirements.
Industries Served: Anesthesia machines, breathing Our Elk River, Selmsdorf and Shanghai manufacturing
support equipment. facilities are ISO 9001 certified to the most current
ISO standard.
Laboratory
Product Lines: A range of regulators and valves for specific METI/KHK Certification
laboratory applications, often integrated with OEM In addition to ISO 9001 Quality System certification, on
laboratory furniture. December 16, 1997, The Tescom business became the
Industries Served: Laboratories first foreign corporation in the world to achieve product
certification to the Fifth Edition Procedural Manual of The
EMERSON'S VISION, MISSION, AND QUALITY Japanese High Pressure Gas Safety Laws. Since that time, the
POLICY STATEMENTS business has been certified successfully to the Sixth Edition
Procedural Manual.
VISION
The quality system and product certifications allow Tescom to
Global leader in delivering innovative pressure control
provide high quality certified regulators to the world’s markets.
solutions that drive unrivaled customer value and loyalty.
MISSION MANUFACTURING APPROACH

Partner with our customers to solve their most challenging The manufacturing process at each production facility is
problems. based on flow technology using people who are empowered
and have the authority and responsibility to meet objectives.
QUALITY POLICY TQC tools are used to evaluate processes and on-line SPC
Every employee is committed to meeting or exceeding our methods replace inspection.
customers' expectations by providing quality products and Lean Manufacturing: A lean operation requires the
services. identification of all process steps and then systematically
Quality means: eliminates non-value added operations. In most companies,
50% to 75% of process steps are non-value added! At Tescom
• Fully understanding customer requirements we use value stream mapping to identify and eliminate non-
• Solving customers' most demanding pressure value added process steps, and improve our process.
control problems Cellular Manufacturing: Machines and people are
• Providing defect free products in the eyes of grouped to provide a continuous flow of material for related
the customer operations. This lean system has drastically reduced lot sizes,
• Meeting customer delivery requirements material travel time/distance, work in process, lead time,
scrap and rework.
• Continuously improving products and processes
Set-Up Time Reduction: Since set up time is a major factor
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT in the machine cell, significant reduction in this non-value
Emerson is a successful company. We believe one of the added activity is a primary objective. Minimal set up time
contributing factors to that success is the implementation of facilitates one-for-one, lean processes to reduce lead times
a Total Quality Management (TQM) system. and inventory through increased flexibility.
We use the ISO 9001 Quality System Model and the Japanese Kanban: A parts pull replenishment system has been
High Pressure Gas Safety Laws as the components of the implemented, both internally and externally to its
foundation for the Quality Management System. manufacturing operations. The intent is to significantly
improve the response time of the supply chain, improving
probabilities that parts will be available. Internal kanban

efforts focus on fully ported bodies and long lead time QUALITY SUPPLIERS
sub-assembly processes as well as replenishment of standard
finished goods inventory. External kanbans target repetitive Emerson depends on outside sources for materials and
manufactured parts and those requiring longer lead times. components. Our approach to assuring delivery of quality
Stage Gate New Product Development (NPD) and Product materials is to deal only with “approved suppliers.” The
Design Tools (FEA/CFD): Our stage gate NPD process is process for approving suppliers and the level of approval is
a very systematic approach to assuring a new product is based upon: 1) inspection of the supplier’s facility,
designed and manufactured to meet the actual needs and 2) a review of the supplier’s quality system and 3) the
expectations of the customer, not as they may be perceived supplier’s performance history. We are striving to find and
by Tescom, and meet cost targets and incorporate improved develop key suppliers to a level that represents a history of no
quality. Finite element analysis (FEA) and computational fluid material non-conformances and consequently, no receiving
dynamics (CFD) are state of the art design tools to provide inspection is required.
more robust, higher quality products with a significant
improvement in first time yield through production. THE MOST VALUED RESOURCE -
THE EMPLOYEES
MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY While we are extremely proud of our facilities, products,
CHAIN PROCESSES marketplace reputation, and business philosophies, the
employees are what we take the most pride in! Emerson
For General Industry products, the predominant has a work force second to none! Quality orientation, high
manufacturing activity is product assembly and test, with integrity, and a desire to satisfy the customer are just some
machining limited to low or medium volume parts utilizing of the characteristics describing a our employee’s work ethic.
CNC and conventional lathes and mills, arranged in cellular,
pull through work centers. The majority of product Our employment philosophy is to provide competitive
components are purchased from outside suppliers. All compensation and benefits in order to “attract and retain”
stainless steel and brass parts are subjected to special capable/competent personnel. After extensive interviewing
in-house metal finishing processes prior to assembly into and reference checking, a new employee receives significant
final product. training and numerous performance reviews during his/
her initial employment. Once the initial training process is
For Microelectronics products, there are additional complete, regular performance reviews, training, coaching
specialized processes. All stainless steel parts produced and counseling processes are used to assure the employee
internally or by a supplier are subjected to special in-house continues to meet the needs of the company and the
electropolishing and cleaning processes. Additional special company continues to meet the needs of the employee.
manufacturing processes include class 100 cleanrooms for
TIG and orbital welding and UHP class 10 cleanrooms with THE FUTURE
automated test panels for assembly and test.
We trust the foregoing has provided you an informative
Systems are produced in a low volume assembly overview of Emerson's Tescom business. Emerson has always
environment, with calibration and test of electromechanical endeavored to be a quality organization, where meeting the
measurement and control products using automated data needs of the customer, the employee and the shareholder are
acquisition cells. The majority of product components paramount considerations. While return on investment is the
are manufactured outside of the company (enclosures, reason for being in business, this can only be accomplished
circuit boards, sensors). Proprietary high value-added by continuous improvement to our processes and constant
manufacturing processes and software are designed and striving to achieve our Vision. With these beliefs in mind,
implemented within the company. we are confident our progress and success will continue
and we will maintain and grow our position as the leading
PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION manufacturer of specialty fluid control instrumentation.
For many years, Emerson has sold Tescom products through
authorized distributors around the world, as well as selling
directly in some countries. Currently there is a worldwide
network of more than 80 independent distributors along
with direct sales offices within the USA, Germany, China, UK
and Dubai.

Products By Industry
Company Information DMISC2038X012
Don’t know where to start? We have narrowed down your search by listing the top selling products in the major
industries we serve. Remember, this is only a start. If you still can’t find what you need, please contact your local
TESCOM sales office or call us directly and we’ll be happy to assist you.
AEROSPACE & DEFENSE PAGE

26-1000 Series
High pressure, pressure reducing regulator typically used in test equipment, calibration stands 95
and production equipment.
26-1200 Series
High flow pressure reducing regulator typically used in rocket engine testing and fueling. 117
26-2000 Series
High pressure, low flow piston sensed regulator typically used in R&D labs, pressure filling, 131
calibration testing, burst testers and component testing.
ER5000 Series
Electropneumatic controller that can be combined with a wide range of pressure reducing
regulators and an external transducer to provide true distributed control of liquids or gases. 599
Typically used in test equipment, calibration stands and product equipment.
Systems Capabilities
Provides integrated pressure control solutions in a wide variety of applications. These systems 629
consist of manifolds, panels and custom assemblies that streamline your process.
VA/VG Series
Air operated valves that offer normally open/closed capabilities, operating pressures for 6000,
10,000 and 15,000 psig / 413, 690 and 1034 bar. These high cycle life valves are suitable for 547
liquid and gas applications.
30 Series
High flow, high pressure hand valves with 6000-10,000 psig / 413-690 bar pressure range,
Cv = 0.28 to 20.0 flow rate and 316 Stainless Steel construction. Typically used on service carts, 525
pressure control and gauge panels.
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY
20-1000 Series
Pressure reducing piston sensed regulator designed with aluminum construction for onboard 95
compressed natural gas vehicles with 7 liter engines or larger.
20-1100 Series
A complete CNG pressure regulator system designed for onboard compressed natural gas
vehicles with 7 liter engines or larger. The main function is the reduction of tank pressure to a
preset outlet pressure but also includes other components critical to the gas delivery system. 99
This proven design derived from the 20-1200 Series offers cost reduction in fittings in a
pre-packaged system.
20-1200 Series
Aluminum construction preset, piston sensed regulator that offers high cycle life and an
integrated 10 micron filter. Commonly used on 350 bar hydrogen fuel cell storage systems for 103
onboard vehicles.
44-2600 Series
Compact and extremely sensitive, this high purity single-stage regulator is ideal for final
pressure delivery for small and medium size hydrogen fuel cells. Features a large Stainless Steel 167
diaphragm for best sensitivity and external leak integrity.
VA/VG Series
Air operated on/off valves for normally open/closed positions in gas or liquid media. These high
pressure, compact valves are excellent for gas storage systems, bottle filling and priority filling 547
for up to 20,000 psig/1380 bar service.

DIVING & LIFE SUPPORT PAGE

26-2900 Series
Dome load negative bias backpressure regulator with a balanced main valve. Ideal for use
in constant bias applications like offshore diving, dumping exhaled breath from pressure 471
chamber (BIBS) or diving bell.
44-1100 Series
High pressure, low flow venting regulator offers a piston sensed design, with a large low 135
torque handknob. Typically used in tank filling and hard helmet diving.
44-1300 Series
High pressure, high flow regulator offers balanced valve design and venting. Ideal for use
in commercial diving, special gas mix regulation, hard suit diving and high pressure tube 143
trailer gas reduction.
BB-1 Series
High pressure, low flow miniature pressure reducing regulator is non-venting and compact, 247
weighing approximately 4 oz / 113 g. Ideal for use in portable and OEM equipment.
Provides integrated pressure control solutions in a wide variety of applications. These systems 629
consist of manifolds, panels and custom assemblies that streamline your process.
ENERGY & ENVIRONMENTAL

26-1500 Series
Highly sensitive diaphragm sensed pressure reducing regulator for transformer and circuit 123
breaker blanketing applications.
44-2200 Series
Compact, lightweight high purity single-stage regulator for specialty, flammable and
industrial gas flows of < 5 SCFM / 141 SLPM. Ideal for analyzer applications, water sampling 159
systems and actuator pressure control.
44-2600 Series
Compact, highly sensitive high purity single-stage regulator for specialty, flammable and
industrial gas flows of < 10 SCFM / 283 SLPM. Ideal for low pressure sampling systems or other 167
low differential pressure applications such as transformer or generator blanketing.
44-3400 Series
Compact, lightweight high purity two-stage cylinder regulator for specialty, corrosive and 183
pyrophoric gas flows of < 5 SCFM / 141 SLPM. Typically used for analyzer carrier gases.
NA4 Changeover System
Designed to ensure a continuous gas supply of carrier gases with no interruption due to 591
supply depletion or change out.

INDUSTRIAL MANUFACTURING & TESTING PAGE

SG Series
Consisting of SG1, SG2 and SG3 models, these compact, lightweight high purity single-
stage and two-stage regulators are designed for specialty and industrial gas flows from 319
5-200 SCFM/141-5663 SLPM. Easily select from optional gauges, relief and shut-off valves and
cylinder connections. Ideal for metal fabrication and specialty and industrial gas cylinders.
26-1700 Series
Backpressure regulator that controls pressures up to 20,000 psig/1380 bar for low and
medium flow applications in gas or liquid service. Typically used in pump discharge control 449
for product cycle and burst testing or reactor pressure control. The optional air load feature
allows adapting the TESCOM ER5000 for automation and improved accuracy.
26-2000 Series
High pressure, pressure reducing regulator for low and medium flow applications is
available with seven different pressure ranges. The standard captured vent feature allows
pressure adjustment up or down in either gas or liquid service. Ideal for product cycle 131
testing, instrument calibration and process control. The optional air load feature allows
adapting the TESCOM ER5000 for automation and improved accuracy.
26-2300 Series
Highly accurate diaphragm sensed backpressure regulator for low and medium flow
applications. Available with spring, dome and air load actuation as well as various Cvs to 459
assure optimum performance. Typically used in hydraulic or pneumatic test stands and can
be used with the TESCOM ER5000 for automation.
44-1100 Series
High pressure, low flow venting regulator is available with six different outlet ranges.
Ideal for test and calibration systems requiring preset or infrequent adjustments. Many 135
modifications are available to satisfy your hydraulic or pneumatic application requirements.
DH Series
High flow, low pressure regulator with large diaphragm for excellent sensitivity. This design
offers low droop and works well with low differential conditions. Ideal for high flow purging, 267
tank blanketing and testing applications at low pressure settings. Available with spring, dome
and air load actuation, and can be used with the TESCOM ER5000 for automation.
ER5000 Series
Electropneumatic controller that is adapted to most TESCOM mechanical regulators
for automation and improved accuracy. The ER5000 requires a feedback signal from a 599
transducer for closed loop control of liquids and gases. Typically used in test equipment,
calibration equipment or production equipment.
Manifolds, custom assemblies and complete systems save you time and money. We can
simplify your existing system or create a new system with complete electrical, mechanical 629
and design capabilities.
VA/VG Series
Air operated on/off valves for normally open or normally closed positions in gas or liquid
media. This high pressure, compact valve saves considerable space compared to ball
valves. These valves are ideal for isolation, cycle testing and emergency dump in hydraulic 547
or pneumatic test stands up to 20,000 psig / 1380 bar. Three-way VT Series valve is also
available.

LABORATORY AND R&D PAGE

26-1700 Series
Backpressure regulator that controls pressures up to 15,000 psig / 1034 bar and is suitable 449
for gas or liquid service. Typically used in pump and reactor pressure control.
26-2000 Series
High pressure, low flow piston sensed regulator typically used in R&D labs, pressure filling, 131
calibration testing, burst testers and component testing.
44-2200 Series
Compact, lightweight high purity single-stage regulator for specialty, flammable, and
industrial gas flows of less than 5 SCFM / 141 SLPM. Ideal for use in laboratory and point-of- 159
use gas systems, sampling systems, zero, span and calibration analyzer gases.
44-3400 Series
Compact, lightweight high purity two-stage cylinder regulator for specialty, corrosive and 183
pyrophoric gases. Ideal for use in high pressure gas cylinders for specialty and industrial gases.
WEGA 1 and 2
Single-stage (WEGA 1) and dual-stage (WEGA 2) cylinder pressure regulators for gas
purities up to 6.0. Integrated relief valve - lightweight and compact design including dual- 343
stage version.
WEGA Corrosive Gases and Purging
Single-stage cylinder regulator with captured bonnet. Ideal for use with corrosive gases. 347
Includes integrated shut-off valve and check valve. Suitable for inert gas purging.
Compact Panel
Compact, lightweight unit for the pressure control of analytical, specialty or corrosive gases
in laboratory facilities. Complete automatic switch-over system provides continuous gas 573
supply. The use of contact gauges allows the monitoring of empty gas cylinders.
MiniLabo 2
Point-of-use regulator with a compact, modular and ergonomic design for non-
corrosive/corrosive gases and mixtures up to 6.0 purity. Used in laboratory, R&D and 297
analyzer applications.
LIFE SCIENCES
PH-1600 Series
High purity, high flow (5-200 SCFM / 141-5663 SLPM) single-stage regulator offers a
compact, USP Class VI and BPE compliant design suitable for biotech and pharmaceutical 419
gases. Ideal for use in clean steam for sanitization and vessel headspace pressurization.
PH-1800 Series
High purity, high flow (5-2000 SCFM / 141-56633 SLPM) single-stage regulator offers a
compact, USP Class VI and BPE compliant design suitable for biotech and pharmaceutical 423
gases. Ideal for use in clean steam for sanitization and vessel headspace pressurization.
PH-2200 Series
High purity, low flow single-stage regulator offers a compact, USP Class VI and BPE
compliant design suitable for specialty gases and clean steam. Ideal for use in sparge gases 427
and clean steam for sanitization.
PH-2600 Series
High purity, low flow, low pressure single-stage regulator offers a compact, USP Class VI
and BPE compliant design suitable for specialty gases. Ideal for use in sparge gases and 431
clean steam for sanitization.
PH-3200 Series
High purity, medium flow single-stage regulator offers a compact, USP Class VI and BPE
compliant design suitable for biotech and pharmaceutical gas flows of 5-50 SCFM / 435
141-1415 SLPM. Ideal for use in sparge gases and clean steam for sanitization.

MEDICAL (AVAILABLE ONLY IN EUROPE) PAGE

PRODUCTS LISTED HERE ARE NOT IN THIS CATALOG AND AVAILABLE FOR THE EUROPEAN
MARKET ONLY. All products are CE-Marked according to medical device directive 93/42/EEC. For
more information about our European Medical products, please visit our website.
WegaMed 200 and WegaMed 300

The WegaMed 200 and 300 are single-stage cylinder regulators designed in
PRO D U C T S N OT I N C ATALOG
correspondence with DIN EN ISO 10524-1 for pressure reduction of pressurized medical
gases. Pressure rating is 2900 and 4350 psig / 200 and 300 bar respectively.
WegaMed Testgas
Single-stage cylinder regulator for the fixed assembly with medical devices. Preset pressure
reduction of pressurized medical gas mixtures. Suitable for mobile and stationary applications.
WegaMed N/NO
This preset Stainless Steel pressure reducing regulator is for use with medical N2/NO gas
mixtures. Ideal for Pulmonary Vasodilation with NO (max. 1000 ppm) application. Single-
stage and dual-stage versions are available (with high precision flowmeter).
Central Gas Supply - Regulator II
Single-stage adjustable pressure regulator designed according to DIN EN ISO 10524-4
for the reduction of pressurized medical gases in hospital central gas supply. Ideal for low
pressure terminal units. Maximum pressure rating is 72.5 psig / 5 bar.
TESAM and TEGOM
Test benches that are designed to conduct the stringent requirements of the European
medical legislation. The TEGOM is a mobile test bench for servicing Medical Terminal Units;
the TESAM is a mobile test bench for servicing pressure regulators, vacuum regulators and
flowmeters.
MICROELECTRONICS
12 Series
A miniature ultra high purity IGS/VCR pressure reducing regulator offers 5 Ra or 10 Ra
micro inch finishes, tied diaphragm and internally springless and threadless design. Ideal 355
for use in OEM tools, gas boxes and low pressure gas cabinets.
64-2600 Series
Economical, ultra high purity pressure reducing regulator provides Stainless Steel
construction with 10 Ra surface finish and is electronic grade cleaned. Ideal for use in 1/4" 379
point-of-use, semiconductor manufacturing, valve manifold boxes and research labs.
64-5400 Series
Ultra high purity, high flow pressure reducing regulator provides 316 Stainless Steel with
Electropolish, 10 Ra surface finish and Hastelloy® diaphragm design. Ideal for use in Bulk 403
Specialty Gas Systems (BSGS), 1/2" point-of-use, tool hook-ups and gas cabinets.
74-3800 Series
Ultra high purity, tied diaphragm pressure reducing regulator offers high flow and
internally threadless and low internal volume design. Ideal for use in 1/2" point-of-use, gas 415
cabinets, high flow purging systems and semiconductor manufacturing.

OIL & GAS EXPLORATION AND EXTRACTION PAGE

50-2X Series
Consisting of 50-2000 and 50-2200 models, these pressure reducing regulators are 219
specifically designed for extended life operation in high pressure hydraulic applications -
of up to 20,000 psig / 1380 bar. Ideal for use in wellhead control panels, subsea valve
actuation, Hydraulic Power Units (HPUs), IWOCS and umbilical reel controls.
233
50-4X Series
Consisting of 50-4000 and 50-4100 models, these pressure reducing regulators offer
an integrated bypass valve that reduces time to production and maintenance cost.
Controls large variations in flow rates at pressures up to 15,000 psig / 1034 bar. Ideal for use
225
in Hydraulic Power Units (HPU) and wellhead control panels.
54-2X Series - Pressure Reducing
Consisting of 54-2000 and 54-2200 models, these pressure reducing regulators offer
hardened Stainless Steel seat and stem for excellent wear resistance in harsh applications
229
like wellhead control panels, subsea valve actuations and Hydraulic Power Units (HPUs). -
Includes high pressure, high flow capabilities that are ideal for hydraulic component testing 233
and Blowout Preventers (BOP).
54-2X Series - Back Pressure
Consisting of 54-2100 and 54-2300 models, these back pressure regulators are suitable
for 15,000 psig / 1035 bar liquid applications and flows from 5-50 gpm / 19-190 lpm. 499
Ideal for use in pump discharge pressure control, component testing, burst testing and -
chemical injection systems. Dome and air load versions can be paired with the TESCOM
ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller for use in hydraulic test stands and pump discharge
503
pressure control.
56-2000 Series
Accurate pressure control that allows customers to have consistent injection rates over the life
of the well. Ideal for Offshore Chemical Injection applications.
245
PETROCHEMICAL REFINING & PROCESSING

SG Series
Consisting of SG1, SG2 and SG3 models, these compact, lightweight high purity single-stage 319
and two-stage regulators are designed for specialty and industrial gas flows from 5-200 SCFM / -
141-5663 SLPM. Easily select from optional gauges, relief and shut-off valves and cylinder
connections. Ideal for process analyzer gases and specialty and industrial gas cylinders.
333
44-2200 Series
Compact, lightweight high purity single-stage regulator for specialty, flammable, and
industrial gas flows of less than 5 SCFM / 141 SLPM. Ideal for use in laboratory and point- 159
of-use gas systems, sampling systems, zero, span and calibration analyzer gases.
44-3400 Series
Compact, lightweight high purity two-stage cylinder regulator for specialty, corrosive, and
pyrophoric gases of 3 SCFM / 85 SLPM. Ideal for use in high pressure gas cylinders for specialty 183
and industrial gases.
44-5800 Series
Vaporizing pressure reducing regulator offers a high tolerance to voltage spikes and high
ambient temperatures. Ideal for use in liquid petroleum analyzers, petrochemical/refinery 211
analyzers and sampling systems. Available in steam, electric and electric with LCD display.
56-2000 Series
Accurate pressure control that allows customers to have consistent injection rates over the life
of the well.
245
ACS012 Series (Changeover Regulator Systems)
Compact, lightweight high purity changeover system for specialty, corrosive, and pyrophoric
gases. Provides continuous low flow of gas from two pressure sources. Ideal for use in 567
analyzer carrier and calibration gases and laser resonator gas applications.
NA4 Changeover System
Complete system designed to ensure a continuous supply of carrier and calibration gases
with no interruption due to supply depletion or change out. Options include remote mount 591
annunciator, check valves and various CGA options.

Contact TESCOM
Company Information DMISC2030X012
North America
Customer Service +1 800 447 1250
Address Emerson Automation Solutions

TESCOM
12616 Industrial Boulevard
Elk River, MN 55330, USA
Email na.tescom@emerson.com
Europe
Europe
Customer Service +49 38823 31 284

TESCOM
An der Trave 23-25
23923 Selmsdorf, Germany
Email eu.tescom@emerson.com

Asia-Pacific
Customer Service +86 21 2892 9000 (China)

+65 6777 8211 (Singapore)

TESCOM
1006 Jin Min Road
Shanghai Pu Dong District
Shanghai 201206, China
Pudong Shanghai, 201206, China
Email ap.tescom@emerson.com

What you should know about this book, engineering guidelines for
different world areas, how to’s, definitions, certifications, and general technical information
General Information
Common terms and definitions, FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions), materials, common soft goods, 23
resonance in regulators and regulator freezing
Certifications/Standards
Descriptions of product/industry certifications and other compliances that TESCOM offers
31
World Area Differences

Porting and threads, cleaning procedures and conversion charts that pertain to different world areas
33
Regulator Specification Information and Services

Information we need to size a regulator, product repairs and training
39
Flow Curves and Calculations

Learn about flow curves, how to use them, and calculate for different media
41
Basics of Pressure Regulation

Learn about regulator basics
51
Regulator Recommendations for Semiconductor Gases

Listing of possible gases and what regulators we recommend
69
Cylinder Valve Connections

Listing of connection types related to gases and common thread types
71

General Information
Technical Information DMISC2045X012
Topics covered are:

• Common Terms and Definitions
• About Laboratory
• Materials
• Common Soft Goods
• Resonance in Regulators
• Regulator Freezing (Joule-Thompson Effect)
COMMON TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
Accumulation Pressure Captured Venting

A term used to describe the increase of control A feature incorporated in a venting regulator which
pressure above the set point as flow increases in a provides an additional port to permit the piping away
backpressure regulator. of the expelled fluids from the regulator’s vent valve. A
Accuracy plug or shut off should never be used in the vent line.
The variation in control pressure which occurs under Control Element
steady state conditions within the control range of One of the three basic elements of a pressure
a regulator. regulator. It acts to reduce a high inlet pressure
Air Load to a lower working or outlet pressure. The control
Also known as Air Actuated. The use of low pressure air element is sometimes called a main valve, valve stem,
supply to control higher pressures. This is a form of a or poppet. Common styles are unbalanced valve,
ratio loading device. Commonly used with controllers balanced valve, tied valve and untied valve.
such as TESCOM’s ER5000 Series. Cracking Pressure
Balanced Valve A term used in backpressure control only and is the
A main valve which has been designed to be pressure inlet pressure to the regulator at which flow starts.
balanced so the main valve spring provides most of the Creep
shut-off force. The three major benefits of the balanced Any increase in the outlet pressure subsequent to
valve design are: (1) a reduced seat load, (2) larger lock-up. Usually a long-term slow pressure increase.
seat orifice capability (larger flows), and (3) reduced This indicates a regulator leak and calls for the
decaying inlet characteristics. immediate removal of the regulator for service. This
Bellows is usually an indication that there is a leak across the
One of three styles of sensing elements. It is the most seat. The leak can be caused by nicks, burrs or debris
accurate of the three sensing elements. The sensitivity on the seat or valve that prevents the valve/seat from
is due to its large sensing area and many flexing points. achieving an adequate seal.
Bias Cv (Flow Coefficient)
The pressure increment which is adjusted or preset A flow coefficient that is numerically equal to the
into a regulator and is usually held constant during number of U.S. Gallons of water at 60°F / 16°C that will
normal functioning. Commonly used for tracking, sub- flow through a valve, regulator or restriction in one
atmospheric capability or differential pressure control. minute when the pressure differential between the
inlet and outlet is one pound per square inch. When
Burst Pressure
gas is used instead of liquid, the equation is modified
A design test pressure which determines the ultimate
to account for the use of a compressible fluid. For a
structural strength of a regulator or valve. Permanent
regulator, Cv is determined when the regulator is wide
deformation and leakage are permitted, but parts must
open and not regulating. When determining flow
remain assembled (no sudden ruptures). Accepted
performance use actual flow curves.
industry standard per ANSI/ASTM B31.3 or PED AD 2000.

Dual-Stage (Two-Stage) Leakage - External
A regulator that is typically used in applications where The loss of fluid from the external surfaces or joints of
the inlet pressure is known to fluctuate and a high level a regulator or valve. Example: From the body-bonnet-
of stability of the outlet pressure is required. diaphragm joint. Leakage to atmosphere.
Dual-stage pressure regulator should be used if Leakage - Internal
operating pressure has to be absolutely stable even if The loss of fluid through a regulator or valve, between
the inlet pressure drops (discharge of the cylinder) or pressure zones normally expected to be sealed.
if the pressure has to be reduced from a high pressure Example: Between the inlet pressure (P1) and the
level (e.g. 2900 psig / 200 bar) to a very low pressure outlet pressure (P2) zones.
(e.g. 14.5 psig / < 1 bar). Leakage - Inboard
Decaying Inlet Characteristic Leakage through an external joint or seal where
Also known as Supply Pressure Effect. The effect on the direction of flow is from the outside into the
the set pressure of a regulator as a result of an inlet regulator or valve. The leakage rate is measured in
pressure change; an increase in outlet pressure due to atm cc/sec He(lium).
a decrease in inlet pressure. Leakage - Outboard
Diaphragm Leakage through an external joint or seal where the
One of several types of sensing elements. A diaphragm direction of flow is from the inside of the regulator
is sensitive in reacting to outlet pressure changes. or valve to the outside. The leakage rate is measured
Used with low pressures and toxic fluids. Common in atm cc/sec He(lium) and the pressure inside the
diaphragm materials are elastomeric or metallic. regulator should be stated.
Differential Pressure Regulator (Tracking) Load Element
A pressure control regulator which is designed to One of the three basic elements of a pressure reducing
provide a controlled pressure which is the sum of a regulator. It provides the means by which the operator
signal (reference) pressure and a bias pressure. The can set the force that determines the control pressure
bias may be either positive or negative. of a regulator (spring, dome, air/ratio, dome with
Dome Load spring bias).
One type of loading element. Gas or liquid is put into Lock-Up
the dome of a dome regulator at a pressure equal to The outlet pressure increase which occurs above the
the outlet pressure desired. This dome pressure is “set pressure” as the flow is decreased to zero.
normally provided by a second regulator called the Minimum Controllable Flow
pilot regulator. The lowest volume of fluid gas or liquid a regulator
Droop can pass and still maintain steady state conditions
A term used to describe the decreasing of outlet depending on inlet pressure, set pressure and
pressure below set point as flow increases. The amount other factors.
of deviation from set point at a given flow. Minimum Controllable Pressure
Flow Capacity The lowest pressure which a regulator can control and
See “Cv (Flow Coefficient)” still maintain satisfactory performance depending on
Flow Rate (Q) inlet pressure, set pressure, and other factors.
The quantity of fluid being passed through a regulator Outlet Pressure (P2)
or valve during a specified time period. Units of The pressure of the fluid media, gas or liquid from the
measure include: scfm, scfh, Nm3/hr, l/min, gpm, gph, discharge connection of a regulator or valve.
kg/hr and g/sec. P1
HPIC See “Inlet Pressure”
High Purity Internal Connection (internal female VCR®) P2
Hysteresis See “Outlet Pressure”
Hysteresis is the dependence variable of a regulator Pilot Regulator
not just on its current environment but also on A pressure reducing regulator which feeds gas or
direction of set point. This results in outlet pressure hydraulic pressure into the dome of a dome loaded
variance depending on increasing or decreasing flow, regulator. The pilot regulator should be a venting type
due to various types of friction and material memory. regulator in order to permit pressure in the dome to be
Inlet Pressure (P1) adjusted to a lower pressure. Pilot pressure controllers
The pressure of the fluid media, gas or liquid to the are also needed for Air Actuated regulators.
supply connection of a regulator or valve. Typical units of
measure are: psig, bar, or kPa.

Piston Sensitivity
One type of sensing element. Used in high pressure The ability of a pressure regulator to respond to
regulators. Normally with o-ring seals. change in discharge conditions: pressure, flow,
Proof Pressure temperature, etc.
A test pressure which is applied to all pressure zones Set Pressure
of a pressure regulator or valve to verify structural The desired operational outlet pressure for a regulator,
integrity. No deformation or excessive leakage is normally stated at FIRST FLOW conditions.
permitted at this pressure. The regulator or valve Set-Ability
must function normally after this test. The accepted The minimum pressure increment or fraction thereof,
industry standard is 1.5 times (150%) the rated which can be achieved by an experienced operator,
working pressure. when setting a pressure regulator.
psia (Absolute Pressure) Single-Stage
A measure of pressure in psi that is referenced to A pressure regulator with one valve and one orifice.
absolute pressure.
Specific Gravity (Sg)
psig (Gauge Pressure) Specific gravity of gases is the ratio of molecular
A measure of pressure in psi that is referenced to weight of any gas to that of air.
ambient pressure.
Specific Gravity (SL)
Purging Specific gravity of liquids is the ratio of specific weight
A process used for toxic, corrosive and explosive of any liquid to that of water.
gases. A purging regulator is used when pressurization
Spring Load
cycles or continuous system purging is necessary.
The loading element where a spring controls the pressure
For calibration gases with contents of corrosive
in the regulator. Typically adjusted by a hand knob.
ingredients or for gas qualities of 6.0 or better it is
also recommended. Unbalanced Main Valve
Inlet pressure provides the majority of the shut-off
Ra Finish
force. The function of the main valve is to reduce the
Surface roughness average.
high inlet pressure to a lower outlet pressure.
Repeatability
Venting
The ability of a regulator to return to the same set
A feature incorporated in certain pressure reducing
pressure subsequent to being subjected to various flow
regulators which enables the unit to vent the outlet
demands.
(downstream) pressure when the outlet pressure.
Reseat Pressure is manually reduced.
The inlet pressure of a backpressure regulator at which
flow stops.
Sensing Element
One of the three basic elements of a pressure reducing
regulator. It senses the changes in the outlet pressure
permitting the regulator to react and attempt to
return to the original “set pressure” by increasing or
decreasing pressure (bellows, piston, diaphragm).
ABOUT LABORATORY
Contamination of inert gas • Helium leak test of the system

Contamination by air (humidity) during commissioning • Use of VCR connections
of the system or after changing cylinder will be removed Automatic or manual changeover
by multiple purging with changing pressures (up to 10 bar The automatic changeover system is useful if the
increase/relief) using dry Nitrogen or other inert gases: system consumes higher amounts of gases requiring a
• Use of diaphragm or bellows sealing in pressure change of cylinders very often or if the system requires
regulators and valves a continuous supply of gas e.g. operation during the
• Use of gases with higher purity weekend or operation without supervisor or operator.
• Suitable piping (eventually electropolished)
Single-stage or dual-stage
• Reduction of the internal volume of the system
Dual-stage pressure regulator should be used if the
• Use of orbital welding with Argon atmosphere
operating pressure has to be absolutely stable even if
• Continuous purging and sealing of the piping system

the inlet pressure drops (discharge of the cylinder) or Choice of material
if the pressure has to be reduced from a high pressure Stainless Steel is used in processes with toxic, corrosive
level (e.g. 2900 psig / 200 bar) to a very low pressure and explosive gases. Furthermore it is recommended
(e.g. < 14.5 psig / 1 bar). When using liquefied gases, to use stainless steel materials for process operating
it is sufficient in nearly all applications (e.g. SF6, NH3, with high purity gases and for calibration gases with
HCL, CO2 and others) to use the single-stage pressure contents in the range of ppm or ppb (eventually
regulator because the gas pressure remains constant electropolished). For gas qualities up to 5.0, it is
until the cylinder is nearly empty (higher temperature sufficient to use copper pipelines or brass materials.
alternations are excluded). For the gas supply with an ECD (Electron Capture
Control in mbar range Detector) Stainless Steel is recommended.
High purity pressure regulator will reach their limits Set into operation with corrosive gases
because of the metallic elements (flexibility of the metal If using corrosive gases which are connected to point
diaphragm) inside. For operating pressure below of use systems the contamination with humidity
100 mbar in most of the cases a compromise has to be and/or Oxygen (air) has to be avoided. In order to
made between the quality of the gas and the control avoid traces of moisture (H2O < 5 ppm) the choice
capabilities of the pressure regulator (e.g. TESCOM Regulus of material and the use of purging gas (Argon or
Series). For analytical processes, metal diaphragm or metal Nitrogen) with a content of H2O of less than 2 ppm
bellows components have to be used. is very important. Furthermore, the purging method
Purging (multiple pressure range alternations) plays an
For toxic, corrosive and explosive gases, a purging important role. Direct heating of e.g. regulators or the
device or pressure growing purging by pressurization usage of self-regulating heating cables for the tubing
cycles or by continuous system purging is necessary. may significantly reduce the remaining moisture. The
This is also recommended for calibration gases gas cylinders will be stored in special safety cabinets
containing corrosive ingredients or for gas qualities of with a defined airation/venting system.
6.0 or better. Relief valve for regulators
Centralized or decentralized gas supply Pressure regulators used on cylinders or at central
A decentralized gas supply from single gas cylinders is supply panels are fitted with an integrated or external
useful if gas is needed temporarily or for a few hours. If relief valve. The set point is above the maximum outlet
a continuous gas supply is needed, it is recommended pressure. The primary purpose of the relief valve is the
to use a centralized gas supply system. A centralized gas protection of the pressure regulator. In order to protect
supply system offers economical advantages if the same the process we recommend to install an additional
gas will be used at different points of use. safety valve downstream the pressure regulator.
MATERIALS (EXPLANATION OF MATERIALS)
TESCOM reserves the right to substitute trade names such as Hastelloy®, Monel and Inconel® with the equivalent UNS
material.
Brass (UNS C36000)

For inert liquids and gases and otherwise non-corrosive Nitronic 60 (UNS S21800)
materials, brass is the default metal of choice. Brass Nitronic 60 is an austenitic stainless steel that has
is corrosion resistant to a wide variety of materials, comparable corrosion resistance to 316 SST, but has
and has general applicability for a wide range of gases nearly twice the strength. It is also known for its galling
and liquids. and wear resistance.
303 Stainless Steel (UNS S30300) 17-4 SST (UNS S17400)
303 is a sulfur added free-machining austenitic 17-4 is a precipitation hardened martensitic stainless
stainless steel with 17-19% chromium and 8-10% nickel steel with 17% chromium, 4% nickel, 4% copper, with
content. It has good corrosion resistance but not as the balance being iron. It has a higher strength than
good as 316 SST due to the added sulfur. both Nitronic 60 and 316 SST.

316 Stainless Steel (UNS S31600) and cupric chlorides, hot contaminated media (organic
316 SST is an austenitic chromium nickel stainless steel and inorganic), chlorine, formic and acetic acides,
with 16-18% chromium and 10-14% nickel content. It acetic anhydrided, seawater, brine solutions, sulfur
has superior corrosion resistance properties to brass. compounds, wet chlorine gas, hypochlorite, and
316 SST is a preferred material for many corrosive and chlorine dioxide.
oxidizing fluids. Monel (per ASTM B127/164)
Aluminum 6061 (UNS A96061) Monel is a nickel-copper alloy (about 67% Ni – 23% Cu)
Aluminum 6061 contains 95-98% Al. Aluminum is that is resistant to seawater and steam at high
lighter weight than brass and is used particularly in temperatures as well as to salt and caustic solutions.
mobile and portable applications when weight is a Monel is the material of choice for high pressure
consideration. It is lower in strength and in general oxygen applications due to its excellent non-flammable
has poorer corrosion resistance than brass. Since properties in oxygen rich environments. This nickel
brass is the standard general purpose material used by alloy exhibits characteristics like good corrosion
TESCOM, aluminum is generally more expensive than resistance, good weldability and high strength. A
brass regulators. low corrosion rate with excellent resistance to stress-
Hastelloy® (per ASTM B576) corrosion cracking in most fresh waters, and its
Hastelloy® has similar chromium content to 316 SST resistance to a variety of corrosive conditions led to its
but much higher nickel content (Chromium 14-16%, wide use in marine applications and other non-oxidizing
Nickel 57%). For chlorinated compounds, particularly chloride solutions. This nickel alloy is particularly
at elevated temperatures, 316 SST can be subject resistant to hydrochloric and hydrofluoric acids when
to stress corrosion cracking. For these applications, they are de-aerated. As would be expected from its
Hastelloy® is a recommended alternative. Hastelloy® high copper content, alloy 400 is rapidly attacked by
has excellent resistance to strong oxidizers like ferric nitric acid and ammonia systems.
COMMON SOFT GOODS
Elastomers
(Commonly 70-90 shore A type durometer scale):
Buna-Nitrile (Buna-N, NBR) Urethane

Buna-N is a good general purpose rubber material. In general, Urethane has the best mechanical
It has excellent resistance to oil and other petroleum properties of any elastomer. Urethane exhibits
products, is low cost and has excellent mechanical excellent life characteristics under repeated high stress
properties. In general, it is chemically attacked by cycling conditions. It has good solvent resistance,
ketones, esters, aldehydes, chlorinated and nitro and is compatible with most mild materials, oil and
hydrocarbons, and acids and bases. greases. It is chemically attacked by most aggressive
Ethylene Propylene (EP) solvents including concentrated acids, ketones,
EP in general is the preferred elastomer for acids esters, chlorinated and nitro hydrocarbons. Same as
and bases and oxidizing/reducing environments. EP Polyurethane.
generally has poor resistance to petroleum based oils, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)
mineral oils and solvents, and aromatic hydrocarbons. FFKM is chemically an elastomeric PTFE derived from
FKM, Fluorocarbon (Viton®) tetrafluoroethylene (TFE), the same base monomer
FKM has excellent oil and air resistance, and in as PTFE. It provides a unique combination of chemical
general has the widest chemical compatibility of any resistance and inertness like PTFE, but with a higher
elastomer; it also has superior mechanical properties temperature service limit.
at high temperatures compared to other elastomers.
It is attacked by ketones, low molecular weight esters
and nitro containing compounds.

Polymers polymer or elastomer. It is also the most difficult
Polyimide (Vespel®) to machine because it is the softest of the polymeric
Polyimide combines heat resistance, lubricity, materials and has a tendency to cold flow. So
dimensional stability, chemical resistance and while it has extremely good chemical properties,
creep resistance, to be used in hostile and the mechanical properties of PTFE limit it to
extreme environmental conditions, and in general specific applications.
exhibits superior overall mechanical properties to CTFE (Chlorotrifluoroethylene Homopolymer)
any polymer. CTFE has excellent chemical resistance, is slightly
PEEK (Polyetheretherketone) less resistant to aggressive chemicals than PTFE,
PEEK is a semicrystalline thermoplastic with excellent but still offers chemical resistance to a broad
mechanical and chemical resistance properties that range of chemicals. It offers significantly better
are retained to high temperatures. It has excellent mechanical properties than PTFE, including high
resistance properties to a wide range of aggressive compression strength; will not deform under load at
acids, bases and solvents, and has good mechanical room temperature; and very low gas permeability.
strength. It is attacked by halogens as well as some Same as PCTFE.
halogenated compounds and aromatic hydrocarbons FEP (Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene)
at high temperatures. PEEK has slightly higher Known for their excellent chemical resistance, low-
mechanical friction than the other polymers. temperature toughness and unique flame resistance.
Fluoropolymers PFA (Perfluoroalkoxy Copolymer)
Combines the processing ease of conventional
Common types of fluoropolymers used by TESCOM,
thermoplastics with the excellent properties of
each with specific strengths and weaknesses:
polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE).
Virgin PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene)
(Teflon® and Gylon® are forms of PTFE)
PTFE exhibits the best chemical resistance of any
RESONANCE IN REGULATORS
Harmonic Resonance the existence of Harmonic Resonance or a leaking

Sometimes occurs in metal diaphragm sensed diaphragm; a constant stream of bubbles indicates
pressure reducing regulators when the combination diaphragm leakage. Lack of bubbles verifies the
of a high inlet pressure, low outlet pressure, and a Harmonic Resonance condition. Harmonic Resonance
lighter gas exists. This can also occur with traditional is not a destructive condition.
atmospheric gases. The regulator’s thin metal Resonance
diaphragm is torqued into place between the
Occurs primarily in hydraulic regulators, especially
body and bonnet, acting much like the cone of a
with aqueous-based liquids that don’t provide much
speaker. The bonnet cavity acts like a speaker case,
lubrication to the internal regulator parts. Resonance
together they amplify the sound of the gas travelling
occurs when the regulator internals are rubbing
through the orifice past the main valve. The sound
against one another, and the main valve is unable to
of Harmonic Resonance is often characterized as a
stabilize. The sound of Resonance is characterized as
hissing sound, often mistaken for gas leaking through
a loud chatter combined with vibration. The outlet
the bonnet port of the regulator. A quick verification
pressure fluctuates, sometimes wildly. You can feel
of Harmonic Resonance is to cover the bonnet port of
Resonance when you touch the regulator. This is a
the subject regulator with a finger. The sound should
destructive condition that must be remedied or the
go away. Bubble checking the bonnet port will verify
regulator will fail!

REGULATOR FREEZING (JOULE-THOMPSON EFFECT)
Have you ever seen a regulator that was encased in a day. If the regulator body is colder than 32°F / 0°C,
ball of ice on a hot summer day? the condensation freezes on the regulator body.
It is strange to think that a regulator would be buried Over time, the frozen condensate can grow into a
under a frozen mass of water when the ambient substantial ball of ice, making the problem worse, as
temperature is high and the rest of the piping is not the ice prevents the regulator body from absorbing
frozen! Chances are that you’re seeing the results of heat from the surrounding air. Certain specialty gases,
the Joule-Thompson Effect in action. such as Carbon Dioxide (CO2) and Hydrogen Chloride
(HCl) have a high enthalpy and are very susceptible
Just what is the Joule-Thompson (J-T Effect) and why to J-T. Ammonia is another gas with a high enthalpy
should it be important to you? and is often used in large, commercial and industrial
First described by the noted scientists James Joule refrigeration systems. The air conditioning system on
and William Thompson in 1852, the J-T Effect, or J-T the International Space Station employs ammonia as
for short, is simply described as the cooling effect the refrigerant. Though the sight of an ice-covered
of a high pressure gas as it expands into a lower regulator may be surprising, there is no real harm
pressure area. We’ve all come to heavily depend occurring to the regulator itself. Instead, there may be
on the practical benefits of the J-T Effect; think air a problem with the controllability of the downstream
conditioning, Yes, the J-T Effect is what gives us pressure. Controllability may be affected if the cooling
that splendid cool air in our home, car or office on a of the gas is so great that the gas actually liquefies
hot summer day. Refrigerant is compressed to high briefly in the regulator after it passes through the
pressure which then flows through an orifice where main valve. This liquid then vaporizes back to a gas
it expands into the heat exchanger tubes of the air as it moves through the warmer piping beyond the
conditioner. A fan moves fresh air over the heat regulator. Vaporizing the liquid produces pressure
exchanger tubes which cool the air as it moves into surges that are uncontrollable resulting in unstable
the ducts and flows through your home, car or office. downstream pressures = not good.
The gas warms as it absorbs the heat from the air and There are several ways to deal with J-T and minimize
is re-circulated, compressed and expanded over and or prevent the gas from liquefying. Often, we use a
over again to maintain the cool temperatures we crave two-stage pressure reduction scheme to minimize
on those hot summer days. If you use a spray can of the J-T Effect. By taking the pressure drop in two
air freshener, deodorant or other product you will feel stages, the total cooling effect is split between the
the can cool in your hands as you spray the product. two regulators, each of which may be able to absorb
You are feeling the effect of the gas expanding as you enough heat from the atmosphere to prevent the
spray it, cooling the can. gas from liquefying. For some gases, such as HCl, the
The J-T Effect is responsible for that large ball of enthalpy is so high that two stage-reduction alone will
ice around the regulator we observed earlier. High not prevent the liquefaction of the gas as its pressure
pressure gas is fed to the regulator and expands as drops. In this case, heat is applied to the piping before
it flows past the main valve and through the seat the first and second stage regulators, raising the
into the P2 chamber then on to the process. The gas temperature enough to prevent the gas from
gas is flowing at supersonic speed as it expands out liquefying as it passes through the main valves of the
of the seat, cooling the body of the regulator as it regulators. For high flow HCl systems, heaters rated
flows. If the gas has a high enthalpy (stored energy) for several hundred watts may be required. Consider
it will cool off a lot. If the gas has a low enthalpy how hot a 100 watt light bulb gets, and you can better
then its cooling is minimal. The ice builds up on imagine the amount of heat required to prevent
the regulator because the body of the regulator is HCl from liquefying at high flows. For lower flow
cooler than the surrounding air; the cooling effect applications, simply separating the two regulators
of the expanding gas is greater than the ability of with a long length of tubing will usually allow the gas
the regulator to absorb heat from the surrounding to recover enough temperature between stages to
air to offset the cooling. This allows the moisture in prevent liquefaction after the second stage reduction.
the air to condense on the body of the regulator in Another approach is to use a vaporizing regulator such
much the same way we see condensation form on as the 44-5800 Series, which employs heat exchanger
the glass of a cold drink on a hot, humid summer tubes to warm the gas with integral electrical heaters

or stream. The 44-5800 Series is an excellent choice pressure, through a surgical instrument that allows
for minimizing the J-T Effect in low flow applications. the gases to expand at the tip of the device. The
Sometimes, using regulators with larger bodies, expanding gases cool the skin and freeze it locally;
such as the 44-3200 and 64-3200 Series will help the pressure of the gas then cuts through the skin to
offset some of the J-T Effect as the larger mass of the remove the offending condition. Cryosurgery is also
body can absorb more heat from the surrounding used in a prostate cancer surgery procedure known
atmosphere and requires more cooling from the gas as cryoablation. In this procedure, cryoprobes are
to reach liquefaction temperatures. inserted into the prostate gland. Argon and helium
are circulated through the probes; the gases expand in
Most gases exhibit a cooling effect when they expand;
the probes, producing the desired cooling effect. The
two notable exceptions are Hydrogen and Helium.
cryoablation process freezes the tumor, and kills the
These noble gases actually generate heat when they
diseased tissue. TESCOM makes a changeover panel,
expand, though the heat generated is negligible.
the NA-48, for cryosurgical gas applications.
While it may seem the J-T Effect is undesirable,
we have already seen a positive use for it in air J-T is one of those practical applications of physics
conditioning. Another very important benefit of that we see every day, but don’t fully appreciate. Yet,
the J-T Effect is cryosurgery. Cryosurgery is used in without the beneficial effects J-T, our lives would be
removing warts and other unwanted skin conditions much less comfortable!
by flowing two gases at low flow, but under high

Certifications/Standards
Listed are the Industry Certifications and Standards associated with many of TESCOM’s products.
API (American Petroleum Institute) CE MARK STATEMENT

A trade association for the oil and natural gas industry. The CE marking on a product by the manufacturer
ensures that the product conforms to the essential
ASME (founded as American Society of
requirements of the applicable EC directives. The
Mechanical Engineering)
letters “CE” stand for “Conformité Européenne”
An engineering society that establishes codes
(“European Conformity”).
and standards.
CGA (Compressed Gas Association)
ASME B31.3
This is a process piping code that is a section of the CRN (Canadian Registration Number)
ASME code for pressure piping. The intent of this code Registration of fittings and pressure vessels in Canada.
is to convey the requirements for safe design and Pressure regulators and valves are considered
construction of piping installations. “C” type fittings.
ASTM CSA (Canadian Standards Association)
ASTM International was first known as
DIN
“The American Society of Testing and Materials.”
The German Institute for Standardization
ATEX (Deutsches Institut für Normung) is the German
The ATEX directive consists of two European Union national organization for standardization and is that
directives describing what equipment and work country’s ISO member body. DIN is a Registered
environment is allowed in an environment with an German Association (e.V.) headquartered in Berlin.
explosive atmosphere. ATEX derives its name from the The letters “DIN” are used for German standards with
French title of the 94/9/EC directive: Appareils destines primarily domestic significance or designed as a first
à être utilizes en Atmosphères Explosives. step toward international status and can incorporate
with ISO or EN standards.

GOST (Russian ГОСТ) vessels, piping, safety valves and other components,
GOST refers to a set of technical standards maintained and assemblies subject to pressure loading) generally
by the Euro-Asian Council for Standardization, over one liter in volume and having a maximum
Metrology and Certification (EASC), a regional pressure more than 0.5 bar gauge. It also sets the
standards organization operating under the auspices of administrative procedures requirements for the
the Commonwealth of Independent states (CIS). “conformity assessment” of pressure equipment, for
the free placing on the European market without local
IEC (International Electric Code)
legislative barriers.
ISO
REACH (for chemicals)
The International Organization for Standardization
Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction
widely known as ISO, is an international standard-setting
of Chemicals (REACH) is a European Union Regulation.
body composed of representatives from various national
REACH addresses the production and use of chemical
standards organizations.
substances, and their potential impacts on both
METI (Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry) human health and the environment.
METI is a certification agency of pressurized equipment
RoHS
in Japan.
The Directive on the restriction of the use of certain
NACE hazardous substances in electrical and electronic
NACE International was first known as equipment 2002/95/EC commonly referred to as the
“The National Association of Corrosion Engineers.” Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive or RoHS.
NEC (National Electric Code) TÜV
TÜV (short for Technischer Überwachungs-Verein,
PED (Pressure Equipment Directive)
Technical Inspection Association in English) are
The Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
German organizations that work to validate the
PED of the European Union sets out the standards
safety of products of all kinds to protect humans and
for the design and fabrication of pressure equipment
environment against hazards.
(“Pressure Equipment” means steam boilers, pressure

World Area Differences
This document is to give more information about the following:

• Porting & Threads
• Cleaning Procedures
• Conversion Tables
PORTING & THREADS

NPT (National Pipe Thread) and NPTF (National Pipe Thread Dry-seal)
General: The NPT port is the most common pressure connection in the U.S. It is a threaded
connection sealed by the squeezing action of the tapered threads on a sealant such as
Teflon® tape applied to one of the threads.
Pressure Capability: TESCOM allows these ports to be used in regulators intended for
pressures up to the piping ratings. The standard ports in TESCOM regulators and valves are
machined to NPTF. This is a higher quality sealing thread than a standard NPT port because
of the tight fit of the crest and root diameters of the thread.
Advantages: Mating parts are readily available in the widest variety of materials and
configurations. The port itself may be machined in any metal suitable for regulator bodies.
No elastomeric is required to affect the seal so the connection can be made entirely from
Teflon® and the regulator body material.
Limitations: The quality of seal formed is somewhat dependent on the skill of the operator
in applying sealant and torque. The sealant can contaminate a system, especially if the joint
is disconnected and then reconnected. The assembled dimension of the joint may vary
because of the variability in machining and the variability of assembly torque.
SAE (Straight Thread O-ring Boss Seal)

General: The SAE port utilizes a threaded connector sealed with an elastomeric o-ring. The
o-rings used are from the ARP-900 Series and may be specified in an available elastomeric
material to match the characteristics of the media.
pressures up to the piping ratings.
Advantages: Excellent seal for both liquids and gases that does not require any additional
sealant which could contaminate a system. Very easy to make and break; very good
reusability. Assembled dimensions are constant and predictable.
Limitations: Cost and pressure capability is not as good as NPT. Rotational alignment to
mated fittings and components cannot be controlled without the use of special fittings.
MS33649
General: The MS33649 port is an aerospace connection. It utilizes a threaded connector
sealed with an elastomeric o-ring. The o-rings used are from the ARP-900 Series and
may be specified in any available elastomeric material to match the characteristics
of the media. This port in not recommended for new application use - SAE ports are
recommended.
pressures up to the piping ratings.
Advantages: Excellent seal for both liquids and gases that does not require any additional
sealant which could contaminate a system. Very easy to make and break; very good
reusability. Assembled dimensions are constant and predictable. TESCOM recommends the
use of SAE ports.

High Pressure (AMINCO®)
Limitations: High cost and very difficult to find fittings.
General: The High Pressure port is a coned connection designed
for very high pressure service. The seal is formed by the coned
end of the thick walled tubing being forced into a metal-to-
metal seal with the regulator body. Available in tube outside
diameter sizes of 1/4 inch (6.35 mm), 3/8 inch (9.53 mm) and
9/16 inch (14.27 mm) and bore sizes of 0.083 inch (2.11 mm),
0.125 inch (3.18 mm), 0.188 inch (4.78 mm) and 0.250 inch
(6.35 mm).
Pressure Capability: High Pressure ports connected to
the correctly mated fitting and tubing will work at pressure up to
60,000 psig / 4137 bar with the correct pressure rated piping. Differences in angles exaggerated for clarity.
Advantages: The High Pressure port is very reliable at extreme

pressures under rigorous thermal and pressure cycling. It provides ease of assembly, disassembly and sealing
without the use of additional sealants, which could contaminate a system. Uncompromised reliability under rigorous
thermal and pressure cycling. Well suited to installations which require repeated assembly and disassembly with
consistent reliability.
Limitations: The flow area of the high pressure tubing used with High Pressure ports is very small and the tubing
is difficult to bend. The tubing must be specially machined to mate with the port. The range of the internal bore of
pipes is from 0.083 inch (2.11 mm) up to 0.25 inch (6.35 mm).
Medium Pressure (Autoclave®, Slim-Line®)

General: Medium Pressure ports are intended to mate with
the medium pressure fittings. This medium-high pressure fitting
seals in the same way as the high pressure fitting. Design is a more
compact version of the original Autoclave Engineers High Pressure
connections. Available in tube outside diameter sizes of 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) through 1-1/2 inch (38.10 mm) and bore sizes from
0.109 inch (2.77 mm) to 0.938 inch (23.83 mm).
Pressure Capability: Medium Pressure ports connected to the
correctly mated fitting and tubing will work at pressures up to
20,000 psig / 1379 bar with the correct pressure rated piping.
Advantages: The Medium Pressure port is very reliable at medium
pressures under rigorous thermal and pressure cycling. It provides Differences in angles exaggerated for clarity.
ease of assembly, disassembly and sealing without the use of

additional sealants, which could contaminate a system.
Limitations: The flow area of the medium pressure tubing used with Medium Pressure ports is greater than in the
High Pressure design. The tubing is difficult to bend and has to be specially machined to mate with the port. The
range of the internal bore of pipes is from 0.109 inch (2.77 mm) up to 0.938 inch (23.83 mm).

HPIC (High Purity Internal Connection)
General: A special internal high purity metal-to-metal gasket connection.
The tightness results by pressing the gasket between two sealing lips. This
design is compatible to VCR® fittings.
Pressure Capability: Pressure rating depends on port size and material.
For Stainless Steel (standard material), the maximum pressure for 1/8" is
8500 psig / 585 bar and for 1/2" is 3500 psig / 241 bar.
Advantages: This connection has a high grade of cleanliness and is free
of particles due to no gas wetted threads. The tightness rate is up to
1x10-9 mbar l/s Helium.
Limitations: Functionality depends on the surface roughness of the sealing lip. Costs are high due to opposite
to flat sealing designs and requirements for high purity applications. Maximum HPIC port size is 1/2". Tooling for
porting is needed.
BSP (British Straight Pipe)

General: The British Standard Pipe thread (BSP thread) is a family of standard screw thread
types that has been adopted internationally for interconnecting and sealing pipe ends by
mating an external (male) with an internal (female) thread.
Commonly used are BSPP (British Standard Pipe Parallel) threads, which are straight
(parallel) threads. They are used where the seal is obtained with a sealing ring. The new/
official name of the BSP parallel thread is ISO 228/1 (G-Thread). Application for gases of
standard purity. Metal gaskets, metal gaskets with elastomeric lip and fittings with o-rings
can be used.
Pressure Capability: TESCOM allows these ports to be used in device intended for pressures up to the fitting and
piping ratings.
Advantages: The BSP port is reliable and provides ease of assembly and disassembly with metal gaskets, metal
gaskets having an elastomeric lip or fittings with o-ring.
Limitations: Contamination of gas is possible when using gaskets with elastomeric components (diffusion). Particles
originating from threads during assembly could contaminate the gas wetted area.
Pipe Thread according to ISO228-1 (G-Thread)

General: The Pipe thread according to ISO228 (G-Thread) is one of the most commonly
used straight threads worldwide. This thread is in metric dimension equivalent to the
BSP thread. It is used in applications for gases of specific purity in the laboratory market.
Sealing line is the flat bottom of the core bore and a metal gasket has to be used.
With flat sinking at the top like BSP port, a metal-to-metal sealing is possible with fittings
having a sealing lip contour. With flat sinking BSP fittings used in combination with metal
gaskets, metal gaskets with elastomeric lip and o-rings could be used.
Pressure Capability: TESCOM allows these ports to be used in devices intended for
pressures up to the fitting and piping ratings.
Advantages: Metal-to-metal sealing avoids contamination of the system, also called no diffusion. The tightness rate
is up to 1x10-6 mbar l/s Helium. Sealing on the bottom face avoids particles in the gas wetted area.
Limitations: Functionality depends on quality of sealing surface and gasket. Disassembly of the deformed metal
gasket (like copper) is difficult and bottom sealing surface could be damaged. If there is a leakage, retightening with
higher torque will not be successful in all cases. Stainless Steel versions need silver plated stainless steel washers to
avoid burrs during assembly.

Metric ISO Thread according DIN 13
General: A commonly used straight metric thread used for connection between a regulator body and cylinder bolt to
connect to a gas cylinder. Application is for gases of standard and specific purity of gases up to 6.0.
Pressure Capability: Pressure ratings depend on material and design of sealing components.
Advantages: Metal-to-metal sealing is up to 300 bar by tightness rate up to 1x10-6 mbar l/s Helium. Sealing on the
bottom face avoids particles in the gas area.
Limitations: Functionality depends on quality of sealing surface. If there is a leakage, retightening with higher torque
will not be successful and rework of the bolt or housing will be needed.
CLEANING PROCEDURES
Ultra High Purity Cleaning
316L VAR per SEMI F20 Electropolished and Cleaned per SEMI F19 for precise control of Surface Roughness,
Defects, Contamination, Chemistry, and Corrosion Resistance.
Oxygen Cleaning (Removal of particles and oils)
According to DIN EN ISO 15001 for medical products and products for oxygen applications in the European market.
According to CGA E4.1 and ASTM G93.

Note: Oxygen cleaning does not mean the product is compatible for oxygen service. Products designed for oxygen service
should use oxygen compatible materials in addition to being cleaned for oxygen.
Certificate of Conformance is available upon request at time of ordering.

CONVERSION TABLES
Flow Volume
l /s l /min gal /min 1 feet3 /s feet3 /min
1 l /s 1 60 15.8 0.035314 2.1188

1 l /min 0.016666 1 0.264 0.00058 0.0353
1 gal /min 0.063090 3.7854 1 0.00223 0.1337
1 feet3 /s 28.317 1699.2 448.8 1 60
1 feet3 /min 0.47 28.314 7.481 0.01667 1
Mass Flow Rate

g/s g/min g/hr kg/s kg/min kg/hr lb/s lb/min lb/hr
1 g/s 1 60 3600 0.001 0.06 3.6 0.0022 0.132 7.94
1 g/min 0.0167 1 60 0.00002 0.001 0.06 0.00004 0.0022 0.132
1 g/hr 0.0003 0.0167 1 2.78 x 10-7 0.00002 0.001 6.12 x 10-7 0.00004 0.0022
1 kg/s 1000 60,000 3,600,000 1 60 3600 2.204 132.28 7936.6
1 kg/min 16.67 1000 60000 0.0167 1 60 0.0367 2.204 132.28
1 kg/hr 0.278 16.67 1000 0.0003 0.0167 1 0.0006 0.0367 2.204
1 lb/s 453.59 27,215 1,632,933 0.454 27.22 1632.93 1 60 3600
1 lb/min 7.56 453.59 27,215 0.0076 0.454 27.22 0.0167 1 60
1 lb/hr 0.126 7.56 453.59 0.0001 0.0076 0.454 0.0003 0.0167 1
Volume
mm3 cm3 liter m3 inch3 feet3 gal
1 mm3 1 0.001 0.000 001 1 x 10-9 0.0000621 3.53 x 10-8 2.64 x 10-7
1 cm3 1000 1 0.001 1 x 10-6 0.06102 3.53 x 10-5 2.64 x 10-4
1 liter 1 x 106 1000 1 0.001 61.02 0.03532 0.2642
1 m3 1 x 109 1 x 106 1000 1 6.10 x 104 35.31 264.2
1 inch3 16387.064 16.39 0.01639 1.64 x 10-5 1 5.79 x 10-4 0.00433
1 feet3 2.83 x 107 2.83 x 104 28.32 0.02832 1728 1 7.481
1 gal 3.79 x 106 3785 3.785 0.00379 231.0 0.1337 1
Length
mm cm m km inch feet mile
1 mm 1 0.1 0.001 0.000001 0.03937 0.003281 6.21 x 10-7
1 cm 10 1 0.01 1 x 10-5 0.3937 0.03281 6.21 x 10-6
1m 1000 100 1 0.001 39.37 3.281 6.21 x 10-4
1 km 1 x 106 1 x 105 1000 1 3.94 x 104 3281 0.6214
1 inch 25.4 2.540 0.02540 2.54 x 10-5 1 0.08333 1.58 x 10-5
1 feet 304.8 30.48 0.3048 3.05 x 10-4 12 1 1.89 x 10-4
1 mile 1.61 x 106 1.61 x 105 1609 1.609 6.34 x 104 5280 1

CONVERSION TABLES (continued)
Temperature
°C = [°F - 32] x 5 / 9 °F = [°C x 9 / 5] + 32
Surface Finishes Ra
μm μinch
1 μm 1 39.37
1 μinch 0.02540 1
Common Surface Finishes

0.26 μm = 10 μinch
0.38 μm = 15 μinch
0.80 μm = 32 μinch
1.6 μm = 63 μinch
2.5 μm = 100 μinch
Pressure
hPa (mbar) inch Hg inch H2O feet H2O bar psi (lb/in2) kg/cm2 MPa
1 hPa (mbar) 1 0.02983 0.4015 0.03346 0.001 0.01450 0.001 0.0001
1 inch Hg 33.86 1 13.60 1.133 0.03386 0.4912 0.034 0.003
1 inch H2O 2.49 0.07355 1 0.08333 0.00249 0.03613 0.002 0.0002
1 feet H2O 29.89 0.8826 12 1 0.02989 0.4335 0.03 0.003
1 bar 1000 29.53 401.5 33.46 1 14.50 1.02 0.1
1 psi (lb/in2) 68.95 2.036 27.68 2.307 0.06895 1 0.07 0.007
1 kg/cm2 980.67 29.04 394.1 32.81 0.98 14.22 1 0.098
1 MPa 10,000 296.13 4018.6 334.9 10 145.04 10.2 1

Regulator Specification Information and Services
Technical Information DEBUL2029X012
What is needed to Specify a Regulator?
These are the regulator specifications that you should define when searching for a regulator to fit your needs.
REGULATOR TYPE Pressure Reducing/Backpressure

MEDIA Gas/Liquid/Steam or Other
TEMPERATURE Celsius or Fahrenheit
Maximum Design Temperature (If Different)
FLOW RATE Maximum/Normal/Minimum
2
INLET PRESSURE (psig, bar, or kg/cm ) Maximum/Normal/Minimum
Maximum Design Pressure (If Different)
OUTLET PRESSURE (psig, bar, or kg/cm2) Maximum/Normal/Minimum
LOADING/ACTUATION TYPE Spring/Handknob Adjust
Spring/Wrench Adjust
Dome Load 1:1 Ratio
Dome Load/Spring Bias
Air Actuated X:1 Ratio
Other
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Body
Wetted/Trim
Bonnet
O-rings
Seat(s)
Other (Load Spring, Adjusting Screw, Etc.)
VENTING TYPE Non-Venting
Venting (To Atmosphere)
Captured Venting
Segregated and Captured Venting
CONNECTIONS AND PORTING CONFIGURATIONS Type
Size
End-to-end Dimension (If Welded)
Pipe Schedule (If Welded)
Porting Configuration
ACCESSORIES Gauges (Quantity, Diameter and Maximum Pressure of Each)
9050 Metal Tag
Other
CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS Certificate of Conformance
Certificate of Conformance (Serialized)
Actual Material Certificate (Body Only)
Function Test Report
Hydrostatic Test Report
Pneumastatic Test Report (GN2)
Dye Penetrant Test Report (Welded Only)
Other
The Tescom Regulator Specification Form can be found on www.TESCOM.com under the Technical Reference section.

Services
Modifications, Accessories, and Repair Kits

This catalog contains standard product information and model numbers. Many of our products have modifications already
available or can be modified to fit your specific application needs. TESCOM offers a range of accessories completing the hardware
needs of a process/specialty gas installation. Repair kits are also available for most of our products allowing for ease of in-field
servicing with minimal downtime. Call your local representative or TESCOM for further information about these services.
Repair and Return of Product

TESCOM will accept equipment for repair provided that either the local distributor or TESCOM customer service has been
contacted and a Return Authorization (RA) has been issued. This number must appear on all accompanying documentation
regardless of the reason for return.
Information needed for an RA to be issued:
1. Part number
2. Serial number
3. Reason for return
4. Inlet and outlet pressure
5. Service media (an RA number will not be issued without this information)
6. Contact information
To obtain an RA number:
Contact your local TESCOM representative. If you do not know your local TESCOM representative, refer to our website and click
on the Locate a Sales Office quick link.
Notes:
• All products being returned for repair must be in a decontaminated state.
• Packing slip and shipping label must display the RA number.
• Please note on the packing slip what media the product was used with. Equipment that has been used in hazardous media
service must be properly purged, capped and bagged.
• Please indicate the reason for return on the packing slip.
• A purchase order (PO) must be issued at the same time a Return Authorization (RA) number is issued for all repairs not
under warranty.
• If a regulator is returned under warranty, but is determined to have been mistreated, we will consider the repair a standard
repair and a PO will be required before any work is done.
• An RA number will not be issued without a PO, except for regulators under warranty.
• TESCOM will refuse delivery on any regulator shipped without an RA number on the outside of the box.
• Any regulator shipped to TESCOM with accessories attached will be returned to the sender.
• TESCOM is not responsible for any accessories or damage to ports from accessories installed in regulators returned for repair.
• After official notification of completed evaluation and/or repair price quote, the product will only be held for 30 days. After
30 days, product will be returned to sender.
Procedures may be slightly different by world area, please contact TESCOM for more information.
Training
TESCOM offers onsite/offsite product training depending on world area and availability. Please contact the TESCOM main office
nearest you for more information.
TESCOM Main Locations – Technical Support:
Americas Europe Asia-Pacific

T +1 800 447 1250 T +49 38823 31284 T +86 21 2892 9000 (China)
na.tescom@emerson.com eu.tescom@emerson.com T +65 6777 8211 (Singapore)
ap.tescom@emerson.com

Flow Curves and Calculations
Flow Curves
TESCOM flow charts are the graphic representation of test results which show the change in outlet pressure (P2)
with a varying flow rate. All curves are based on using nitrogen at ambient conditions as a media unless otherwise
noted. Inlet pressure (P1) is shown on the right end of each curve.
To use these charts, select the curve to fit the following:
• Regulator model
• Verify Cv of that model
• Comparable inlet pressure (P1) to your application
• Comparable outlet pressure (P2) to your application
Determine the maximum dead-ended (zero flow) P2 pressure permitted by your system. Locate this pressure on
the P2 (vertical) axis. If no curve is plotted for that exact pressure, extrapolate a new curve between the two closest
existing curves and follow from the zero flow point to the intersection of the new curve and the vertical coordinate
of the desired flow. Read horizontally to locate the corresponding P2 pressure.
REGULATOR DISCHARGE CHARACTERISTICS CURVES
Example:
Using the flow chart above, determine the droop (P2 at the 20 SCFM / 565 SLPM condition).
1 Locate maximum outlet pressure (150 psig / 10.3 bar) on P2 axis with zero (0) flow.
2 Follow the discharge curve until it crosses the vertical line corresponding to 20 SCFM / 565 SLPM.
3 Follow the intersecting point horizontally to the vertical P2 axis and read the corresponding pressure of 125 psig /
8.6 bar. Hence droop is 25 psig / 1.7 bar (150-125).
Note: You are given that P1 = 2000 psig / 138 bar, P2 = 150 psig / 10.3 bar maximum, Q = 20 SCFM.

Flow Curves
In addition to reading the curve, there are components to a flow curve associated with what is happening. Here are
some common terms used (see Flow Chart 2):
Lock-up
The outlet pressure increase which occurs above the “set pressure” as the flow is decreased to zero.
Hysteresis
The outlet pressure differential which occurs between flow increase (droop) and flow decrease (lock-up).
Initial Droop
The outlet change (offset) from the “set pressure” which occurs as the flow rate initially increases.
Optimal Flow Range
The flow range that is most suitable for a given regulator at a given pressure scenario.
Choke Flow Range
The point at which the regulator is too small to handle the flow rate being demanded. The regulator will be wide
open and no longer regulating pressure.
What is Droop?
This is the outlet pressure (P2) change (offset) from the set (static) pressure which occurs as the flow rate increases.
We’ve all heard the term droop used when referring to regulator performance, but most of us never fully understand
the meaning of this term. In a pressure reducing regulator, the outlet pressure drops (or droops) as the flow
increases. As the flow decreases, the P2 pressure goes up, or recovers to just above the original setpoint (lock-up).
Droop is the result of loading force changes in the regulator, and is caused primarily by the load spring.
How does it work?

To better understand droop, let’s evaluate the performance of a regulator for a typical application (see
Flow Chart 2). A regulator is needed for nitrogen service, set at 100 psig / 6.9 bar. The gas source is a cylinder,
pressurized to 2600 psig / 179 bar (P1 pressure). Most nitrogen cylinders are packaged at 2200-2600 psig /
152-179 bar when full. If the cylinder sits outside on a gas pad in the heat of the sun, you can assume that the initial
cylinder pressure will be on the high side of this range. Small lecture bottles are packaged at lower pressures, but
will still exhibit pressure decay as the process consumes the gas. The subject regulator needs to deliver 2 SCFM / 57
SLPM. If you refer to the flow (or droop) curve for the subject regulator you will note that at zero flow, the regulator
set point (P2) is established as 100 psig / 6.9 bar.
We will use the flow curve labeled for P1=3500 psig / 241 bar to evaluate our subject regulator’s performance,
since our inlet pressure is 2600 psig / 179 bar. To determine the droop at 2 SCFM / 57 SLPM, follow the 3500 psig /
241 bar flow curve until it intersects the vertical line marked 2 SCFM / 57 SLPM. At this point, draw a horizontal
line to the left until it intersects the vertical line marked with P2 pressures, and read the pressure value on the
vertical (P2) scale. In our example, we find that the outlet pressure has drooped to approximately 68 psig / 4.7 bar.
The outlet pressure of this regulator would drop from 100 to 68 psig / 6.9 to 4.7 bar; the droop is 32 psig / 2.2 bar.
Moving further along the droop curve to 3 SCFM / 85 SLPM, we see that the P2 pressure is now 63 psig / 4.3 bar. At
approximately 2.8 SCFM / 79 SLPM, the droop curve starts to drop off significantly. This is the point at which the
main valve of the regulator is wide-open, and no longer regulating pressure. We call this area of the flow curve the
choke flow range. We generally don’t consider the choke flow range as part of the regulator’s working flow range,
so avoid specifying a regulator with a flow requirement that falls into the choke flow range. If we start to reduce the
flow from 3 SCFM / 85 SLPM towards zero flow, we note that the P2 pressure climbs toward the original 100 psig /
6.9 bar set point. Something interesting occurs, however. The P2 pressure at 2 SCFM / 57 SLPM is approximately
75 psig / 5.2 bar, not the 68 psig / 4.7 bar we observed when the flow was increasing. This condition is known as
hysteresis. Other than recognizing it for what it is, hysteresis is usually not an issue in evaluating the performance of
a regulator.
To get a full picture of how the regulator will perform in our application, we should take into account the

Flow Chart 2
fact that the inlet pressure will decrease as we consume gas from the cylinder—sometimes allowing cylinder
pressure to drop to 200 psig / 13.8 bar before changing out the cylinder. Therefore, we should perform a droop
evaluation at P1=500 psig / 34.5 bar to see if the regulator will still meet expectations. Using the flow curve labeled
P1=500 psig / 34.5 bar, we see that the droop at 2 SCFM / 57 SLPM is now approximately 52 psig / 3.6 bar, or nearly
half of the original 100 psig / 6.9 bar set point. Clearly, the droop gets worse as the inlet pressure falls. If an outlet
pressure of 100 psig / 6.9 bar, +/- 40 psig / 2.8 bar had been specified, we might have considered the subject
regulator as suitable for the application if we had only considered its performance when the cylinder is full. But, by
conducting an evaluation with a low inlet pressure, we see that the regulator would have not met the application
requirements under this condition and therefore would not have specified this regulator.
You can use the flow curves to evaluate droop for gases other than air or nitrogen. Using compensation factors
found under Flow Calculations, multiply the flow values by the appropriate multiplier to get a new flow scale for the
gas involved. For example, to convert nitrogen flow to hydrogen flow, the multiplier is 3.79; 1 SCFM / 28 SLPM of
nitrogen equals 3.79 SCFM / 107 SLPM of hydrogen, 2 SCFM / 57 SLPM of nitrogen equals 7.58 SCFM / 215 SLPM of
hydrogen, and so on. The shape of the flow curves remains the same, only the flow scale changes.
What is Creep?

An increase in the outlet pressure subsequent to lock-up, usually a long-term slow pressure increase. This indicates
a regulator leak and calls for the immediate removal of the regulator for service. This may be caused when
contaminants from upstream of the regulator are deposited on the valve seat or actually damage the seat during
flow—this will obstruct the valve stem from sealing on the seat due to surface damage. Should this happen, positive
shut-off cannot occur and the downstream pressure will gradually try to reach the same as the inlet pressure
(dependent on media flow).
What is the Decaying Inlet Characteristic?

The effect on the set pressure of a regulator due to an inlet pressure change. This is usually an increase in outlet
pressure due to a decrease in inlet pressure. Some people work with pressure regulators all of their lives and never
know what is really going on inside. TESCOM spends a great deal of time teaching our distributors and customers
about the key operating characteristics of pressure regulators. Understanding them and using the flow curves to
properly evaluate a regulator’s performance for an application is the secret to a trouble-free installation.
Definition
The decaying inlet characteristic is the amount of change in outlet pressure of a pressure reducing regulator as
the inlet pressure varies. The decaying inlet characteristic has an inverse relationship between the inlet and outlet
pressure of a single-stage regulator; as the inlet pressure goes down, the outlet pressure goes up (see chart below).
Considerations
DECAY INLET CHARACTERISTIC

We must consider decaying inlet when our pressure is a limited source, such as a cylinder or tube trailer. When our
source gas comes from a compressor or liquid source such as a dewar, the inlet pressure is fairly stable and the
effect of the decaying inlet characteristic on set point is negligible.
How It Works
To see how decaying inlet works, let’s consider a few TESCOM regulators for the same application.
Parameters
Our application is a compressed gas that is packaged at 3500 psig / 241 bar. Our process requires a 200 psig /
13.8 bar set point.
Scenario A
We’ll look at the BB-1 Series, which is rated for 3500 psig / 241 bar max inlet pressure, and has a 4 psig/100 psig
(0.28 bar/6.9 bar) decaying inlet characteristic (4 psig / 0.28 bar rise in outlet pressure per 100 psig / 6.9 bar
decrease in inlet pressure). Assuming that we start with full inlet pressure of 3500 psig / 241 bar, and that the source
pressure will decay to 500 psig / 34.5 bar before it is either changed out or recharged, the net change on the inlet of
the regulator is 3000 psig / 207 bar. If the regulator is initially set for an outlet pressure of 200 psig / 13.8 bar with
3500 psig / 241 bar on inlet, the outlet pressure will rise by 120 to 320 psig / 8.3 to 22.1 bar.
3000 psig change in inlet pressure ÷ 100 psig = Factor of 30

Factor of 30 x 4 psig decaying inlet characteristic = 120 psig increase
207 bar change in inlet pressure ÷ 6.9 bar = Factor of 30

Factor of 30 x 0.28 bar decaying inlet characteristic = 8.4 bar increase
Scenario B
The 44-2200 Series has much lower decaying inlet characteristic 0.75 psig/100 psig (0.05 bar/6.9 bar). Using
the same operating conditions is the previous example, we find that these regulators will see a pressure rise of
22.5 psig / 1.6 bar on the outlet, from 200 to 222.5 psig / 13.8 to 15.3 bar. Clearly, we get better outlet pressure
stability with these regulators.
Scenario C
To further reduce the decaying inlet effect, we should consider taking the pressure reduction in two steps, or
stages. We typically use a two-stage regulator like the 44-3400 Series to do this. The 44-3400 Series is composed
of two 44-2200 Series regulators built into the same body and internally connected in series with one another.
The decaying inlet characteristic of the 44-2200 Series is 0.75 psig/100 psig (0.05 bar/6.9 bar). The first stage is
preset at a nominal pressure of 250 psig / 17.2 bar. The second stage is adjusted to our original 200 psig / 13.8 bar
set point. When the source pressure decays from 3500 to 500 psig / 241 to 34.5 bar, the first stage sees a net
decrease of 3000 psig / 207 bar on its inlet. The outlet pressure of the first stage will increase by 22 to 522 psig /
1.5 to 36.0 bar. The second stage now sees a net increase of 22 psig / 1.5 bar on its inlet. The outlet of the second
stage will go down by 0.17 psig / 0.01 bar (22 psig ÷ 100 psig = 0.22 psig x 0.75 psig = 0.17 psig) (1.5 bar ÷ 6.9 bar =
0.22 bar x 0.05 bar = 0.01 bar). To anyone reading a typical pressure gauge on the downstream side of the two-
stage regulator, the decaying inlet characteristic is negligible.
Controlling Decaying Inlet Characteristic

Two-stage pressure regulators are frequently employed as cylinder regulators for packaged specialty gases. The
flows are typically low and the two-stage reduction allows the operator to provide stable delivery pressures to the
process. There are times when a single-stage regulator is used on the cylinder, which feeds a header in a lab or
process facility. Point-of-use regulators are installed along the header, permitting individual users to adjust their
pressures accordingly. The use of a single-stage source regulator, along with point-of-use regulators, provides the
two-stage reduction necessary for controlling decaying inlet characteristic. For higher flow applications, TESCOM
offers regulators with balanced main valves, like the 44-1300 Series. The 44-1300 Series is so highly balanced that its
decaying inlet characteristic is a very low 0.1 psig/100 psig (0.007 bar/6.9 bar) with a 0-300 psig / 0-20.7 bar control
pressure. For a 3000 psig / 207 bar reduction on its inlet, the 44-1300 Series would yield a 3 psig / 0.21 bar increase
on its outlet, nearly transparent to anyone working with this regulator. The 44-1300 Series is often used as a tube-
trailer regulator because of its high flow and extremely low decaying inlet characteristic. These qualities allow users
to employ only one regulator to provide the required working pressure for their process.
Mistaken Identity
Many times, unknowing regulator users observe the decaying inlet characteristic and mistake it for a leaky regulator.
In the non-flowing condition, the user observes that the set point has climbed above the original set point and
believes the regulator is creeping. One quick method to confirm that the regulator is not creeping is to observe the
gauge reading for a short period of time. If the pressure has stabilized at a few psig above the original set point,
then this is probably decaying inlet. If the pressure is slowly climbing and not stabilizing, then the regulator seat
is likely contaminated and the regulator must be removed for servicing. By confirming that the source pressure
is a compressed source such as a cylinder, you can quickly correlate the drop in inlet pressure to the increase in
set point.
Sizing a Regulator
There are several reasons to consider the decaying inlet characteristic when evaluating a regulator. First and
foremost, can the system handle the increase in outlet pressure? What if the outlet pressure decays to a point where
a relief valve triggers or a rupture disk bursts for example? Secondly, can the process itself tolerate the pressure
swing involved? In our BB-1 Series example mentioned earlier, could the process tolerate a 120 psig / 8.3 bar
increase on the set point? Are gauges and other instrumentation downstream of the regulator sized to handle this
increase in pressure? Our responsibility as application specialists is to consider all possibilities when selecting a
regulator for the customer’s application. By taking into account the decaying inlet characteristic when you size a
regulator, you can avoid any surprises that would otherwise result when the regulator is placed into service.

Flow Calculations
This section is for computing gas and liquid flow through regulators and valves.
Cv
Flow coefficient for regulators and valves that expresses flow capabilities of a unit at full open condition. For liquids,
this coefficient is defined as the flow of water at 60°F / 16°C in gallons per minute at a pressure drop of one psig. For
gases, this coefficient is defined as the flow of air at standard conditions in standard cubic feet per minute for each
psig of inlet pressure.
SL
Specific gravity of liquids relative to water, both at standard temperature of 60°F / 16°C. (Specific gravity of water =
1.0 at 60°F / 16°C.)
Sg
Specific gravity of a gas relative to air; equals the ratio of the molecular weight of the gas to that of air.
(Specific gravity of air = 1.0 at 60°F / 16°C.)
P
Line pressure (psia).
P1
Inlet pressure expressed in psia.
P2
Outlet pressure expressed in psia.
∆P
Differiential pressure (P1 - P2).
psia
Absolute pressure which is gauge pressure (psig) plus 14.7 (atmospheric pressure).
QL
Liquid flow in gallons per minute (GPM).

Flow Calculations
GASEOUS FLOW FORMULAS*
a. CV = Qg x 2 Sg Use when P1 equals or is greater than 2 x P2.

(Referred to as critical flow)
P1
Example: Determine CV required for a regulator when inlet pressure (P1) is equal or greater than two times
outlet pressure (P2) and the following items are known:
Given:
P1 = 1000 psia
P2 = 400 psia
Qg = 400 SCFM
Sg = 1.0 (assume air in this example)
CV = Qg x 2 Sg = 400 x 2 = .8 CV
P1 1000
*Caution: When sizing components for flow applications, attention must also be directed to the size of
plumbing. When flow requirements are at low pressures, the plumbing may be the flow limiting
item rather than the regulator or valve.
b. CV = Qg x Sg se when P1 is less than 2 x P2 or P2 is greater than one-half of

U
inlet pressure.
∆P x P2
Note: This is referred to as sub-critical flow.
Example: Determine maximum flow capability through the same regulator (example in a.) using the CV
factor when the following conditions exist:
Given:
P1 = 1000 psia
P2 = 600 psia
CV = 0.8
Sg = 1.0 (assume air in this example)
Solve formula for Qg:

Qg = CV ∆P x P2
Sg
= .8 1000-600 x 600 = 392
1 1
Qg = 392

Flow Calculations
LIQUID FLOW FORMULAS

Cv = QL SL . QL = Cv ∆P
..
∆P SL
Example: Determine liquid flow (assume water) through a regulator in gallons per minute with the
following conditions:
Given:
P1 = 1000 psia
P2 = 600 psia
SL = 1.0
CV = .08
QL = CV ∆P = 0.08 1000-600 = 0.08 x 20
SL 1 1
= 1.6 GPM (Water)
CONVERT FLOW FROM CFM TO SCFM

Qg = Q x P
14.7
Example: Convert gas flow expressed in cubic feet per minute (CFM) to units of standard cubic feet per
minute (SCFM).
Given:
Q = 20 CFM
P = 294 psia
Qg = Q x P = 20 CFM x 294 psia
14.7 14.7 psia
= 400 SCFM
CONVERT MASS FLOW TO VOLUME FLOW (SCFM) OF AIR

Qg (Air) = M (any gas) x 13.36
Sg (any gas) x 1
Sg (any gas)
Example: Convert mass flow (lb/min) of any gas to volume flow (SCFM) of air
Given: M (He) = 1 lb. min, Sg (He) = .138
Qg = M x 13.36 = 1 x 13.36
Sg x 1 .138 x 1
Sg .138
= 35.96 SCFM (Air)

Flow Calculations
Media Tables
A. Approximate multipliers to use when converting flow (GPM) of water to various liquids:
Crude Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.015 to 1.11
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15 Example: Determine maximum flow of kerosene
Hydraulic Oil-Mineral Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 through a regulator if maximum water
Hydraulic Oil-Phosphate Ester Base . . . . . . . . . . .95 flow capability is 5 GPM.
Hydraulic Oil-Standard Mil 5606 . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10
Hydraulic Oil-Water Glycol Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Kerosene flow = 5 GPM (water) x 1.10 (kerosene
Kerosene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10 multiplier) = 5.5 GPM
Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00
B. Approximate multipliers to use when converting flow (SCFM) of air to various gases:
Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.000
Ammonia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.295 Examples: Determine maximum flow of helium
Argon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .852 through a regulator if the maximum air
Arsine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 flow capability is 300 SCFM.
Carbon Dioxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .810
Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.690 Helium flow = 300 SCFM (air) x 2.69 (helium
Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.790 multiplier) = 807 SCFM
Hydrogen Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .888
Nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.015 Air flow = 25 SCFM = 9.3 SCFM of He
Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .951 2.69
Silane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .915
C. Approximate specific gravities (SL) for various liquids:

Crude Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 to .97
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 To convert the flow from water (specific gravity of 1.0)
Hydraulic Oil-Mineral Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 to a liquid having a specific gravity other than 1.0 use
Hydraulic Oil-Phosphate Ester Base . . . . . . . 1.10 the following formula:
Hydraulic Oil-Standard Mil 5606 . . . . . . . . . . .83
Hydraulic Oil-Water Glycol Base . . . . . . . . . . . 1.05 QL (any liquid) = QL (water) 1
Kerosene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 SL (any liquid)
Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00
D. Approximate specific gravities (Sg) for various gases:
Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.000
Ammonia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596
Argon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.379 To convert the flow from air (specific gravity of 1.0) to
Arsine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.695 a gas having a specific gravity other than 1.0 use the
Carbon Dioxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.529 following formula:
Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .070 Qg (any gas) = Qg (air) 1
Hydrogen Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.268 Sg (any gas)
Nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .967
Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.105
Silane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.195

Basics of Pressure Regulation
What is a regulator?
A pressure reducing regulator is a device which
reduces a high source pressure (e.g. an inlet pressure
of 3000 psig / 207 bar) to a lower working pressure LOADING
(e.g. an outlet pressure of 100 psig / 6.9 bar) that MECHANISM
is suitable for a user’s application. The regulator
will attempt to maintain the outlet pressure within
SENSING
acceptable limits as other conditions vary. Source ELEMENT
pressure and media (gas or liquid) flow are among CONTROL
ELEMENT
these varying conditions. A regulator’s accuracy and OUTLET INLET
efficiency in performing its function is determined
by the combination of the basic regulator elements Figure 1
designed into a specific regulator unit.
The basic elements of a regulator often will determine It needs to be able to handle the full flow of the system
the regulator type and series selected for a specific in order to rapidly exhaust to protect downstream
application. In this manual, it will discuss the three apparatus. A backpressure regulator is not a safety
basic elements common to all pressure reducing device, it is designed for precision upstream pressure
regulators whether manufactured by TESCOM or control. When the regulator set-point is overcome,
other manufacturers. it will “crack” open (not blow wide open) and try to
exhaust just the excess pressure above the set-point.
Pressure Reducing Regulator/Valve (PRV) When it cracks open, it uses its sensing element
(relief valve’s do not have sensing elements) to reseat
The function of a pressure reducing regulator is to
very close to its original set pressure. Most TESCOM
precisely reduce a high upstream pressure of a gas or
backpressure regulators have “crack-to-reseat”
liquid (from a cylinder, compressor, pump, etc) to a lower,
pressures less than ± 2% of the set-point (relief valves
stable pressure for the user’s application. Furthermore,
are typically ± 10%).
the regulator will attempt to maintain and control the
outlet pressure within limits as other conditions vary
Three Basic Elements
but the regulator will not control flow, only the delivery
pressure. A regulator should not be used as a shut-off The Three Basic Elements are:
device as there is always a small amount of leakage across 1. T
he LOADING MECHANISM provides the means by
the seat. A shut-off valve must be used downstream of the which the operator can set the force that determines
regulator if isolation is required. the outlet (control) pressure of the regulator. P2 is a
term commonly used for outlet pressure.
Backpressure Regulator/Valve (BPR)
2. T
he SENSING ELEMENT senses the changes in the outlet
The function of a backpressure regulator is to limit pressure ( P2) through a cavity located underneath it,
and precisely control the upstream pressure of a allowing the regulator to react accordingly to these
gas or liquid (from a tank, pump, etc) and is much changes in P2.
more accurate than a relief valve. Most direct spring
operated safety relief valves have a high reseating T
he sensing element also provides a physical
pressure which is inconsistent and unreliable. This is link between the loading element and the
the primary difference between a safety relief valve control element.
and a backpressure regulator. A safety relief valve 3. T
he CONTROL ELEMENT acts to reduce the inlet
is designed to protect downstream personnel and pressure, commonly called P1, to a lower working
equipment should over-pressurization take place. As pressure and maintain it by increasing or decreasing
such, when it’s set pressure is overcome, it will blow the orifice area as the control element moves away or
wide open immediately and exhaust all of the pressure. towards the seat.
Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Corp.

Teflon® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc.
Chemraz® is a registered trademark of Greentweed.

I. Loading Mechanisms
The first basic element is the LOADING mechanism There are four types of loading:
of a regulator. This mechanism determines what the • Spring Load
regulator outlet pressure (P2) will be.
• Dome Load (also called gas or liquid loading)
The load element provides the force which is in turn
transmitted through the SENSING element and to • Air Load
the CONTROL element, to provide the desired outlet • Combination of Spring and Dome Load
pressure. It provides a preload force which establishes
the demand level of the regulated or outlet pressure.
SPRING LOAD SPRING AND DOME LOAD
Figure 2 Figure 4
DOME LOAD AIR LOAD
Figure 3 Figure 5

A. Spring Load
The spring (Figure 6) is the most common loading
device in regulators because of its dependability and
low cost.
The spring load is determined by the amount of
compression placed on the spring by the operator.
This is accomplished by turning the regulator knob
or adjusting screw in a clockwise direction (Figure 7).
The knob is turned, compressing the load spring, until
the desired outlet or set pressure is reached on the
regulator’s outlet pressure gauge.
Caution must be used during adjustment to prevent
thread stripping. This commonly occurs when an
operator attempts to set an outlet pressure which
exceeds the regulator’s capacity or the available
inlet pressure.
The mechanical advantage of a standard adjusting
screw or handknob provides easy adjustment for
SPRING LOAD
outlet pressures up to 500 psig / 34.5 bar. For high
pressures, up to 15,000 psig / 1034 bar, TESCOM Figure 6
uses a non-rising stem handknob with bearings that
enables manual adjustment of pressures with only
30-40 in-lbs / 3.4-4.5 N•m of torque.
Advantages
• Simple design INLET GAUGE
OUTLET GAUGE
• Relatively small size
• Springs of various rate can be adjusted to provide
different outlet pressures
• There is a variety of spring sources which makes the
prices competitive and economical
Disadvantages
• Spring forces vary with compression and thus the
load is not uniform
• Susceptible to the effects of shock, vibration
and temperature
CLOCKWISE MOVEMENT COMPRESSES LOAD SPRING
Figure 7

B. Dome Load
The second loading method is called dome load
(Figure 8). Instead of a spring, pressure in the dome
area is used to provide loading force to the regulator. PILOT REGULATOR,
This is accomplished by sealing the dome area to SELF-VENTING
prevent leaks and then pressurizing it with gas or liquid
coming from a pilot regulator.
The pressure in the dome determines the regulator’s
outlet pressure. The dome pressure is essentially equal to
the regulator outlet pressure. DOME REGULATOR
Figure 9
DOME LOAD Almost all TESCOM regulator series are available with
dome load.
Figure 8
Advantages
• Enables remote pressure control which allows the
In the example in Figure 9, a 26-1200 Series dome operator to adjust pressure at a safe distance, away
loaded regulator is connected to a 26-1000 Series from hazardous gases or conditions
venting regulator. The 26-1000 regulator acts as a • Offers convenience by providing a means of adjusting
pilot regulator and provides the loading pressure to pressure when the dome regulator is located in an
the dome of the 26-1200 regulator. To set the pressure area difficult to reach
in the dome, the pressure coming from the pilot
regulator is adjusted until the outlet pressure gauge of • Maintains outlet pressure more accurately under
the dome regulator reads the desired set pressure. flowing conditions than a spring loaded regulator,
minimizing droop
If the dome is loaded to 1000 psig / 69.0 bar, then the
outlet pressure will be close to 1000 psig / 69.0 bar. • Faster response to pressure changes
The slight difference is primarily due to the control
element (valve) spring force which counteracts the Disadvantage
dome load pressure force. • Requires two regulators: the dome regulator and the
When the regulator strokes downward in response pilot regulator. This means increased cost and greater
to increased flow, the pilot regulator will add more space requirement for installation
gas to make up the pressure lost due to the increase
in the dome area and keep the dome pressure
constant. A pilot regulator with venting capability
should be used to load dome loaded regulators. This
venting capability is necessary to allow an operator
to adjust the dome pressure in both increasing and
decreasing directions.

C. Air Load
A third loading method is Air Actuated or Air Loaded.
This is similar to dome load, but has a ratio greater than
1:1 between the loading force (pilot pressure) and the
control pressure. This is the primary difference between
a dome loaded and air loaded regulator. Another
difference is inert gas can only be used to pilot an air
actuated regulator. Dome loaded regulators can be
piloted with either gas or liquid. Air actuated loading
is available on many TESCOM regulator series and with
our wide range of pressure capability up to 30,000
psig / 2069 bar we offer ratios from 2.5:1 to 375:1. The AIR LOAD
ratios are approximate, so in order to set the regulator
at the desired setpoint you need to monitor a pressure Figure 10
indicator from the control pressure side of the regulator
the same way you do with a dome loaded regulator.
The maximum control pressure of the air actuated
Advantages
regulator is typically achievable with ~80 psig / ~5.5
bar pilot pressure. The mechanical advantage of air • Provides a ratio between actuator pressure and
actuated regulators allows use of low pressure inert media pressure (e.g. 1:75)
gas (facility air) and low pressure plumbing/pressure • Enables remote pressure control in combination with
regulation for the pilot pressure source. It also allows pilot regulators
use of TESCOM’s ER5000 Electropneumatic Pressure
• Low pressure drop under dynamic conditions
Controller to provide the pilot pressure control as well
(minimized droop)
as closed loop electronic control. Like the dome loaded
regulator, the pilot pressure regulator/controller should • Allows use of low pressure inert gas (facility air) and
be a venting type to allow pressure adjustment in both low pressure plumbing/pressure regulation for the
increasing and decreasing directions. pilot pressure source
• Can be combined with the ER5000
Electropneumatic Controller
Disadvantage
• Requires two regulators: the air loaded regulator
and the pilot regulator. This means increased cost
and greater space requirement for installation

D. Combination of Spring and Dome Load

This hybrid regulator uses a combination of spring
and dome loading (Figure 11) and is identified by REFERENCE
several names: PRESSURE
• Bias Regulator 500 psig / 34.5 bar
• Tracking Regulator BIAS SPRING

PRESSURE
• Algebraic Regulator 50 psig / 3.4 bar
• Differential Pressure Regulator
OUTLET INLET
550 psig / 3000 psig /
37.9 bar 207 bar
Figure 12
Then the dome is loaded with pressure from a

“reference source”, another system, at a pressure of
500 psig / 34.5 bar. The dome is now loaded with a
total of 550 psig / 37.9 bar, the sum of the bias
SPRING AND DOME LOAD pressure (50 psig / 3.4 bar) and pressure from the
reference source (500 psig / 34.5 bar). The regulator
Figure 11
will now deliver an outlet pressure of 550 psig /
37.9 bar.
If for any reason the reference should change either up
It is called a “bias” regulator because the spring
or down and provided there is flow or the regulator has
provides a “bias” or added force.
a venting feature, the outlet pressure will also change.
The term “tracking” is used because the regulator An example: the reference pressure drops by 100 psig /
can follow the pressure of one system as the pressure 6.9 bar, from 500 psig / 34.5 bar down to 400 psig /
goes up or down. The regulator supplies pressure 27.6 bar, the bias pressure set on the spring remains
equal to the bias setting plus the reference pressure at 50 psig / 3.4 bar. Consequently the outlet pressure
and sends the total pressure of the two signals to a of the combination spring and dome regulator is now
second system. 450 psig / 31.0 bar.
It is sometimes called an “algebraic” regulator Regulators with combination spring and dome load are
because it can add or subtract pressure equal to its used in a variety of applications and are especially useful
bias spring setting. The pressure is added when the in commercial diving, oil exploration, laboratory and
bias spring is located above the sensing element, autoclave applications.
diaphragm or piston, and subtracted when the bias
spring is located below the sensing element. Advantage
This is how the combination dome and spring • Provides gas pressure accurately for
regulator works: tracking applications
First, the bias spring is manually adjusted to provide
a specific bias pressure, for instance 50 psig / 3.4 bar Disadvantage
(Figure 12). The bias pressure will remain constant and • More expensive than a spring or a dome
maintain that difference above the reference pressure. loaded regulator

II. Sensing Elements
The function of the sensing element is to sense There are three common types of sensing elements:
changes in the downstream or outlet pressure side of • Diaphragm (Figure 13)
a regulator. The area sensed is immediately below the
sensing element in the P2 cavity of the regulator. • Piston (Figure 14)
• Bellows (Figure 15)
DIAPHRAGM
PISTON
Figure 13 Figure 14
BELLOWS
Figure 15

A. Diaphragm Sensing Element
The diaphragm (Figure 16) is relatively inexpensive The valve stem motion must be restricted since
and adequate for most applications. The diaphragm diaphragm distortion can affect the actuating force
provides sensitivity to pressure changes, especially with characteristics. An additional consideration is the
elastomer materials. Early natural rubber diaphragms non-constant effective sensing area of the diaphragm
have been replaced by elastomers, man-made rubber as it flexes.
substitutes, for many applications to provide increased TESCOM’s metal diaphragms have two concentric
compatibility with the wide variety of gases currently rings (Figure 18) or convolutions to provide natural
in use. Some of the elastomers in common use are flexing areas and eliminate the oil-can effect which can
Buna-N, Viton-A®, and Ethylene Propylene. lead to early metal fatigue and possible failure.
ELASTOMER METAL
DIAPHRAGM
Figure 18
Diaphragms are made of the following materials:

Buna-N, Elgiloy®, Ethylene Propylene, Teflon®, Viton-A®,
Figure 16 316 Stainless Steel, Hastelloy®, Gylon®, Chemraz®.
Where elastomers fail to provide media compatibility, Advantages

metal diaphragms have found their way into use. • Sensitive
316 Stainless Steel diaphragms are in wide use, • Inexpensive
especially in the semiconductor, specialty gas and
petroleum regulator markets. Elgiloy®, a cobalt- • Simple
chrome-nickel alloy, is also an excellent diaphragm • 316 Stainless Steel diaphragms are excellent
material for applications with wide temperature swings for semiconductor, toxic and corrosive
and high cycle life. It is also compatible with a wide type applications
range of gases.
• Elgiloy® diaphragms are an excellent choice for high
However, outlet pressure ratings are limited due to cycle metal diaphragm uses and for applications
possible diaphragm rupture. This is a consequence with wide temperature swings
of high pressure loading on the underside of the
diaphragm and only atmospheric pressure on the top Disadvantages
side of the diaphragm (Figure 17). TESCOM limits • Fabric reinforced diaphragms can “wick” water
the use of diaphragms to outlet pressures up to a or other liquids leading to diaphragm failure or
maximum of 500 psig / 34.5 bar. media contamination
• Diaphragms do not provide a constant effective
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
sensing area
• Diaphragms can be difficult to seal
DIAPHRAGM • Diaphragms can rupture due to a
pressure differential
• Metal diaphragms are less sensitive than rubber or
elastomer diaphragms
Figure 17 • Pressure limits

B. Piston Sensing Element
Piston sensing elements (Figure 19) are designed for
higher outlet pressures than the diaphragm sensing
elements. While the diaphragms are limited to an
outlet pressure of 500 psig / 34.5 bar, the piston
sensing elements can control outlet pressures
up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar. The piston sensor
(Figure 20) is strong, heavy, and well-suited for high
outlet pressures.
The piston sensor is made up of a sensor backup,
sensor and dynamic seals or o-rings (Figure 21). The
sensor backup is held stationary between the body on
the bottom and the regulator bonnet on the top. The
sensor is allowed to move freely on the o-ring seal in
response to changes in the outlet or P2 pressure cavity.
Piston and diaphragm have the same function, this is PISTON
to sense changes in the outlet pressure or P2 cavity and Figure 19
respond to them.
The materials used by TESCOM for sensor assemblies
are: Brass, 303 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel,
Hastelloy®, Monel, N60, 17-4 Stainless Steel.
The materials are chosen based on its compatibility
with the media flowing through the regulator.
The piston sensor is the least sensitive of the three
types of sensing elements, but it is the most durable
and is the ideal choice when the outlet pressure
exceeds 500 psig / 34.5 bar.
Advantages
• Able to handle high outlet pressures, up to
20,000 psig / 1379 bar
• Piston has constant effective sensing area Figure 20
Disadvantages
BONNET
• Less sensitive than diaphragm or bellows
sensing elements
• Cannot be used for high purity applications due to
o-ring seals
• Lubrication of o-rings is critical for accurate
pressure control
BACK-UP
SENSOR
O-RING
SENSOR
Figure 21

C. Bellows Sensing Element

The bellows sensing element is the third type of
BELLOWS sensing element and it is the most accurate or sensitive
of the three sensing elements.
As illustrated from the bellows used in the 15 Series
regulator (Figure 22), the sensor is larger than the first
two sensing elements. Bellows of smaller sizes than the
one used in the 15 Series regulator are also available.
Bellows have accordion style pleats or flexing
points (Figure 23) which provide the capability
for longer valve travel with minimum resistance,
making its performance superior than the other two
sensing devices.
While the sensitivity is high, the cost of a 316 Stainless
Steel metal bellows is also very high. Because of its
high cost, Stainless Steel bellows are rarely used as a
sensing element in regulators unless the application
requires high sensitivity to changes in P2.
The bellows sensing element is used in the 15 Series
regulator. This is the facilities regulator designed to
provide high flow capacity at relatively low pressures.
Pressures on the order of 300 psig / 20.7 bar inlet
Figure 22 and 130 psig / 9.0 bar outlet. This regulator is
designed for the semiconductor industry and features
316L Stainless Steel welded construction with
internally threadless design. It offers a Cv of 20.
Advantages
• Highly sensitive
• Increased valve travel capability
Disadvantages
• Expensive
• Limited sources
Figure 23

III. The Control Elements
A. Unbalanced Control Element

The third and last element is the CONTROL element of The UNBALANCED control element has only one
which there are two types: sealing point which is the coned shape area of the
• The UNBALANCED control element (Figure 24) valve. With this design, the valve is assisted to the
closed position by the valve spring and the supply
• The BALANCED control element (Figure 25) pressure. While the force of the spring is relatively
constant at all times, the force on the valve will
The function of the control element is to do the actual
increase as the supply pressure increases. Likewise, the
reduction of the high inlet pressure (P1) down to the
force on the valve will decrease as the supply pressure
lower outlet pressure (P2). The control element is
decreases. By knowing the orifice size and the supply
frequently called a valve stem or poppet.
pressure, one can determine the closing force that is
Media pressure (gas or liquid) is reduced by taking being applied to the valve. As shown in Figures 26 and
the high pressure gas from a cylinder, compressor, or 27, the P1 zone, which is 3000 psig / 207 bar starts
pump and passing it through a variable size orifice. from the inlet connection and ends at the point of
The valve moves towards or away from the regulator contact of the valve and seat. The P2 zone which is
seat causing the orifice to become larger or smaller in 100 psig / 6.9 bar starts at that same valve point and
order to provide the flow demanded and maintain the continues to the outlet connection.
desired set pressure. The UNBALANCED control element has a negative
effect called the decaying inlet characteristic
(supply pressure effect) which causes changes in
outlet pressure as the inlet pressure changes. This
UNBALANCED CONTROL ELEMENT occurs when gas cylinders are used as the pressure
source for a customer’s system.
POPPET/
SEAT
VALVE STEM UNBALANCED CONTROL ELEMENT
OUTLET INLET
P2 P1
OUTLET INLET
P2 P1
Figure 24
Figure 26
P2 = 100 psig / 6.9 bar
BALANCED CONTROL ELEMENT
SEAT POPPET/
VALVE STEM
OUTLET INLET
P2 P1
Figure 25 Figure 27 P1 = 3000 psig / 207 bar

The gas cylinders come with a finite amount of gas and

pressure. As the contents of the cylinder (Figure 28)
drop, look at the outlet pressure gauge (Figure 29)
SOURCE on the cylinder regulator. Notice that the pressure on
PRESSURE the outlet gauge goes up, while the pressure on the
DROPS inlet gauge goes down. This is a result of the decaying
inlet characteristic.
3000 psig / 207 bar
Like the teeter-totter in the kids’ playground, when one
side goes up, the other side goes down. Each side goes
in the opposite (Figure 30) direction of the other.
For most applications, this is acceptable. However, for
applications that require the outlet pressure does not alter
1000 psig / 69.0 bar when the inlet pressure changes, they have three options.
Figure 28 These options are:
a. Two-stage regulator
130 psig / 9.0 bar b. Balanced type valve stem
100 psig /
6.9 bar c. Two regulators in a series
1000 psig / 69.0 bar
Only the balanced type valve stem will be discussed here.
Advantages
• Inexpensive
• Simple
• Easy to manufacture
3000 psig / • Inlet pressure is used as the main shut-off force
207 bar
Disadvantages
• Limited to small orifice sizes
Figure 29 • Decaying inlet characteristic

• High seat forces with high inlet pressures
• Requires harder seat material at high pressures
Figure 30

B. Balanced Control Element
OUTLET INLET
SEAL
BALANCED VALVE STEM

Figure 31
100 psig / 6.9 bar
P2 = 100 psig / 6.9 bar P1 = 3000 psig / 207 bar
PASSAGEWAY
SEAL
P2 = 100 psig / 6.9 bar
Figure 32
The BALANCED control element or valve stem has two In actual practice, the balanced valve is designed to
sealing points. One is identical to the UNBALANCED have a slightly higher inlet pressure. If there should
valve stem. The other seal is located near the end of be a regulator failure, it is desirable to have the inlet
the valve stem in the P1 zone (Figure 31). In effect, by pressure help close the valve tightly.
sealing both ends of the valve stem the supply pressure
cannot force the valve closed or open. Hence the name Advantages
BALANCED valve stem (Figure 32). With this design, • Reduced seat load
the supply pressure has little effect on the amount of
force on the valve. • Reduced decaying inlet characteristic
One other difference between the UNBALANCED and • Larger seat orifice at high pressures
BALANCED valve stem is that a balanced valve stem • High flow capability
will also have a passageway from the P2 zone to the
other side of the valve seal (Figure 32). This is required Disadvantages
so that the P2 pressure is equalized on both sides of the • More expensive to manufacture
valve and the valve stem remain balanced.
• Large seats make low flows difficult

Putting All the Elements Together
In this section, the three basic elements will be put

together to demonstrate how they work. Figure 33
illustrates a regulator with all three basic elements:
the loading mechanism, the sensing element, and the
LOADING MECHANISM control element.
The regulator is connected to the gas cylinder and
is linked to a system downstream of the pressure
regulator (Figure 34). The handknob or adjusting
screw of the regulator is turned counterclockwise and
SENSING ELEMENT the regulator shuts off.
CONTROL ELEMENT The cylinder valve is then opened, releasing the
contents of the cylinder to the inlet side of the
OUTLET INLET regulator. The pressure reading on the inlet gauge
climbs and stops at the pressure reading indicating the
pressure in the gas cylinder. The outlet pressure gauge
Figure 33 indicates zero pressure (Figure 35).
To open the regulator’s valve, turn the handknob
in the clockwise direction. The pressure reading on
the outlet pressure gauge climbs until it reaches the
desired outlet pressure or set pressure (Figure 36). Set
pressure is the outlet pressure at no flow.
By turning the handknob clockwise the load spring is
compressed to provide the outlet pressure required
by the downstream system. This is the pressure that
is necessary for the operation of the system. The
system downstream is not in operation, therefore the
regulator shuts off. In other words, the valve stem or
control element is closed tight against the seat causing
no gas to pass.
Figure 34
SET
PRESSURE
100 psig /
ZERO 3000 psig / 6.9 bar
207 bar
OPEN
Figure 35 Figure 36

Putting All the Elements Together
When the downstream system opens or starts, it and allowing gas to flow through the seat opening and
demands a flow, a quantity of gas, from the regulator. into the outlet or P2 cavity of the regulator.
When this flow starts, there is an initial drop in P2 in the
The valve stays open trying to build up the outlet
outlet cavity of the regulator (Figure 37) as indicated
pressure to its initial set pressure. As long as the
by the outlet pressure gauge. The sensing element,
system downstream is demanding flow, the spring
the diaphragm in Figure 37, senses this pressure drop
loaded regulator will not be able to reach the initial set
and it moves down because of the pressure imbalance
pressure. However, it will keep on trying to reach the
between the force of the outlet pressure and the force
initial set pressure as long as the system downstream
of the load spring.
is in operation and demanding flow. The difference
At this point, the force of the load spring is greater than between the initial set pressure and the flowing
the force of the outlet pressure. Since the load spring pressure is called DROOP.
force is greater, it helps move the diaphragm down,
causing the valve to move away from its seat (Figure 38)
P2 = 95 psig / 6.6 bar
FLOW STARTS P1 = 3000 psig / 207 bar
Figure 37
P2 = 95 psig / 6.6 bar
VALVE AWAY FROM SEAT,

ALLOWS FLOW FROM P1 TO P2
P1 = 3000 psig / 207 bar
Figure 38

Three Basic Elements
P2 = 103 psig / 7.1 bar
LOCKUP
103 psig /
7.1 bar
ORIGINAL
SET PRESSURE
100 psig /
6.9 bar
P1 = 3000 psig / 207 bar
Figure 39
When the system downstream of the regulator is shut To completely shut down a regulator, the cylinder
off, the demand for flow ends. The P2 pressure now valve must be closed, the pressure is then drained from
builds up in the P2 cavity to the point of the original set the regulator and the handknob or adjusting screw is
pressure, plus an additional 1 to 3 psig / 0.07 to 0.21 turned counterclockwise until no pressure is felt from
bar needed to firmly force the valve against the seat for the load spring. The regulator should not be used or
a positive gas tight shut-off (Figure 39). The additional relied on as a shut-off device.
1 to 3 psig / 0.07 to 0.21 bar closing pressure is This completes the normal working cycle of a spring
called LOCK UP, and is normal for pressure reducing loaded, pressure reducing, single-stage regulator.
regulators.

Venting Options Corrosive Media Options
• Venting (Figure 40) feature enables complete • Positionable Captured Bonnet (e.g. 44-2800 and 64-
relieving of the downstream pressure in dead- 2800 Series)
ended systems when the handknob is turned in - Should the media reach the bonnet chamber, it
the decrease direction (counterclockwise). The will be piped away to a safe area via the bonnet
regulator incorporates a second valve to vent the port, which may be positioned 360 degrees
downstream pressure through the bonnet in the around the regulator body
standard venting model
• Tied Diaphragm or Positive Seal Regulator
• Captured-venting feature offers a separate vent port (e.g. 44-2800 and 64-2800 Series)
to pipe away the expelled downstream gas or fluid
to a safe discharge point and is suitable for toxic or - This design ensures positive shut-off as the valve
corrosive media stem is mechanically connected to the diaphragm,
controlling the valve position in both directions.
• Non-venting feature is available when venting is The benefit of the tied diaphragm design is that
not desirable if the regulator begins to creep, the increasing
outlet pressure causes the diaphragm to flex
upward away from the orifice pulling the valve
stem tighter and tighter into the seat. The more
outlet pressure drift or creep, the more sealing
force is created. The sealing force will try to
compress the contamination into the seat.
• NACE compliant designs are available
Figure 40
Positionable
Captured
Bonnet
Tied Diaphragm
64-2800 SERIES
Figure 41

Heated Regulators Two-Stage Regulators
Certain speciality gases used in the semiconductor Advantages

industry such as Hydrogen Chloride (HCl), Nitrous
• Combination of two pressure regulators in-line
Oxide (N2O) or Carbon Dioxide (CO2) have a high Joule-
Thomson coefficient. This results in a significant cooling • P1 (red) is reduced to the preset inter-stage
effect when these gases expand in the gas distribution pressure (dark blue)
system on their way to the respective process. The use • Inter-stage pressure is reduced to the adjustable
of HCl raises the risk that remaining residual moisture outlet pressure P2 (light blue)
is condensating forming hydrochloric acid, causing
• Reduces decaying inlet characteristic
corrosion to the whole gas supply system but especially
to the pressure regulator where the cooling effect is the • Decaying inlet effect on the inter-stage is equal to
highest. Commonly used heat tracing cables have low an unbalanced single-stage regulator
heat transfer and only heat fraction reaches the inside • Final outlet pressure P2 is stable
of the regulator body.
To fight the Joule-Thomson effect, TESCOM has Disadvantages
developed the 44-3200 and 64-3200 Series of ultra high • More expensive to manufacture
purity gas regulators which come with an integrated
• Two-stage regulators require more space
heater element. This element transfers almost 100% of
the heat into the regulator body, eliminating not only
condensation and internal corrosion, it also prevents
reliquefying of gas after pressure reduction (mainly
observed with liquefied gases). Another approach is to
use a vaporizing regulator such as the 44-5800 Series
(Figure 42), which employs heat exchanger tubes to
warm the gas with integral electrical heaters or steam,
for low flow applications.
The electronically controlled 100W heating element
guarantees a constant regulator temperature,
even in high flow applications or with frequent flow
variations. The water-tight connection to the electrical
installation allows outdoor use. Other features of the OUTLET INLET
positive seal pressure reducing regulators are a flow
capacity of up to Cv=1.2, a tied diaphragm design
and the Hastelloy® C-22 trim option including the seat
retainer, valve stem and diaphragm.
Figure 43
Figure 42

Regulator Recommendations for Semiconductor Gases
Point of Use and Gas Cabinet Applications DEBUL1812X012
POINT OF USE REGULATORS GAS CABINET REGULATORS

CYLINDER
SPECIFIC PRESSURE SERIES THREADLESS SERIES THREADLESS SERIES THREADLESS
CGA / 1/4" POINT SERIES 1/4" 1/2" POINT SERIES 1/2" POINT GAS CABINET SERIES GAS
GAS GRAVITY psig / bar HAZARDS STATE
DISS OF USE OR POINT OF USE OR OF USE OF USE OR BULK OR CYLINDER CABINET OR
(AIR = 1) at 70°F /
21°C SPECIALTY SPECIALTY GASES OR BULK GAS GAS CYLINDER GAS
GASES GAS
Ammonia 0.593 114 / Toxic 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
NH3 7.9 Flammable 720 Gas 12-1 23-3 64-3200 74-3800
Corrosive
Argon 1.38 2640 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2600 74-2400
Ar 182 718 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3
Arsine 2.718 205 / Toxic 350 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
AsH3 14.1 Flammable 632 Gas 12-1
Boron 4.045 4.4 / Toxic 660 / Liquefied 64-5000 74-2400 74-300A 64-5000H 74-300AH
Trichloride 0.30 Corrosive 634 Gas 12-1
BCI3
Boron 2.32 1000 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Trifluoride 69.0 642 Gas 12-1
BF3
Boron-11 2.37 850 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Trifluoride Enriched 58.6 Corrosive 642 Gas 12-1
B11F3
Carbon Dioxide 1.527 830 / Asphyxiant 320 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2600 74-2400
CO2 57.2 716 Gas 12-1
Carbon 0.967 1650 / Toxic 350 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Monoxide 114 Flammable 724 Gas 12-1
CO
Chlorine 2.479 86 / Toxic 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
Cl2 5.9 Corrosive 728 Gas 12-1 23-3
Diborane 0.95 2200 / Toxic 350 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3400

B2H6 152 Flammable 632 Gas 12-1
Dichlorosilane 3.52 9.5 / Toxic 678 / Liquefied 64-5000 74-2400 74-300A 64-5000H 74-300AH
SiH2CL2 0.66 Flammable 636 Gas 12-1
Corrosive
Disilane 2.38 33 / Flammable 510 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400

Si2H6 2.3 632 Gas 12-1
Fluorine 1.312 400 / Toxic 679 Compressed

F2 27.6 Corrosive Gas NO RECOMMENDATION
Oxidizer
Germane 2.7 52 / Toxic 350 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400

GeH4 3.6 Flammable 632 Gas 12-1
Halocarbon-12 4.262 70 / Asphyxiant 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400

Dichlorodifluoromethane 4.8 716 Gas 12-1
CCl2F2
Chlorotrifluoromethane 31.7 716 Gas 12-1
CClF3
Halocarbon-14 3.05 2000 / Asphyxiant 320 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2600 74-2400
Tetrafluoromethane 138 716 Gas 12-1
CF4
Fluoroform 43.8 716 Gas 12-1
CHF3
Chloropentafluoroethane 7.0 716 Gas 12-1
C2ClF5
Hexafluoroethane 30.7 716 Gas 12-1
C2F6
Helium 0.138 2640 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
He 182 718 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3
Hydrogen 0.07 2400 / Flammable 350 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
H2 165 724 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3

POINT OF USE REGULATORS GAS CABINET REGULATORS
CYLINDER
SPECIFIC PRESSURE SERIES THREADLESS SERIES THREADLESS SERIES THREADLESS
CGA / 1/4” POINT SERIES 1/4" POINT 1/2" POINT SERIES 1/2" GAS CABINET SERIES GAS
GAS GRAVITY psig / bar HAZARDS STATE
DISS OF USE OR OF USE OR OF USE POINT OF USE OR CYLINDER CABINET OR
(AIR = 1) at 70°F /
21°C SPECIALTY SPECIALTY GASES OR BULK OR BULK GAS GAS CYLINDER GAS
GASES GAS
Hydrogen 2.71 320 / Toxic 330 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800H 74-2400H
Bromide 22.1 Corrosive 634 Gas 12-1
HBr
Hydrogen 1.266 613 / Toxic 330 / Liquefied 64-2600H 74-2400H 449-254* 64-2800H 74-2400H
Chloride 42.3 Corrosive 634 Gas 12-1 64-3200H* 449-254*
HCl 64-3200H*
Hydrogen 0.69 0.9 / Toxic 660 / Gas

Fluoride 0.06 Corrosive 638 NO RECOMMENDATION
HF
Hydrogen 2.8 125 / Toxic 350 / Gas 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Selenide 8.6 Flammable 632 12-1
H2Se
Hydrogen 1.192 253 / Toxic 330 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Sulfide 17.4 Flammable 722 Gas 12-1
H2S Corrosive
Krypton 2.9 800 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Kr 55.2 718 Gas 12-1
Methane 0.555 2265 / Flammable 350 Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
CH4 156 Asphyxiant Gas 12-1
Methyl Chloride 1.771 59 / Toxic 660 Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
CH3Cl 4.1 Flammable Gas 12-1
Neon 0.696 850 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Ne 58.6 718 Gas 12-1
Nitrogen 0.967 2640 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
N2 182 718 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3
Nitrogen 2.46 1450 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 64-2800 74-2400
Trifluoride 100 Oxidizer 640 Gas 12-1
NF3
Nitrous Oxide 1.528 745 / Oxidizer 326 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
N2O 51.4 712 Gas 12-1
Oxygen 1.105 2640 / Oxidizer 540 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000, 74-3800
O2 182 714 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3
Perfluoropropane 6.49 100 / Asphyxiant 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
C3F8 6.9 716 Gas 12-1
Phosphine 1.19 592 / Toxic 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
PH3 40.8 Flammable 632 Gas 12-1
Phosphorus 4.31 400 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Pentafluoride 27.6 Corrosive 642 Gas 12-1
PH5
Silane 1.1 1250 / Flammable 350 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3800, 23-3 64-2800 74-2400
SiH4 86.2 632 Gas 12-1
Silicon 3.57 1000 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800H 74-2400H
Tetrafluoride 69.0 Corrosive 642 Gas 12-1
SiF4
Sulfur 2.249 34 / Toxic 660 Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800H 74-2400H

Dioxide 2.3 Corrosive Gas 12-1
SO2
Sulfur 5.105 320 / Asphyxiant 590 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Hexafluoride 22.1 716 Gas 12-1
SF6
Sulfur 3.71 140 / Toxic 330 Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800H 74-2400H
Tetrafluoride 9.7 Corrosive Gas 12-1
SF4
Tungsten 10.674 2.4 / Toxic 670 / Liquefied 64-5000 74-300AH 64-5000H 74-300AH
Hexafluoride 0.17 Corrosive 638 Gas
WF6
Xenon 4.558 645 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Xe 44.5 718 Gas 12-1
H = Hastelloy Trim
*Use as a set, two- stage pressure reduction
Note: Tescom may make recommendations for a product to use with a specific media. These recommendations will be based on technical compatibility resources both through associations and manufac-
turers.
Tescom does not guarantee the product to be compatible with the specific media - this is the responsibility of the user. Users must test under their own operating conditions to determine the suit-
ability.

Technical Information DCATLABO1292XEN2
DIN 477 BS 341 CGA NF NEN

CYLINDER Part 1: Part 5: Part-3: V1: 2003:
PRESSURE/ Part-3: V1: 2003: 3268:
SPECIFIC 1990 - 2002 - Cylinder Cylinder E 29-650:
GAS OR GAS MIXTURE FORMULA VAPOR PROPERTIES Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder 1984/C2
GRAVITY Cylinder Connection Valve 1992 Cylinder
PRESSURE Connection Valve 1986 Cylinder
Connection Connection from 250 Connection Valve Outlet
AT 20 °C up to Connection Valve Outlet
up to up to up to PIN INDEX Connection
250 bar THREADED Connection
300 bar 450 bar 300 bar (Yoke)
Acetylene C2H2 0.906 18 f 3 2, 4, 18** 510+ A, H LI2*
Ammonia NH3 0.593 8.6 f, t, c 6 10 240 800 C RU4
Argon Ar 1.38 200/300 i 6 54 3 30 580 E RU3
Air, compressed AIR 1 200 o 13 56 3 31 346 950 B RU6
Arsine AsH3 2.718 14.1 f, t 1 - 4 - 350 - E LU4
Boron Trichloride BCL3 4.045 0.37 t, c 8 - 6 - 660 - K RU4
Boron Trifluoride BF3 2.32 68.9 t, c 8 - 6 - 330 - P RU4
Bromotrifluoromethane CBrF3 2.37 14.4 o 6 - 6 - 660 - C RU1
Calibration Gas LU0, LU1

- 150/200 o 14 - 3, 4* - 500 973*
(non corrosive)++ LU4*
Carbon Dioxide CO2 1.53 57.3 o 6 - 8 - 320 940 RU1
Carbon Monoxide CO 0.967 150 f, t 5 - 4 - 350 - E LU4
Chlorine CL2 2.479 6.8 t, c 8 - 6, 14** - 660 820 J RU4
Chlorodifluoromethane (R22) CHCIF2 3.65 31 o 6 - 6 - 165* - E RU1
Chloropentafluoroethane (R115) C2ClF5 5.49 8 o 5 - 6 - 165* - - RU1
Cyclopropane C3H6 1.49 6.3 f 1 - 4 - 510 540 E LU1
Deuterium D2 0.139 100 f 1 - 4 - 350 - E LU1
Diborane B2H6 0.95 150 f, t 1 - 4 - 350 - E LU4
Ethane C2H6 1.05 37.7 f 1 - 4 - 350 - E LU1
Ethylene C2H4 0.975 68.6 f 1 - 4 - 350 900 E LU1
Fluorine F2 1.312 - t, c 8 - 6, 14* - 679 - P RU4
Helium He 0.138 200/300 i 6 54 3 30 580 930 C RU3
Hexafluoro Ethane C 2F 6 4.83 - i 6 - 3 - 660* - - -
Hydrogen H2 0.0695 200/300 f 1 57 4 38 350 - E LU1
Hydrogen Bromide HBR 2.71 20 t, c 8 - 6.14 - 330 - K RU4
Hydrogen Chloride HCL 1.266 42.6 t, c 8 - 6, 14** - 330 - K RU4
Hydrogen Fluoride HF 1.858 1.03 t, c 8 - 6 - 670* - K RU4
Hydrogen Iodide HJ 4.48 7.33 t, c 8 - 6, 14* - 330 - K RU4
Hydrogen Sulfide H 2S 1.19 18.2 f, t, c 5 - 15 - 330 - E LU4
Isobutane IC4H10 2.09 3.02 f 1 - 4 - 510 - E LU1
Isobutene C4H8 2.01 2.59 f 1 - 4 - 510 - E LU1
Krypton Kr 2.90 200 i 6 - 3 - 580 - C RU3
Methane CH4 0.555 200 f 1 - 4 - 350 - E LU1
Methylamine CH5N 1.11 3 f, t 1 - 11 - 705 - E LU4
Methyl Chloride CH3CL 1.771 4.1 f, t 1 - 7, 17** - 510* - - LU4
Methyl Mercaptan CH4S 1.7 1.7 f, t 1 - 7 - 330 - E LU4
Neon Ne 0.696 200 i 6 - 3 - 580 - C RU3
Nitric Oxide NO 1.04 50 t, c 8 - 14 - 660 - - RU4

DIN 477 BS 341 CGA NF NEN

CYLINDER Part 1: Part 5: Part-3: V1: 2003:
PRESSURE/ Part-3: V1: 2003: 3268:
SPECIFIC 1990 - 2002 - Cylinder Cylinder E 29-650:
GAS OR GAS MIXTURE FORMULA VAPOR PROPERTIES Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder 1984/C2
GRAVITY Cylinder Connection Valve 1992 Cylinder
PRESSURE Connection Valve 1986 Cylinder
Connection Connection from 250 Connection Valve Outlet
AT 20 °C up to Connection Valve Outlet
up to up to up to PIN INDEX Connection
250 bar THREADED Connection
300 bar 450 bar 300 bar (Yoke)
Nitrogen N2 0.967 200/300 i 10 54 3 30 580 960 C RU3
Nitrogen Dioxide NO2 3 0.962 ox, t, c 8 - 14 - 660 - P RU4
Nitrogen Trifluoride NF3 2.46 100 t 8 - 14 - 670* - K -
Nitrous Oxide N2O 1.528 50.6 ox 11, 12** 13 - 326 910 G RU1
Oxygen O2 1.11 200/300 ox 9 59 3 32 540 870 F RI2
Phosphine PH3 1.18 34.6 f, t 1 - 4 - 350* - E LU4
Propane C3H8 1.56 8.4 f 1 - 4 - 510* - E LU1
Propylene (Propene) C3H6 1.48 10.3 f 1 - 4 - 510* - E LU1
Silane SiH4 1.11 86 f, t 1 - 4 - 510 - E LU4
Sulfur Dioxide SO2 2.27 3.3 t, c 7 - 10.16 - 660 - - RU4
Sulfur Hexafluoride SF6 5.13 22.1 i 6 - 6** - 590 - C RU1
20% O2 /
Synthetic Air 1 200/300 ox 9 59 3 31 346 950 B RU6
80% N2
up to
Tetrafluoro Methane CF4 3.05 i 6 - 3 - 580* - C -
approx. 137
Trifluoro Methane R 23
CHF3 2.44 41.8 o 6 - 6 - 660* - C -
(Fluoroform)
up to
Xenon Xe 4.56 i 6 - 3 - 580 - C RU3
approx. 33
Legend:
f = flammable
t = toxic
c = corrosive
i = inert
o = other
ox = oxidising
+ = Connection # depends on content and size of cylinder; check standard for other connections!
++ = Connection # depends on exact content of calibration gas; check standard for other connections or ask gas supplier for cylinder valve in use.
* = Not binding - Please, ask gas supplier for cylinder valve in use.
** = For small capacity cylinders (lecture bottles).

NATIONAL STANDARDS THREAD

AFNOR / NF E 29-650: 1992
TYPE C SI 21.7 x 1.814 m
TYPE D W 24.0 x 2.0
TYPE E SI 21.7 x 1.814 LH m
TYPE F SI 22.91 x 1.814 f
TYPE G SI 26 x 1.5 f
TYPE H W 22.91 x 1.814 LH f
TYPE J W 25.4 x 3.175 m
TYPE K W 27.0 x 2.0
TYPE L W 27.0 x 2.0
TYPE M W 27.0 x 2.0
TYPE P W 27.0 x 2.0
BSI / BS 341-3: 2002 (up to 3626 psig / 250 bar)

No. 2 G 5/8 LH f
No. 3 G 5/8 f
No. 4 G 5/8 LH f
No. 6 G 5/8 m
No. 7 G 5/8 LH m
No. 8 W 0.860" 14 TPI m
No. 10 G 1/2 m
No. 11 G 1/2 LH m
No. 13 W 11/16-20 TPI m
No. 14 G 3/8 m
No. 15 G 3/8 LH m
No. 16 G 1/4 m
No. 17 G 1/4 LH m
BSI / BS 341-3: 2002 (3626-4351 psig / 250-300 bar)

No. 30 W 30 x 2 f
No. 31 W 30 x 2 f
No. 32 W 30 x 2 f
No. 38 W 30 x 2 LH f
CGA-V1: 2003*
No. 110 0.3125"-32 UNF f
No. 170 9/16-18 UNF f
No. 180 5/8-18 UNF f
No. 240 3/8-18 NPT m
No. 296 0.803"-14 UNS f
No. 300 0.825"-14 NGO m
No. 320 0.825"-14 NGO m
No. 326 0.825"-14 NGO m
No. 330 0.825"-14 NGO LH m
No. 346 0.825"-14 NGO m
No. 350 0.825"-14 NGO LH m
No. 510 0.825"-14 NGO LH f
No. 540 0.903"-14 NGO m
No. 580 0.965"-14 NGO f
No. 590 0.965"-14 NGO LM f
No. 660 1.030"-14 NGO m
No. 670 1.030"-14 NGO LH m
No. 678 1.030"-14 NGO LH m
No. 679 1.030"-14 NGO LH m
No. 705 1.235"-14 UNS LH m

NATIONAL STANDARDS THREAD

DIN 477-1: 1990
No.1 W 21.80 x 1/14 m LH
No.3 Connection with bracket
No.5 W 1 m LH
No.6 W 21.80 x 1/14 m
No.7 G 5/8 m
No.8 W 1 m LH
No.9 G 3/4 m
No.10 W 24.32 x 1/14 m
No.11 G 3/8 m
No.13 G 5/8 f
No.14 M 19 x 1.5 m LH
DIN 477-5: 2002

No.54 W 30 x 2-Ø15.9/20.1
No.55 W 30 x 2-Ø15.2/20.8
No.56 W 30 x 2-Ø16.6/19.4
No.57 W 30 x 2LH-Ø15.2/20.8
No.58 W 30 x 2LH-Ø15.9/20.1
No.59 W 30 x 2-Ø17.3/18.7
No.60 W 30 x 2-Ø18.0/18.0
NEN 3268: 1984

LU0 M 19 x 1.5 LH m
LU1 W 21.8 - 1/14 LH m
LU4 W 1" LH m
LI2 G 5/8 LH f
RI2 G 5/8 RH f
RU1 W 21.8 x 1/14 RH m
RU3 W 24.32 x 1/14 RH m
RU4 1" RH m
RU6 W 28.8 x 1/14 RH m
UNI 11144:2005 (up to 250 bar)

1H, 1P (former UNI 4405) W 20 x 1/14 m LH
2 (former UNI 4406, UNI 10751) W 21, 7 x 1/14 m
3 (former UNI 4407) W 30 x 1/14 m LH
4 (former UNI 4408) W 1" x 1/8" m
5 (former UNI 4409) W 21, 7 x 1/14 f
6 (former UNI 4410, UNI 10751 W 30 x 1/14 m
7F (former UNI 4411-2 Acetylene) G 5/8" f LH
7S (former UNI 4411-1 Acetylene) Pinindex
8 (former UNI 4412) W 24, 51 x 1/14 f
9 (former UNI 9097; UNI 10751) G 3/8" A m
10 W 27 x 2 ISO 5145 m
LEGEND:
AFNOR - Association Française de Normalisation
BS - British Standard (British Standards Institution)
CGA - Compressed Gas Association - US Standard
DIN - Deutsches Institut für Normung
NEN - Nederlands Normalisatie-instituut
NGO - National Gas Outlet (CGA only)
UNI - Ente Nazionale Italiano di Unificazione
LH - Left Hand
RH - Right Hand
f - Female
m - Male
*For a complete numerical list of cylinder valve outlet connections (threaded or pin indexed / yoke), please reference CGA-V-1.

Pressure Reducing Selection Guide
INLET OUTLET AVAILABLE

PRESSURE PRESSURE CV LOADING SENSING NOTES SERIES
RATING RATING TYPES TYPE
Water-based
media
20,000 psig / 20,000 psig /
20,000 psig /
1379 bar 1379 bar
0.06, 0.12 Spring Piston 1379 bar model 50-2200
15,000 psig / 15,000 psig /
available
1034 bar 1034 bar
Oil and Gas
Page 227
hydraulics
15,000 psig / Water-based

1034 bar 0.12 media
15,000 psig / 10,000 psig / (Control
Integrated
1034 bar 690 bar regulator)
Spring Piston bypass valve
50-4000
10,000 psig / 6000 bar / 1.9 (in- 50-4100
690 bar 414 bar tegrated Hydraulic
4000 psig / Bypass) Power Units Page ?
276 bar Wellhead
Control Panels
15,000 psig /
1034 bar
15,000 psig / 200 psig / See Chemical
Spring Piston 56 Series
1034 bar 13.8 bar (non- Datasheet Injection
adjustable
spring bias) Page 247
15,000 psig /
1034 bar
15,000 psig / 200 psig / Chemical
0.06, 0.12 Spring Piston 56-2000
1034 bar 13.8 bar (non- Injection
adjustable
spring bias) Page 251
10,000 psig /
690 bar
450 psig/ Spring H2 onboard
5000 psig / 0.50 Piston 20-1200
31.0 bar Only vehicle
345 bar
(Aluminum)
Page 103
Spring,
10,000 psig / Versatile
Dome,
690 bar
10,000 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Air, 20,000 psig /
6000 psig / Piston 26-1000
690 bar 0.12, 0.30 Dome / 1379 bar model
414 bar
Spring available
(Brass)
Biased Page 107


10,000 psig /
690 bar
10,000 psig / Dome High flow,
6000 psig /
690 bar
0.46, 1.3
Only
Diaphragm
high pressure
26-1100
414 bar
(Brass)
Page 113
Segregated and
Spring, captured vent
10,000 psig /
Dome,
690 bar Commonly used
10,000 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Air,
6000 psig / Piston with ER5000 26-2000
690 bar 0.12, 0.30 Dome/
414 bar 20,000 psig /
Spring
(Brass) 1379 bar model
Biased Page 131
available
10,000 psig /
690 bar
6000 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Spring, Economical,
6000 psig / Piston 44-1100
414 bar 0.12 Air versatile
414 bar,
(Brass)
Page 135
Water-based
Spring, media
Dome,
20,000 psig /
10,000 psig / 10,000 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Air,
Piston 1379 bar model 50-2000
690 bar 690 bar 0.12, 0.30 Dome/
available
Spring
Biased Oil and Gas
Page 223
hydraulics
Spring,
Dome, Oil-based media
10,000 psig / 10,000 psig / Air,
0.06 Piston Oil and Gas 54-2000
690 bar 690 bar Dome /
Spring hydraulics
Biased Page 233
Spring,
Dome,
8000 psig / 6000 psig / Air, High flow
2.0 Piston 54-2200
552 bar 414 bar Dome/ Hydraulic only
Spring
Biased
Page 237


6000 psig / 6000 psig / 3.3, 6.0, Dome High flow,

Diaphragm 26-1200
414 bar 414 bar 12.0 Only high pressure
Page 117
Spring, Sensitive
6000 psig / 250 psig /
0.08, 0.24 Dome, Diaphragm 26-1500
414 bar 17.2 bar Non-venting
Air
Page 123
Spring,
Dome, Sensitive
6000 psig / 500 psig /
0.08, 0.24 Dome/ Diaphragm 26-1600
414 bar 34.5 bar Venting
Spring
Biased
Page 127
400 psig /
27.6 bar Spring,
6000 psig / Segregated and
(600 psig / 0.30 Dome, Piston 44-1500
414 bar captured vent
41.4 bar Air
Dome and Air)
Page 153
Spring,
Air,
6000 psig / 2500 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Piston Economical 44-1800
414 bar 172 bar 0.24
Spring
Biased
Page 157
Dome/ Differential
6000 psig / 1500 psig / Spring pressure control
0.70, 2.0 Piston 44-4000
414 bar 103 bar Biased, Commonly used
Air with ER5000
Page 191


6000 psig / 5000 psig / Dome High flow,

0.80, 2.0 Piston 44-4200
414 bar 345 bar Only high pressure
Page 195
6000 psig / 500 psig / Spring Vaporizing,

0.02 Diaphragm 44-5800
414 bar 34.5 bar Only Steam, Electric
Page 215
6000 psig /
414 bar
5000 psig / Spring High flow,
4500 psig / 0.80, 2.0 Piston 44-7400
345 bar Only high pressure
310 bar
(Brass)
Page 219
6000 psig / 1800 psig /

0.06, 0.15 Spring Piston Compact design BB-1
414 bar 124 bar
Page 253
6000 psig / 600 psig / Spring

0.02 - In-line Miniature BE
414 bar 41.4 bar Only
Page 257
Laboratory
0-1500 psig / Point-of-Use
6000 psig / 0-103 bar High Pressure
0.06 Spring Piston High outlet
414 bar 0-2500 psig / Point-of-Use
pressure
0-172 bar
Venting option
Page 295


5000 psig / 5000 psig / Dome, High flow

8.0 Piston 54-2800
345 bar 345 bar Air Hydraulic only
Page 243
4500 psig /
310 bar 250 psig / 0.06 Spring Single-stage,
Diaphragm SG1
3000 psig / 17 bar 0.20 Only low flow
206 bar
Page 327
4500 psig / 250 psig / Spring Two-stage,

0.06 Diaphragm SG2
310 bar 17 bar only low flow
Page 335
4500 psig / 250 psig / Spring Single-stage,

1.0 Diaphragm SG3
310 bar 17 bar only high flow
Page 345
4500 psig /
310 bar
1500 psig / Spring, High pressure,
3750 psig / 0.80, 2.0 Piston 44-1300
103 bar Air high flow
259 bar
(Brass)
Page 148
28 inch-Hg -
4500 psig / 350 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Spring,
Diaphragm Sub-atmospheric DA
310 bar 948 mbar - 0.24 Dome
24.1 bar
Page 265


4350 psig /
Assembled
300 bar
with cylinder 44-1100
DIN477-5; 4350 psig / Spring
0.06 Piston connection,
2900 psig / 300 bar Only
200 bar
gauges and relief Mod 834
valve
DIN477-1 Page 139
Laboratory -
4350 psig / general purpose
300 bar, 290 psig / Spring Cylinder regulator
0.06 Diaphragm WEGA 1 and 2
2900 psig / 20.0 bar Only 1-stage / 2-stage
200 bar With or without
flowmeters Page 351
Constructed
for onboard
3600 psig / 150 psig / Spring compressed
0.8 Piston 20-1100
248 bar 10.3 bar Only natural gas
(CNG) in trucks
and buses
Page 99
3500 psig / 100 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Spring Compact

Diaphragm 04
241 bar 6.9 bar 0.15, 0.24 Only Lecture bottles
Page 91
3500 psig / 320 psig / Spring Onboard CNG

0.50 Piston 20-1000
241 bar 22.1 bar Only vehicle
Page 95
Spring,
Dome,
3500 psig / 500 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Diaphragm Versatile 44-2200
241 bar 34.5 bar 0.15, 0.24
Spring
Biased
Page 161


Spring,
Dome,
3500 psig / 150 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Diaphragm Sensitive 44-2600
241 bar 10.3 bar 0.15, 0.24
Spring
Biased
Page 169
3500 psig / 250 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Spring

Diaphragm Two-stage 44-3400
241 bar 17.2 bar 0.15, 0.24 Only
Page 187
28 inch-Hg -
3500 psig / 100 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Spring,
Diaphragm Sub-atmospheric 44-5000
241 bar 948 mbar - 0.15, 0.24 Dome
6.9 bar
Page 203
Spring,
Dome,
3500 psig / 600 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Air,
Piston Economical 44-5200
241 bar 41.4 bar 0.15, 0.24 Dome/
Spring
Biased
Page 207
3500 psig / 250 psig / Low flow

241 bar 17.2 bar
0.06, 0.15 Spring Diaphragm
1/4" Point-of-Use
64-2600
Page 387

241 bar 10.3 bar
1/4" Gas Cabinet
64-2800
Page 391


3500 psig / 150 psig /

0.06, 0.15 Spring Diaphragm Two-stage 64-3400
241 bar 10.3 bar
Page 399

241 bar 10.3 bar
1/4" Gas Cabinet
64-3600
Page 403
3500 psig / 100 psig / 0.06, 0.15,

241 bar 6.9 bar 0.24
Spring Diaphragm Sub-atmospheric 64-5000
Page 407
Premium
3500 psig / 150 psig /
241 bar 10.3 bar
0.06, 0.15 Spring Diaphragm Low flow 74-2400
1/4" Point-of-Use
Page 415
Premium
3500 psig / 150 psig /
241 bar 10.3 bar
0.5 Spring Diaphragm Medium flow 74-3000
1/2" Point-of-Use
Page 419
Premium
3500 psig / 150 psig / Medium flow
0.5 Spring Diaphragm 74-3800
241 bar 10.3 bar 1/2" Point-of-Use
and Gas Cabinet
Page 423


3450 psig /
238 bar,
400 psig / 500 psig / Laboratory -
27.6 bar, 34.5 bar, 0.06, 0.15, Spring line regulator Line Pressure
Diaphragm
3045 psig / 200 psig / 1.0 Only High Flow Reducer 6.0
210 bar, 13.8 bar Adjustable
500 psig /
34.5 bar Page 301
3000 psig / 500 psig /

1.0 Dome Piston With integral pilot CP32
207 bar 34.5 bar
Page 261

0.16 Diaphragm Tied diaphragm 44-2800
Page 173
Spring,
Dome,
3000 psig / 200 psig /
1.0, 1.8 Dome/ Diaphragm Medium flow 44-3200
207 bar 13.8 bar
Spring
Biased
Page 177
3000 psig / 150 psig / Two-stage

207 bar 10.3 bar
0.05 Spring Diaphragm PS-3400
Tied diaphragm
Page 313
0.725-22 psig / Laboratory

0.05-1.5 bar, Very accurate Labo-F and
2900 psig / Spring
22-290 psig / 0.2 Diaphragm outlet pressure
200 bar Only Doppelregulus
1.5-20.0 bar control
Very low pressures
Page 299


Laboratory -
Stainless Steel WEGA
2900 psig / 100 psig / Spring Corrosive gases Corrosive Gases
0.06 Diaphragm
Captured bonnet and Purging
Inert gas purging
Page 355
Laboratory -
2900 psig / 145 psig / Spring Cylinder version
0.02 Diaphragm WEGA Mini
200 bar 10.0 bar Only Lightweight and
compact
Page 357
High flow
1500 psig / 150 psig /
1.2 Spring Diaphragm 1/2" Gas Cabinet 64-3200
103 bar 10.3 bar
(BSGS)
Page 395
High flow
1500 psig / 400 psig /
1.0 Spring Diaphragm Gas Cabinet 449-254
103 bar 27.6 bar
(BSGS)
Page 383
700 psig /
48.3 bar
1000 psig / Dome, Commonly used
69.0 bar
(Dome) 0.35
Air
Diaphragm
with ER5000 DK
600 psig /
41.4 bar (Air)
Page 287
600 psig / 150 psig / High flow

1.0, 1.2 Spring Diaphragm 64-5400
41.4 bar 10.3 bar 1/2" Point-of-Use
Page 411


600 psig / 150 psig / BA Grade

1.0, 1.2 Spring Diaphragm 22-5400
Page 375
600 psig / 150 psig / BA Grade

0.24 Spring Diaphragm 22-2200
Page 371
Laboratory - Ultra High

40.0 bar 10.0 bar
0.06
Only
Diaphragm Point-of-Use Purity
VCR® threads MiniLabo 2
Page 309
Flanges
40.0 bar 40.0 bar
0.8, 2.0
Only
Piston according to 44-1300F
DIN EN 1092-1
Page 149
Flanges
40.0 bar 34.5 bar
0.06, 0.15
Only
Diaphragm according to 44-2200F
DIN EN 1092-1
Page 165
28 inch-Hg-
Flanges
40.0 bar 948 mbar-
1.0, 1.8
Only
Diaphragm according to 44-3200F
DIN EN 1092-1
13.8 bar
Page 183


Flanges
40.0 bar 34.5 bar
0.06, 0.15
Only
Piston according to 44-5200F
DIN EN 1092-1
Page 211
Spring Flanges
580 psig / 250 psig /
40.0 bar 17.2 bar
5.0 (H/W), Diaphragm according to DHF
Dome DIN EN 1092-1
Page 283
Dome / Differential
500 psig / 500 psig /
35 bar 35 bar
0.12 Spring Diaphragm Pump seal SJS
biased tracking
Page 347
500 psig / 150 psig / Spring,

34.5 bar 10.3 bar
1.0, 1.8
Dome
Diaphragm Pharmpure™ PH-3200
Page 443
Spring,
Dome,
500 psig / 250 psig / Air,
34.5 bar 17.2 bar
5.0
Dome/
Diaphragm High flow DH
Spring
Biased Page 273
Spring,
500 psig / 150 psig / Low pressure,
34.5 bar 10.3 bar
1.8 Dome, Diaphragm
medium flow FR-2000
Air
Page 291
Spring,
28 inch-Hg-
Dome, Air,
400 psig / 100 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Diaphragm Sub-atmospheric 44-4600
27.6 bar 948 mbar- 0.24
Spring
6.9 bar
Biased
Page 199


Spring,
300 psig / 150 psig /
20.7 bar 10.3 bar
10.0 Dome, Diaphragm High flow DG
Air
Page 269
300 psig / 250 psig / Spring, Welded

5.0 Diaphragm DH-16
20.7 bar 17.2 bar Dome connections
Page 279
300 psig / 130 psig / High flow

15.0 Spring Diaphragm 15
20.7 bar 9.0 bar Facility
Page 367

20.7 bar 17.2 bar
5.0
Dome
Diaphragm Pharmpure™ PH-1600
Page 427

10.0 Diaphragm Pharmpure™ PH-1800
20.7 bar 17.2 bar Dome
Page 431
Laboratory,
R&D
290 psig / Point-of-Use
20.0 bar 145 psig / Spring
(580 psig / 10.0 bar
0.03
Only
Diaphragm Suitable for MiniLabo 2
ECD (Electronic
40.0 bar)
Capture Detector)
Page 305
Very compact
Premium
250 psig / 150 psig /
1.8 Spring Diaphragm High flow 23
17.2 bar 10.3 bar
1/2" Point-of-Use
Page 379


Laboratory -
inline
0.78 Diaphragm Extremely Regulus 3
20.0 bar 1.5 bar Only
sensitive outlet
pressure control
Page 317
Laboratory -
inline
20.0 bar 4.0 bar
2.1
Only
Diaphragm Accurate and Regulus 4
sensitive outlet
pressure control
Page 321
Spring,
Dome,
150 psig / 100 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Diaphragm Pharmpure™ PH-2200
10.3 bar 6.9 bar 0.15, 0.24
Spring
Biased
Page 435
Spring,
Dome,
150 psig / 100 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
10.3 bar 6.9 bar 0.15, 0.24
Dome/ Diaphragm Pharmpure™ PH-2600
Spring
Biased
Page 439
Miniature
150 psig / 100 psig /
0.04 Spring Diaphragm 1/4" Point-of-Use 12
10.3 bar 6.9 bar
(IGS)
Page 363
Laboratory -
116 psig / 12 psig /
0.23
Spring
Diaphragm
inline Regulus
8.0 bar 0.83 bar Only Very accurate Stainless Steel
pressure control
Page 325

Regulators - Pressure Reducing
Regulators that maintain desired outlet pressure providing the
required flow to satisfy a variable downstream demand
Product Selection Guide

Don’t know where to start? This guide lists TESCOM pressure reducing regulators by inlet/outlet pressures, flow rates and 75
loading, and sensing type to help you find the right product in this catalog
Quick Find List

Know the model number? Here are TESCOM pressure reducing regulators listed in numerical/alphabetical order
Model Page Model Page Model Page

MULTI-PURPOSE REGULATORS (For Industrial Applications)
04 Series 91 44-3400 Series 187 ?
20-1000 Series 95 44-4000 Series 191 DH-16 Series 279
20-1100 Series 99 44-4200 Series 195 DHF Series 283
20-1200 Series 103 44-4600 Series 199 DK Series 287
26-1000 Series 107 44-5000 Series 203 FR-2000 Series 291
26-1100 Series 113 44-5200 Series 207 High Pressure Point-of-Use 295
26-1200 Series 117 44-5200F Series 211 Labo-F and Doppelregulus 299
26-1500 Series 123 44-5800 Series 215 Line Pressure Reducer 6.0 301
26-1600 Series 127 44-7400 Series 219 MiniLabo 2 305
26-2000 Series 131 50-2000 Series 223 PS-3400 Series 313
44-1100 Mod 834 139 50-2200 Series 227 Regulus 3 317
44-1100 Series 135 ? Regulus 4 321
? 50-2000 Series 223 Regulus Stainless Steel ?
44-1300F Series 149 50-2200 Series 227 ?
44-1500 Series 153 54-2800 Series 243 ?
44-1800 Series 157 56 Series 247 ?
44-2200 Series 161 56-2000 Series 251 SJS Series 347
44-2200F Series 165 BB-1 Series 253 Ultra High Purity MiniLabo 2 309
44-2600 Series 169 BE Series 257 WEGA 1 and 2 351
44-2800 Series 173 CP32 Series 261 WEGA Corrosive Gases and Purging 355
? DA Series 265 WEGA Mini 357
44-3200F Series 183 DG Series 269 ?
HIGH PURITY GASES (For Microelectronic Applications)
12 Series 363 64-2600 Series 387 64-5400 Series 411
22-2200 Series 371 64-3200 Series 395 74-3000 Series 419
22-5400 Series 375 64-3400 Series 399 ?
23 Series 379 64-3600 Series 403
449-254 Series 383 64-5000 Series 407
PHARMPURE™ (For Life Sciences Applications)
? PH-2200 Series 435 PH-3200 Series 443
PH-1800 Series 431 PH-2600 Series 439

04 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing D04XX1792X012
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Inlet Pressure

3500 psig / 241 bar
Outlet Pressure Ranges
0-30, 0-60, 0-100 psig
0-2.1, 0-4.1, 0-6.9 bar
Design Proof Pressure
150% of maximum rated
Leakage
Internal: Bubble-tight
External: < 1 x 10-6 atm cc/sec He
Operating Temperature1
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06
Maximum Operating Torque
30 in-lbs / 3.4 N•m
TESCOM 04 Series space saving and lightweight
miniature regulator offers minimal internal volume
and is easy to purge resulting in less retention.
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS
Body Applications
316 Stainless Steel, Brass or Aluminum
• Analyzers
Diaphragm
Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) • Lecture bottles
Seat
• Sampling systems
PCTFE1, PTFE or Polyimide (Vespel®)
Friction Sleeve (inner) Features and Benefits
PTFE
• Compact size (3" / 76 mm high) and constructed
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel or Brass (on Brass models)
with lightweight materials
• Available in 316 Stainless Steel, Brass, or Aluminum
OTHER body construction
Cleaning • Elgiloy® diaphragm provides accurate and stable
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 pressure control
Connections • Minimal internal volume allows for rapid purging
1/8" or 1/4" NPTF
and carry-over
Internal Volume
3.03 cc
• Corrosion resistant
Weight (without gauges) • Various porting configurations are available
Stainless or Brass Models: 1 lb / 0.5 kg
Aluminum Models: 0.5 lb / 0.2 kg
Teflon® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I du Pont de Nemours
and Company.
1. CTFE option: maximum temperature of 140°F / 60°C
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.

04 Series Regulator Drawing
Shown with 2 gauge ports

OPTIONAL
WITHOUT PANEL MOUNTING
Required mounting hole for panel mounting
WITH PANEL MOUNTING

OPTIONAL
All dimensions are reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets

04 Series Regulator Flow Charts
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.

04 Series Regulator Part Number Selector
i Learn more about common options.

For modifications, repair kits and accessories, contact factory.
Example for selecting a part number:

04-1 A 3 E AA PP Z
BASIC INLET PRESSURE BODY AND OUTLET GAUGE PORT OPTIONS SIZE, TYPE INLET AND OUTLET
ADJUSTMENT OPTIONS
SERIES TRIM MATERIAL SEAT MATERIAL PRESSURE AND (NUMBER OF PORTS) PORTS SIZE AND TYPE
04-1 A – 3500 psig 316/316L 1 – 0-30 psig Without Panel PP – 1/8" NPTF Z – None
241 bar Stainless Steel 0-2.1 bar Mounting OUT IN NN – 1/4" NPTF
316 Stainless PTFE 2 – 0-60 psig A – Black knob
Steel AA – No Gauge Ports (0)
0-4.1 bar With Panel
B – 3500 psig Brass 3 – 0-100 psig Mounting
OUTLET GAUGE
241 bar PTFE 0-6.9 bar E – Black knob
316 Stainless
Steel/Brass OUT IN
C – 3500 psig Aluminum AF – 1/4" NPTF (1)
241 bar PTFE AG – 1/8" NPTF (1)
316 Stainless
70°
Steel/Brass OUTLET INLET
GAUGE GAUGE
D – 3500 psig 316/316L
241 bar Stainless Steel OUT IN
316 Stainless PCTFE AT – 1/8" NPTF (2)
Steel
E – 3500 psig Brass OUTLET GAUGE
241 bar PCTFE
316 Stainless
IN OUT
Steel/Brass
F – 3500 psig Aluminum BF – 1/4" NPTF (1)
241 bar PCTFE BG – 1/8" NPTF (1)
316 Stainless 70°
Steel/Brass INLET OUTLET
GAUGE GAUGE
G – 3500 psig 316/316L
241 bar Stainless Steel IN OUT
316 Stainless Polyimide BT – 1/8" NPTF (2)
Steel (Vespel®)
OUTLET GAUGE
H – 3500 psig
241 bar Brass
316 Stainless Polyimide OUT IN
Steel/Brass (Vespel®)
OUTLET GAUGE
J – 3500 psig
241 bar CS – 1/4" NPTF (2)
316 Stainless Aluminum
OUTLET GAUGE
Steel/Brass Polyimide
(Vespel®)
OUT IN
INLET GAUGE
DS – 1/4" NPTF (2)
INLET GAUGE
OUT IN
OUTLET GAUGE
GF – 1/4" NPTF (2)

20-1000 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing D20101932X012
Specifications

3600 psig / 248 bar
50-89 psig / 3.4-6.1 bar
90-200 psig / 6.2-13.8 bar
201-320 psig / 13.9-22.1 bar
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Filtration
40 micron nominal
Operating Temperature
-40°F to 200°F / -40°C to 93°C
Flow Capacity (approximate)
Cv = 0.5
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 20-1000 Series regulator is designed with

lightweight aluminum construction for onboard
Body
Aluminum 6061-T6 with Nickel Plating
compressed natural gas vehicles with 7 liter engines
and larger. Piston sensed for long service life with a
Seat
heat exchanger to prevent freezing.
Polyimide (Vespel®)
Main Valve
Application
17-4 PH Stainless Steel
Sensor
• Compressed natural gas vehicles
Aluminum 6061-T6
Sensor Insert
Features and Benefits
17-4 PH Stainless Steel • Piston-sensed design provides a long service life
Remaining Parts and enhanced safety
300 Series Stainless Steel, PTFE, Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene • High flow, low pressure drop
Propylene
• Balanced valve design minimizes supply
pressure effect
OTHER
Cleaning • Lightweight, precision machined
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 aluminum construction
Connections • Used in diverse applications for a broad range of
1/4" Inlet, 3/8" Outlet, NPTF, and SAE temperatures, flows, and pressures
Weight
• Wide variety of preset outlet pressures are available
1.4 lbs / 0.6 kg
Vespel® and Teflon® are registered trademarks of E.I du Pont de Nemours
• Heat exchanger eliminates freeze-up
and Company.
• NGV 3.1 approved

20-1000 Series Regulator Drawing


20-1000 Series Regulator Flow Charts

20-1000 Series Regulator Part Number Selector
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.

20-10 3 1 - 2 9 01
BASIC MAXIMUM OUTLET SET PRESSURE PORT INLET AND
BODY MATERIAL SET PRESSURE
SERIES PRESSURES RANGES TYPE OUTLET SIZE
20-10 3 – 6061-T6 Aluminum 1 – 125 psig 50-89 psig 1 – SAE 9 – 1/4" Inlet 01 – 50 psig 10 – 275 psig 19 – 65 psig
8.6 bar 3.4-6.1 bar 3/8" Outlet 3.4 bar 19.0 bar 4.5 bar
2 – NPTF
02 – 75 psig 11 – 300 psig 20 – 70 psig
2 – 235 psig 90-200 psig
5.2 bar 20.7 bar 4.8 bar
16.2 bar 6.2-13.8 bar
03 – 100 psig 12 – 90 psig 21 – 89 psig
3 – 320 psig 201-320 psig 6.9 bar 6.2 bar 6.1 bar
22.1 bar 13.9-22.1 bar 04 – 125 psig 13 – 185 psig 22 – 140 psig
8.6 bar 12.8 bar 9.7 bar
05 – 150 psig 14 – 110 psig 26 – 80 psig
10.3 bar 7.6 bar 5.5 bar
06 – 175 psig 15 – 120 psig 27 – 105 psig
12.1 bar 8.3 bar 7.2 bar
07 – 200 psig 16 – 170 psig 28 – 60 psig
13.8 bar 11.7 bar 4.1 bar
08 – 225 psig 17 – 320 psig 29 – 115 psig
15.5 bar 22.1 bar 7.9 bar
09 – 250 psig 18 – 135 psig 30 – 95 psig
17.2 bar 9.3 bar 6.6 bar

20-1100 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing D2011XX10121XEN2
Specifications
Type of Gas
CNG (Compressed Natural Gas)
3600 psig / 248 bar
Outlet Pressure Range
49-145 psig / 3.4-10.0 bar
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-40°F to 221°F / -40°C to 105°C
Nominal Flow Rate
Up to 75 kg/h / 1.25 kg/min, 1543 l/min (density CNG 0.81g/dm3)
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.8
Integral filter
Filter rate 40 µm, one piece, 2 layer sintered mesh
Solenoid Shut-off Valve
Supply: 24 V DC ± 15% or 12 V DC ± 15% TESCOM 20-1100 Series regulator is designed with
Electrical Connection: AMP Connector lightweight aluminum construction for onboard
Pressure Relief Valve compressed natural gas (CNG) vehicles 7 liter engines
125-275 psig / 8.6-19.0 bar
Pressure Sensor
and larger. This regulator offers higher flow capacity
Supply: 5 V DC ± 0.25 V DC than the 20-1000 Series and accessory options such
Output Signal: 0.5 V, 4.5 V proportional as solenoid valve and pressure sensors.
Electrical Connection: Packard Connector
Metering Range: 0-102, 145, 290, or 3626 psig /
0-7.0, 10.0, 20.0, or 250 bar Main Application
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS • Compressed natural gas vehicles
Body, Sensor
Aluminum EN AW-6082 T6 (hard-anode oxidized) Application Details
Seat
Polyimide (Vespel® SP21) The CNG pressure regulator system was specifically
O-Rings developed for the engine injection system of CNG
HNBR, FKM
Fittings vehicles. The main function is the reduction of the
316 Stainless Steel tank pressure to a preset outlet pressure. The system
Remaining Parts contains a pressure regulator with filter and heat
Stainless Steel, Aluminum, Brass, or PTFE
Filter
exchanger, a solenoid shut-off valve (high pressure), a
316 Stainless Steel pressure relief valve and up to two optional pressure
Heat Exchanger sensors (high pressure and/or low pressure). The
Body: Aluminum EN AW-6082 T6 and 6061 T6 pressure regulator is based on the TESCOM 20-1000
Fittings: Brass
O-Ring: EDPM Series CNG regulator which has been used in this
Solenoid Shut-off Valve market for more than 10 years. The pressure regulator
Body: Stainless Steel is a single-stage, spring loaded pressure regulator
Seat: PA 6.6
Pressure Relief Valve with a balanced main valve. The regulator is piston
Body: Brass sensed providing enhanced safety and long service
O-Ring: NBR life. It’s simple to install with screws included.
Pressure Sensor/Plug
Body: Brass/Steel with surface coating
O-Ring: Fluorosilicone/NBR
OTHER
Connections
Wide range of fittings
Weight
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
Teflon® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.

20-1100 Series Regulator Features and Benefits
• Compact aluminum body (hard-anode oxidized) for light weight and optimized thermal conductivity
• Provides a highly stable outlet pressure and low droop over a wide range of inlet pressures as
well as high flow rates
• 40 μm filter, layer sintered mesh
• Very efficient heat exchanger
• Integrated high pressure solenoid shut-off valve
• Integrated pressure relief valve
• Optional high pressure and/or low pressure sensor
• Fail-safe system, relief connection for potential gas leakage
• Wide range of fittings for gas inlet, outlet and heat exchanger connections
• ECE-R 110 approval


20-1100 Series Regulator Flow Chart
P1


20-11 9 085 0 0 3 3 - 2 M
MATERIAL HEAT
BASIC OUTLET PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE INLET OUTLET WINDING PRESSURE
FAIL-SAFE EXCHANGER
SERIES RANGE1 SENSOR SENSOR CONNECTION CONNECTION POWER SUPPLY RELIEF VALVE
SYSTEM CONNECTION
20-11 0 – Without 085 – 49-145 psig 0 – Plug 0 – Plug 0 – Without 0 – Without – 3/8" / 10 mm 1 – 12 V DC L – 145 psig
safe relief 3.4-10.0 bar 1 – 3626 psig 1 – 102 psig 1 – 8 mm 1 – 8 mm 2 – 24 V DC 10.0 bar
connection 250 bar 7.0 bar 2 – 10 mm 2 – 10 mm M – 150 psig
6 – Safe relief 2 – 145 psig 3 – 12 mm 3 – 12 mm 10.3 bar
Stainless 10.0 bar 4 – 5/16" 4 – 5/16" N – 160 psig
Steel 3 – 290 psig 5 – 3/8" 5 – 3/8" 11.0 bar
9 – Safe Relief 20.0 bar 6 – 1/2" 6 – 1/2" 0 – 175 psig
Brass / 12.1 bar
Copper
1. - designation in MPa P – 200 psig
e.g 085 for 0.85 MPa / 8.5 bar 13.8 bar
- adjustment dynamically
R – 230 psig
(P1 = 1450 psig / 100 bar, Q = 40 l/min, ≈ 2 kg/h) > idling
15.9 bar

20-1200 SERIES
Specifications

5000 psig / 345 bar (Aluminum body)
10,000 psig / 690 bar (Stainless Steel body)
Maximum Outlet Pressure
450 psig / 31.0 bar
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-40°F to 185°F / -40°C to 85°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.50

Body
Aluminum 6061-T6 with Electroless Nickel Plating,
TESCOM 20-1200 Series lightweight, aluminum
316 Stainless Steel
constructed preset regulator offers an integrated
Seat
10 micron filter designed for hydrogen service. Excellent
choice for other OEM applications.
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N Application
Main Valve
316 Stainless Steel
• Hydrogen fuel cell vehicles
Sensor
Aluminum 6061-T6
Spring • Piston-sensed design provides a long service life
302 Stainless Steel and enhanced safety
Filter • High flow and minimal flow droop
10 micron, 316 Stainless Steel
• Balanced valve design minimizes supply
Remaining Parts
pressure effect
300 Series Stainless Steel, PTFE, 18-8 Stainless Steel
• Lightweight, precision machined
aluminum construction
OTHER
Cleaning • Used in diverse applications for a broad range of
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 temperatures, flows, and pressures
Connections • Wide variety of preset outlet pressures are available
1/4", 3/8", 1/2" NPTF, and SAE
• 10 micron, 316 Stainless Steel filter
Weight (approximate)
1.4 lbs / 0.6 kg
Vespel® and Teflon® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.



20-12 3 2 - 1 9 01
BASIC OUTLET INLET AND
BODY MATERIAL PORT TYPE SET PRESSURE
SERIES PRESSURE RANGES OUTLET SIZE
20-12 3 – Electroless 1 – 0-75 psig 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4" inlet 01 – 150 psig 13 – 90 psig
Nickel-Plated 0-5.2 bar 1/4" outlet 10.3 bar 6.2 bar
2 – NPTF
6061-T6 Aluminum 1/4" gauge
2 – 90-190 psig 02 – 300 psig 14 – 141 psig
6 – 316 Stainless Steel
6.2-13.1 bar 7 – 3/8" inlet 20.7 bar 9.7 bar*
3/8" outlet
3 – 101-320 psig 03 – 400 psig 15 – 40 psig
1/4" gauge
7.0-22.1 bar 27.6 bar 2.8 bar
9 – 3/8" inlet
4 – 200-450 psig 04 – 175 psig 16 – 220 psig
1/2" outlet
13.8-31.0 bar 12.1 bar 15.2 bar
3/8" gauge
05 – 50 psig 17 – 60 psig

3.4 bar 4.1 bar
06 – 125 psig 18 – 290 psig

8.6 bar 20.0 bar
07 – 170 psig 19 – 218 psig

11.7 bar 15.0 bar
08 – 55 psig 20 – 45 psig

3.8 bar 3.1 bar
09 – 100 psig 21 – 200 psig

6.9 bar 13.8 bar
10 – 70 psig 22 – 80 psig

4.8 bar 5.5 bar
11 – 435 psig 23 – 320 psig

30.0 bar 22.1 bar
12 – 160 psig
11.0 bar
*Pressure at 2.5 SCFM

26-1000 SERIES
Specifications

Stainless Steel: 10,000 psig / 690 bar
Brass: 6000 psig / 415 bar
5-500, 5-800, 10-1500, 15-2500, 25-4000, 50-6000, 200-10,000 psig
0.3-35, 0.3-55, 0.7-105, 1-175, 1.7-275, 3.4-415, 14-690 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Standard: Cv = 0.06
Optional: Cv = 0.02, 0.12, 0.30
TESCOM 26-1000 Series controls pressures up
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS to 10,000 psig / 690 bar. This pressure reducing
Body
regulator offers standard venting providing
316 Stainless Steel or Brass decreased outlet pressure. The 26-1000 Series has
Bonnet
an interchangeable spring and sensor for product
300 Series Stainless Steel versatility. The low torque handknob is easy to adjust.
40 Micron Filter
300 Series Stainless Steel or Bronze
Applications
Seat • Test equipment
Main Valve: Polyimide (Vespel®) • Calibration stands
Vent Valve: PCTFE
• Production equipment
Seals
Nitrile, Buna-N
Back-Up Rings
PTFE • Can be easily converted to seven different outlet
Trim pressure ranges
300 Series Stainless Steel • Available with captured venting
• Numerous inlet and outlet porting options
OTHER
• Available in Brass or Stainless Steel
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Unbalanced stem provides positive shut-off
Weight (without gauges) • Safety and reliability of piston sensor
Stainless Steel: 5.5 lbs / 2.5 kg
Brass: 5.7 lbs / 2.6 kg • Excellent sensitivity through a wide range of
Teflon , Viton-A , Kalrez , and Vespel are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont
® ® ® ®
pressure settings
de Nemours and Company. • Vents to zero psig / bar in all pressure ranges

26-1000 SERIES
psi
CAUTION:
All dimensions are reference & nominal Vent port at base of regulator must
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets not be plugged or restricted.

26-1000 SERIES
26-1000 Series
MODEL NUMBER 26-1024-24
2500
[172] 10,000 psig
[690 bar]
INLET
2100
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[145]
3000 psig
[207 bar]
1800 6000 psig
[124] [414 bar]
1600
[110]
3000 psig 6000 psig 10,000 psig

[207 bar] [414 bar] [690 bar]
1100
[75.8]
850
[58.6]
1500 psig
600 6000 psig
[103 bar] 3000 psig 10,000 psig
[41.4] [414 bar]
[207 bar] [690 bar]
350 10,000 psig
[24.1] [690 bar]
1500 psig 3000 psig 6000 psig
100 [103 bar] [207 bar] [414 bar]
[0.70]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
[566] [1133] [1700] [2266] [2832] [3400] [3965] [4532] [5100] [5665]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen

26-1000 Series
MODEL NUMBER 26-1031-24
10,000
[690]
9000
[621] 10,000 psig
[690 bar]
INLET
8000
[552]
7000
[483]
10,000 psig
[690 bar]
6000
[414]
7500 psig
5000 [517 bar]
[345]
10,000 psig
[690 bar]
4000
[276]
5000 psig
[345 bar] 7500 psig
[517 bar]
3000
[207]
10,000 psig
2000 [690 bar]
[138]
5000 psig 7500 psig

[345 bar] [517 bar]
1000
[69]
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270

[850] [1700] [2550] [3400] [4250] [5100] [5950] [6800] [7650]

26-1000 SERIES

26-10 1 4 - 3 4 [BLANK]
OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL OPTIONS
PRESSURE RANGE PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
26-10 1 – Brass 1 – 200-10,000 psig 1 – SAE1 (SAR1 for Europe) 4 – 1/4" [BLANK] – None
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 14-690 bar 2 – NPTF 6 – 3/8" (NPTF only) 005 – FKM (Viton®-A) O-rings
(Stainless Steel Body Only) 3 – MS336491 008 – 1/4" NPTF inlet and outlet
2 – 50-6000 psig 4 – High Pressure gauge ports
3.4-415 bar 6 – Medium Pressure 045 – Non-venting
3 – 25-4000 psig 163 – 1/2" inlet and outlet ports
1.7-275 bar 249 – 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet
4 – 15-2500 psig capability (Stainless Steel
1-175 bar model only)
5 – 10-1500 psig
0.7-105 bar
6 – 5-800 psig
0.3-55 bar
1. Two inlet and outlet ports
7 – 5-500 psig standard at 90°
0.3-35 bar
NOTE: All pressure ranges vent to zero psig.

26-1000 SERIES
26-1000 Series Regulator Standard Modifications
MODIFICATION FEATUREPART NUMBER SUFFIX

Captured Venting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002
The captured bonnet vent port allows the user to: 1) capture fluids, 2) re-use vented media, and 3) provide a secondary sealed barrier.
Standard Unit with Viton-A® Soft Goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005
Captured Venting with Viton-A® Soft Goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007
1/4" NPTF Inlet and Outlet Gauge Ports at 60° Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 008
15,000 psig / 1034 bar Inlet and Outlet Pressure Capabilities in Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 039
For varied outlet capabilities, consult factory.
Wrench Adjustment with Locking Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 098
For applications subject to vibration or accidental changes in pressure settings.
1/2" Inlet and Outlet Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Non-Venting with Viton-A® O-Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Air Ratio Device, Non-Venting Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 045A
With pressure ranges of:
Model Number Max. P2 / psig Ratio* Notes
26-10X1-XX-045A 10,000 / 690 bar 125-1 Stainless Steel Only
26-10X2-XX-045A 6000 / 414 bar 75-1 Brass or Stainless Steel
26-10X4-XX-045A 2500 / 172 bar 32-1 Brass or Stainless Steel
26-10X5-XX-045A 1500 / 103 bar 19-1 Brass or Stainless Steel 26-1000 with
* Ratio is for reference only Air Actuator
Seat Material: Teflon®, CTFE, PEEK®, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . consult TESCOM
O-Ring Material: Teflon®, Viton-A®, Ethylene Propylene, Urethane, Kalrez® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . consult TESCOM
Vent Options: Captured Bonnet, Non-Venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . consult TESCOM
Loading Options:
Air Ratio**, Dome-Load (1:1), Bias: captured bonnet (negative or positive bias), Wrench Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . consult TESCOM
** The air ratio model can provide up to 15,000 psig / 1034 bar outlet pressure. For specific ratios, consult factory.
Pressures: 20,000 psig / 1379 bar inlet and outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . consult TESCOM
Flow Capacity: Cv = 0.12, Cv = 0.02 (not available with metal seat). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . consult TESCOM
Cartridge Mounted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . consult TESCOM
Electronic Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . consult TESCOM
Available to automate your system. Can be used with air ratio or dome-loaded models.
26-1000 Series Regulator Accessories (optional at extra cost)
ITEM PART NUMBER

Gauges Consult GAUGES section of catalog
Standard Repair Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 38-1000-26
Standard Soft Goods Kits:
Model: 26-10X1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 389-1016
26-10X2 and 26-10X3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 389-1005
26-10X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 389-1017
26-10X5, 26-10X6, and 26-10X7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 389-1002
Consult Tescom about kits for modifications.
Multiple Range Kit (see back page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 38-100X-XXX-XX
Main Valve Service Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 6557-3
System Automation: To automate your system, an ER5000 Electropneumatic PID Controller can be used with this regulator.
Consult Tescom for additional information and a specific part number.

26-1000 SERIES
26-1000 Multiple Range Kits
TESCOM’s Multiple Range Kits permit the 26-1000 Series to 26-1000 Series Kit
be modified to any one of several different outlet pressure
ranges. Modular design of these regulators permit the outlet
pressure ranges to be changed while retaining the desirable
characteristics of minimum lock-up, maximum sensitivity,
precision and accuracy.
This can be done by interchanging a combination of sensors
and load springs and can be accomplished while the regulator
remains in line and connected to the system.
With the use of the Multiple Range Kits, the 26-1000 Series
regulator has the ability to accomplish what would ordinarily
require up to seven different regulators.
To change the pressure range, simply remove the control
knob which is retained by a locknut, unscrew the bonnet
(1 3/4" across the flats for the 26-1000) and remove the spring
and sensor. Select the spring and sensor combination which
will produce the pressure range required. Reassemble the
regulator and resume regulator operation.
• Economy and convenience of a single regulator

• Modular components
• Minimum lock-up with maximum sensitivity
• Convert without removing from panel
• Color coded springs
• No special tools involved
Desired Outlet 26-1000 SERIES

Pressure Range Sensor Assy. No. Sensor P/N Spring Color Spring P/N
200-10,000 psig / 14-690 bar 1 1006-XX Silver 1051
50-6000 psig / 3.4-414 bar 2 1007-XX Silver 1051
25-4000 psig / 1.7-276 bar 2 1007-XX Gold 1050
0-800 psig / 0-54 bar 4 1009-XX Gold 1050
0-500 psig / 0-35 bar 4 1009-XX Olive 1049
Since the 26-1000 regulator is provided with one spring and one sensor when shipped, the Multiple Range Kit will contain all other springs and
sensors required to accomplish any of the above listed pressures ranges.
Part Number Selector for Multiple Range Kits

26-1000 SERIES
38-100 X - XXX X X
BASIC SERIES SPRING COMBINATION SENSOR ASSEMBLY NUMBERS METALLIC MATERIAL O-RING MATERIAL
38-100 1 – 1049-1050 1 2 – 300 Series Stainless Steel 0 – Buna-N

2 – 1049-1051 2 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 2 – Viton-A®
3 – 1050-1051 3 5 – Ethylene Propylene
4

26-1100 SERIES
Specifications

Stainless Steel Body (0.25" Orifice): 10,000 psig / 690 bar
Stainless Steel Body (0.375" Orifice): 6000 psig / 414 bar
Aluminum Body: 6000 psig / 414 bar
Brass Body: 6000 psig / 414 bar
To maximum inlet
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
0.25" Orifice: Cv = 0.46
0.375" Orifice: Cv = 1.30 TESCOM 26-1100 Series is a dome load, high flow
pressure reducing regulator.
Applications
Body
303 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel, Aluminum, or Brass • Pneumatic test consoles
Diaphragm • R&D laboratories
Nitrile, Buna-N
O-Rings Features and Benefits
Nitrile, Buna-N
• Constant outlet pressures with variable
Back-up Rings
inlet pressures
PTFE
Seat • Balanced main valve to reduce seat load which
PCTFE insures longer seat life
Retaining Ring • Wide flow range capability
15-7 Stainless steel
• Low droop; low lock-up
Valve Cap
17-4 PH Stainless Steel • Rapid response time
Remaining Parts • Mounts in any position
300 Series Stainless Steel
• Two orifice sizes are available: 0.25" and
0.375" diameter
OTHER
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93
Weight (without gauges)
Stainless Steel: 10 lbs / 4.5 kg
Aluminum: 4 lbs / 1.8 kg

26-1100 SERIES


26-1100 SERIES
Model No. 26-1121-381

1/4" Diameter Orifice
E.I. No. 0243-1
10,000
[690]
8750 10,000 psig

[603] [690 bar] Inlet
7500 10,000
[517] [690]
6250
[431] 7500
[517]
5000 10,000
[345] [690]
3750 7500
[259] 5000
[517]
[345]
2500
[172]
1250 10,000
[86.2] 2500 5000 7500 [690]
[172] [345] [517]
0 275 550 825 1100 1375 1650 1925 2200 2475 2750
[7.8] [15.5] [23] [31] [39] [46.5] [54.5] [62] [70] [78]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM x 1000] Nitrogen
Model No. 26-1121-382

3/8" Diameter Orifice
E.I. No. 0243-2
6000
[414]
6000 psig
5250 [414 bar] Inlet
[362]
4500
[310]
3750
[259] 4500
6000
[310]
3000 [414]
[207]
2250
[155] 6000
3000 4500
[310] [414]
1500 [207]
[103]
750
[51.7] 3000 4500 6000
1500
[207] [310] [414]
[103]
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000
[11] [23] [34] [45] [56.5] [68] [79] [91] [102] [113]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM x 1000] Nitrogen

26-1100 SERIES
26-11 2 1 - 3 8 1
BASIC BODY LOADING INLET AND OUTLET DOME INLET AND OUTLET INNER
SERIES MATERIAL METHOD PORT TYPE PORT PORT SIZE VALVE SIZE
26-11 1 – Brass 1 – Externally loaded 1 – SAE 1/4" MS33649 6 – 3/8" 1 – 0.25" Orifice
2 – 303 Stainless Steel 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 8 – 1/2" 2 – 0.375" Orifice
3 – Aluminum 2024-T351 3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649

26-1200 SERIES
26-1200 Series
Specifications

3600 and 6000 psig
248 and 414 bar
Outlet Pressure
To maximum inlet
Design Proof Pressure Cv = 12.0 Cv = 6.0
150% maximum rated operating
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Flow Capacity
Cv = 3.3, 6.0, 12.0* or 20.0

Body Cv = 3.3
303 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Seat
PCTFE or Polyimide (Vespel®)
Diaphragm TESCOM 26-1200 Series dome loaded, high flow
Nitrile, Buna-N or FKM (Viton®-A) pressure reducing regulator is externally loaded with
O-Rings 6000 psig / 414 bar maximum inlet and outlet
Nitrile, Buna-N or FKM (Viton®-A) pressures. The 26-1200 Series offers four Cv ratings,
Back-up Rings balanced main valve, and available external sensing.
PTFE
Remaining Parts Applications
• Rocket engine testing
OTHER • Fueling
Cleaning • Facilities supply
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Natural gas pipeline
Teflon®, Tefzel®, Vespel®, and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company. Features and Benefits
*A secondary pressure drop due to the outlet cross-hole can significantly
affect • Diaphragm or piston sensed
the rated flow capacity. Contact TESCOM for flow curve data when outlet
pressure is less than 1000 psig / 69.0 bar. • Modular construction for easy service
TYPICAL
APPLICATION • External sensing available for improved accuracy
• Balanced main valve increases seat life
PILOT PRESSURE • Mounts in any position
REGULATOR
• Low droop and lockup
EXTERNAL
REFERENCE
LINE
26-1200
PROCESS
PRESSURE
REGULATOR

26-1200 SERIES
26-1200 Series Regulator Specifications
CV OPERATING PARAMETERS MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS OTHER

Cv = 3.3 Maximum Inlet Pressure Body Weight

Stainless Steel Body: 303 Stainless Steel or 316 Stainless Stainless Steel: 25 lbs / 11.3 kg
6000 psig / 414 bar Steel
Operating Temperature* Seat
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C PCTFE or Vespel®
Diaphragm
Flow Capacity
Nitrile, Buna-N
Cv = 3.3
Back-up Rings
PTFE
Gasket
PCTFE
Retaining Ring
15-7 Stainless Steel
Valve Cap
Remaining Parts

Vespel: 6000 psig / 414 bar 316 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel: 40 lbs / 18.1 kg
PCTFE or ETFE (Tefzel®): 3600 psig / Seat
248 bar PCTFE or Polyimide (Vespel®)
Operating Temperature* Diaphragm
Nitrile, Buna-N: -40°F to 165°F / -40°C Buna-N or FKM (Viton®-A)
to 74°C O-Rings
FKM (Viton®-A): -15°F to 165°F / Nitrile, Buna-N or FKM (Viton®-A)
-26°C to 74°C Back-up Rings
PTFE
Flow Capacity
Connecting Rod
Cv = 6.0
Valve
Nitronic 60
Remaining Parts
*For extended temperature applications, consult TESCOM.

26-1200 SERIES
26-1200 Series Regulator Specifications
CV OPERATING PARAMETERS MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS OTHER


6000 psig / 414 bar 316 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel: 60 lbs / 27.2 kg
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C Polyimide (Vespel®)
Diaphragm
Flow Capacity
FKM (Viton®-A)
Cv = 12.0
O-Rings
FKM (Viton®-A)
Back-up Rings
PTFE
Connecting Rod
Valve
Nitronic 60
Remaining Parts

3600 psig / 248 bar 316 Series Stainless Steel Stainless Steel: 130 lbs / 58.9 kg
-40°F to 200°F / -40°C to 93°C PCTFE, Peek, Polyimide (Vespel®
SP1)
Flow Capacity
O-Rings
Cv = 20.0
Nitrile, Buna-N or FKM (Viton®-A)
Back-up Rings
PTFE
Valve
Nitronic 60
Remaining Parts
*For extended temperature applications, consult TESCOM.

26-1200 SERIES
26-1200 Series Regulator Drawings
Cv = 3.3 - 1/2" [12.7] ORIFICE
Cv = 6.0 - 5/8" [15.9] ORIFICE


26-1200 SERIES
Cv = 12.0 - 1" [25.4] ORIFICE

Cv = 20.0 - 1.25" [31.75] ORIFICE
ø 3.04 [77.2]
DOME PORT
1/4 MS33649
11.72 297.8
11.62 295.3
EXTERNAL REF PORT

1/4 MS33649
3.05 77.6
3.01 76.5
Ext. sensing
port fitting
(plugged for
IN OUT 2.50 [63.5]
internal sense)
BOTH SIDES
4.46 113.3
4.42 112.3
3.07 77.9
3.03 76.9
6.50 [165.1]
5.5 [139.7]
4x 1/2-20 UNF
.50 [12.7] DEEP MOUNT HOLES


26-1200 SERIES
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in
the TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 3.3
26-1221-3161 Curves
Model No. 26-1261-3161
6000
[414]
P1 = 6000 psig
[414 bar]
4500
[310]
4500
[310] 6000
3000
[207]
4500 6000
3000
[207]
1500
[103]
1500 3000 4500 6000
[103]
0 900 1800 2700 3600 4500 5400 6300
[25,485] [50,970] [76,455] [101,940] [127,425] [152,910] [178,395]
Cv = 6.0
Model No. 26-126T-3162-076
7000
[483]
6000
[414]
P1 = 6000 psig
5000 [414 bar]
[345]
4000
[276] 6000
4500
[310]
3000
[207]
3000 4500 6000

2000 [207]
[138]
1000
[69.0] 1500 3000 4500 and 6000
[103]
0 5000 10,000 15,000

[141,584] [283,168] [424,752]

26-1200 SERIES
Cv = 12.0
Model No. 26-1261-2163-083
7000
[483]
6000
[414]
5000
[345] P1 = 6000 psig
[414 bar]
4000
[276] 6000
4500
[310]
3000
[207]
3000 4500
2000 [207]
[138] 6000
1000
[69.0] 1500
[103] 3000
4500 and 6000
0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000
[283,168] [566,336] [849,504] [1,132,672]
Cv = 20.0
Model No. 26-126V-CLE5-164
1200
[82.7]
1000
[68.9]
OUTLET PRESSURE psig [bar]
P1= 1400 psig [96.5 bar]

800
[55.1]
600
[41.3]
1100 psig [75.8 bar]
400
1400 psig [96.5 bar]
[27.5]
1200 psig [82.7 bar]

200
[12.7]
0
200,000 400,000 600,000 800,000 1,000,000 12,000,000
[5663] [11,326] [16,990] [22,653] [28,316] [33,980]
FLOW RATE– SCFH [Nm3/h]
The curves above were generated using analytical methods - error is estimated at ±10%

26-1200 SERIES

Cv = 3.3
26-12 2 1 - 3 16 1
BASIC INLET AND OUTLET DOME
BODY MATERIAL LOADING METHOD PORT SIZE ORIFICE SIZE
SERIES PORT TYPE PORT
26-12 2 – 303 Stainless Steel 1 – External 1 – SAE 1/4" MS33649 12 – 3/4" 1 – 1/2"
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 16 – 1" 12.7 mm
3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649
MANDATORY FOR
Cv = 6.0 Cv = 6.0
26-12 6 T - 3 16 2 - 076
BASIC BODY DIAPHRAGM/ INLET AND OUTLET DOME INLET AND OUTLET INNER MOD.
SEAT TEMPERATURE
SERIES MATERIAL O-RING PORT TYPE PORT PORT SIZE VALVE SIZE NUMBER
26-12 6 – 316 A – Nitrile, Polyimide -40°F to 165°F 1 – SAE 1/4" MS33649 12 – 3/4" * 2 – 5/8" 076
Stainless Buna-N (Vespel® -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 16 – 1" 15.9 mm
Steel SP1) -40°F to 165°F 3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649 20 – 1-1/4" SAE or
B – Nitrile, -40°C to 74°C MS only
Buna-N Polyimide -40°F to 165°F
(Vespel® -40°C to 74°C
D – Nitrile, SP1) -15°F to 300°F
Buna-N
PCTFE -26°C to 149°C
E – FKM Polyimide -15°F to 165°F
(Viton®-A) (Vespel® -26°C to 74°C
SP1) -15°F to 300°F *3/4" ports reduce overall Cv to 5.0
T – FKM PCTFE -26°C to 149°C
(Viton®-A) Polyimide -15°F to 165°F
(Vespel® -26°C to 74°C
V – FKM SP1)
(Viton®-A) ETFE
(Tefzel®)
W – FKM
(Viton®-A)
MANDATORY FOR
Cv = 12.0 Cv = 12.0 MODEL
26-12 6 1 - 2 16 3 - 083
BASIC INLET AND OUTLET DOME INLET AND OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL LOADING METHOD SENSE TYPE MODEL NUMBER
SERIES PORT TYPE PORT PORT SIZE
26-12 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 1 – External 1 – SAE 1/4" MS33649 16 – 1" 3 – Internal 083
2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 20 – 1-1/4" 4 – External
3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649
Cv = 20.0 MANDATORY FOR

Cv = 20.0
26-12 6 V-C LA 2 - 164
END TO END
BASIC BODY INLET & OUTLET PRESSURE INLET & OUTLET SENSE MOD.
O-RING SEAT TEMPERATURE DIMENSIONS
SERIES MATERIAL PORT TYPE RANGE MAX PRESSURE TYPE NUMBER
INCH [MM]
26-12 6 – 316 D-C – Nitrile, PCTFE -40°F to 165°F LA– 2" Grayloc GR20 Low 3600 PSIG [248 bar] 14.75 [374.7] 5– 164
Stainless Buna-N PEEK® -40°C to 74°C LB– 2" Grayloc GR14 Low 3600 PSIG [248 bar] 14.75 [374.7] Internal
Steel -40°F to 200°F LC– 2" 1500# RTJ Low 3100 PSIG [214 bar] 17.88 [454.0] 6–
D-P – Nitrile, Polyimide -40°C to 93°C LD– 2" 2500# RTJ Low 3600 PSIG [248 bar] 19.88 [504.8] External
Buna-N (Vespel® -40°F to 200°F LE– 2" 1500# RF Low 3100 PSIG [214 bar] 17.75 [450.8]
SP1) -40°C to 93°C LF– 2" 2500# RF Low 3600 PSIG [248 bar] 19.75 [501.6]
D-V – Nitrile,
-10°F to 165°F
Buna-N PCTFE
-23°C to 74°C
V-C – FKM PEEK® -10°F to 200°F
(Viton®-A) -23°C to 93°C
Note: Contact Engineering for pressures above 3600 PSI/248 bar
Polyimide -10°F to 200°F
V-P – FKM (Vespel® -23 °C to 93°C
(Viton®-A) SP1)
V-V – FKM
(Viton®-A)

26-1500 SERIES
Specifications

Stainless: 6000 psig / 414 bar
Brass, Aluminum: 5000 psig / 345 bar
0-50, 0-150, 0-250 psig
0-3.4, 0-10.3, 0-17.2 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Ambient Operating and Fluid Media Temperature
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.08
20 in-lbs / 2.3 N•m TESCOM 26-1500 Series non-venting regulator offers
a sensitive, large elastomeric diaphragm design and
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS precision outlet pressure control.
Body
316 Stainless Steel, Brass, Aluminum
Applications
Bonnet • Research labs
300 Series Stainless Steel • Breathing air diving manifolds
40 Micron Filter
• Low flow purge systems
316 Stainless Steel
Seat • Gas and liquid sampling
PCTFE
Nitrile, Buna-N • Diaphragm design for accurate pressure regulation
Diaphragm
• Numerous porting and soft good options
Nitrile, Buna-N
are available
Remaining parts
300 Series Stainless Steel • Excellent repeatability
• Non-venting (for venting design, see
OTHER 26-1600 Series)
Cleaning • Low operating handknob torque
• Panel mounting (bracket included)
Stainless, Brass: 3 lbs / 1.4 kg • Available in Stainless Steel, Brass, or
Aluminum construction
• Gauge ports are available
• High flow Cv = 0.24 version is available (maximum
inlet pressure: 3000 psig / 207 bar)

26-1500 SERIES


26-1500 SERIES
26-1500 Standard Cv Flow

250
[17.2] 6000 psig [414 bar] Inlet
225
[15.5]
3000
200 [207]
[13.8] 500
[34.5] 6000
175 1500
[12.1] [414] [103]
150
[10.3] 3000
125 500 500 1500 [207]
[8.6] [34.5] [34.5] 1500 to 6000 [103]
[103 to 414]
100
[6.9]
500 3000 to 6000
75 [34.5] 1500
[5.2] [207 to 414]
[103]
50 500 3000 to 6000
[3.4] [34.5] 1500 [207 to 414]
25 [103]
[1.7] 500 3000 to 6000
[34.5] 1500 [103] [207 to 414]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
[140] [280] [420] [560] [700] [840] [980] [1120] [1260] [1400] [1540] [1680] [1820] [1960]
26-1500 Optional Cv = 0.24 Flow

Model No. 26-1562-24-004
250
[17.2] 3000 psig [207 bar] Inlet
225
[15.5] 1500
[103]
200 500
[13.8] [34.5]
175 3000
[12.1] [207]
150 1500 [103]
[10.3]
125
[8.6] 3000
100 [207]
[6.9]
1500 [103]
75
[5.2] 500
50 [34.5]
[3.4]
25
[1.7] 500 1500 3000
[34.5] [103] [207]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
[140] [280] [420] [560] [700] [840] [980] [1120] [1260] [1400] [1540] [1680] [1820] [1960]

26-1500 SERIES

26-15 6 1 - 2 4
BASIC INLET, OUTLET, AND GAUGE INLET, OUTLET, AND GAUGE
BODY MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES
SERIES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
26-15 1 – Brass 0 – 0-50 psig 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4"

3 – 2024 Aluminum 0-3.4 bar
2 – NPTF 6 – 3/8"
1 – 0-150 psig
3 – MS33649 8 – 1/2" (Stainless Steel only)
0-10.3 bar
2 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar

26-1600 SERIES
Specifications

Stainless: 6000 psig / 414 bar
Aluminum, Brass: 5000 psig / 345 bar
0-50, 0-150, 0-250, 0-500 psig
0-3.4, 0-10.3, 0-17.2, 0-34.5 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.08
25 in-lbs / 2.8 N•m TESCOM 26-1600 Series highly accurate, diaphragm
sensed pressure reducing regulator offers
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS adjustable venting standard. Panel mounting,
Body integrated 40 micron filter and low handknob
316 Stainless Steel, Aluminum (2024-T351), Brass torque ensure a robust and adaptable design with
Bonnet many modifications available.
316 Stainless Steel, Aluminum (2024-T351), Brass
40 Micron Filter Applications
300 Series Stainless Steel • Test equipment
Main Valve Seat
• Calibration stands
PCTFE
Vent Valve Seat • Production equipment
15% graphite-filled PTFE
O-Ring
Nitrile, Buna-N • Venting is standard (available with captured venting)
Diaphragm • Highly sensitive
Nitrile, Buna-N
• Features a non-rising stem and low operating torque
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel • Compact design
• Filter extends seat life
OTHER
• Numerous porting options
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Panel mounting (bracket included)
Weight (without gauges) • Easy maintenance with standard tools
Stainless, Brass: 3.3 lbs / 1.5 kg
Aluminum: 2.8 lbs / 1.3 kg
• High flow Cv = 0.24 version is available (maximum
inlet pressure: 3000 psig / 207 bar)
Teflon® is a registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

26-1600 SERIES


26-1600 SERIES
26-1600 Series Regulator Flow Chart MODEL NO. 26-1622-24
E.I. No. 0234-3
Model No. 26-1622-24

250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
500 [34.5] 1500 to 3000
200 [103 to 207] 6000
[13.8] [414]
175
[12.1]
1500
150 500 6000 3000 [103]
[10.3] [34.5] [414] [207]
125
[8.6]
100
[6.9] psig [bar] INLET
75
[5.2]
500 [34.5] 6000 1500 to 3000
50 [414] [103 to 207]
[3.4]
25 1500 to 3000
500
[1.7] [34.5] 6000 [103 to 207]
[414]
0 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75
[213] [425] [637] [850] [1062] [1275] [1487] [1700] [1911] [2130]

26-1600 SERIES

26-16 6 2 2 4
BASIC BODY MAXIMUM INLET OUTLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
26-16 1 – Brass 5000 psig / 345 bar 0 – 0-50 psig 1 – SAE 4 – 6 1/4"
3 – Aluminum (2024-T351) 5000 psig / 345 bar 0-3.4 bar
2 – NPTF 6 – 6 3/8"
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 6000 psig / 414 bar
1 – 0-150 psig
3 – MS33649 8 – 6 1/2" (Stainless Steel only)
0-10.3 bar
2 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar
3 – 0-500 psig
0-34.5 bar

26-2000 SERIES
Specifications

AIR
Stainless Steel (Spring and Air Load only): 15,000 psig / 1034 bar
See Part Number Selector
Design Proof Pressure DOME
150% of rated pressure
Leakage
Non-Metal Seat: Bubble-tight
Metal Seat: 2 drops/minute at 150 SUS at 2500 psig / 172 bar SPRING
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 73°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.02, 0.06, 0.12, or 0.30
TESCOM 26-2000 Series high pressure, low flow
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS piston sensed regulator is available in dome, spring
Body and air load versions. This regulator comes with
316 Stainless Steel or Brass segregated captured venting standard with inlet
Seat, Vent, and Main Valve pressure ratings of 6000-15,000 psig / 413-1034 bar.
O-Ring Applications
• R&D labs
Back-up Ring
PTFE • Pressure filling
Filter* • Calibration testing
26-201XX-XX: Bronze
26-202XX-XX: 300 Series Stainless Steel • Burst testers
Remaining Parts • Component testing
316 Stainless Steel and 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
• High pressure hydraulic or pneumatic applications
OTHER
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Segregated captured vent is standard
Weight (approximate) • Three standard loading methods - spring, dome,
5.5 lbs / 2.5 kg and air actuated
*no filter with metal seat
• Available with soft and metal-to-metal seating
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
• Standard 40 micron internal filter (soft seated
models) increases service life
• High flow version is available with Cv of 0.30
• An excellent choice to be used with the TESCOM
ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller

26-2000 SERIES
SPRING LOADED
psi
DOME LOADED
AIR LOADED


26-2000 SERIES
SPRING LOADED
4500
[310]
4000

[276] 26-2062D24S270
3500
[241] P1 = 4500 psig
[310 bar]
3000
[207]
2500
[172]
4500 26-2064D24S270
2000
[137]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0]
500
[34.5] 26-2067D24S270
4500
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 210
[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528] [5094] [5660] [6226]
FLOW - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
DOME LOADED
4500
[310]
4000
[276]
3500 26-2062D24D270
[241] P1 = 4500 psig
[310 bar]
3000
[207]
2500
[172]
26-2062D24D270
2000 4500
[138]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0]
500
[34.5]
4500 26-2067D24D270
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 210
[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528] [5094] [5660] [6226]
AIR LOADED
4500
[310]
4000
[276]
3500 26-2062D24A270
[241] P1 = 4500 psig
[310 bar]
3000
[207]
2500
[172] 26-2064D24A270
4500
2000
[137]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0]
500
[34.5] 4500 26-2065D24A270
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 210

[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528] [5094] [5660] [6226]

26-2000 SERIES

S – Spring load
D – Dome load
Example for selecting a part number: A – Air load
26-20 6 1 A 2 4 S 1 7 0
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL MAIN
INLET INLET GAUGE
VALVE
MAXIMUM AND AND FLOW PORT
BASIC BODY OUTLET VENT AND
INLET BACKUP OUTLET OUTLET CAPACITY OPTIONS
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE O-RING PORT VENT
PRESSURE RING PORT PORT (CV) 1/4"
SEAT
TYPE SIZE NPTF
MATERIAL
26-20 1 – Brass 6000 psig Spring Load A – PTFE PTFE 1 – SAE 1/4" SAE 4 – 1/4" 1 – .02 5 – 17-4 0 – None
413 bar 1 – 200- B – Nitrile, Buna-N PTFE 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 6 – 3/8" (not Stainless
10,000 psig (90 durometer) 3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649 8 – 1/2"2 available Steel
6 – 316 10,000 psig 14-690 bar D – Nitrile, Buna-N PTFE 4 – High 1/4" NPTF for metal 7– 1 – One Outlet
Stainless 690 bar (Stainless steel (70 durometer) pressure/ seated Gauge
body only) Polyimide
Steel T – FKM (Viton®-A) PTFE Aminico models) (Vespel®) at 90°
2 – 50-
U – Urethane PTFE 6 – Medium 1/4" NPTF 2 – 0.06
6000 psig 8 – Peek
9 – 316 15,000 psig1 V – FFKM, PTFE pressure/
3.4-413 bar 3 – 0.123
Stainless 1034 bar Perfluoroelastomer PTFE Slimline
3 – 25- (metal
Steel (Kalrez®)
4000 psig and/or 2 – Two Gauge
(spring and air Z – E.P
1.7-275 bar Polyimide Ports at 60°
load only)
4 – 15- (Vespel®)
2500 psig seat only)
1-172 bar
5 – 10- 3 – Two Gauge
1500 psig Ports at 60°
0.7-103 bar (left hand
6 – 5-800 psig inlet)
0.35-55 bar
7 – 5-500 psig
0.35-35 bar
Dome Load
1 – 200- 4 – Two Gauge
10,000 psig Ports at 90°
14-690 bar
(Stainless Steel
body only)
2 – 50-
6000 psig
3.4-413 bar 5 – One Outlet
7 – 5-500 psig Ports at 90°
0.35-35 bar (left hand
Air Load inlet)
1 – 200-
10,000 psig
14-690 bar
(Stainless Steel
body only)
2 – 50-
6000 psig
3.4-413 bar
4 – 15-
2500 psig
1-172 bar 1. 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet requires a CTFE back-up ring on main valve.
5 – 10- 2. 1/2" not available in High (Aminco) or Medium (Slimline) pressure ports.
1500 psig 3. Not available with 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet.
0.7-103 bar

44-1100 SERIES
Specifications

0-500, 0-800, 10-1500, 15-2500, 25-4000, 50-6000 psig
0-34.5, 0-55.2, 0.69-103, 1.0-172, 1.7-276, 3.4-414 bar
150% maximum rated inlet
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 75°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06
Maximum Operating Torque TESCOM 44-1100 Series high pressure, low flow
35 in-lbs / 3.95 N•m venting regulator offers a piston sensed design,
control pressures of 6000-10,000 psig / 414-690 bar,
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS a low torque setting and large handknob. Multiple
Body pressure range kits are available.
Brass, 303 Stainless Steel, or 316 Stainless Steel
Filter
Applications
Brass Body: 40 micron (nominal) - Bronze • Ground Support Equipment (GSE)
Stainless Steel Body: 15 micron (nominal) - 316 Stainless Steel
• Support pressure panels
Main Valve Seat
Polyimide (Vespel®) • Aircraft charging carts
Vent Valve Seat • R & D laboratories
PCTFE
• Calibration equipment
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N
Back-up Rings
PTFE • Removable valve assembly module permits
Remaining Parts
easy repair
300 Series Stainless Steel • Excellent sensitivity through a wide range of
pressure settings
OTHER • Piston style sensor offers extra safety and reliability
Cleaning
• Unbalanced stem assists positive shutoff
Weight • Inlet and outlet gauge ports are standard
4.8 lbs / 2.2 kg • Venting is standard
Vespel® and Teflon® are registered trademarks of E.I du Pont de Nemours
and Company.
• Available in Brass or Stainless Steel
• Regulator vents to zero psig / bar in all
pressure ranges
• Numerous modifications are available

44-1100 SERIES


44-1100 SERIES
Model No. 44-1115-24

4000
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar] [276]
3500
[341]
3000
[207] P1 = 6000 psig [414 bar]
2500 6000
[172] [414]
2000 3000
[138] [207]
1500
[103]
1000 3000 6000
[69.0] [207] [414]
500
[34.5] 1500 6000
[103] 3000 [207] [414]
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
[565] [1130] [1700] [2265] [2830] [3400] [3965] [4530] [5100] [5665]
Model No. 44-1126-24

5500
[379]
P1 = 10,000 psig
5000 [690 bar]
[345]
6000
4500 [414]
[310]
4000
[276]
10,000
3500 [690]
[241]
3000 6000
[207] [414]
10,000
2500 [690]
[172]
2000 6000
[138] 3000 [414]
[207]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0] 10,000
3000 [690]
500 1500 6000
[103] [207]
[34.5] [414]
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270

[849] [1698] [2547] [3396] [4245] [5094] [5943] [6792] [7641]


44-11 1 1 - 2 4 [BLANK]
BASIC OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL PORT TYPE PORT SIZE OPTIONS
SERIES PRESSURE RANGE
44-11 1 – Brass 1 – 0-500 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" [BLANK] – None

(6000 psig max. inlet) 0-34.5 bar - 001 – Non-Venting, Viton® O-Rings
(414 bar max. inlet) 2 – 0-800 psig - 002 – Non-Venting, Filter Removed
2 – 303 Stainless Steel 0-55.2 bar
- 150 – Urethane O-Rings (CO2 Service)
(10,000 psig max. inlet) 3 – 10-1500 psig
(690 bar max. inlet) 0.69-103 bar
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 4 – 15-2500 psig
(10,000 psig max. inlet) 1.0-172 bar
(690 bar max. inlet)
5 – 25-4000 psig
1.7-276 bar
6 – 50-6000 psig
3.4-414 bar

44-1100 SERIES Mod 834
Europe and Middle East only
Regulators - Pressure Reducing D4411MOD83410146XEN2
Specifications

2900 psig / 200 bar
4350 psig / 300 bar
0-500, 0-800, 10-1500, 15-2500, 15-4350 psig
0-34.5, 0-55.2, 0.69-103, 1.0-172, 1.0-300 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06

Body TESCOM 44-1100 Mod 834 cylinder regulator
Brass, 316 Stainless Steel combines the proven regulator technology in a ready
Main Valve Seat to use package.
Seat Vent Applications
PCTFE
• High pressure test laboratory - Charging Carts
Filter
Bronze (Brass body) • Portable pressure testing
300 Series Stainless Steel (Stainless Steel body)
Back-up Rings Features and Benefits
PTFE
• Excellent sensitivity through a wide range of
O-Rings
FKM (Viton®-A) pressure settings
Outlet Compression Fitting • Various inlet and outlet connections are available
• Captured relief valve is available for flammable or
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel critical gases
OTHER
Weight
4.75 lbs / 2.2 kg
Teflon® ,Vespel®, and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.

44-1100 Mod 834 Regulator Drawing
70°
BOTTLE CONNECTION
35°
OUT GAUGE IN GAUGE View rotated by 90°
PORT PORT 0.76 [19.3]
0.71 [18.0]
LOAD
INLET
SPRING MAIN
VALVE FILTER
BOTTLE
CONNECTION
ø2.8 [71.1] ø2.15 [54.6]

INLET ø2.7 [68.6] ø2.05 [52.1]
OUTLET
COMPRESSION
FITTING
OUTLET
OPTIONAL RELIEVE VALVE VENT SENSOR
(OTHERWISE PLUG) VALVE
6.9 [175.2]
6.5 [165.1]


44-1100 Mod 834 Regulator Flow Chart
P1 = 4350 psig [300 bar]

3625
[250]
2900
[200]
2175
[150]
1450
[100]
725
[50.0]
0 7 14 21 28 42 49 56 64
[200] [400] [600] [1000] [1200] [1400] [1600] [1800]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] - Air

44-1100 Mod 834 Regulator Part Number Selector

44-11 1 5 C CA V 3 3 834
NATIONAL
OUTLET
BASIC OUTLET STANDARD FOR INLET MODIFICATION
BODY MATERIAL GAS TYPE VENTING COMPRESSION
SERIES PRESSURE RANGES BOTTLE PRESSURES NUMBER
FITTING
CONNECTION
– Brass
44-11 1 1 – 0-500 psig 1 – DIN 477-1 N2 – Nitrogen (N2) R – Relief valve 2 – 2900 psig 0 – 1/4" NPTF 834
6 – 316 Stainless 0-35 bar 5 – DIN 477-5 FG – Flammable N – Non-venting 200 bar (without
Steel 2 – 0-800 psig C – CGA V1 gases (H, CH4, V – Venting 3 – 4350 psig fitting)
0-55 bar 2NH3) (not available 300 bar 1 – 1/16"
3 – 10-1500 psig NG – Non-flammable for flammable 2 – 1/8"
0.69-103 bar gases (Ar, He, gases) 3 – 3 mm
4 – 15-2500 psig Xe) 4 – 1/4"
1.03-172 bar CA – Compressed 6 – 6 mm
Industrial Air 8 – 8 mm
5 – 15-1460 psig
CG – Calibration gas
1.03-280 bar
8 – 15-2900 psig
1.03-200 bar
9 – 15-4350 psig
1.03-300 bar

44-1300 SERIES
Specifications

Stainless Steel Body
4500 psig / 310 bar
6000 psig / 414 bar available
Brass Body
3750 psig / 259 bar
5000 psig / 345 bar available
0-300, 0-600, 0-1000 and 0-1500 psig DOME LOADED AIR LOADED
0-20.7, 0-41.4, 0-69.0 and 0-103 bar
0-2500 psig / 0-172 bar available
Leakage SPRING LOADED
Bubble-tight
-15°F to 220°F / -26°C to 104°C TESCOM 44-1300 Series is a high pressure, high flow
pressure reducing regulator that offers a venting and
Flow Capacity2
1/4" Main Valve: Cv = 0.8 balanced valve design. The 44-1300 Series provides
3/8" Main Valve: Cv = 2.0 Cv = 0.8 and 2.0. Dome and air load options are
available.
Body
Applications
Brass, 303 Stainless Steel or 316 Stainless Steel • Commercial diving - breathing air
Seat, Main Valve
PCTFE (Except: 44-13X2-XXX2, PTFE) • Special gas mix regulation hard suit diving
Seat, Vent Valve • High pressure tube trailer gas reduction
PTFE: 300 and 600 psig / 20.7 and 41.4 bar outlet
PCTFE: 1000 and 1500 psig / 69.0 and 103 bar outlet Features and Benefits
O-Rings
FKM (Viton®-A) • Large piston sensor gives excellent sensitivity
Back-up Rings • Balanced valve design ensures stable
PTFE downstream pressure
Gaskets
• Large handknob provides fast low-torque
PCTFE
pressure settings
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, 17-7 Stainless • Venting is standard
Steel, PTFE and Brass
• Available with gauge ports
OTHER • Dome and air loaded models are available
Cleaning (non-venting only)
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Flanged end connections available
6.25 lbs / 2.8 kg
1. For extended temperatures from -40°F to 400°F / -40°C to 204°C,
consult TESCOM.
2. A secondary pressure drop due to the outlet cross-hole can significantly
affect the rated flow capacity. Flow curves should be used for critical
sizing applications.
Teflon® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.

44-1300 SERIES
Standard - 0 0 5 Modification
no gauge ports with gauge ports


44-1300 SERIES
44-1300 Series Regulator with Flanges Drawing


44-1300 SERIES
Cv = 0.8
1500 [103]
1400 [96.5]
1300 [89.6]
1200 [82.7]
1100 [75.8]
1000 [69.0]
2000 psig [138 bar] INLET
900 [62.1]
800 [55.2]
700 [48.3]
2000
600 [41.4]
500 [34.5]
3000 psig [207 bar]
400 [27.6]
300 [20.7]
200 [13.8] 3000
100 [6.9] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
[5663] [11,327] [16,990] [22,653] [28,317] [33,980] [39,644] [45,307] [50,970] [56,634]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Air

44-1300 SERIES
Cv = 2.0
1500 [103]
1400 [96.5]
1300 [89.6] 3000 psig [207 bar] INLET
1200 [82.7]
1100 [75.8]
1000 [69.0]
900 [62.1]
2000 psig [138 bar]
800 [55.2]
2000
700 [48.3]
600 [41.4]
500 [34.5]
3000
400 [27.6]
2000
300 [20.7] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
200 [13.8]
3000
100 [6.9] 2000
1000
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400
[5663] [11,327] [16,990] [22,653] [28,317] [33,980] [39,644] [45,307] [50,970] [56,634] [62,297] [67,960]

44-1300 SERIES

Threaded End Connector Part Number Selection:

44-13 1 3 - 2 08 1
BASIC BODY INLET OUTLET

PORT TYPE PORT SIZE MAIN VALVE OPTIONS
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE PRESSURE RANGE
44-13 1 – Brass 3750 psig 2 – 0-300 psig 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2" 1 – 1/4" Cv = 0.8 - 002 Modification – Non-venting, no gauge ports
259 bar 0-20.7 bar 2 – NPTF 12 – 3/4" 2 – 3/8" Cv = 2.0 - 005 Modification – Venting with gauge ports
2 – 303 4500 psig 3 – 0-600 psig 3 – MS33649 - 019 Modification – Non-venting with gauge ports
Stainless 310 bar 0-41.4 bar 9 – BSPP - 056 Modification – 6000 or 5000 psig / 414 or 345 bar inlet
Steel 5 – 0-1000 psig pressure with 2500 psig / 172 bar
6 – 316 4500 psig 0-69.0 bar outlet pressure
Stainless 310 bar 6 – 0-1500 psig
- 183 Modification – Corrosion Resistant Top Works
Steel 0-103 bar
7 – 0-2500 psig
0-172 bar
(-056 Mod only)

44-1300F SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing D4413FL10140XEN2
Specifications

580 psig / 40.0 bar
0-300 psig / 0-20.7 bar
0-580 psig / 0-40.0 bar
150% maximum rated
Design Burst Pressure
400% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.8, Cv = 2.0
TESCOM 44-1300F Series high flow, pressure reducing
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS regulators provide welded flanges according to
Body EN 1092 and are suitable for gas or liquid service.
316L Stainless Steel
Main Valve Seat
Applications
PTFE • Pressure control for diving and life
Vent Valve Seat support applications
PTFE (venting only)
• Pilot plants (i.e. in the chemical industry)
Back Cap
300 Series Stainless Steel Features and Benefits
Back-up Rings
• Flange connections according to DIN EN 1092-1
PTFE
Type 11 for easy line integration
O-Ring
FKM (Viton®-A) • Face-to-face dimensions according to DIN EN 558,
Gaskets Row 1
PCTFE • Connection up to DN 25
Remaining Parts
• Large piston sensor provides excellent sensitivity
Type 17-4, 17-7, 300 Series Stainless Steel, PTFE
• Balanced valve design ensures stable
OTHER downstream pressure
Weight (approximate) • Large handknob offers fast low-torque
DN 15: 9 lbs / 4.1 kg pressure settings
DN 20/25: 12.1 lbs / 5.5 kg
• Venting is standard (select non-venting for liquids
Teflon® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours or critical gases)
and Company.
• Available with gauge ports
• Other connection standards available upon request

44-1300F SERIES
44-1300F Series Regulator Drawing
8 [203.2]
7.6 [193]
OUTLET INLET
1.8 [45.7]
1.7 [43.2]
FLANGE DIMENSION
DN 15 Ø2.97 [75.4]
DN 20 Ø3.66 [93.0]
DN 25 Ø3.66 [93.0]
“B”
END TO END DIMENSION

“A”


44-1300F SERIES
44-1300F Series Regulator Flow Chart
580 44-1363FLBA2VE
[40.0] INLET (P1) = 580 psig [40.0 bar]
435
[30.0]
290
[20.0]
145
[10.0]
0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200] [1400] [1600] [1800] [2000]

44-1300F SERIES
44-1300F Series Regulator Part Number Selector

FLANGE EN 1092-1
44-13 6 2 F K B F 2 V E

BODY AND INLET & “A” “B”
BASIC OUTLET GAUGE PORT FLOW VENTING
FLANGE OUTLET ± 0.08" ± 0.08" FLANGE TYPE
SERIES PRESSURE OPTIONS CAPACITY OPTION
MATERIAL PORT TYPE (± 2 mm) (± 2 mm)
44-13 6 – 316L 2 – 0-300 psig K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 1 – Cv = 0.8 N – Non-
Stainless 0-20.7 bar 130 95 raised Orifice: ø 0.250 / 6.4 Venting
Steel face (for
3 – 0-580 psig L – DN 20 5.90 4.13 D – 6 1/4" NPTF 2 – Cv = 2.0
liquid
0-40.0 bar 150 105 D – 6 Form D - 1 x out Orifice: ø 0.375 / 9.5
service)
ring
M – DN 25 6.30 4.53
joint V – Venting
160 115
E – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x out
F – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in
L – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in, 1 x out
Kits
BASIC SERIES PART NUMBER
44-13XX FXX 1VE 389-1873

44-13XX FXX 2VE 389-1874
NON METALLIC 44-13X2 FXX 2VE 389-2726
44-13XX FXX 1NE 389-1459
44-13XX FXX 2NE 389-2784
44-13XX FXX 1VE 389-1875

44-13XX FXX 2VE 389-1876
REPAIR 44-13X2 FXX 2VE 389-2727
44-13XX FXX 1NE 389-2343
44-13XX FXX 2NE 389-2785

44-1500 SERIES
Specifications

6000 psig / 414 bar
Spring Loaded: 0-200, 0-400 psig / 0-14, 0-28 bar
Air/Dome Loaded: 0-600 psig / 0-41 bar
150% maximum pressure
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Ambient Operating Temperature
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.3
25 in-lbs / 2.8 N•m
TESCOM 44-1500 Series high flow/low pressure
regulator controls outlet pressures up to 600 psig /
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS 41 bar. Large area piston provides accurate pressure
Body control and cycle life superior to diaphragm sensed
316 Stainless Steel or Brass regulators when applied to heavy duty cycling.
40 Micron Filter Features a segregated/captured vent for hydraulic or
Bronze pneumatic media and is available in two outlet spring
Main Valve Seat ranges. Optional dome or air loaded versions for
Polyimide (Vespel® SP21) remote operation or for use with the TESCOM ER5000
Vent Valve Seat Electropneumatic Controller for automation.
Polyimide (Vespel® SP21)
O-Ring Applications
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer
• Hydraulic testing
(Kalrez®), E.P.
Back-up Rings • Pneumatic testing
PTFE
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel, Brass, Nickel Alloy (Monel®) • For gaseous and liquid media
• “Segregated and Captured” vent design is standard
OTHER
• Balanced valve design ensures stable
Cleaning
downstream pressure
Weight • 6000 psig / 414 bar maximum inlet
4.75 lbs / 2.2 kg • Low droop
Teflon®, Viton®, Vespel®, and Kalrez® are registered trademarks of E.I du Pont de
Nemours and Company.
• Large sensor for accurate pressure control
• High flow, low outlet pressures
• Compatible with TESCOM ER5000
NOTE:

44-1500 SERIES
1/8 NPTF LOAD PORT
1/4 NPTF DOME PORT


44-1500 SERIES
WITH FILTER OPTION (NITROGEN)

450
[31.0]
400
[28.0]
350 P1 = 4000 psig

[24.1] [275 bar]
300
[21.0]
250 1500
[17.0] [103]
200 500
[14.0] [35.0]
150
[10.3] 4000
[275]
100 1500
[7.0] 500 [103]
[35.0]
50
[3.5] 4000 [275]
1500 [103]
500 [35.0]
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5664] [7080] [8496] [9912] [11,328] [12,744] [14,160]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM]
WITHOUT FILTER OPTION (HYDRAULIC)

450
[31.0]
400
[28.0]
P1 = 3000 psig
[206 bar]
350
[24.1]
300 1500
[21.0] [103]
250
[17.0]
200
[14.0] 3000
[206]
150 1500
[10.3] [103]
100
[7.0] 500
[35.0]
50
[3.5]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
[3.8] [7.6] [11.4] [15.1] [18.9] [22.7] [26.5] [30.3] [34.1] [37.9]
FLOW RATE - GPM [SLPM]

44-1500 SERIES

Example for selecting a part number: A – Air loaded

D – Dome loaded
S – Spring loaded
44-15 1 4 D 2 S 8 2 7
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL MAIN
INLET INLET
VALVE
MATERIALS AND AND
BASIC BODY OUTLET O-RING VENT FILTER AND
CONTACTING BACK- OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE PORT OPTION VENT
LINE MEDIA UP PORT PORT
SEAT
DYNAMIC STATIC RING TYPE SIZE
MATERIAL
44-15 1 – Brass Brass, Spring load D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PTFE 1 – SAE 1/4" SAE 6 – 3/8" 2 – WITH 7–
Nickel only Buna-N Buna-N PTFE 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 8 – 1/2" Filter* Polyimide
Alloy 2 – 10-200 psig T – FKM FKM PTFE 3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649 (Vespel®
3 – NO
(Monel®), 0.7-14 bar (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) PTFE SP21)
Filter
300 Series 4 – 10-400 psig V – FFKM, FFKM, 8 – PEEK
Stainless 0.7-28 bar Perfluoroelastomer Perfluoroelastomer
6 – 316
Steel Air and (Kalrez®) (Kalrez®)
Stainless
Dome load only Z – E.P. E.P.
Steel Nickel
6 – 10-600 psig
Alloy
0.7-41 bar
(Monel®),
300 Series
Stainless
*Filter not recommended for liquid service.
Steel
2
GUAGE PORT OPTIONS 1/4" NPTF
0 - None
1 - One Gauge
Port at 90°
2 - Two Gauge
Port at 90°
3 - Two Gauge
Port at 60°
(left hand inlet)
4 - Outlet
Port at 90°
(left hand inlet)

44-1800 SERIES
Specifications

6000 psig / 414 bar
0-2500 psig / 0-172 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Ambient Operating and Fluid Media Temperature
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Non-venting: Cv = 0.06
Venting: Cv = 0.15
25 in-lbs / 2.8 N•m
TESCOM 44-1800 Series piston sensed pressure reducing
regulator is available in Brass or 316 Stainless Steel
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS construction with outlet pressures up to 2500 psig /
Body 172 bar.
Brass or 316 Stainless Steel
Bonnet Applications
Brass, 300 Series Stainless Steel
• General purpose test stands
Seat
PCTFE • Industrial equipment
O-Ring
FKM (Viton®-A) Features and Benefits
Back-up Ring • Economical
PCTFE
• Compact design
Remaining Parts
Brass Body: Brass and 300 Series Stainless Steel • Piston sensed design is safe and reliable
Stainless Body: 316 Stainless Steel • Adjustable stop limits maximum outlet pressure
• Choice of Stainless Steel or Brass construction
OTHER
• Venting model is available
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Available with a variety of porting and
Connections material options
1/4" NPTF inlet and outlet, inlet and outlet gauge ports
2 lbs / 0.9 kg
Teflon® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I du Pont de Nemours
and Company.

44-1800 SERIES
1/16” NPT Vent Port


44-1800 SERIES
44-1800 Curves
MODEL 44-1812-24
2500
[172]
P1 = 3000 psig Inlet

2000 [207 bar]
[138]
1500
[103]
3000 [207]
1000
[69] 1500 [103]
3000 [207]
500
[35] 1500 [103]
1500 [103]
500 [35]
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1416]

44-1800 SERIES

44-18 1 2 - 2 4 V
BASIC BODY OUTLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET VENTING
SERIES MATERIAL RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE (OPTIONAL)
44-18 1 – Brass 1 – 0-1500 psig / 0-103 bar 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" V – Venting

6 – 316 Stainless Steel 2 – 0-2500 psig / 0-172 bar
9 – Nickel Alloy (Monel®)

44-2200 SERIES
Specifications

400, 3500 psig
27.6, 241 bar
0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-250, 0-500 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-17.2, 0-34.5 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: Design to meet ≤ 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
3500 psig / 241 bar Inlet: Cv = 0.06 TESCOM 44-2200 Series is a compact, lightweight
400 psig / 27.6 bar Inlet: Cv = 0.15
high purity single-stage regulator for specialty,
flammable, and industrial gas flows of less than
30 in-lbs / 3.4 N•m
5 SCFM / 141 SLPM. Its diffusion-resistant metal
diaphragm seal ensures gas purity and integrity.
Body
Applications
316L Stainless Steel, Brass, Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)* or Nickel
Alloy (Monel®) • Laboratory and point-of-use gas systems
Bonnet • Sampling systems, zero, span and calibration
300 Series Stainless Steel, Brass analyzer gases
Diaphragm
316 Stainless Steel, Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) • Specialty and industrial gas cylinder regulator
Seat • Chromatograph flame detector fuel supply
PTFE
Remaining Parts Features and Benefits
316 Stainless Steel, Brass, Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)* or Nickel
• Compact
Alloy (Monel®)
• Designed to minimize contamination and provide
OTHER accurate regulation of any corrosive, non-corrosive,
Cleaning or toxic gas
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Brass model provides added economy for control of
Internal Volume non-corrosive media
6 cc
• Metal-to-metal diaphragm to body seal ensures
2 lbs / 0.9 kg minimum inboard and outboard leakage
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. • Convoluted diaphragm delivers excellent accuracy
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. and long service life
*Material to be Hastelloy® or equivalent per ASTM B 574 • Panel mounting is available
• 300 Series Stainless Steel or Brass bonnet
NOTE:

44-2200 SERIES
PORTING CONFIGURATION
3500 psig Inlet 400 psig Inlet
VENT PORT 1/16 “ NPTF


44-2200 SERIES
250
[17.2] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar] Inlet
225
[15.5]
2000 psig
200 [138 bar]

[13.8] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
3000 psig
175 [207 bar]
[12.1]
2000 psig
150 1000 psig [138 bar]
[10.3] [69.0 bar]
125 3000 psig

[8.6] [207 bar]
1000 psig
[69.0 bar] 2000 psig
100
[138 bar]
[6.9]
75 3000 psig
[5.2] 1000 psig [207 bar]
[69.0 bar]
50 2000 psig
[3.4] [138 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar]
25 1000 psig 2000 psig [138 bar]
[1.7] [69.0 bar]
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
[113] [226] [340] [453] [566] [679] [793]
100
[6.9]
P1 = 400 psig [27.6 bar] Inlet
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5] 300 psig
100 psig [20.7 bar]
70 [6.9 bar] 200 psig
[4.8] [13.8 bar]
400 psig
60 [27.6 bar]
[4.1] 300 psig
[20.7 bar]
50 100 psig
[3.4] [6.9 bar] 200 psig
[13.8 bar]
40
400 psig
[2.8] [27.6 bar]
30 300 psig [20.7 bar]
[2.1] 100 psig
[6.9 bar] 200 psig
20 [13.8 bar]
[1.4] 400 psig
[27.6 bar]
10
[0.69] 100 psig 200 psig 300 psig
[6.9 bar] [13.8 bar] [20.7 bar]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
[56] [113] [170] [226] [283] [340] [396]

44-2200 SERIES

44-22 6 0 - 2 4 1
BASIC BODY OUTLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET INLET FLOW
MODIFICATIONS
SERIES MATERIAL RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE PRESSURE CAPACITY
44-22 1 – Brass 0 – 0-25 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1– 3

500 psig Cv = 0.06 -010 – Outlet gauge port
5 – Nickel Alloy 0-1.7 bar 241 bar at 90°
(Hastelloy®)
1 – 0-50 psig 2– 4
00 psig Cv = 0.15 -115 – High temperature
6 – 316L
0-3.4 bar 27.6 bar (400°F / 205°C)
Stainless
Steel 2 – 0-100 psig -118 – Hydraulic service
9 – Nickel Alloy 0-6.9 bar See porting configuration outlet gauge ports
(Monel®) at 70°
3 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar
4 – 0-500 psig
0-34.5 bar
(with 3500 psig / 241 bar

inlet only)

44-2200F SERIES
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
Corrosive or non-corrosive gases requiring high purity regulation
compatible with materials of construction. For other media,
consult factory.

580 psig / 40.0 bar
0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-250, 0-500 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-17.2, 0-34.5 bar
TESCOM 44-2200F Series low flow, pressure reducing
Leakage
Internal: Bubble-tight regulators provide welded flanges according to
External: < 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec. He [mbar l/s He] EN 1092 and are suitable for gas applications.
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06 Applications
Cv = 0.15
• Sampling for analytical applications
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C • Low flow media supply for various processes

Body • Flange connections according to DIN EN 1092-1
316L Stainless Steel Type 11 for easy line integration
Seat • Face-to-face dimensions according to DIN EN 558,
PTFE Row 1
Friction Sleeve (Inner)
PTFE • Connection up to DN 25
Friction Sleeve (Outer) • Compact in size
316 Stainless Steel
Diaphragm
• Designed to reduce contamination and provide
316L Stainless Steel accurate regulation of any corrosive, non-corrosive,
Remaining Parts or toxic gas
316 Stainless Steel • Metal-to-metal diaphragm to body seal ensures
minimum inboard and outboard leakage
OTHER
• Convoluted diaphragm provides excellent accuracy
DN 15: 6.6 lbs / 3.0 kg
and long service life
DN 20/25: 12 lbs / 5.4 kg • Other connection standards are available
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. upon request

44-2200F SERIES
DN15 Ø2.59 [65.8]

DN20 Ø3.66 [93.0]
DN25 Ø3.66 [93.0]
FLANGE DIMENSION
TESCOM
“B“

“A“
2.27 [57.2]
6.28 [159.5]
5.81 [147.6]
OUTLET INLET
DN20 Ø1.25 [31.8]
DN25 Ø1.25 [31.8]
DN15 Ø1.14 [29]


44-2200F SERIES
(Model No. 44-2263FMBA2NE)

290
[20.0]
232
[16.0] INLET (P1) = 580 psig [40.0 bar]
174
[12.0]
116
[8.0]
58
[4.0]
0 7 14 21 28 35 42
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] AIR

44-2200F SERIES

FLANGE EN 1092-1
44-22 6 1 F K B F 2 N E
BODY AND INLET AND "A" "B"
FLANGE OUTLET ±.08” ±.08” FLANGE TYPE
MATERIAL PORT TYPE ±2 mm ±2 mm
44-22 6 – 316L 0 – 0-25 psig K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 1 – 6 Cv = 0.06 N – 6 Non-
Stainless 0-1.7 bar 130 95 raised face Venting
2 – 6 Cv = 0.15
Steel
1 – 0-50 psig L – DN 20 5.90 4.13 D – 6 Form D -
0-3.4 bar 150 105 ring joint D – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x out
2 – 0-100 psig M – DN 25 6.30 4.53
0-6.9 bar 160 115
3 – 0-250 psig

0-17.2 bar
E – 6 1/4" NPTF
4 – 0-500 psig 1 x out
0-34.5 bar

F – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in

L – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in, 1 x out

Kits
44-22XXFXXX1E 389-6341
NON METALLIC
44-22XXFXXX2E 389-6348
44-22XXFXXX1E 389-6342
REPAIR
44-22XXFXXX2E 389-6350

44-2600 SERIES
Specifications

400 or 3500 psig / 27.6 or 241 bar
0-12, 0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150,
0-250 psig (400 psig inlet models only)
0-0.83 ,0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3,
0-17.2 bar (27.6 bar inlet models only)
Leakage
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
3500 psig / 241 bar Inlet: Cv = 0.06 TESCOM 44-2600 Series is a compact, extremely
400 psig / 27.6 bar Inlet: Cv = 0.15 sensitive, high purity single-stage regulator
for specialty, flammable and industrial gases
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS with flows of less than 10 SCFM / 283 SLPM.
Body Diffusion-resistant metal diaphragm seal ensures
316 Stainless Steel gas purity and integrity.
Bonnet
303 Stainless Steel
Applications
Diaphragm • Gas/Analyzer sampling systems
316 Stainless Steel • Fuel cells
Seat
PTFE
• Tissue and cell culture incubators
Friction Sleeve (inner) • Chromatograph flame detector fuel supply
PTFE
• Excellent for low outlet and low differential
Remaining Parts pressure applications
316 Stainless Steel
OTHER • Features a large convoluted diaphragm for
Cleaning extreme sensitivity with minimum droop
CGA 4.1 AND ASTM G93
• Repeatability: ±0.5% of outlet pressure range
Weight
3 lbs / 1.4 kg • Metal-to-metal diaphragm to body seal
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. • Accuracy: ±1% of outlet pressure range
• Gauge ports are standard
• Dome loaded version is available
• Cv = 0.02 and Cv = 0.24 models are available

44-2600 SERIES
NPTF
NPTF NPTF
NPTF


44-2600 SERIES
Cv = 0.15 Cv = 0.06
Model No. 44-2663-242 Model No. 44-2662-241
100
[6.9]
P1 = 3000 psig
144 [207 bar] INLET
90
[9.9] [6.2]
P1 = 400 psig [27.6 bar] Inlet 500 psig
128 80 [34.5 bar] 1000 psig
[8.8] [5.5] [69.0 bar] 2000 psig
[138 bar]

112 70
[7.7] [4.8] 3000 psig
[207 bar]
96 60 500 psig
[6.6] 260 psig [17.9 bar] 1000 psig
[4.1] [34.5 bar] [69.0 bar]
400 psig [27.6 bar] 2000 psig
80 50 [138 bar]
[5.5] [3.4]
64 40 3000 psig
[4.4] 130 psig [9.0 bar] [2.8] 500 psig [207 bar]
[34.5 bar] 1000 psig
48 260 psig [17.9 bar] 30 [69.0 bar]
[3.3] [2.1]
2000 psig
400 psig [27.6 bar]
32 [138 bar]
20
[2.2] [1.4]
260 psig [17.9 bar]
16 130 psig [9.0 bar] 500 psig
10 2000-3000 psig
[1.1] 400 psig [27.6 bar] [0.69] [34.5 bar]
260 psig [17.6 bar] 1000 psig [138-207 bar]
130 psig [9.0 bar] [69.0 bar]
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
[140] [280] [425] [565] [708] [140] [280] [425] [565] [708] [850] [990]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen

44-2600 SERIES

44-26 6 1 - 2 4 1
BASIC INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET

BODY MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES MAXIMUM INLET PRESSURE
44-26 6 – 316 Stainless Steel L – 0-12 psig / 0-0.82 bar 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 – 3500 psig / 241 bar
0 – 0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar 2 – 400 psig / 27.6 bar
1 – 0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar
2 – 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
3 – 0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar *Available for 400 psig / 27.6 bar maximum inlet pressure only.
4 – 0-250 psig / 0-17.2 bar*

44-2800 SERIES
Specifications

3000 psig / 207 bar
0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.16
TESCOM 44-2800 Series tied diaphragm design

MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS provides additional shut-off assistance for toxic or
Body corrosive gases. Positional captured bonnet provides
316 Stainless Steel
secondary containment for added safety. Available in
Diaphragm Hastelloy® or Monel materials.
316 Stainless Steel
Friction Sleeve (outer) Application
316 Stainless Steel
• Instrumentation/analyzer equipment
Friction Sleeve (inner)
PTFE
Spring
Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) • Repeatability: ±0.50% of maximum rated
Seat
outlet pressure
PCTFE • Convoluted diaphragm provides
Remaining Parts maximum sensitivity and minimum droop
316 Stainless Steel
• Metal-to-metal diaphragm to body seal
• Positionable captured vent bonnet and adjustable
OTHER
stop to limit outlet pressures
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Hastelloy® C or Monel trim options are available
Connections (-135 modification)
1/4" NPTF inlet and outlet
inlet and outlet ports at 60°
3 lbs / 1.4 kg
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company

44-2800 SERIES
60
30 INLET GAUGE
OUTLET GAUGE
1/4” NPTF 1/4” NPTF
OUTLET INLET
.203 [5]
.875
[22]
2.27
[58]
PANEL CUT-OUT
1/8-27 NPTF
POSITIONABLE
5.40
4.80 BONNET
137
122
TIED DIAPHRAGM
(WELDED)
SEAT
VALVE STEM
OUTLET
INLET
.75 [19]
.87
2X #10-32 UNF [22]
.25 FULL
THREAD 2.00
[51]
2.70
[69]


44-2800 SERIES
44-2800 Curve
150 [10]
P1 = 3000 psig Inlet

125 [9] [207 bar]
100 [7]
3000 psig
75 [5]
3000, 1000, 500 psig
[207, 69, 34 bar]
50 [3]
25 [2]
3000, 1000, 500 psig
10 [1]
3000, 1000, 500 psig
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
[14] [28] [42] [56] [70] [84] [98] [112] [126] [140]

44-2800 SERIES
44-28 6 1 - 2 4 1
BASIC OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM
BODY MATERIAL
SERIES PRESSURE RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE INLET PRESSURE
44-28 6 - 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 0-25 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 0 – 3000 psig
1.7 bar 207 bar
1 – 0-50 psig
3.4 bar
2 – 0-100 psig
6.9 bar
3 – 0-150 psig
10.3 bar

44-3200 SERIES
Specifications

500, 3000 psig / 34.5, 207 bar
0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150, 0-200 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3, 0-13.8 bar
Leakage
External: < 2 x 10 -8 atm cc/sec He
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.0
Cv = 1.8 (Optional)
TESCOM 44-3200 Series is a compact, high flow,
flammable and industrial gas flows of 5-50 SCFM /
Body
141-1415 SLPM. Diffusion-resistant metal diaphragm
Brass, 316 Stainless Steel
seal ensures gas purity and integrity.
Bonnet
Applications
Diaphragm
316 Stainless Steel • Laboratory and point-of-use gas systems
Seat • Laser assist and resonator gases
3000 psig / 207 bar Inlet: PCTFE
• Glove box and isolators
500 psig / 34.5 bar Inlet: PTFE
Seat Retainer Features and Benefits
Nitronic 60
Seal • Available in 316 Stainless Steel or Brass
PTFE • Choice of inlet pressure ratings: 500 or 3000 psig /
Remaining Parts 34.5 or 207 bar maximum
316 Stainless Steel
• True metal-to-metal diaphragm seal to
minimize diffusion
OTHER
• Five outlet pressure ranges are available
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Gauge ports are standard
Weight (without gauges) • Optional high flow model (Cv = 1.8) is available
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
• Panel mounting is optional
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I du Pont de Nemours and Company.
• Non-venting is standard
• Flanged end connections available

44-3200 SERIES
OUTLET INLET
GAUGE GAUGE
1/4 NPTF 1/4 NPTF
2X 1/4-20 UNC
.30 FULL THREAD
All dimensions are reference and nominal


44-3200 SERIES


44-3200 SERIES
250
[17.2] INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
200 3000=P1
[13.8] [207]
500=P1
[34.5]
150
3000=P1
[10.3]
500=P1
100 3000=P1
[6.9]
500=P1
50 3000=P1
[3.4]
500=P1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

[1415] [2830] [4245] [5660] [7075] [8490] [9905]

Cv = 1.0

44-3200 SERIES
225
[15.5]
200 INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]

[13.8]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125 300=P1
[8.6] [20.7]
100
[6.9] 300=P1 300=P1
75
[5.2]
50
[3.4] 300=P1
25 300=P1
[1.7] 100=P1
100=P1 [6.9]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528]

Cv = 1.0

44-3200 SERIES

Threaded End Connection Part Number Selection

44-32 6 1 J 2 8 1
OUTLET SOFT GOODS INLET AND INLET AND MAXIMUM
BASIC
BODY MATERIAL PRESSURE OUTLET OUTLET INLET OPTIONS
SERIES
RANGES SEAT SEAL PORT TYPE PORT SIZE PRESSURE
44-32 1 – Brass 0 – 0-25 psig H – PTFE PTFE, O-ring 2 – NPTF 6 – 3/8" 1 – 3000 psig -001 – One 1/4" gauge
6– 3
16 Stainless 0-1.7 bar 8 – 1/2" 207 bar port at 90°,
J – PCTFE PTFE, Spring
Steel 3 – 500 psig Cv = 1.0
1 – 0-50 psig Energized Lip Seal 34.5 bar -003 – No gauge ports
0-3.4 bar
-296 – One 1/4" gauge
2 – 0-100 psig port at 90°,
0-6.9 bar Cv = 1.8
3 – 0-150 psig
0-10.3 bar
4 – 0-200 psig
0-13.8 bar
Flanged End Connector Part Number Selection:
44-32W 6 2 1 B 1 52 1
BODY, PIPE OUTLET FLOW

BASIC DASH OPERATING GAUGE PORT FLANGE FLANGE FLANGE
& FLANGE PRESSURE CAPACITY SEAT SEAL
SERIES NO TEMPERATURE OPTIONS SIZE CLASS FACE
MATERIAL RANGES
44-32W 6 – 316 SST 0 – 0-25 psig 1 1.0 PCTFE PTFE -20 to 140°F A – R.H. Inlet, 1 – 1/2" 11 – 150# 1 – RF
0-1.7 bar -29 to 60°C no gauge port 3 – 1" 21 – 300# 2 – RTJ
1 – 0-50 psig B – R.H. Inlet, 41 – 600#
2 1.0 PTFE PTFE -20 to 165°F
0-3.4 bar in & out gauge port 52 – 900# /
-29 to 74°C
at 60° 1500#
2 – 0-100 psig
63 – 2500#
0-6.9 bar J – R.H. Inlet,
2 outlet gauge port
3 – 0-150 psig at 90°
0-10.3 bar
4 – 0-200 psig
0-13.8 bar

44-3200F SERIES
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
consult factory.

580 psig / 40.0 bar
28" Hg VAC-15 psig / 65 mbar abs-1.0 bar
0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar
0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar
0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar
TESCOM 44-3200F Series medium flow, pressure
0-200 psig / 0-13.8 bar
reducing regulators provide welded flanges according
to EN 1092 and are suitable for gas applications.
Design Burst Pressure Applications
Leakage • Purge processes (e.g. nitrogen)
Internal: Bubble-tight • First-stage regulator for nitrogen
External: < 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He (mbar l/s He)
blanketing applications
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.0 Features and Benefits
Cv = 1.8
Operating Temperature • Flange connections according to DIN EN 1092-1
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C Type 11 for easy line integration
• Face-to-face dimensions according to DIN EN 558,
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS Row 1
Body
• Connection up to DN 25
Seal • High purity materials and design
PTFE
• Other connection standards are available
Seat
upon request
PTFE
Diaphragm • Standard version includes 1/4" NPTF gauge ports
316L Stainless Steel or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60
OTHER
DN 10/15: 6.6 lbs / 3.0 kg
DN 20/25: 12 lbs / 5.4 kg

44-3200F SERIES
FLANGE DIMENSION
DN15 Ø 2.59 [65.8]

DN20 Ø 3.66 [93]
DN25 Ø 3.66 [93]
TESCOM EUROPE
“B“

“A“
Ø2.27 [57.2]
5.35 [136]
5.9 [150]
DN20 Ø 1.25 [31.8]
DN25 Ø 1.25 [31.8]
DN15 Ø 1.14 [29]
OUTLET INLET


44-3200F SERIES
44-3200 Cv = 1.8
225
[15.5]
A - P1 = 500 psig [34.5 bar]
200
[13.8] B - P1 = 300 psig [20.7 bar]
C - P1 = 150 psig [10.3 bar]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
A
100
[6.9]
B
75
[5.2]
A
50
[3.4] B
25 A C
[1.7] B
A C
B
C
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
[708] [1416] [2124] [2832] [3540] [4248] [4955] [5663] [6371] [7079] [7787] [8495]

44-3200F SERIES
FLANGE EN 1092-1
44-32 6 1 F K B F 2 N E
BODY AND INLET AND “A” “B”
FLANGE OUTLET ±.08" ±.08" FLANGE TYPE
MATERIAL PORT TYPE [±2] [±2]
44-32 6 – 316L A – 28" Hg VAC-15 psig G – DN 10 5.12 3.54 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 2 – 6 Cv = 1.8 N – 6 Non-
diaphragm: 65 mbar abs-1.0 bar1 [130] [90] raised face Venting
3 – 6 Cv = 1.01
Stainless B – 28" Hg VAC-30 psig
K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 D – 6 Form D -
Steel1 65 mbar abs-2.1 bar1 [130] [95] ring joint D – 6 1/4" NPTF
7 – 316L 1 x out
C – 28" Hg VAC-60 psig L – DN 20 5.9 4.13
diaphragm:
65 mbar abs-4.1 bar1 [150] [105]
Nickel Alloy
(Hastelloy®) D – 28" Hg VAC-100 psig
M – DN 25 6.3 4.53
65 mbar abs-6.9 bar1 [160] [115]
E – 6 1/4" NPTF
0 – 0-25 psig 1 x out
0-1.7 bar
1 – 0-50 psig
0-3.4 bar
2 – 0-100 psig F – 6 1/4" NPTF

0-6.9 bar 1 x in
3 – 0-150 psig
0-10.3 bar

4 – 0-200 psig
0-13.8 bar L – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in, 1 x out
1. Cv = 1.0 and diaphragm material 316L Stainless Steel
are not available for 44-326A, B, C, D


44-3400 SERIES
Specifications

3500 psig / 241 bar
0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150, 0-250 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3, 0-17.2 bar
Design Outlet Proof Pressure
150% of maximum rated pressure
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.05
Leakage
10 in-lbs / 1.0 N•m TESCOM 44-3400 Series is a compact, lightweight
high purity two-stage cylinder regulator for specialty,
corrosive and pyrophoric gases less than 5 SCFM /
141 SLPM. Diffusion-resistant metal-to-metal
Body
316 Stainless Steel, Brass or Nickel Alloy (Monel®)
Bonnets Application
300 Series Stainless Steel or Brass
• High pressure gas cylinders for specialty and
Diaphragms
316 Stainless Steel or Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®)
industrial gases used with analyzers, lasers, and
laboratory applications
Seats
PTFE
PTFE • Provides a continuous, accurate outlet pressure
Remaining Parts regardless of inlet pressure fluctuations
316 Stainless Steel and Brass (for Brass models) • Offers a decaying inlet characteristic of 0.04 psig /
3 mbar per 100 psig / 6.9 bar change in
OTHER inlet pressure
Connections • Features a unique metal-to-metal diaphragm to
1/4" NPTF inlet, outlet and gauge port body seal
Cleaning
• Diaphragms are convoluted for greater accuracy
and sensitivity
3 lbs / 1.4 kg • Available in 316 Stainless Steel, Brass or Monel
Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Corp. • NACE compliant designs are available
NOTE:

44-3400 SERIES
VENT PORT
1/16” NPTF


44-3400 SERIES
150
[10.3]
140
[9.7]
130
[9.0]
120 44-34X3S24
[8.3]
110
[7.6] MODEL 44-34XXS24
100 E.I.’s 0401, 0404, 0373
[6.9]
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5] 44-34X2S24
44-34X3S24
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
44-34X2S24
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
44-34X1S24
30
[2.1]
44-34X1S24
20 44-34X0S24
[1.4]
44-34X0S24
10
[0.69]
44-34X0S24
0
0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
[14] [28] [42] [57] [71] [85]

44-3400 SERIES


44-34 6 2 S 2 4
MATERIALS
INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC OUTLET
FRICTION SEAT OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES REMAINING PRESSURE RANGES
BODY DIAPHRAGM SPRING SLEEVE PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
PARTS
(OUTER)
44-34 1 – Brass 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 0 – 0 to 25 psig S – PTFE 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4"
Steel Steel Steel Steel/Brass 0 to 1.7 bar
1 – 0 to 50 psig
6 – 316 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless
0 to 3.4 bar
Stainless Steel Steel Steel Steel
2 – 0 to 100 psig
Steel
0 to 6.9 bar
3 – 0 to 150 psig
9 – Nickel Cobalt Cobalt PTFE Nickel Alloy
0 to 10.3 bar
Alloy Chrome Chrome (Monel®)
4 – 0 to 250 psig
(Monel®) Nickel Alloy Nickel Alloy
0 to 17.2 bar
(Eligiloy®) (Eligiloy®)

44-4000 SERIES
Specifications

6000 psig / 414 bar
50-1500 psig / 3.4-103 bar
150% maximum operating
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Flow Capacity
Main Valve: Cv = 0.7 (Cv = 2.0 optional)
Vent Valve: Cv = 0.35
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 44-4000 dome loaded, spring biased

Body regulator is designed for pressure tracking applications
303 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel, Brass, Chrome-plated Brass to maintain a constant differential pressure. Venting
Main Valve Seat allows for pressure tracking increases and decreases.
PCTFE, Polyimide (Vespel®)
O-Ring Application
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene, ETFE • Diving applications for emergency breathing air
(Tefzel®)
Gasket Features and Benefits
• High flow: Cv = 0.7 or 2.0 (optional)
Back-up Ring
PTFE • Piston sensed
Trim • Adjustable bias pressure ranges are available
300 Series Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, Brass
• Venting (captured)
OTHER • Compatible with Tescom’s Air Actuators and
Cleaning
ER5000 Electropneumatic Controllers
Weight
8 lbs / 3.6 kg
Teflon®, Viton®, Kalrez®, and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de

44-00 SERIES
PANEL MOUNT DIMENSIONS
DOME LOAD/SPRING BIAS

AIR LOAD

Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets *NOTE: Outlet pressure equals bias spring setting plus reference pressure.

44-00 SERIES
Cv = 0.7
300
[20.7]
250
[17.2] P1 = 1500 and 3000 psig [103 and 207 bar]
500 psig [34.5 bar]

200
[13.8]
150
[10.3]
1500 and 3000 psig
100
500 psig
[6.9]
1500 and 3000 psig

50
[3.4] 500 psig
500 and 1500 psig
500 and 1500 psig
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
[2830] [5660] [8490] [11,320] [14,150] [16,980]
Cv = 2.0
300
[20.7]
250
[17.2] P1 = 1500 and 3000 psig [103 and 207 bar]
200
[13.8]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
150
[10.3]
1500 and 3000 psig
100
[6.9] 500 psig
1500 and 3000 psig
50 500 psig
[3.4] 500 and 1500 psig
500 and 1500 psig
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

[2830] [5660] [8490] [11,320] [14,150] [16,980]

44-00 SERIES

DOME LOAD/SPRING BIAS
44-40 1 9 E 2 12
SOFT GOODS INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC BODY MAXIMUM BIAS DIA. MODIFICATION
OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE ‘A’ OPTION
O-RING SEAT GASKET TEMPERATURE* PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-40 1 – Brass
1 – 100 psig E – FKM PCTFE PCTFE -15°F to 165°F 0 – BSP 8 – 1/2" 2.98" -002 – Cv = 2.0
2 – 303 Stainless 6.9 bar (Viton®-A) -26°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 12 – 3/4" NPTF 2.98"
Steel 2 – 200 psig PCTFE PCTFE
-40°F to 165°F 2 – NPTF 3/4" SAE 3.48"
6 – 316 Stainless 13.8 bar M – Ethylene -40°C to 74°C 3 – MS33649
Steel
3 – 350 psig Propylene PCTFE PCTFE 0°F to 165°F
9 – Chrome-plated 24.1 bar -17°C to 74°C
Brass 4 – 120-150 psig P – FFKM, Polyimide Polyimide -15°F to 400°F
8.3-10.3 bar Perfluoroelastomer (Vespel®) (Vespel®) -26°C to 204°C
(maximum) (Kalrez )
®
9 – 0-15 psig

V – FKM
0-1.0 bar
(Viton®-A)
AIR LOAD
44-40 1 9 E 2 12
SOFT GOODS INLET AND INLET AND MODIFICATION
BASIC BODY OUTLET
OUTLET OUTLET OPTIONS
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE
O-RING SEAT GASKET TEMPERATURE* PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-40 1 – Brass 8 – 600 psig A – Nitrile, PCTFE PCTFE -40°F to 165°F 0 – BSP 8 – 1/2" -014 – Air ratio,
2 – 303 Stainless 41.4 bar Buna-N -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 12 – 3/4" Venting
Steel 9 – 1500 psig PCTFE PCTFE
-15°F to 165°F 2 – NPTF Cv = 0.7
6 – 316 Stainless 103 bar E – FKM -26°C to 74°C -015 – Air ratio,
3 – MS33649
Steel (Viton®-A) PCTFE PCTFE -40°F to 165°F Venting
-40°C to 74°C Cv = 2.0
M – Ethylene PCTFE PCTFE 0°F to 165°F
Propylene -17°C to 74°C
P – FFKM, Polyimide Polyimide -15°F to 400°F
Perfluoroelastomer (Vespel®) (Vespel®) -26°C to 204°C
(Kalrez®)
V – FKM
(Viton®-A)
* Brass body is limited to +200 °F (93 °C) maximum.

44-4200 SERIES
Specifications

6000 psig / 414 bar
0-5000 psig / 0-345 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Ambient Operating and Fluid Temperature
Flow Capacity
1/4" Main Valve: Cv = 0.80
3/8" Main Valve: Cv = 2.0
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 44-4200 Series is a high pressure, dome

Body loaded, pressure reducing regulator with a Cv = 0.80 or
303 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel, or Brass 2.0 available. This regulator is rated up to 6000 psig /
Main Valve Seat 414 bar inlet and 5000 psig / 345 bar outlet.
PCTFE, PTFE, or Polyimide (Vespel®)
O-Ring Applications
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), or Ethylene Propylene • Fire suppression equipment
Back-up Ring
PTFE
• CNG filling
Gasket
PCTFE or Polyimide (Vespel®)
Remaining Parts • Available in Brass or Stainless Steel
300 Series Stainless, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel • Features piston-style sensor and balanced
main valve
OTHER • Non-venting
Connections
Inlet and Outlet: 1/4", 1/2", and 3/4" NPTF
• Body and soft goods material options
Dome Port: 1/4" NPTF • High flow, high pressure
Cleaning
Weight
8.0 lbs / 3.6 kg
Teflon®, Viton®, and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de

44-4200 SERIES
SEE REGULATOR PART NUMBER

SELECTOR FOR DIMENSION ‘A’


44-4200 SERIES
44-4200 Dome Cv = .8
Standard Cv = 0.80 Model
300
[20.7]
250
[17.2] P1 = 3000 and 1500 psig
[207 and 103 bar]
200
[13.8] 500 psig
[34.5 bar]
150
[10.3]
100
[6.9] 500 3000 and 1500
50
[3.4] 500 3000 and 1500
500 3000 and 1500
500 3000 and 1500
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
[2830] [5660] [8490] [11,320] [14,150] [16,980]
44-4200 Dome Cv = 2.0

Optional Cv = 2.0 Model
300
[20.7]
250
[17.2]
P1 = 3000 psig
[207 bar]
200 1500 psig
[13.8] [103 bar]
500 psig
[34.5 bar]
150
[10.3]
100
[6.9]
3000 and 1500
500
50 500
[3.4] 3000 and 1500
500 1500
500 and 1500
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
[2830] [5660] [8490] [11,320] [14,150] [16,980]

44-4200 SERIES

44-42 1 5 A 2 4 - 005
OUTLET SOFT GOODS INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC BODY DIAMETER MOD.
PRESSURE OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL 'A' NUMBER
RANGE O-RING SEAT GASKET TEMPERATURE* PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-42 1 – Brass 5 – 0-5000 psig A – Nitrile, PCTFE PCTFE -40°F to 165°F 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4" 2.47" -005 –
2 – 303 0-345 bar Buna-N -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 8 – 1/2" 2.47" Cv = 2.0
Stainless PTFE PCTFE -40°F to 165°F 3 – MS33649 (2.98" SAE)
Steel B – Nitrile, -40°C to 74°C 12 – 3/4" 2.98"
6 – 316 Buna-N PCTFE PCTFE -15°F to 165°F (NPTF and (3.48" SAE)
Stainless -26°C to 74°C SAE only)
Steel E – FKM PTFE PCTFE -15°F to 165°F
Polyimide Polyimide -15°F to 250°F
F – FKM (Vespel®) (Vespel®) -26°C to 121°C
(Viton®-A) -40°F to 250°F
Polyimide Polyimide -40°C to 121°C
G – FKM (Vespel®) (Vespel®) -40°F to 165°F
PCTFE PCTFE
H – E.P.
L – E.P.

44-4600 SERIES
Specifications
Inlet Pressure Range

Atmospheric to 400 psig / 27.6 bar
50 mm Hg absolute - 15 psig / 1.0 bar DOME LOADED
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: Design to meet: < 2 x 10 -8 atm cc/sec He
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
SPRING LOADED AIR LOADED
Cv = 0.24
Maximum Operating Torque (handknob)
30 in-lbs / 3.4 N•m
TESCOM 44-4600 Series is an extremely sensitive,
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS high purity, single-stage regulator for specialty,
flammable and industrial gases for low pressure and
Body
316 Stainless Steel
sub-atmospheric pressure control. Diffusion-resistant
metal diaphragm seal ensures gas purity and
Diaphragm
316 Stainless Steel leak integrity.
Seat
PTFE
Applications
Spring (main valve) • Analytical systems
Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) • Sample systems
Spring (bias)
316 Stainless Steel
• Process systems
Remaining Parts • Pilot plants
316 Stainless Steel • Calibration
OTHER Features and Benefits

Cleaning • Optional 3500 psig / 241 bar maximum inlet
• Metal-to-metal sealed diaphragm
2.75 lbs / 1.2 kg • Adjustable stop limits maximum outlet pressure
Teflon is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont Nemours and Company.
®
• 316 Stainless Steel construction
• Available in dome or air load

44-4600 SERIES
140
126
68
65
58
69
35


44-4600 SERIES
(Model No. 44-4660SA4)

17.5
[1.2]
15
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [ bar]
[1.0]
12.5
[0.86]
10
[0.69]
120 psig INLET
[8.3 bar]
7.5
[0.52]
70 psig
5.0 [4.8 bar]
[0.35]
120 psig [8.3 bar]
25 psig [1.7 bar]
2.5
70 psig [4.8 bar]
[0.17]
25 psig [1.7 bar]
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.25 2.5
[7.0] [14.1] [21.2] [28.3] [35.4] [42.5] [49.5] [56.6] [56.6] [70.8]
44-4600 Series Typical Application
INLET OUTLET
400 psig / 27.6 bar

MAXIMUM
VACUUM PUMP
CONTROLLED PRESSURE TO PROCESS
50 mm Hg absolute to 15 psig / 1.0 bar

44-4600 SERIES


44-46 6 0 S 2 4 - See Number Below
INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC BODY OUTLET PRESSURE SOFT
OUTLET OUTLET MODIFICATIONS
SERIES MATERIAL RANGE1 GOODS
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-46 6– 3
16 0 – 50 mm Hg absolute - S - PTFE 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" -001 – One 1/4" gauge port at 90°
Stainless 15 psig / 1.0 bar -002 – Two 1/4" gauge ports at 60° (Spring)
Steel -019 – 3500 psig / 241 bar maximum inlet pressure
Cv = 0.06
1. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute

44-5000 SERIES
Specifications

120, 400, 3500 psig / 8.3, 27.6, 241 bar
50 mm Hg absolute - 15 psig / 1.0 bar
150% maximum pressure
Leakage
External: Design to meet: ≤ 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
120 psig / 8.3 bar Inlet: Cv = 0.24 TESCOM 44-5000 Series is a compact, lightweight,
400 psig / 27.6 bar Inlet: Cv = 0.15 high purity absolute single-stage regulator for
3500 psig / 241 bar Inlet: Cv = 0.06 specialty, corrosive, and pyrophoric gases. Diffusion-
resistant metal-to-metal diaphragm seal ensures gas
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS purity and integrity. Excellent for sub-atmospheric
Body outlet pressures.
316 Stainless Steel or Brass
Diaphragm Applications
316 Stainless Steel • Gas chromatograph sampling systems
Seat
• Delivery system cylinder regulator
PTFE
Spring • Low vapor pressure hydrocarbon gases
316 Stainless Steel
Friction Sleeves (400 and 3500 psig / 27.6 and 241 bar inlet only)
Inner: PTFE • Economical sub-atmospheric pressure control
Outer: 316 Stainless Steel
• Compact size
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel (Brass for Brass Bodies) • Three inlet pressure ratings allow adaptation to
specific use
OTHER • Four outlet pressure ranges are available
Cleaning • Panel mounting is available (requires panel
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 nut 8686-1)
• Variety of porting options are available
2 lbs / 0.9 kg
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I du Pont de Nemours and Company. • NACE compliant designs are available

44-5000 SERIES
70°
OUTLET 35° INLET

GAUGE GAUGE
1/4” NPTF 1/4” NPTF
OUTLET INLET
Ø2.27
[58]
5.38
4.88
137 PANEL (REF.)
124 0.25 MAX. THICKNESS
PANEL NUT OPTIONAL
ORDER SEPARATELY
CONVOLUTED AS P/N 8686-1
316 SST
DIAPHRAGM SEAT
MAIN VALVE
OUTLET INLET
0.75 [19]
0.875 Ø1.98
[22] [50]
Ø.203
[5] #10-32 UNF (2)
.28 FULL THREAD
0.875
[22]
Ø1.37 [35]


44-5000 SERIES
(Model No. 44-5010-240)

17.5
[1.2]
15.0
[1.0]
12.5
[0.86]
10.0
[0.69]
P1 = 120 psig
25 [8.3 bar] Inlet
7.5 [1.7]
[0.52]
5.0 70
[0.35] [4.8]
120
70 [8.3]
2.5 [4.8]
[0.17]
25
[1.7]
0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.0 2.25 2.50
[7] [14] [21] [28] [35] [42] [49] [56] [63] [70]
100
(Model No. 44-501X-241 and 44-501X-242)
[6.9]
90
[6.2]
P1 = 3000 psig
80
[207 bar] Inlet

[5.5]
70
[4.8]
1000
60 [69.0]
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
30 3000
[2.1] [207]
20 1000
[1.4] 200 [69.0]
[13.8]
10
[0.69] 400
200 [27.6]
[13.8]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
[57] [113] [170] [227] [283] [340] [396] [453] [510] [566] [623] [680] [736] [793]

44-5000 SERIES
44-50 6 1 - 2 4 1
INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC MAXIMUM FLOW
BODY MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES1 OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES INLET PRESSURE CAPACITY
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-50 1 – Brass 0 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 15 psig / 1.0 bar 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 0 – 120 psig Cv = 0.24
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 1 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 25 psig / 1.7 bar 3 – MS33649 8.3 bar
2 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 50 psig / 3.4 bar 1 – 3500 psig Cv = 0.06
3 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 100 psig / 6.9 bar 241 bar
2 – 400 psig Cv = 0.15
1. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute 27.6 bar

44-5200 SERIES
Specifications

400 and 3500 psig / 27.6 and 241 bar
1-25, 1-50, 2-100, 2-250, 5-500, 5-600 psig
0.07-1.7, 0.07-3.4, 0.14-6.9, 0.14-17.2, 0.35-34.5, 0.35-41.4 bar
150% maximum rated
-15°F to 200°F / -26°C to 93°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06
Cv = 0.15
30 in-lbs / 3.4 N•m
TESCOM 44-5200 Series is a compact piston sensed

MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS pressure reducing regulator designed for heavy cycle
Body duty applications. Venting or air load is optional for use
316 Stainless Steel or Brass with the TESCOM ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller.
Bonnet
300 Series Stainless Steel or Brass Applications
Piston • Test equipment
Seats
• Calibration stands
Polyimide (Vespel®) • Production equipment
O-Ring
FKM (Viton®-A) Features and Benefits
Filter (40 micron) • Compact and economical design
316 Stainless Steel
• For gas or liquid service
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel and Brass • Piston sensed for high reliability and long
service life
OTHER • Standard version includes 1/4" NPTF gauge ports
Cleaning • Brass or Stainless Steel construction
Connections
• Adjustable stop limits maximum outlet pressure
1/4" NPTF Inlet, Outlet and Gauge Ports • Modification with 6000 psig / 414 bar inlet
Weight (without gauges) pressure is available
2 lbs / 0.9 kg
• Venting and captured venting is available
1
For extended temperatures from -40°F to 400°F / -40°C to 204°C, consult TESCOM.
Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I du Pont de Nemours
and Company.

44-5200 SERIES
VENTING MODEL NON-VENTING MODEL


44-5200 SERIES
Cv = 0.06
600
[41.4]
500
[34.5] P1 = 3500 psig [241 bar] Inlet
1000 psig [69 bar]
P2 - psig [bar]
400
[27.6]
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8] 1000 psig [69 bar]
3500 psig [241 bar]

100
[6.9]
1000 psig [69 bar] 3500 psig [241 bar]
1000 psig [69 bar]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
[283] [566] [850] [1133] [1416] [1699] [1982] [2265] [2548]
Cv = 0.15
600
[41.4]
500
[34.5]
P2 - psig [bar]
400 P1 = 3500 psig [241 bar] Inlet

[27.6]
1000 psig [69 bar]
500 psig [34 bar]
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8] 3500 psig [241 bar]
500 psig [34 bar]
1000 psig [69 bar]
100 3500 psig [241 bar]

[6.9]
500 psig [34 bar]
500 psig [34 bar]

0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398] [3964] [4531]

44-5200 SERIES
44-52 1 5 - 2 4 3 V - See Number Below

INLET AND
BASIC BODY PORT INLET FLOW OPTIONAL
OUTLET PRESSURE OUTLET MODS
SERIES MATERIAL SIZE PRESSURE CAPACITY VENTING
PORT TYPE
44-52 1 – Brass 0 – 1-25 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 – 3500 psig Cv = 0.06 V – Venting -038 – Dome loaded
6 – 316 Stainless 0.07-1.7 bar 241 bar -VA027 – Air loaded,
Steel 1 – 1-50 psig 2 – 400 psig Cv = 0.15 Venting*
0.07-3.4 bar 27.6 bar
2 – 2-100 psig 3 – 3500 psig Cv = 0.15 * Mod VA027 is only
0.14-6.9 bar 241 bar available for outlet
3 – 2-250 psig pressure 5 -500 psig /
0.14-17.2 bar 0.35 - 34.5 bar
5 – 5-500 psig
0.35-34.5 bar
6 – 5-600 psig
0.35-41.4 bar

44-5200F SERIES
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
consult factory.

580 psig / 40.0 bar
1-25, 1-50, 2-100, 2-250, 5-500 psig
0.07-1.7, 0.07-3.4, 0.14-6.9, 0.14-17.2, 0.34-34.5 bar
Leakage TESCOM 44-5200F Series low flow pressure reducing
Internal: Bubble-tight regulators provide welded flanges according to
Flow Capacity EN 1092 and are suitable for gas or liquid applications.
Cv = 0.06
Cv = 0.15 Applications
Operating Temperature • Pilot plants (i.e. in the chemical industry)
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
• Sampling for analytical applications
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS • Low flow media supply for various processes
Body
316 Stainless Steel
Seat • Flange connections according to DIN EN 1092-1
PTFE Type 11 for easy line integration
O-Ring • Face-to-face dimensions according to DIN EN 558,
FKM (Viton®-A) Row 1
Remaining Parts
• Connection up to DN 25
• Compact and economical design
OTHER • For gas or liquid services
• Piston sensed for high reliability and long
DN 15: 8.6 lbs / 3.9 kg
service life
DN 20 / 25: 11.7 lbs / 5.3 kg
Teflon® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours Company. • 1/4" NPTF gauge ports are available
• Other connection standards upon request

44-5200F SERIES
FLANGE DIMENSION
DN15 Ø2.59 [65.8]

DN20 Ø3.66 [93.0]
DN25 Ø3.66 [93.0]
TESCOM
“B”

“A”
2.27 [57.2]
5.83 [148.1]
6.3 [160]
DN20 Ø1.25 [31.8]
DN25 Ø1.25 [31.8]
DN15 Ø1.14 [29]
OUTLET INLET


44-5200F SERIES
Model No. 44-5264FMBD1NE

580
[40.0]
INLET (P1) = 580 psig [40.0 bar]
435
[30.0]
290
[20.0]
145
[10.0]
0 3.5 7 10.6 14.1 17.6 21.2 24.7

[100] [200] [300] [400] [500] [600] [700]

44-5200F SERIES
FLANGE EN1092-1
44-52 6 1 F K B F 2 N E
44-52 6 – 316L 0 – 1-25 psig K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 1 – 6 Cv = 0.06 N – 6 Non-
Stainless 0.07-1.7 bar 130 95 raised face venting
2 – 6 Cv = 0.15
Steel
1 – 1-50 psig L – DN 20 5.90 4.13 D – 6 Form D -
0.07-3.4 bar 150 105 ring joint D – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x out
2 – 2-100 psig M – DN 25 6.30 4.53
0.14-6.9 bar 160 115
3 – 2-250 psig

0.14-17.2 bar
E – 6 1/4" NPTF
5 – 5-500 psig 1 x out
0.34-34.5 bar

F – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in

L – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in, 1 x out

Kits
44-52XXFXXX1E 389-7015
NON METALLIC
44-52XXFXXX2E 389-7017
44-52XXFXXX1E 389-7016
REPAIR
44-52XXFXXX2E 389-7018

44-5800 SERIES
44-5800 Series
Specifications
ELECTRIC
OPERATING PARAMETERS (SHOWN WITH
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3 OPTIONAL LCD
Maximum Inlet Pressure DISPLAY) REGULATOR
6000 psig / 414 bar / 41,370 kPa BODY
0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-250, 0-500 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-17.2, 0-34.5 bar
0-172, 0-345, 0-690, 0-1724, 0-3448 kPa
150% maximum rated STEAM
Operating Steam Pressure

650 psig / 44.8 bar
Inlet Proof Pressure
9000 psig / 620 bar ELECTRICAL
HOUSING
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Diaphragm 2x10-8 atm cc/sec He
Ambient Temperatures for Section A and B
Supply Voltage Heater Watts (W) Max Ambient
(VAC) Temperature
12.5
25
149 °F / 65 °C TESCOM 44-5800 Series offers superior heat transfer
115 50
100 technology. With a high tolerance to voltage spikes
200 122 °F / 50 °C and high ambient temperatures, this regulator is
50
100 149 °F / 65 °C designed for worldwide applications.
230
200
400 122 °F / 50 °C Applications
Important!
Product approvals and maximum ambient temperature ratings are based on • Liquid petroleum analyzer
both the electrical housing and the regulator body being in the same ambient
environment not exceeding the maximum temperatures in the table above. • Petrochemical / refinery analyzer
For additional information, please reference the manual.
• Sampling systems
Heater Temperature Analog Output
4-20 mA signal for monitoring heater coil temperature
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.02 • For worldwide use: Designed for 115/230V VAC,
50/60 Hz
Body • 4-20 mA analog output for remote temperature
316 Stainless Steel, Monel, or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) monitoring and data acquisition
Seat
Polyimide (Vespel®) SP1®
• Optional LCD temperature display
Diaphragm and Spring • Optional panel mounting
Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®), Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)
• Advanced heat transfer technology
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel, Monel, or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) • Single turn heater temperature control dial
OTHER • CSA, ATEX and IECEX Certification to T3 (200°C)

Connections
Rating (Ratings are not applicable to steam version)
NPTF • NACE MR0175/ISO 15156
Cleaning
Weight Vespel® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Electric: 6.3 lbs / 2.9 kg Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Corp.
Steam: 3.1 lbs / 1.4 kg Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc.
Monel® is a registered trademark of Special Metals Corporation.

44-5800 SERIES
ELECTRIC MODEL SECTION A SECTION B
USER PROVIDES
POWER SUPPLY
(+) 24VDC (-)
(+) (-)
(-) (+)
NPTF CAPTURED BONNET PORT
NPTF
NPTF
ELECTRIC MODEL-001 SECTION A SECTION B

LCD DISPLAY
USER PROVIDES
POWER SUPPLY
(+) 24VDC (-)
(+) (-)
(-) (+)
NPTF CAPTURED BONNET PORT
NPTF
NPTF
STEAM MODEL
NPTFCAPTURED BONNET PORT
NPTF
Note: Steam in at 90° to process connections (same plane).


44-5800 SERIES
• TESCOM 44-6800
• COMPETITOR A
250°F • COMPETITOR B
[121°C] • COMPETITOR C
OUTLET TEMPERATURE
206°F
200°F [97°C]
[93°C]
180°F
[82°C]
150°F
[66°C]
124°F
[51°C]
100°F
[38°C]
50°F
[10°C] Heated for 1/2 hour, then flowed for 1 hour at 1 SCFM / 28 SLPM Nitrogen.
All units 100 watts, 3500 psi [241 bar] in, 80 psi [5.5 bar] out.
0°F
0.0 8.3 16.6 25.0 33.3 41.6 50.0 58.3 66.6
TIME [Minutes]

44-5800 SERIES

- 001
LCD DISPLAY
ELECTRIC MODEL
44-58 6 1 D 2 4 1 E
MATERIAL HEATER 1 INLET
INLET
OUTLET AND
BASIC AND
PRESSURE OUTLET INLET
SERIES REMAINING OUTLET VOLTAGE
RANGE 115 VAC 230 VAC PORT TYPE PRESSURE
BODY DIAPHRAGM SPRING PARTS PORT SIZE
44-58 5 – Nickel Nickel Alloy Cobalt Nickel Alloy 0 – 0-25 psig A – 12.5 WATTS 50 WATTS 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 – 6000 psig E – 115 VAC
Alloy (Hastelloy®) Chrome (Hastelloy®) 0-1.7 bar 0.10 amps 0.21 amps 414 bar
(Hastelloy®) Cobalt Nickel Alloy 316 0-172 kPa 41,370 kPa E1 – 230 VAC
6 – 316 Chrome (Eligiloy®) Stainless 1 – 0-50 psig B – 25 WATTS 100 WATTS
Stainless Nickel Alloy Cobalt Steel 0-3.4 bar 0.21 amps 0.42 amps
Steel (Eligiloy®) Chrome Nickel Alloy 0-345 kPa
9 – Nickel Nickel Alloy (Monel®) 2 – 0-100 psig C – 50 WATTS 200 WATTS
Alloy (Monel®) Cobalt (Eligiloy®) 0 -6.9 bar 0.42 amps 0.83 amps
Chrome Cobalt 0-690 kPa
Nickel Alloy Chrome 3 – 0-250 psig D – 100 WATTS 400 WATTS
(Eligiloy®) Nickel Alloy -17.2 bar 0.83 amps
0 1.67 amps
(Eligiloy®) 0-1724 kPa
E – 200 WATTS
4 – 0-500 psig
1.67 amps
0
-34.5 bar
0-3448 kPa
STEAM
STEAM MODEL
44-58 6 1 - 2 4 1 S
MATERIAL
INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC OUTLET PRESSURE
OUTLET OUTLET INLET PRESSURE
SERIES REMAINING RANGE
BODY DIAPHRAGM SPRING PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
PARTS
44-58 5 – Nickel Nickel Alloy Cobalt Chrome ickel Alloy

N 0 – 0-25 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 – 6000 psig
Alloy (Hastelloy®) Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) 0-1.7 bar 414 bar
(Hastelloy®) Elgiloy® (Eligiloy®) 0-172 kPa 41,370 kPa
316 1 – 0-50 psig
6 – 316 Cobalt Chrome Stainless 0-3.4 bar
Stainless Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy Steel 0-345 kPa
Steel Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) 2 – 0-100 psig
(Eligiloy®) Nickel Alloy 0-6.9 bar
9 – Nickel Cobalt Chrome (Monel®) 0-690 kPa
Alloy (Monel®) Nickel Alloy 3 – 0-250 psig
(Eligiloy) 0-17.2 bar
0-1724 kPa
4 – 0-500 psig
0-34.5 bar
0-3448 kPa
Although the 44-5800 Series product design meets the design standards required by the approval agencies, a circuit board
failure could occur during the life of the product potentially causing the regulator’s surface temperature to exceed the ATEX T1
temperature class limit of 450°C. As a result, 44-5800 Series regulators should not be used in an enclosed environment without
an external temperature control device to interrupt power to the regulator. Redundant safety and monitoring devices are
recommended for safe system use in any application environment to protect against the risk of fire or explosion in the event of
overheating of the regulator due to circuit board failure.

44-7400 SERIES
Specifications

Stainless Steel: 6000 psig / 414 bar
Maximum Outlet Pressure Ranges
Stainless Steel: 5000 psig / 345 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
0°F to 165°F / -17°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.8
Cv = 2.0
TESCOM 44-7400 Series high flow, high pressure,
spring loaded pressure reducing regulator offers
outlet pressures up to 5000 psig / 345 bar with
Body
flow rates from 25-2000 SCFM / 708-56,633 SLPM.
303 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel, Brass
Available in Brass or Stainless Steel and two
Main Valve Seat
standard Cvs.
Back Cap Applications
• CNG dispensing
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N 90 Durometer; Nitrile, Buna-N; FKM (Viton®-A), • Hydraulic or pneumatic test stands
Urethane, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®), Ethylene Propylene
Back-up Rings Features and Benefits
PTFE • Several porting configurations are available
Gaskets
PCTFE
• Spring adjust, high outlet and high flow
Remaining Parts • Special design for dispensing compressed
Type 17-4, 300 Series Stainless Steel, 17-7, PTFE and Brass natural gas
• Balanced main valve minimizes supply
OTHER pressure effect
Cleaning • Modular design
Weight
• High safety and reliability
14 lbs / 6.2 kg

44-7400 SERIES
10.5
9.3
266.7
236.2
1.78
1.72
45.2
43.7
3.23
82.01


44-7400 SERIES
Cv = 2.0
4000
[276]
3500
[241] P1 = 4500 psig [310 bar]
3000
[207]
2500
[172]
2000
[138]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0]
500
[34.5]
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

[14,158] [28,316] [42,475] [56,633] [70,792]

44-7400 SERIES

W – Wrench adjust
44-74 1 5 T 2 8 W 2 3 0
SOFT GOODS INLET INLET
MAXIMUM
BASIC BODY OUTLET AND AND FLOW MAIN GAUGE PORT
INLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE O-RINGS OUTLET OUTLET CAPACITY VALVE SEAT OPTIONS
PRESSURE
BACK-UP RINGS PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-74 1 – Brass 4500 psig 5 – 4000 psig B – Nitrile, Buna-N 1 – SAE 8 – 1/2" 1 – Cv = 0.8 3 – PCTFE 0 – No gauge ports
310 bar 276 bar 90 2 – NPTF 7 – 3/4" 2 – Cv = 2.0 7 – Polyimide
2 – 3 03 6000 psig (Brass body PTFE 3 – MS33649 (Vespel®)
Stainless 414 bar only) D – Nitrile, Buna-N 1 – One gauge port
Steel 6 – 5000 psig PTFE at 90°
6 – 316 6000 psig 345 bar T – FKM (Viton®-A)
Stainless 414 bar (Stainless Steel PTFE
Steel body only) U – Urethane
PTFE 2 – Two gauge ports
V – FFKM, at 60°
Perfluoroelastomer
(Kalrez®)
PTFE
Z – Ethylene
3 – Two gauge ports
Propylene at 60° (left hand
PTFE inlet)

4 – Two gauge port

at 90°
5 – One gauge port

at 90° (left hand
inlet)

50-2000 SERIES
Specifications

10,000 psig / 690 bar
15,000 psig / 1034 bar
Up to 10,000 psig / 690 bar standard
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Non Metal Seat: Bubble-tight
Metal Seat: 2 drops/minute at 150 SUS at 2500 psig / 172 bar
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.02, 0.06, 0.12
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 50-2000 Series pressure reducing regulator

is specifically designed for extended life operation in
Body
316 Stainless Steel high pressure hydraulic applications.
Seat, Vent and Main Valve
17-4 PH Stainless Steel, Polyimide (Vespel®)
Applications
Back-up O-Rings • Wellhead control panels
See Part Number Selector • Subsea valve actuation
Remaining Parts
• Chemical injection
300 Series Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, and
Nitronic 60 • Hydraulic Power Units (HPU)

Cleaning • New stem and seal design extends service
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 life in crucial high pressure water-based
Weight hydraulic applications
5.5 lbs / 2.5 kg • Specially designed seat and valve for excellent
Teflon®, Vespel®, and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de operation in hydraulic applications
• Segregated captured venting
• Tapered poppet design for better pressure control
• Higher pressure models are available

50-2000 SERIES
SPRING LOAD
AIR LOAD


50-2000 SERIES
Model No. 50-2062D24S270

5000
[345]
4000 5000 psig

[276] [345 bar] INLET
3000
[207]
5000 psig
2000 [345 bar]
[138] 3000 psig
[207 bar]
1000
[69.0] 5000 psig
3000 psig [345 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar] [207 bar]
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

[1.9] [3.8] [5.7] [7.6] [9.5] [11.4] [13.2]
FLOW RATE - GPM [LPM]
Model No. 50-2067D24S270

500 [34.5]
450 [31.0]
P1=3000 psig P1=5000 psig
400 [27.6] [207 bar] [345 bar]
P1=1000 psig
[69.0 bar] 5000
350 [24.1]
300 [20.7] 3000

1000
5000
250 [17.2]
200 [13.8] 3000
1000
150 [10.3]
5000
100 [6.9]
50 [3.4] 3000
1000
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0

[1.9] [3.8] [5.7] [7.6]

50-2000 SERIES

S – Spring Load
A – Air Load
50-20 6 1 - D 2 4 S 1 7 0
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL INLET INLET
MAIN VALVE
MAXIMUM AND AND GAUGE
BASIC OUTLET FLOW SEAT AND
INLET O-RING BACK- OUTLET OUTLET PORT
SERIES PRESSURE CAPACITY VENT SEAT
PRESSURE UP PORT TYPE PORT OPTIONS
MATERIAL
DYNAMIC STATIC RING (VENT PORT) SIZE
50-20 6 – 10,000 psig Spring Load D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PTFE 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4" 1 – Cv = 0.023 5 – 17-4 0 – None
690 bar 1 – 200-10,000 psig Buna-N Buna-N (1/4" SAE ) Stainless
PTFE 6 – 3/8" 2 – Cv = 0.06
9 – 15,000 psig1 13.8-690 bar Steel
T – FKM FKM 2 – NPTF
1034 bar PTFE 8 – 1/2" 2
2 – 50-6000 psig (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) (1/4" NPTF) 3 – Cv = 0.124 7–
3.4-414 bar 1 – 1 outlet
Z – Ethylene Ethylene 9 – 9/16" 5 Polyimide gauge
3 – 25-4000 psig 3 – MS33649
Propylene Propylene (Vespel®) at 90°
1.7-276 bar (1/4"
4 – 15-2500 psig MS33649)
1.0-172 bar
4 – High
5 – 10-1500 psig
Pressure
0.69-103 bar 2 – 2 gauge
(1/4" NPTF) ports
6 – 5-800 psig
at 60°
0.35-55.2 bar 6 – Medium
7 – 5-500 psig Pressure
0.35-34.5 bar (1/4" NPTF)
Air Load
3 – 2 gauge
1 – 200-10,000 psig ports
13.8-690 bar at 60°
2 – 50-6000 psig (left hand
inlet)
3.4-414 bar
4 – 15-2500 psig
1.0-172 bar
5 – 10-1500 psig
0.69-103 bar 4 – 2 gauge
ports
at 90°
1. 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet requires a CTFE back-up ring on main valve. 5 – 1 gauge
2. Not available in high or medium pressure. port
3. Not available for metal seated models. at 90°
4. Not available with 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet with Vespel® seat. (left hand
5. High pressure and medium pressure only. inlet)

50-2200 SERIES
Specifications

15,000, 20,000 psig / 1034, 1379 bar
300-15,000 psig / 20.7-1034 bar
300-20,000 psig / 20.7-1379 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
2 drops/min. at 150 S.U.S and 2500 psig / 172 bar
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06, 0.12

TESCOM 50-2200 Series pressure reducing regulator
Body
is specifically designed for extended life operation in
316 Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60
high pressure hydraulic applications.
Seat, Main Valve, Vent
17-4 PH Stainless Steel Applications
O-Ring
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A)
• Wellhead control panels
Back-up Ring • Subsea valve actuation
PCTFE
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel and Nitronic 60 • Hydraulic Power Units (HPU)

OTHER
• New stem and seal design extends service
Cleaning
life in crucial high pressure water-based
hydraulic applications
20 lbs / 9.1 kg • Specially designed seat and valve for excellent
Viton® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. operation in hydraulic applications
• Segregated captured venting
• Tapered poppet design for better pressure control

50-2200 SERIES


Example for selecting a part number: Spring Load
50-22 N 0 T 6 9 S 3 5 0
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
MAXIMUM INLET INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND MAIN VALVE
BASIC MAXIMUM OUTLET FLOW GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE1 DYNAMIC PORT TYPE OUTLET AND
SERIES PRESSURE STATIC BACK-UP CAPACITY OPTIONS
(BODY MATERIAL) ROTO- (VENT PORT) PORT SIZE VENT SEAT
O-RINGS RINGS
SEALS
50-22 9 – 15,000 psig 0 – 300-15,000 psig D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 4 – High Pressure 4 – 1/4" 2 – Cv = 0.06 5 – 17-4 0 – No gauge
1034 bar 20.7-1034 bar Buna-N Buna-N (1/4" NPTF) 6 – 3/8" 3 – Cv = 0.12 Stainless ports
PCTFE
(316 SST) 9 – 300-20,000 psig T – FKM FKM 6 – Medium 9 – 9/16" Steel
N – 20,000 psig 20.7-1379 bar (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) Pressure
1379 bar (1/4" NPTF) 5 – One
(Nitronic 60) outlet
gauge at
90°
1. Pressure at which regulator is used must be compatible with the pressure rating of the regulator and port size/type provided.

50-4000 SERIES
Specifications

10,000, 15,000, 20,000 psig / 690, 1034, 1379 bar
Outlet Pressure
9000 to 20,000 psig / 621 to 1379 bar
8000 to15,000 psig / 552 to 1034 bar
6000 to 15,000 psig / 414 to 1034 bar
4000 to 10,000 psig / 276 to 690 bar
2000 to 6000 psig / 138 to 414 bar
2000 to 4000 psig / 138 to 276 bar
1700 to 2500 psig / 117 to 172 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
2 drops/min. at 150 S.U.S and 2500 psig / 172 bar
AIR LOADED
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.12 (Control Regulator), Cv = 1.9 (Integrated Bypass)
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS SPRING LOADED
Body
316 Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60 ( 20,000 psig / 1379 bar Inlet) TESCOM 50-4000, 50-4100 and 50-4200 Series
Seat, Main Valve, Vent pressure reducing regulators, with their integrated
17-4 PH Stainless Steel, Polyimide (Vespel®) bypass valve, control high pressure water glycol.
O-ring
These unique regulators decrease pressurization time
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), EP and lower maintenance costs.
Back-up Ring
PCTFE
Applications
Remaining Parts • Hydraulic Power Units (HPU)
316 Series Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60 • Wellhead control panels

Cleaning • Unique integrated bypass valve simplifies the high
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 pressure system design which results in fewer
Weight (approximate)1 components and leak paths for added safety
50-4000: 15 lbs / 6.8 kg
50-4100: 20 lbs / 9.1 kg
• The addition of the 50-4000 Series to HPU units
50-4200: 20 lbs / 9.1 kg simplifies complex start up procedures while
decreasing down time associated with filling
1. Air loaded versions will have an additional approx. 5 lbs / 2.3 kg to account for
long umbilicals
the actuator.
Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. • Controls large variations in flow rates at pressures
Nitronic® is a mark owned by MatWeb, LLC.
up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar
• New stem and seal design extends regulator
service life in crucial high pressure water-based
hydraulic applications

50-4000 SERIES
PANEL REF.
1/4-20 UNC .25 MAX. THICKNESS
SCREW REF. 2X
1/4 NPTF VENT
OUTLET INLET
1.31
OPTIONAL MANUAL SHUTOFF 1.20
[33.27]
.52 [30.48]
.44 1.81 3.74
CONTROL [13.21] [45.97] [95.0]
OUTLET REGULATOR INLET [11.18]
10.94
[277.88]
INTEGRATED
BYPASS
3.56
[90.41]
50-4000 FLOW DIAGRAM
1.40 2X ø.281
[35.56] ø2.22
2.80
[71.12]
INLET/OUTLET PORT "A"
3.40
9/16 MEDIUM PRESSURE PANEL CUT-OUT
[86.4]
“A”
“øA”
All dimensions are reference & nominal MOUNTING BRACKET

Metric [mm] equivalents are in brackets

50-40 9 1 D 6 9 S 3 5 0 A
OUTLET PRESSURE SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
BODY MATERIAL INTEGRATED
INLET AND
--- CONTROL INLET AND MAIN 1/4" GAUGE BYPASS
BASIC OUTLET LOAD FLOW
REGULATOR OUTLET VALVE AND PORT MANUAL
SERIES MAXIMUM DYNAMIC STATIC BACK‑UP PORT TYPE OPTION CAPACITY
--- PORT SIZE VENT SEAT OPTIONS OVERRIDE
INLET PRESSURE1 O-RINGS O-RINGS RINGS (VENT PORT)
INTEGRATED SHUTOFF
BYPASS
50-40 9 – 316 SST 1 – 4000 to 10,000 psig D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 0–B SPP (1/4") 6 – 3/8"2 S–S pring 3 – Cv = 0.12 5 – 17-4 0–n
o gauge A – Included
--- Load (Control Stainless ports Blank – Not
276 to 690 bar Buna-N Buna-N PCTFE 2 – NPTF (1/4") 8 – 1/2"3
15,000 psig --- Regulator) Steel Included
4–H igh Pressure 9 – 9/16"4 A – Air Load
1034 bar 0 to 3000 psig T – FKM FKM PCTFE Cv = 1.9
(1/4" NPTF) 7 – Polyimide
(Medium/ 0 to 207 bar (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) (Integrated
6 – Medium (Vespel®)
High Bypass)
Pressure) 4 – 2000 to 6000 psig Z – EP EP Pressure 1–o
ne outlet
138 to 414 bar5 (1/4" NPTF) gauge port
at 90°
10,000 psig 5 – 2000 to 4000 psig
690 bar
138 to 276 bar5 1. Pressure at which regulator is used must be
(NPTF & BSPP) compatible with the pressure rating of the
6 – 1700 to 2500 psig
regulator and port size/type provided
117 to 172 bar5
2. Integrated Bypass Cv is limited to 1.0
3. Not available in Medium Pressure and
High Pressure
4. Not available in NPTF and BSPP
5. Integrated bypass pressure range:
0 to 1000 psig at 10,000 psig inlet /
0 to 69 bar at 689 bar or
0 to1600 psig at 15,000 psig inlet /
0 to 110 bar at 1034 bar inlet.
Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

50-4100 SERIES
1/4 NPT VENT PORT LOCATION

MAY VARY ACCORDING TO PORTING
1.31 OPTIONAL
1.20 MANUAL
[33.3] SHUTOFF
1.81 3.74 [30.5]
[46.0] [95.0]
12.10
[307]
ø3.38
[85.9] HEX
ø.88 A
[22.4] OUTLET INLET
HEX

3.40
ALL 3/8"
[86.4]
OUTLET INLET 3.40
9/16" MEDIUM PRESSURE
[86.4]
3.24
9/16" HIGH PRESSURE
[82.3]
Metric [mm] equivalents are in brackets ø3.48
[88.4]

50-41 9 0 D 6 9 S 3 5 0 A
INLET AND
SERIES MAXIMUM DYNAMIC STATIC BACK‑UP PORT TYPE OPTION CAPACITY
--- PORT SIZE VENT SEAT OPTIONS OVERRIDE
INLET PRESSURE1 O-RINGS O-RINGS RINGS (VENT PORT)
INTEGRATED SHUTOFF
BYPASS
50-41 9 – 316 SST 0 – 6000 to 15,000 psig D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 4 – High 6 – 3/8" 2 S – Spring 3 – Cv = 0.12 5 – 17-4 0–n
o gauge A – Included
--- 414 to 1034 bar Pressure Load (Control Stainless ports Blank – Not
Buna-N Buna-N PCTFE 9 – 9/16"
15,000 psig --- (1/4" NPTF) Regulator) Steel Included
A – Air
1034 bar 0 to 5200 psig T – FKM FKM PCTFE 6–M edium Load Cv = 1.9 7 – Polyimide
0 to 359 bar (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) Pressure (Integrated (Vespel )
®
Z – EP EP (1/4" NPTF) Bypass) 1–o

ne outlet
gauge port
at 90°

1. Pressure at which regulator is used must

be compatible with the pressure rating of
the regulator and port size/type provided

50-4200 SERIES

3.40
ALL 3/8"
[86.4]
3.40
9/16" MEDIUM PRESSURE
[86.4]
3.40
9/16" HIGH PRESSURE
[86.4]
Metric [mm] equivalents are in brackets

50-42 N 0 D 6 9 S 3 5 0 A
INLET AND
SERIES MAXIMUM PORT TYPE OPTION CAPACITY
DYNAMIC STATIC BACK‑UP PORT SIZE VENT SEAT OPTIONS OVERRIDE
INLET PRESSURE1 --- (VENT PORT)
O-RINGS O-RINGS RINGS SHUTOFF
INTEGRATED
BYPASS
50-42 N – Nitronic® 60 0 – 8000 to 15,000 psig D –Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 4 – H igh Pressure 6 – 3/8" 2 S–S
pring 3 – Cv = 0.12 5–1
7-4 SST 0 – no gauge A – Included
--- 552 to 1034 bar (1/4" NPTF) Load (Control ports
Buna-N Buna-N PCTFE 9 – 9/16" Blank – Not
20,000 psig --- Regulator)
0 to 7000 psig 6 – Medium A–A ir Load Included
1379 bar T – FKM FKM
0 to 483 bar Pressure Cv = 1.9
(Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) (1/4" NPTF) (Integrated 1 – one outlet
1 – 9000 to 20,000 psig3 Bypass) gauge port
621 to 1379 bar 3 at 90°
---
0 to 8000 psig
0 to 552 bar 1. Pressure at which regulator is used
must be compatible with the pressure
rating of the regulator and port size/
type provided
3. Outlet pressure only available with
air loader option
Nitronic® is a mark owned by MatWeb, LLC.

54-2000 SERIES
Specifications

10,000 psig / 690 bar
5-500, 5-800, 10-1500, 15-2500, 25-4000,
50-6000, 200-10,000 psig1
0.35-34.5, 0.35-55.2, 0.69-103, 1.0-172, 1.7-276,
3.4-414, 13.8-690 bar1
150% maximum rated
Leakage
2 drops per minute at 150 S.U.S. at 2500 psig / 172 bar
Ambient Operating Temperature2
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Main Valve: Cv = 0.06
Vent Valve: Cv = 0.08 TESCOM 54-2000 Series pressure reducing regulator
is suitable for 10,000 psig / 690 bar inlet and outlet
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS hydraulic applications. Segregated and captured
Body vent allows for convenient downstream pressure
316 Stainless Steel reduction adjustments. Hardened Stainless Steel
Main Valve, Vent Seat seat and stem provide excellent wear resistance in
17-4 PH Stainless Steel harsh applications.
O-Rings
FKM (Viton®-A), Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FFKM,
Applications
Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) • Wellhead control panels
Poppets • Subsea valve actuations
Back-up Ring
• Hydraulic Power Units (HPU)
PTFE • Component testing
Remaining Parts
300 Series and 17-4 PH Stainless Steel Features and Benefits
• Special models available for 15,000 and 20,000 psig /
OTHER 1034 and 1379 bar
Cleaning • Segregated vent for easy pressure adjustments in
either direction
Weight
5.3 lbs / 2.4 kg • Main valve cartridge
Viton and Kalrez are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
® ® • High-impact handknob
and Company.
• Cartridge style models are available
1. Regulator vents to zero psig in all pressure ranges.
2. For extended temperatures from -40°F to 400°F / -40°C to 204°C, consult TESCOM. • NACE compatible designs are available
• Compatible with TESCOM air actuators and ER5000
• Piston-sensed design ensures safety and reliability

54-2000 SERIES
OUTLET INLET
3.40 [86.4]
Ø
3.10 [78.7]
CONTROL KNOB
.52 [13.2]
.44 [11.2] LOAD SPRING
7.54 [191.5]
7.14 [181.3] Ø2.22 [56.4]
2X Ø.28 [7.14]
2.6 [66.0]
SEGREGATED .5 [12.7]
VENT 2.80
[71.1]
SENSOR
MAIN VALVE
PANEL CUT-OUT
OUTLET INLET
2.17 [55.1] VENT PORT

.61 [15.5] Ø
.59 [14.9] 2.13 [54.1] 90° FROM VIEW
Ø2.48 [63.0]
NPTF ONLY
2.30 [58.4]
EXT. VENT
.88 [22.4]

EXTERNAL VENT PORT
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets 3.65 [92.7] SEE PORT TABLE FOR TYPE

54-2000 SERIES
54-2022D24
Model 54-2022D24
5000
[345]
4000
[276] 5000 psig
[345 bar]
INLET
3000
[207]
5000
2000 [345]
[138]
3000 [207]
1000
[69.0]
5000
[345]
1000 [69.0] 3000 [207]
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

54-2027D24
[1.9] [3.8] [5.7] [7.6] [9.8] [11.3] [13.2]
Model 54-2027D24
500 [34.5]
450 [31.0]
P1=3000 P1=5000
400 [27.6] [207] [345]
P1=1000
[69.0] 5000
350 [24.1]
300 [20.7] 3000
1000
5000
250 [17.2]
200 [13.8] 3000
1000
150 [10.3]
5000
100 [6.9]
50 [3.4] 3000
1000
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0

[1.9] [3.8] [5.7] [7.6]

54-2000 SERIES


54-20 6 4 D 2 4
BODY AND SOFT GOODS MATERIAL INLET AND

BASIC OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET EXTERNAL VENT
BONNET O-RING OUTLET
SERIES PRESSURE RANGES PORT TYPE PORT (1/4")
MATERIAL BACK-UP RING PORT SIZE
DYNAMIC STATIC
54-20 6 – 316 Stainless 1 – 200-10,000 psig D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PTFE 1 – SAE SAE 4 – 1/4"
Steel 13.8-690 bar Buna-N Buna-N PTFE 2 – NPTF NPTF 6 – 3/8"
2 – 50-6000 psig PTFE 3 – MS33649 MS33649 8 – 1/2"
3.4-414 bar T – FKM FKM 4 – High Pressure NPTF
3 – 25-4000 psig (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) 6 – Medium NPTF
1.7-276 bar Pressure
4 – 15-2500 psig Z – Ethylene Ethylene
1.0-172 bar Propylene Propylene
5 – 10-1500 psig
0.69-103 bar
6 – 5-800 psig
0.35-55.2 bar
7 – 5-500 psig
0.35-34.5 bar

TESCOM Regulators - Pressure Reducing 54-2200 SERIES
D54221601X012
Specifications

8000 psig / 552 bar
Outlet Pressure Ranges1
1500, 3000, 5000, 6000, 8000 psig
103, 207, 345, 414, 552 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage (maximum)
2 drops/min at 150 S.U.S at 2500 psig / 172 bar
AIR LOADED
Ambient Operating Fluid Media Temperature2
-40°F to 200°F / -40°C to 93°C DOME LOADED
SPRING LOADED
Flow Capacity
Main Valve: Cv = 2.0
Vent Valve: Cv = 1.6
TESCOM 54-2200 Series pressure reducing regulator

is designed for high flow and high pressure hydraulic
Body
applications. Inlet and outlet pressure is rated up to
303 or 316 Stainless Steel
8000 psig / 552 bar with Cv = 2.0 for flows up to
Seat, Main Valve and Sensor
60 GPM / 127 LPM. Spring, air and dome loaded
versions are available. Hardened Stainless Steel seat
O-Rings
and poppet delivers excellent wear resistance.
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer
(Kalrez®) , Ethylene Propylene
Applications
Back-up Rings
PTFE • Hydraulically operated blowout preventers (BOP)
Bonnet • Hydraulic power units (HPUs)
303 Stainless Steel
• Hydraulic component testing
Remaining Parts
303 Stainless Steel Features and Benefits
• Rugged design for tough conditions
OTHER
Cleaning • Pressure dampening orifice improves stability
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Features piston-style sensor, balanced main valve
Weight (approximately) poppet and a non-adjustable manual vent system
15 lbs / 6.8 kg
• Hardened 17-4 Stainless Steel seats help provide
Teflon®, Viton® and Kalrez® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de
long service in abrasive hydraulic applications
1. Regulator VENTS to 0 psig in all pressure ranges. • Side mounting is standard
2. Varies with sealing material selected, please consult Tescom.
• Available in spring, hydraulic/dome and air
loaded versions
Electropneumatic Controllers

54-2200 SERIES TESCOM Regulators - Pressure Reducing
TOP VIEW
SPRING LOADED VERSION
BACK VIEW




54-2225D212H Model 54-2225D212H

E.I. No. Regulator Discharge
0428 and 0429
Model: 54-2223D212H
(Hydraulic Loading Option)
5000 psig
3000
[207] [345 bar]
3000 [207]
2000
[138] 5000
3000
1000
[69.0] 5000
3000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
[38] [76] [114] [151] [189] [227] [265] [303] [341] [379]

54-2225D212H
Regulator Vent
3000
[207]
2000
[138]
1000
[69.0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
[38] [76] [114] [151] [189] [227] [265] [303] [341] [379]
Model 54-2225D212H
E.I. No. 0428 and 0429


Threaded End Connection Part Number Selection
54-22 2 3 D 2 12 S
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL DI-
BASIC BODY OUTLET PORT MEN- PORT LOADING
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE RANGES O-RING TYPE SION SIZE OPTIONS
DYNAMIC STATIC SEAT "A"
54-22 2–3
03 Stainless 1 – 1500 psig D – Nitrile, Buna-N Nitrile, Buna-N 17-4 Stainless Steel 1 – SAE 3.95" 12 – 3/4" S – Spring
Steel 103 bar 17-4 Stainless Steel 2 – NPTF 3.20" H – Hydraulic/
6–3
16 Stainless (spring only) T – FKM (Viton®-A) FKM (Viton®-A) 17-4 Stainless Steel 3 – MS33649 3.95" Dome
Steel 3 – 3000 psig 17-4 Stainless Steel A – Air
207 bar V – FFKM, FFKM,
(35:1 air only) Perfluoroelastomer Perfluoroelastomer
3 – 3500 psig (Kalrez®) (Kalrez®)
241 bar
(spring only) Z – Ethylene Ethylene Propylene
5–5 000 psig Propylene
345 bar
(spring and
65:1 air)
6–6 000 psig
414 bar
(spring only)
8–8 000 psig
552 bar
(hydraulic/
dome
and 105:1 air)
54-22W 6 1 0 A 1 52 1
SOFT GOOD MATERIAL

BODY, PIPE OUTLET
BASIC VENT FLANGE FLANGE FLANGE
& FLANGE PRESSURE Dash O-Rings
SERIES PORT Operating SIZE CLASS FACE
MATERIAL psig / bar Seat
No. Dynamic Static Temperature
54-22W 6 – 316 SST 0 – 0-1120 0 – Non venting A PTFE FKM 17-4 SST 0 to 165°F / -17 to 74°C 1 – 1/2" 41 – 1 - 600# 1 – RF
0-77 1 – 1/2 NPT 3 – 1" 52 – 1 - 9
00# / 2 – RTJ
1 – 0-1500 2 – 3/4 NPT Nitrile, Nitrile, 1500#
0-103 B 17-4 SST -20 to 165°F / -29 to 74°C
Buna-N Buna-N 63 – 1 - 2500#
3 – 0-3500
0-241 C FKM FKM 17-4 SST 0 to 200°F / -17 to 93°C
5 – 0-5000
D EP EP 17-4 SST -20 to 200°F / -29 to 93°C
0-345
E PTFE EP 17-4 SST -20 to 200°F / -29 to 93°C

54-2800 SERIES
Specifications

5000 psig / 345 bar
50-1500, 200-5000 psig / 3.4-103, 13.8-345 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage (maximum)
2 drops/min at 150 S.U.S. at 2500 psig / 172 bar
0°F to 165°F / -17°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Main Valve: Cv = 8.0 AIR LOADED
Vent Valve: Cv = 6.5 HYDRAULIC (DOME)
LOADED
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 54-2800 Series high pressure, high

Body flow, pressure reducing regulator is designed for
303 Stainless Steel
hydraulic applications. Inlet and outlet rated up
Seat, Poppet, Sensor to 5000 psig / 345 bar; Cv = 8.0 for high flows. Air
17-4 PH Stainless Steel operated and dome loaded versions are available.
O-Ring Hardened Stainless Steel seat and poppet for excellent
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene, FFKM,
wear resistance.
Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)
Back-up Rings Applications
PTFE
• Hydraulically operated blowout preventers (BOP)
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel • Hydraulic component testing

Cleaning • High flow and compact design
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Hardened 17-4 PH Stainless Steel seat and
Weight poppet provides excellent protection against shock
35 lbs / 15.9 kg and erosion
1. For extended temperatures up to 350°F / 177°C, consult TESCOM.
Teflon®, Viton® and Kalrez® are registered trademarks of E.I du Pont de Nemours • Utilizes a piston style sensor, balanced main valve
and Company. poppet and a non-adjustable vent

54-2800 SERIES
DOME LOAD SHOWN WITH

OPTIONAL AIR LOADER


54-2800 SERIES
PRESSURE REDUCING
Model 54-2825D216H
5000 (Hydraulic Loaded)
[345]
P1 = 5000 psig [345 bar]
4800
[331]
4400
[303]
2400
[165]
2000 5000
[138] 2500
[172]
1600
[110] 5000
2500 1500
1200 [103]
[82.7] 5000
2500
1500
800 5000
[55.2] 2500
1500
400 5000
[27.6] 2500
1500
500
[34.5]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
[75.7] [151] [227] [303] [379] [454]
FLOW RATE - GPM [LPM] Hydraulic Fluid

54-2800 SERIES

54-28 2 5 D 2 16 H
O-RING MATERIAL NUM-
BASIC BODY OUTLET PRESSURE PORT PORT
BER OF LOADING
SERIES MATERIAL RANGES TYPE SIZE
DYNAMIC STATIC PORTS
54-28 2 – 303 Stainless Steel 1 – 50-1500 psig D – Nitrile, Buna-N Nitrile, Buna-N 1 – SAE 16 – 1" 3 H – Hydraulic 1:1
3.4-103 bar 2 – NPTF A – Air
(air load - 18:1)2 T – FKM FKM (Viton®-A)3
5 – 200-5000 psig (Viton®-A)3
2. Ratio is for reference only. FFKM,
13.8-345 bar
3. Air load only. V – FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer
(air load - 52:1)2
Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)3
(Kalrez®)3
Ethylene
Z – Ethylene Propylene
Propylene

56 SERIES
Specifications

15,000 psig / 1034 bar
200-15,000 psig / 13.8-1034 bar
(non-adjustable spring bias pressure: 175-200 psig / 12-13.8 bar)
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
See table
TESCOM 56 Series provides accurate flow control
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS that allows customers to have consistent injection
Body
rates over the life of the well. Manually-controlled and
316 Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60 electronically-controlled versions are available.
Seat, Main Valve
Polyimide (Vespel® SP21), 17-4 Stainless Steel
Applications
O-Ring • Offshore Chemical Injection
FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) • Process Flow Control
Back-up Ring
PCTFE, PTFE Typical Application
Remaining Parts
Rosemount TESCOM
300 Series Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel and Nitronic 60 Level Transmitter 26-1700
Backpressure
PRESSURE
OTHER TANK
PRV GAUGE HP FILTER
Rosemount DP
Transmitter
Cleaning PULSATION Rosemount

FILTER
DAMPENER Transmitter
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 TO ADDITIONAL PUMP CHEMICAL
DROPS TO VALVES
ISOLATION
56-21XX: 18.26 lbs / 8.28 kg VALVE
56-22XX: 9.09 lbs / 4.12 kg AIR LINE AIR LINE
TESCOM TESCOM
56-30XX: 34.8 lbs / 15.8 kg TESCOM 56-3000 56-3200
56-2100
56-32XX: 43.0 lbs / 19.5 kg 3-WAY
VALVE
Teflon®,Vespel® and Kalrez® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Rosemount DP

TO FLOW METER OR Transmitter Micro Motion
Nemours and Company. CALIBRATION BEAKER
CHECK
VALVE
Coriolis
Flowmeter
ISOLATION

VALVE
• Accurate and consistent flow control reduces CHEMICAL

OUT TO PROCESS
the risk of flow assurance issues from over and

under injection Roxar
Sand Erosion
Sensor
TOPSIDE
• High-quality piston-sensed components for
longevity in offshore applications reduce SUBSEA
maintenance costs and unplanned downtime DOWNHOLE
• Alternative options for full automation of injection SCALING
rate control with the addition of the ER5000 EXAMPLE

56 SERIES
56-21XX
9.685
[246]
OUTLET
INLET
“A”
1.201 3.386
10.75
[30.5] [86]
[273]
"A"
VALVE DIMENSION
56-2100 2.311 [58.7]
56-2101 1.949 [49.5]
56-22XX
7.48
[190]
7.008
3.917 [178]
[99.5]
3.76
OUTLET INLET
[95.5]
0.098 6.496 0.941 4.646

[2.5] [165] [23.9] [118]


56 SERIES
56-30XX
2.91
[74]
13.62
[346]
0.86
[22]
OUTLET INLET
0.9
ø 9.88
[23]
[ø 251 ]
56-32XX
14.65
[372]
OUTLET
INLET
3.43 9.88
2.56
3.19 [87] [251]
[65]
[81]


56 SERIES
PART MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM INLET AND OUTLET MINIMUM MAXIMUM
NUMBER INLET PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL DIFFERENTIAL PORT SIZE FLOW RATE FLOW RATE
15,000 psig 15,000 psig 175 psig 12,500 psig 0.04 gpm 1.20 gpm
56-2100 1034 bar 1034 bar 12 bar 862 bar 3/8" 4.542 l/min
0.1514 l/min
0.001514 l/min
0.01893 l/min
0.3785 l/min
15,000 psig 15,000 psig 175 psig 12,500 psig 3/8" 0.04 gpm 0.25 gpm
56-3000 1034 bar 1034 bar 12 bar 862 bar M.P. 0.95 l/min
0.1514 l/min
8,000 psig 8,000 psig 175 psig 7,600 psig 1/2" 3.00 gpm 30.00 gpm
56-3200 551 bar 551 bar 12 bar 524 bar NPT 113.56 l/min
11.36 l/min

56-2000 SERIES
Specifications

15,000 psig / 1034 bar
200-15,000 psig / 13.8-1034 bar
(non-adjustable spring bias pressure: 175-200 psig / 12-13.8 bar)
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06
Cv = 0.12 TESCOM 56-2000 Series provides accurate pressure
control that allows customers to have consistent
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS injection rates over the life of the well.
Body
17-4 PH Stainless Steel Applications
Seat, Main Valve • Offshore Chemical Injection
Polyimide (Vespel® SP21)
O-Ring
Typical Scaling Application
Nitrile, Buna-N
SKID
Back-up Ring 26-1700
Backpressure
PCTFE
Remaining Parts PRV PRESSURE
GAUGE
300 Series Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel and Nitronic 60 TANK
PULSATION
OTHER FILTER
DAMPENER
PUMP CHEMICAL
Cleaning TO VALVES

ISOLATION VALVE
FILTER
13 lbs / 5.9 kg
Vespel® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. 56 Series
3-WAY VALVE
Features and Benefits TO FLOW METER OR
CHECK CALIBRATION BEAKER
• Accurate and consistent setpoint control reduces VALVE
the risk of flow assurance issues from over and ISOLATION VALVE
under injection CHEMICAL

OUT TO PROCESS
• High-quality piston-sensed regulators for longevity

in offshore applications reduce maintenance costs
and unplanned downtime SUBSEA
• Alternative options for full automation of injection

DOWNHOLE
rate control with the addition of the ER5000
SCALING EXAMPLE
* The 56-2000 requires a metering valve installed downstream to adjust the

chemical injection rate (see diagram).

56-2000 SERIES
OUTLET PORT INLET PORT

LOCATION LOCATION
A A
1/4 SLIM-LINE
3.38
OUT
IN
[85.852] 1.50
[38.1]
.38 2X 1/4-28 UNF

1.20 [9.652]
[30.48]
3.24
1.95 [82.296] VIEW A-A
[49.53]
5.5
[139.7]


Example for selecting a part number: Dome Load
56-20 8 0 D 6 9 D 2 7 0
MAXIMUM OUTLET SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
MAXIMUM INLET PRESSURE INLET AND INLET AND MAIN VALVE
BASIC FLOW GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE 1 OUTLET PORT OUTLET AND
SERIES SPRING BIAS DYNAMIC STATIC BACK-UP CAPACITY OPTIONS
(BODY MATERIAL) TYPE PORT SIZE VENT SEAT
PRESSURE ROTO-SEALS O-RINGS RINGS
56-20 8 – 15,000 psig 0 – 200-15,000 psig D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 6 – Medium 9 – 9/16" 2 – Cv = 0.06 7 – Vespel® SP1 0 – No gauge
1034 bar 13.8-1034 bar Buna-N Buna-N Pressure ports
3 – Cv = 0.12
(17-4 SST)
175-200 psig
N – 15,000 psig 12-13.8 bar
1034 bar
(Nitronic 60)
1. Pressure at which regulator is used must be compatible with the pressure rating of the regulator and port size/type provided.

BB-1 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DBB011761X012
Specifications

6000 psig / 414 bar
Low Pressure: 0-220 psig / 0-15.2 bar
High Pressure: 0-1800 psig / 0-124 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Operating temperature depends on soft goods materials.
See table below.
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06
TESCOM BB-1 Series high pressure, low flow,

miniature pressure reducing regulator provides six
Body
outlet pressure ranges available up to 1800 psig /
Aluminum 6061 (Nickel-plated)
124 bar outlet. This non-venting regulator is small
Seat
and compact, weighing approximately 0.5 lbs /
PCTFE, PEEK, or Polyimide (Vespel®)
0.2 kg in the standard aluminum construction.
O-Rings
Applications
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel or Aluminum • Portable equipment
• OEM equipment
OTHER
Connections Features and Benefits
1/4" NPTF or SAE • Durable piston-sensed design
Cleaning
• Outlet pressure ranges are field adjustable
Weight (approximate) • Two and four 1/4" NPTF or SAE ports are standard
0.5 lbs / 0.2 kg • Minimal soft goods
Vespel®, Viton®, and Kalrez® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de
• Non-venting
• Two-stage and cartridge versions are available
O-RING SEAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE
• 316 Stainless Steel construction is available
90 DURO BUNA -30 °F TO +165 °F / -34 °C TO +74 °C
ETHYLENE PROPYLENE -30 °F TO +300 °F / -34 °C TO +149 °C
BUNA-N -30 °F TO +165 °F / -34 °C TO +74 °C
POLYURETHANE -30 °F TO +250 °F / -34 °C TO +121 °C
FKM -15 °F TO +400 °F / -26 °C TO +204 °C
KALREZ +20 °F TO +400 °F / -7 °C TO +204 °C
SEAT OPERATING TEMPERATURE
PCTFE -30 °F TO +140 °F / -34 °C TO +60 °C
VESPEL -30 °F TO +400 °F / -34 °C TO +204 °C
PEEK -30 °F TO +350 °F / -34 °C TO +177 °C

BB-1 SERIES
BB-1 Series Regulator Drawings
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
LOW PRESSURE MODEL
FILTER *
HIGH PRESSURE MODEL
FILTER *
* Filter is only available for 1/4" NPTF


BB-1 SERIES
BB-1 Series Regulator Flow Charts
BB-1
Low Pressure Model
Low Pressure Model
250 [17.2]
225 [15.5]
BB-13AL3KEA4
200 [13.8]
6000 psig Inlet
[414 bar]
175 [12.1]
150 [10.3]
BB-13AL2KEA4
125 [8.6]
3000
[207]
100 [6.9]
BB-13AL1KEA4 1500 [103]
75 [5.2]
6000 [414]
50 [3.4]
1500 [103]
6000 [414]
25 [1.7]
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
[142] [284] [426] [568] [710] [852] [994] [1136] [1278] [1420]
BB-1
High Pressure Model
High Pressure Model
2000 [138]
1800 [124]
BB-13AH3KEA4
1600 [110]
1400 [96.5]
1200 [82.7]
BB-13AH2KEA4 3000 [207] 6000 psig Inlet
[414 bar]
1000 [69.0]
800 [55.2]
1500 [103] 3000 [207]
600 [41.4]
6000
BB-13AH1KEA4 [414]
400 [27.6]
1500 [103] 3000 [207] 6000
200 [13.8]
[414]
0
16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160
[453] [906] [1359] [1812] [2265] [2718] [3171] [3624] [4077] [4530]

BB-1 SERIES
BB-1 Series Regulator Part Number Selector

BB 1 3 A L3 K E A4
-
OUTLET PRESSURE PORTING
BASIC BODY
FUNCTION LOAD TYPE SEAT O-RING SEAL CONFIGURATION
SERIES MATERIAL
ADJUSTABLE PRESET NUMBER OF PORTS
BB 1 - Pressure 3 - Aluminum A – Adjustable L1 – 0-80 psig 0-80 psig K – PCTFE B – Nitrile, Buna-N A4 – 1/4" NPTF
Reducing 6061 P – Preset 0-5.5 bar 0-5.5 bar 90 Durometer 4 (Figure 1)
L2 – 0-140 psig 80-140 psig P – PEEK B4 – 1/4" SAE
0-9.7 bar 5.5-9.7 bar E – Ethylene 4 (Figure 1)
L3 – 0-220 psig 140-220 psig V – Polyimide Propylene A2 – 1/4" NPTF
0-15.2 bar 9.7-15.2 bar (Vespel®) 2 (Figure 2)
K – FFKM, B2 – 1/4" SAE
H1 – 0-700 psig 220-700 psig Perfluoroelastomer 2 (Figure 2)
0-48.3 bar 15.2-48.3 bar (Kalrez®)
H2 – 0-1200 psig 700-1200 psig
0-82.7 bar 48.3-82.7 bar N – Nitrile, Buna-N
H3 – 0-1800 psig 1200-1800 psig
0-124 bar 82.7-124 bar
U – Polyurethane
V – FKM (Viton®-A)

BE SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DBEXX2025X012
Specifications

6000 psig / 414 bar
150% maximum rated pressure
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.02

Body TESCOM BE Series regulator functions alone, as a pilot
Brass, Nickel-plated Aluminum, 316 Stainless Steel source or can be used to convert most TESCOM low
Piston pressure regulators into a two-stage pressure reducer.
Brass (Brass and Aluminum bodies only)
316 Stainless Steel (316 Stainless Steel bodies only) Applications
Seat
• Rough cut regulator
PTFE, PCTFE, Polyimide
O-Ring • Can be combined with a one-stage regulator to
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene (E.P.), create a two-stage regulator
Urethane
• Tee-ed in for a pilot source
Filter
Bronze, Stainless Steel • Non-venting

OTHER
• Material: Nickel-plated Aluminum, Brass, and
Weight
0.5 lbs / 0.2 kg
316 Stainless Steel
Viton® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. • Positive shut-off for leak integrity
• Reverse decaying inlet characteristic for sensitive
equipment applications
• Preset at factory for a set of standard
operating conditions
• Low flow applications: Cv = 0.02
• 6000 psig / 414 bar inlet, 0-450 psig /
0-31 bar outlet
• Various porting configurations for gauges and
relief valves

BE SERIES
BE Series Regulator Drawing
(reference
pressure) OUTLET
2.92
[74.2]
OPTIONAL INLET GAUGE

PORT LOCATION
INLET INLET
INLET
0.65
[16.5]
ø 1.26
[32]
0.575
[14.6]
1.15
[29.21]


BE SERIES
BE Series Regulator Flow Charts
BE In-line Regulator
600
[41.4] 6000 psig [414 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar] 4500 psig [310 bar]
500
[34.5]
400
[27.6]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
2000 psig [138 bar]
300
[20.7] 3000 psig [207 bar]
200
[13.8]
100
[6.9]
Shown with the “55“ outlet setting.
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398]
FLOW - SCFM [SLPM]
Conventional Single-Stage Regulator Conventional Two-Stage Regulator

vs. vs.
BE In-line Regulator Plus Conventional BE In-line Regulator Plus Conventional
Single-Stage Regulator Single-Stage Regulator
300 250
3000 psig [207 bar]
[20.7] [17.2]
1000 psig [69.0 bar] 2000 psig [138 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]

3000 psig [207 bar]
250 200
[17.2] [12.8]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar]
200 150
[13.8] 6000 psig [414 bar] [10.3]
1000 psig [69.0 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
2000 psig [138 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
150 100
[10.3] [6.9]
1000 psig [69.0 bar] BE plus conventional single-stage
Conventional two-stage regulator
3000 psig [207 bar]
100 50
[6.9] 6000 psig [414 bar] [3.4]
BE with conventional single-stage
conventional single-stage regulator
50 0
[3.4] 0 5 10 15 20
0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50
[2.8] [5.7] [8.5] [11.3] [14.2] [142] [283] [425] [566]
FLOW - SCFM [SLPM]
FLOW - SCFM [SLPM]

BE SERIES
BE Series Regulator Part Number Selector
OPTIONAL ITEMS
- No inlet filter
Inlet filter
F
40 micron Bronze
OUTLET
GAUGE
Inlet filter 40 micron
S
INLET
Stainless Steel
BE 6 25 VC - H - 4 C 4
NOMINAL OUTLET SETTING
BODY AND PORTING INLET,
BASIC P1 psig / bar O-RING SEAT OPERATING
BONNET CONFIGURATION OUTLET AND
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL TEMPERATURE*
MATERIAL (Side View) GAUGE PORTS
1000 / 69.0 3000 / 207 6000 / 414
BE 1 – Brass 05 – 25 / 1.7 60 / 4.1 120 / 8.3 BT – Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F A – no gauge 2 – 1/8" Female
-40°C to 74°C ports NPTF
3 – Nickel- 10 – 50 / 3.4 95 / 6.6 160 / 11.0 VT – FKM (Viton®-A) -15°F to 250°F
plated -26°C to 121°C 4 – 1/4" Female
Aluminum 20 – 160 / 11.0 200 / 13.8 260 / 17.9 ET – E.P. PTFE NPTF
-40°F to 250°F F – one gauge
6 – 316 Stainless 25 – 220 / 15.2 250 / 17.2 330 / 22.8 -40°C to 121°C port B – 1/8" Male NPTF
Steel UT – Urethane -40°F to 165°F
55 – 510 / 35.2 550 / 37.9 600 / 41.4 -40°C to 74°C C – 1/4" Male NPTF
BC – Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 140°F E – 1/8" Female SAE

-40°C to 60°C H – two gauge
ports F – 1/4" Female SAE
VC – FKM (Viton®-A) -15°F to 140°F
-26°C to 60°C
PCTFE H – 1/8" Male SAE
EC – E.P. -40°F to 140°F
-40°C to 60°C I – 1/4" Male SAE
UC – Urethane -40°F to 140°F
-40°C to 60°C Note: 9 – None
Porting
BY – Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F configuration
-40°C to 74°C could restrict
VY – FKM (Viton®-A) -15°F to 400°F gauge port
-26°C to 204°C orientation.
Polyimide
EY – E.P. -40°F to 250°F
-40°C to 121°C
UY – Urethane -40°F to 165°F
-40°C to 74°C
*Brass body is limited to +200 °F (93 °C) maximum.

Aluminum body is limited to +200 °F (93 °C) maximum.

CP32 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DCP321949X012
Specifications

3000 psig / 207 bar
Maximum Outlet Pressure Range
0-500 psig / 0-34.5 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Operating Temperature*
-15°F to 140°F / -26°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.0

Body TESCOM CP3200 Series self-contained pilot-operated
316 Stainless Steel, Brass high flow, high pressure, dome loaded regulator is
Seat and Seal designed for gas flows up to 1200 SCFM /
PCTFE, PTFE 34,000 SLPM.
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A) Applications
Retainer, Seat • Laser assist and resonator gases
Nitronic 60 or Brass
Spring
• Tank purging
316 Stainless Steel
Diaphragm
316 Stainless Steel • High flow or low outlet pressures
Remaining Parts • Balanced main valve design minimizes supply
316 Stainless Steel, Brass pressure effect
• Pilot operation provides fast low-torque
OTHER pressure settings
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Large piston sensor provides excellent sensitivity
Weight • Can be mounted in any position
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
• Low pressure droop
*For extended temperatures from -40°F to 400°F / -40°C to 204°C, consult Tescom.
Viton® and Teflon® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.

CP32 SERIES
CP32 Series Regulator Drawing
OUTLET INLET
psig
4.4
[112]
OUTLET GAUGE
(OPTION “0”) 1/4” NPTF
Ø2.27
[58]
8.04
7.54 PILOT REGULATOR
204
192
OUTLET INLET
3.15
3.11
2.35 80
2.31 79
60
59
Ø2.74 DOME LOADED

[70] REGULATOR
(SLAVE)


CP32 SERIES
CP32 Series Regulator Flow Charts
CP3200 - P1 at higher pressures
600
[41.4]
500 P1 = 3000 psig

[34.5] [207 bar]
400 P1 = 600 psig

[27.6] [41.4bar]
P1 = 2200 psig
300 [152 bar]
[20.7]
200
[13.8]
P1 = 450 psig
[31.0 bar]
100
[6.9] P1 = 400 psig
[27.6 bar]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

[2832] [5663] [8495] [11,327] [14,158] [16,990]
CP3200 - Lower P1 pressures

(CP3214022080-001)
110 [7.6]
100 [6.9]
90 [6.2]
80 [5.5]
70 [4.8] P1 = 400 psig

[27.6 bar]
60 [4.1]
P1 = 200 psig
50 [3.4] [13.8 bar]
40 [2.8]
30 [2.1]
P1 = 50 psig
[3.4 bar]
20 [1.4]
10 [0.69]
P1 = 30 psig
[2.1 bar]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398] [3964] [4531] [5097] [5663]

CP32 SERIES
CP32 Series Regulator Part Number Selector
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more
information.
CP32 1 4 0 2 2 08 0
INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC BODY OUTLET SEAT AND SEAL O-RING GAUGE OPTIONS
OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL (bottom view)
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
CP32 1 – Brass 2 - 0-100 psig 0 – PCTFE, 0 – Nitrile, 2 – NPTF 08 – 1/2" 0 – Outlet Gauge at 90°
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0-6.9 bar PTFE Buna-N 0-1000 psig
2 – FKM 0-69.0 bar
3 - 0-250 psig (Viton®-A)
1 – Outlet Gauge at 90°
0-17.2 bar 0-500 psig
0-34.5 bar
4 – 0-500 psig
0-34.5 bar

0-160 psig
0-11.0 bar

0-300 psig
0-20.7 bar

DA SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DDAXX1798X012
Specifications

4500 psig / 310 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Internal, Bubble-tight
-15°F to 140°F / -25°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06
Maximum Operating Torque TESCOM DA Series absolute pressure reducing
30 in-lbs / 3.4 N•m regulator is designed with an elastomeric diaphragm
and provides accuracy to +/- 0.1 psig / 0.007 bar.
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS This regulator may be used to reduce pressure from
Body a supply source up to 4500 psig / 310 bar into a
Brass or Nickel Plated Aluminum vacuum environment.
Diaphragm
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, or FKM (Viton®-A) Applications
Seat • Instrumentation testing
PTFE ( Inlet 500 psig / 34.5 bar maximum), CTFE, or Polyimide
(Vespel®)
PTFE
Friction Sleeve (outer) • Compact in size and highly sensitive
316 Stainless Steel • Economical
Filter (40 micron)
• Quick response and accurate diaphragm-
316 Stainless Steel
type regulation
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel • Excellent repeatability
• Non-venting
OTHER
• Low operating handknob torque
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Captured bonnet is available
Weight (without gauges) • Panel mounting option is available
Brass: 2.4 lbs / 1.1 kg
Aluminum: 1 lb / 0.5 kg
• Variety of porting options, body materials and
soft goods
1. For extended temperatures from -40°F to 400°F /-40°C to 204°C, consult Tescom.
Viton®, Teflon® , and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.

DA SERIES
DA Series Regulator Drawing


DA SERIES
DA Series Regulator Flow Chart
Model No. DA13XK1BFFF

400
[27.6] INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
360
[24.8]
320
[22.1] 4000 psig [276 bar]
280
[19.3]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
240
[16.5]
200 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[13.8]
160
[11.0]
120
[8.3] 4000 psig
80 1000 psig
[5.5] 500 psig
40 500 psig 4000 psig
1000 psig
[2.8]
500 psig 4000 psig
100 psig [6.9 bar]
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1415]

DA SERIES
DA Series Regulator Part Number Selector

DA 1 3 0 K 1 B 9 A FF9
OUTLET PRESSURE INLET, OUTLET
STANDARD
BASIC BODY RANGES FLOW DIAPHRAGM AND GAUGE
LOAD TYPE SEAT MATERIAL MOUNTING PORTING
SERIES MATERIAL Cv MATERIAL PORT TYPE
CONFIGURATION
STANDARD ABSOLUTE1 AND SIZE
DA Standard 1 – Brass 0 – N/A 50 mm Hg K – PCTFE Inlet 1 – Cv = B – Nitrile, 9 – None A – No gauge B – 1/4" SAE
Pressure Reducing 3 – Aluminum absolute - 4500 psig / 0.06 Buna-N P – Panel ports F – 1/4" NPTF
– Handknob
1 100 psig / 310 bar E – Ethylene Mounting J – 1/4"
adjust 6.9 bar maximum Propylene MS33649
2 – Screwdiver (Dome V – Polyimide
V – FKM
adjust loaded only) (Vespel®) D – Out gauge 9 – None
(Viton®-A)
3 – Captured Inlet 4500 port at 90°

bonnet 1 – 0-15 psig 50 mm Hg psig / 310
Hand adjust 0-1.0 bar absolute - bar maxi-
4 – Captured 15 psig / mum
bonnet 1.0 bar T – PTFE Inlet
Screw adjust 500 psig / B – In and Out
Absolute 2 – 0-50 psig 50 mm Hg 34.5 bar gauge port
Pressure Reducing 0-3.4 bar absolute - maximum at 60°
A – Handknob 50 psig /
60° 60°
adjust 3.4 bar
B – Screwdriver
adjust 3 – 0-100 psig 50 mm Hg L – In and out
C – Captured 0-6.9 bar absolute - gauge port
bonnet 100 psig / at 90°
Hand adjust 6.9 bar
D – Captured
bonnet 4 – 0-350 psig 50 mm Hg
Screw adjust 0-24.1 bar absolute -
E – Dome loaded 350 psig /
(maximum 24.1 bar
dome
pressure
125 psig /
8.6 bar) 1. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute

DG SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DDGXX1969X012
Specifications

300 psig / 20.7 bar
0-20, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150 and 0-250 psig
0-1.4, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3 and 0-17.2 bar
(0-300 psig / 0-20.7 bar dome load only)
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-10°F to 165°F / -23°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 10
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM DG Series single-stage regulator provides a

Body, Bonnet, Back-cap compact size with high flow capability greater than
316 Stainless Steel 1000 SCFM / 28,300 SLPM. The large diaphragm
Main Valve Seat and balanced main valve design provide lower droop
Nitrile, Buna-N 90 Durometer, Ethylene Propylene 80, (larger usable flow range) than competitive designs.
Perfluoroelastomer (Chemraz 75) or FKM (Viton®-A) Available in spring or dome loaded configurations.
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene 80, Perfluoroelastomer Applications
(Chemraz 75) or FKM (Viton®-A) • Purging, blanketing, high flow inerting,
Diaphragm heat-treating and shielding gases
PTFE
• Performs well at very low pressure differentials such
Remaining Parts
as Dewar-supplied processes
300 Series Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60
• Multi-drop breathing air stations
OTHER
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Cv = 10 in a compact design
Weight • Diaphragm sensing provides greater accuracy
35 lbs / 15.9 kg and sensitivity
Viton® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
• Dome/air actuated compatible with TESCOM
Chemraz® is a registered trademark of Greentweed. ER5000 Electropneumatic Controllers

DG SERIES
DG Series Regulator Drawing


DG SERIES
DG Series Regulator Flow Chart
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
P1 = 300 psig
40
[2.8] [20.7 bar]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10 100 psig
[0.69] [6.9 bar] 300
100
100 100
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
[5663] [11,326] [16,989] [22,652] [28,315] [33,978] [39,641] [45,304] [50,967] [56,630]

DG SERIES
DG Series Regulator Part Number Selector
DG H 6 2 E G N 9 2
BODY, SOFT GOODS

OUTLET
BASIC LOAD BONNET, VENT PORT
PRESSURE DIAPHRAGM OPTIONAL
SERIES TYPE BACK-CAP VALVE SEAT TYPE
RANGES O-RING
MATERIAL SEAT
DG D – Dome 6 – 316 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, Buna-N Nitrile, Buna-N 90 Durometer G – PTFE N – Non- C – CCL 2 – NPTF
Load Stainless 0-1.4 bar venting
E – Ethylene Ethylene 9 – None
Steel
1 – 0-50 psig Propylene Propylene 80
H – Spring
0-3.4 bar
Load M – FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer
2 – 0-100 psig (Kalrez®) (Kalrez®)
0-6.9 bar
V – FKM (Viton®-A) FKM (Viton®-A)
3 – 0-150 psig
0-10.3 bar
5 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar
D – 0-300 psig
0-20.7 bar
(Dome load
only)
24 A
PORT
PORTING
SIZE
16 – 1" A – 6 No
gauge
24 – 1-1/2"
ports

C – 6 Two
gauge
ports
at 70°
D – 6 One
gauge
port
at 90°

DH SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DDHXX1910X012
Specifications

500 psig / 34.5 bar
0-20, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150, 0-250 psig
0-1.4, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3, 0-17.2 bar
150% of rated inlet
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-4°F to 165°F / -20°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity DOME LOADED SPRING LOADED
Cv = 5.0

TESCOM DH-Series single-stage regulator provides
Body, Back-cap
a compact size with high flow capability from
5-200 SCFM / 142-5663 SLPM. The large diaphragm
Bonnet and balanced main valve design provide low droop
(larger usable flow range) than competitive designs.
Diaphragm Available in spring or dome loaded configurations.
Ethylene Propylene or Nylon Reinforced, PTFE
Seat Applications
Main Valve: Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FFKM,
Perfluoroelastomer (Chemraz®), FKM (Viton®-A) • Purging, blanketing, high flow inerting, heat treating,
Vent: PCTFE, Polyimide (Vespel®) and shielding gases
O-Rings • Performs well at very low pressure differentials such
Nitrile, Buna-N, E.P., FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Chemraz®), FKM as dewar-supplied processes
(Viton®-A)
• Multi-drop breathing air stations
Remaining Parts
• Available in 316 Stainless Steel or Brass
OTHER
Cleaning • Accurately regulates pressure up to 250 psig /
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 17.2 bar for spring load, 300 psig / 20.7 bar
Weight for dome load and 500 psig / 34.5 bar for air
Stainless Steel: 15 lbs / 6.8 kg load (optional)
Brass: 16 lbs / 7.3 kg • Five outlet pressure ranges
Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.
• Choice of spring load or dome load (air load
Gylon® is a registered trademark of Garlock, Inc. is optional)
• Low droop
• Panel mounting is available

DH SERIES
DH Series Regulator Drawings
SPRING LOAD
(VENTING)
DOME LOAD
(NON-VENTING SHOWN,
VENTING AVAILABLE)


DH SERIES
DH Series Regulator with Flanges Drawing


DH SERIES
DH Series Regulator Flow Charts
DH Series 300 psi Spring Load

Spring Load
160
[11.0]
140
[9.7]
P1 = 300 psig [20.7 bar]
120
[8.3]
100
[6.9]
P1 = 200 psig [13.8 bar]
80
[5.5]
60
[4.1] P1 = 300 psig
40
[2.8] P1 = 200 psig
P1 = 150 psig [10.3 bar]
20
[1.4]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

[2832] [5663] [8495] [11,327] [14,158] [16,990]
200 300 400 500 600

[5663] [8495] [11,327] [14,158] [16,990]

DH SERIES
DH Series Regulator Flow Charts
DH Series 150 psi

Spring Load
Spring Load
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4] P1 = 150 psig [10.3 bar]
40
[2.8]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
30
[2.1]
P1 = 150 psig
20
[1.4] P1 = 100 psig
P1 = 75 psig [5.2 bar]
10
[0.69] P1 = 75 and 100 psig
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

[1416] [2832] [4248] [5663] [7079] [8495] [9911] [11,327] [12,743] [14,158]

DH SERIES
DH Series Regulator Part Number Selector

OUTLET
GAUGE
INLET
DH H 1 0 B E V 9 A 4 4 9
BODY,
O-RING AND
BASIC BONNET, OUTLET DIAPHRAGM VENT SEAT OPTIONAL PORTING INLET, OUTLET,
LOAD TYPE VALVE SEAT
SERIES BACK-CAP PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL ITEMS CONFIGURATION GAUGE PORTS
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
DH H – Spring Loaded, 1 – Brass 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, E – E.P. Nylon C – PCTFE C – CCL A – No gauge ports H – 1/2" NPTF*
Handknob 6 – 316 0-1.4 bar Buna-N Reinforced V – 9 – None Cv = 3.5
W – Spring Loaded, Stainless 1 – 0-50 psig O -Ring G – PTFE Polyimide 3 – 3/4" NPTF
Wrench Steel 0-3.4 bar Nitrile, (Vespel®) B – 2 gauge ports at 60°
D – Dome Loaded 2 – 0-100 psig Buna-N 90 P – Peek 4 – 1" NPTF
(available with 0-6.9 bar Durometer N – Non- 9 – None
Gylon® 3 – 0-150 psig Seat Venting F – 1/4" NPTF
diaphragm 0-10.3 bar E – E.P. O-Ring D – 1 outlet gauge at (for gauge
only) 5 – 0-250 psig E.P. 80 Seat 90° only)
0-17.2 bar M – Chemraz® **
Y – 1/4" HPIC
D – 0-300 psig O-Ring,
(for gauge
0-20.7 bar Chemraz® **
only)
(Dome Load 75 Seat L – 2 gauge ports at 90°
only) V – FKM
(Viton®-A)
* Crossholes for 1/2"
ports limits Cv to 3.5
** FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Chemraz®)
DHW 6 0 B E V A 3 21 1
BODY, PIPE, O-RING AND VALVE SEAT

FLANGE, MATERIAL OPERATING GAUGE
BASIC OUTLET DIAPHRAGM VENT SEAT FLANGE FLANGE FLANGE
BONNET TEMPE- PORT OPTIONS
SERIES PRESSURE VALVE MATERIAL MATERIAL SIZE CLASS FACE
BACK-CAP O-RING RATURE 1/4" NPT
MATERIAL SEAT
DHW 6 – 316 SST 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, Nitrile, -20 to 165°F E – E .P. Nylon C – PCTFE* A – R.H. Inlet 3 – 1" 11 – 150# 1 – RF
0-1.4 bar Buna-N Buna-N 90 -29 to 74°C Reinforced V – Polyimide No gauge ports 21 – 300#
1 – 0-50 psig Durometer G – PTFE (Vespel®)
41 – 600#
0-3.4 bar P – Peek
2 – 0-100 psig E – E.P. E.P. 80 -20 to 200°F N – Non- B – R.H. inlet,
0-6.9 bar -29 to 93°C Venting In & Out gauge
3 – 0-150 psig ports at 60°
0-10.3 bar M – Chemraz Chemraz® ** -20 to 200°F
® **
* The maximum operat-
5 – 0-250 psig -29 to 93°C ing temperature for
PCTFE vent seat mate-
0-17.2 bar rial is 140°F / 60 °C
V – FKM FKM -15 to 200°F
J – R.H. inlet 2
-26 to 93°C
out gauge ports
at 90°


DH-16 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DDH161952X012
Specifications

300 psig / 20 .7 bar
0-20, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150, 0-250, or 0-300 (dome loaded only) psig
0-1 .4, 0-3 .4, 0-6 .9, 0-10 .3, 0-17 .2, or 0-20 .7 bar
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-20°F to 165°F / -29°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 5 .0 SHOWN WITH SANITARY CONNECTIONS

TESCOM DH-16 low pressure, high flow regulator is
Body, Bonnet, Back-cap
designed for applications with flows from
316 Stainless Steel
5-200 SCFM / 141-5663 SLPM . Its Gylon® diaphragm
Diaphragm ensures gas purity and integrity . Welded sanitary,
Ethylene Propylene, PTFE
tubing, or VCR® connections are standard .
Seat, Vent
PCTFE, Polyimide (Vespel®) Applications
Seat, Main Valve
Nitrile, Buna-N 90 Durometer, E .P . 80, Perfluoroelastomer
• Nitrogen purging
(Chemraz 75), FKM (Viton®-A) • Facility tool and equipment for air or nitrogen
O-Rings
Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer Features and Benefits
(Chemraz®), FKM (Viton®-A) • Cv = 5 .0 flow capacity
Remaining Parts
• Gylon® diaphragm
• Low droop, high flow
OTHER • Five outlet pressure ranges
Internal Surface Finish
• Accurately regulates pressures up to 250 psig /
20 Ra microinch / 0 .63 micrometer
17 .2 bar (300 psig / 20 .7 bar for dome loaded)
Connections - Inlet and Outlets
Welded female or male VCR®, tube stubs, sanitary
Connections - Gauges
NPTF
High Purity Internal Connections (H .P .I .C .)
(internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®)
Cleaning
CGA 4 .1 and ASTM G93
Weight
15 lbs / 6 .8 kg
VCR® is a registered trademark of Cajon Co.
and Company.

DH-16 SERIES
DH-16 Series Regulator Drawing
SHOWN WITH TUBE

CONNECTIONS
PART NO. DIMENSION “A” PART NO. DIMENSION “A”

DHX6XXXXXXAAX-16. . . . . . . . 7.25 / 7.13 DHX6XXXXXX66X-16. . . . . . . 9.91/ 9.79
DHX6XXXXXXBBX-16. . . . . . . . 7.25 / 7.13 DHX6XXXXXX77X-16. . . . . . . 9.91/ 9.79
DHX6XXXXXXCCX-16. . . . . . . . 7.25/ 7.13 DHX6XXXXXX88X-16. . . . . . . 9.91/ 9.79


DH-16 SERIES
DH-16 Series Regulator Flow Charts
DH-12 Curves (Taken from 22-5800 HPCD cat. page)
Model No. DHH62BGN9ACC9-16

80 [5.5]
70 [4.8]
60 [4.1]
P1=150 psig
50 [3.4] [10.3 bar]
40 [2.8] 100 [6.9]
30 [2.1] 150 [150]

20 [1.4] 100 [6.9]
10 [0.69] 75 [5.2]
75 and100
[5.2 and 6.9]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2831] [3398] [3964] [4531] [5097] [5663] [6230] [6796]
DH Series 300 psi

Model No. DHH63BGN9ACC9-16
160 [11.0]
140 [9.7]
P1 = 300 psig
120 [8.3]
[20.7 bar]
100 [6.9]
200 [13.8]
80 [5.5]
60 [4.1]
300 [20.7]
40 [2.8]
200 [13.8]
150 [10.3]
20 [1.4]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

[2832] [5663] [8495] [11,327] [14,158] [16,990]

DH-16 SERIES
DH-16 Series Regulator Part Number Selector
OUTLET
GAUGE
INLET
DH H 6 2 B G N 9 A C C 9 -16
BODY, INLET,
BONNET, O-RING AND
BASIC LOAD OUTLET DIAPHRAGM VENT SEAT OPTIONAL GAUGE PORT OUTLET,
AND VALVE SEAT MOD
SERIES TYPE PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL ITEMS CONFIGURATION AND GAUGE
BACK-CAP MATERIAL
MATERIAL PORTS
DH D – Dome 6 – 316 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, E – E.P./ C – PCTFE C – CCL A – No gauge ports A – 1/2" Sanitary1 16
Load Stainless 0-1.4 bar Buna-N Nylon V– P – Panel B – 3/4" Sanitary2
Steel (O-Ring) Reinforced Polyimide Mount C – 1" Sanitary
H – Spring 1 – 0-50 psig
Nitrile, G – PTFE (Vespel®) 9 – None B – Two gauge D – 1 1/2"
Load, 0-3.4 bar
Buna-N 90 P – Peek ports at 60° Sanitary
(Handknob)
2 – 0-100 psig Durometer N – Non- F – 1/4" NPTF
W – Spring 0-6.9 bar (valve seat) venting (gauge only)
Load, E – E.P. M – 1/2" FVCR1
3 – 0-150 psig
(Wrench) (O-Ring) N – 3/4" FVCR2
0-10.3 bar D – One outlet
E.P. 80 P – 1" FVCR
gauge at 90°
5 – 0-250 psig (valve seat) R – 1/2" MVCR1
0-17.2 bar M – Chemraz® ** S – 3/4" MVCR2
(O-Ring) T – 1" MVCR
D – 0-300 psig
Chemraz 75® ** Y – 1/4" HPIC
0-20.7 bar E – Left hand inlet
(valve seat) (gauge only)
(Dome load only) one outlet gauge
V – FKM 6 – 1/2" Tube1
at 90°
(Viton®-A) 7 – 3/4" Tube2
(O-Ring) 8 – 1" Tube
FKM W – 1 1/2" Tube
(Viton®-A) 9 – None
(valve seat)
1. 1/2" port limits regulator Cv to 2.0

2. 3/4" port limits regulator Cv to 3.0

DHF SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DDHFXXX10102XEN2
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
compatible with materials of construction.

580 psig / 40.0 bar
0-20, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150, 0-250, 0-300 psig (dome load only)
0-1.4, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3, 0-17.2, 0-20.7 bar (dome load only)
Leakage
Internal: Bubble-tight TESCOM DHF Series high flow pressure reducing
Flow Capacity regulators come with flanges according to EN 1092
Cv = 5.0 and are suitable for gas service.
-20°F to 165°F / -29°C to 74°C Application
• High flow facility gas supply
Body, Bonnet, Back-cap Features and Benefits
316 Stainless Steel
• Flange connections according to DIN EN 1092-1
Main Valve Seat, O-Ring, Vent Valve Seat, Diaphragm
Type 11 for easy line installation
Seal • Face-to-face dimensions according to DIN EN 558,
PCTFE Row 38
Remaining Parts • Precise pressure control up to 250 psig / 17.2 bar
300 Series Stainless Steel/Nitronic 60
at high flow rates
OTHER • Choice of spring or dome load (e.g. remote

control with ER5000 for lower droop)
19 lbs / 8.6 kg • Gauge ports are available
Vespel® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

DHF SERIES
DHF Series Regulator Drawing
7.7 [MAX. 196]
OUTLET INLET
B
2.1 [52.3]
3.9 [99.3]
7.8 [197]


DHF SERIES
DHF Series Regulator Flow Charts
Spring Load
80
[5.5]
(1) P1= 75 psig [5.2 bar]

(2) P1= 100 psig [6.9 bar]
60 (3) P1= 150 psig [10.3 bar]
[4.1]
40
[2.8] (3)
(2)
20 (3)
[1.4] (2) (2)
(1)
(1)
0
100 200 300 400 500
[2832] [5663] [8495] [11,327] [14,158]
Spring Load
160
[11.0]
120
[8.3] (3)
(1) P1= 150 psig [10.3 bar]
(2) P1= 200 psig [13.8 bar] (2)
80 (3) P1= 300 psig [20.7 bar]
[5.5]
(3)
40
[2.8] (2)
(1)
0
100 200 300 400 500 600
[2832] [5663] [8495] [11,327] [14,158] [16,990]

DHF SERIES
DHF Series Regulator Part Number Selector
MATERIAL
O-RING VALVE SEAT
B - Nitrile, Buna-N Nitrile, Buna-N 90 Durometer
E - Ethylene Propylene Ethylene Propylene 80
M - F FKM, Perfluoroelastomer FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer
(Chemraz®) (Chemraz®) 75
V - FKM (Viton®-A) FKM (Viton®-A)
FLANGE EN 1092-1
DHF D 6 1 V G C 9 M B A E
BODY,
INLET
BONNET VENT
BASIC OUTLET DIAPHRAGM OPTIONAL AND “B” FLANGE GAUGE PORT
LOAD TYPE AND SEAT
SERIES PRESSURE MATERIAL ITEMS OUTLET [±2] TYPE OPTIONS
BACK-CAP MATERIAL
PORT TYPE
MATERIAL
DHF D – Dome 6 – 316 0-20 psig E – Ethylene

0 – C – PCTFE Y – FDA* L – DN 20 4.13 B – Form B - A – None
loaded Stainless 0-1.4 bar Propylene/ compliant [105] raised
V – Polyimide
(available Steel Nylon soft goods face
0-50 psig
1 – (Vespel®) M – DN 25 4.52
with reinforced
0-3.4 bar 9 – None [115] D – Form D - B – 1/4" NPTF
Gylon® P – PEEK
G – PTFE ring at 60°
diaphragm 0-100 psig
2 –
Non-venting
N – joint 1 x out
only) 0-6.9 bar
1 x in
H – Spring
0-150 psig
3 –
loaded 60° 60°
0-10.3 bar
(hand-
knob) 0-250 psig
5 –
0-17.2 bar D – 1/4" NPTF
W – Spring
1 x out
loaded 0-300 psig
D –
(wrench) 0-20.7 bar
* FDA only for:
Diaphragm (Gylon)
O-ring / valve seat (Ethylene Propylene)
Vent seat (PEEK) or non-venting

DK SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DDKXX2022X012
Specifications
DK AIR LOAD
OPERATING PARAMETERS SHOWN WITH
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3 THE ER5000

1000 psig / 69.0 bar
Air Load: 0-600 psig / 0-41.4 bar
Dome Load: 0-700 psig / 0-48.3 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.35 DK DOME LOAD

TESCOM DK Series regulator improves control
Body, Bonnet, Back-cap Ring and resolution at medium flow and pressures.
Brass, 316 Stainless Steel The DK can be paired up with the TESCOM 26-1600
Diaphragm and O-Rings regulator for remote control capability or combined
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FKM (Viton®-A) with the TESCOM ER5000 for remote automated and
Seat, Main Valve precise pressure control to ±0.1%.
PCTFE, PTFE, Polyimide (Vespel®)
Filter Applications
40 micron Sintered Brass, 316 Stainless Steel • Component testing and development
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel, Brass
• Flow meter calibration
• Burst and proof testing
OTHER • Superplastic metal forming
Connections • Vacuum forming
NPTF, SAE
Cleaning
• Catheter testing or rupture disk testing
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Sensor and gauge calibration and test
Weight • Coating applications
Dome Load: 3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
Air Load: 5.5 lbs / 2.5 kg
Teflon®, Viton® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de
Nemours and Company. • Segregated and captured venting
• High flow capacity

DK SERIES
DK Series Regulator Drawing
DOME LOAD
AIR LOAD


DK SERIES
DK Series Regulator Flow Chart
225
[15.5]
200
[13.8]
P1 = 500 psig
[34.5 bar]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125 500 psig

[8.6] [34.5 bar]
100
[6.9] 200 psig
[13.8 bar]
75
[5.2] 500 psig
[34.5 bar]
200 psig
50
[13.8 bar]
[3.4]
25
500 psig
[1.7] [34.5 bar]
200 psig
200 psig [13.8 bar]
[13.8 bar]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [850] [991] [1133] [1274] [1416] [1557] [1699]

DK SERIES
DK Series Regulator Part Number Selector
GAUGE 1/4"
OUTLET
INLET
DK D 1 6 C V V 9 A G G 9
BODY,
OUTLET DIAPHRAGM
BASIC BONNET, VALVE SEAT PORT SIZE
LOAD TYPE PRESSURE OR O-RING VENTING OPTIONAL PORTING
SERIES BACK-CAP MATERIAL AND TYPE
RANGE MATERIAL
MATERIAL
DK D – Dome load 1 – Brass Air load only C – PCTFE B–N

itrile, V - Segregated 9 – None A – No gauge ports A – 1/4" SAE
6 – 0-600 psig Buna-N (captured
A – Air load 6 – 316 0-41.4 bar T – PTFE port 1/8") B – 3/8" SAE
Stainless E – E.P.
Steel Dome load only V – Polyimide B – Two gauge ports C – 1/2" SAE
7 – 0-700 psig (Vespel®) V – FKM at 60°
0-48.3 bar (Viton®-A) F – 1/4" NPTF

G – 3/8" NPTF
D – One outlet gauge H – 1/2" NPTF

at 90°
9 – None


FR-2000 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DFR201759X012
Specifications

500 psig / 34.5 bar
0-15, 0-30, 0-75, 0-150 psig / 0-1.0, 0-2.1, 0-5.2, 0-10.3 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: < 2 x 10 -8 atm cc/sec He
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.8

TESCOM FR-2000 Series regulator is extremely
Body
accurate and designed for high flow at low outlet
316 Stainless Steel
pressure. Diffusion-resistant metal diaphragm seal
Seat
ensures gas purity and leak integrity.
FEP, PTFE
Retainer Seat Application
Nitronic 60
O-Ring
• Low pressure purge
PTFE
Diaphragm
316 Stainless Steel • Accurate and designed to provide high flow at low
Spring control pressure
316 Stainless Steel
• High-flow, Cv = 1.8
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel • Metal-to-metal sealed diaphragm
• Dome loaded version is available
OTHER • Gauge ports are available
Cleaning
6.0 lbs / 2.7 kg

FR-2000 SERIES
FR-2000 Series Regulator Drawing


FR-2000 SERIES
FR-2000 Series Regulator Flow Chart
90
[6.2]
75
[5.2]

60
[4.1]
45
[3.1]
30
[2.1]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
15
200 psig
[1.0]
500 psig
200 psig
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [849] [991] [1132] [1274] [1415] [1557] [1699]

FR-2000 SERIES
FR-2000 Series Regulator Part Number Selector

FR-20 6 0 - 2 08 2 -
INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC OUTLET PRESSURE MAXIMUM INLET
BODY MATERIAL OUTLET OUTLET OPTIONS
SERIES RANGES PRESSURE
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
FR-20 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 0-15 psig / 0-1.0 bar 2 – NPTF 08 – 1/2" 2 – 500 psig / 34.5 bar -017 – Piston style dome load
1 – 0-30 psig / 0-2.1 bar 12 – 3/4" -019 – 1/4" gauge port at 90°
2 – 0-75 psig / 0-5.2 bar

3 – 0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar

HIGH PRESSURE POINT-OF-USE
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DCATLABO12163XEN2
Specifications

6000 psig / 414 bar
0-1500 psig / 0-103 bar
0-2500 psig / 0-172 bar
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Leak Rate
<10-9 mbar l/s TESCOM High Pressure Point-of-Use regulator is a
44-1800 Series pressure reducing regulator that is
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS spring loaded, hand operated and piston sensed.
Body
Brass or 316 Stainless Steel
Application
Seat • Analyzers with high outlet pressures in Laboratory
PTFE and R&D
O-Ring
FKM (Viton®-A) (AMS 7287 Fluorocarbon) Features and Benefits
Back-up Ring • Compact and ergonomic design
PTFE
• Easy installation with wall mounting plate
Remaining Parts
Brass and 300 Stainless Steel • Venting is optional
OTHER
2 lbs / 0.9 kg
and Company.

High Pressure Point-of-Use Drawing


High Pressure Point-of-Use Flow Chart
MODEL 44-1812-24
2500
[172]
1
2000
[138] INLET P1 = psig [bar]

1 = 3000 [207]
2 = 1500 [103]
1500 3 = 500 [35]
[103]
1
1000
[69] 2
1
500
[35] 2
2
3
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1416]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [LPM] Nitrogen

High Pressure Point-of-Use Regulator Part Number Selector

44-18 1 2 - 2 4 V - 139
BODY MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE VENT OPTION MODIFICATION
44-18 1 – Brass 1 – 0-1500 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" N – Non-venting 139

6 – Stainless Steel 0-103 bar V – Venting
2 – 0-2500 psig
0-172 bar
Kits
VENTING NON-VENTING
NON METALLIC 389-3117 389-3521
REPAIR 389-3116 389-3520

LABO-F and DOPPELREGULUS
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases up to purity 5.0 (99.999 Vol %)
Labo-F and Doppelregulus: 2900 psig / 200 bar
LABO-F
Control Pressure Ranges
Labo-F:
22 psig / 1.5 bar
58 psig / 4.0 bar
145 psig / 10.0 bar
290 psig / 20.0 bar
Doppelregulus:
14.5 psig / 1.00 bar
22 psig / 1.5 bar
0.73 psig / 50 mbar
1.45 psig / 100 mbar
7.25 psig / 500 mbar DOPPELREGULUS
OTHER
Connection
Inlet: According to DIN 477-1 TESCOM Labo-F and Doppelregulus cylinder
Outlet: Compression fitting ø 6 mm with hose nozzle 6 mm pressure regulators are for applications with
Weight medium flow requirements (Labo-F) or low outlet
Labo-F: 5.7 lbs / 2.6 kg
Doppelregulus: 8.6 lbs / 3.9 kg
pressures (Doppelregulus).
Applications
• Universal use - for all technical gases (gas purity up
to 5.0)
• Precise control of low outlet pressures
• Control of low outlet pressures

• Single-stage Labo-F includes shut-off valve for high
flow capacity (up to 50 m3/h)
• Dual-stage Doppelregulus provides millibar
pressure control
• Five different setpoints for outlet pressure

INLET
8.70 [221]
LABO-F and DOPPELREGULUS
Outlet
Labo-F and Doppelregulus Regulator Drawing
LABO-F DOPPELREGULUS
max. 4.88 [124] max. 4.76 [121]

5.59 [142] 5.79 [147]
6.77 [172]
INLET
8.70 [221]
Outlet
INLET
Outlet
4.53 [115]
13.3 [338]
max. 4.88 [124] max. 4.76 [121]
Labo-F and Doppelregulus Regulator Part Number Selector


6.77 [172]
D43150 - 12 - 05 2
BASIC SERIES GAS OUTLET PORT CONNECTION CONTROLLED PRESSURE RANGE
D43150 Labo-F 02 – Nitrogen 00 – Without connectionOutlet

G 3/8" female 1 – 22 psig / 1.5 bar
INLET
08 – Air 05 – Compression fitting ø 6 mm with hose nozzle 2 – 58 psig / 4.0 bar
09 – Synthetic air ø 6 mm separately 3 – 145 psig / 10.0 bar
12 – Oxygen 4 – 290 psig / 20.0 bar
13 – Nitrous oxide
4.53 [115]
15 – CO2 and inert gases

16 – Flammable gases
17 – Calibration gases Note: Other outlet connections are available
D50711 - 12 - 0050 05
13.3 [338]
BASIC SERIES GAS CONTROLLED PRESSURE RANGE OUTLET PORT CONNECTION
D50711 Doppelregulus 02 – Nitrogen 0050 – 0.73 psig / 50 mbar 05 – Compression fitting ø 6 mm with hose
08 – Air 0100 – 1.45 psig / 100 mbar nozzle ø 6 mm separately
09 – Synthetic air 0500 – 7.25 psig / 500 mbar
12 – Oxygen 1000 – 14.5 psig / 1.00 bar
13 – Nitrous oxide 1500 – 22 psig / 1.5 bar
15 – CO2 and inert gases
16 – Flammable gases (except Propane and Acetylene)
17 – Calibration gases
Note: Other outlet connections are available
42 – Compressed air - 4350 psig / 300 bar
Accessories
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
D50810 Sealing ring for O2 and Synthetic air

D50809 Sealing ring for non-corrosive gases
D41414 Sealing ring for calibration mixture, Nitrous oxide
D41681 Nozzle 6 mm

LINE PRESSURE REDUCER 6.0
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases and mixtures up to purity 6.0
(99.9999 Vol%) Brass and Stainless Steel
For corrosive gases in Stainless Steel
D45001: 3500 psig / 241 bar and 400 psig / 27.6 bar
D45002: 3000 psig / 207 bar and 500 psig / 34.5 bar
D45001: 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
0-247 psig / 0-17.0 bar
0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar
0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar
0-500 psig / 0-34.5 bar
D45002: 0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar
TESCOM Line Pressure Reducers (Purity 6.0) are based
0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar on the reliable and precise 44-2200 and 44-3200 Series.
0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar These units are supplied with compression fittings and a
0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar pressure gauge for the outlet pressure.
0-200 psig / 0-13.8 bar
Leakage Rate Against Atmosphere Applications
10-8 mbar l/sec He
• Line pressure control
Flow Capacity
D45001 Cv = 0.06 (HP), 0.15 (LP) • Second stage regulator in gas supply lines
D45002 Cv = 1.0
-40°F to 158°F / -40°C to 70°C • Pre-assembled with gauge, compression
fittings included
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS • Increased safety and reliability due to metal-to-
Body metal seal with Stainless Steel diaphragm
Brass or 316L Stainless Steel
• High flow capacity with excellent control
Bonnet
capabilities at D45002
Nickel-plated Brass, Stainless Steel (optional)
Seat
• Optional presetting of outlet pressure
PTFE • Suitable for panel installation
OTHERS
Body Connections
D45001: 2 x NPTF 1/4"
D45002: 2 x NPTF 1/2"
Gauge(s): NPTF 1/4"
Connection
Fittings see ordering information
D45001: 2.4 lbs / 1.1 kg
D45002: 4.0 lbs / 1.8 kg
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

Line Pressure Reducer 6.0 Regulator Drawing
OUTLET GAUGE
OUTLET GAUGE
(high inlet pressure) INLET GAUGE
(high inlet pressure)
OUTLET INLET
D45002
D45001
ø2.27 [57.7]
ø2.27 [57.7]
5.91 [150.2]
5.51 [140.1]
5.38 [136.5]
4.88 [123.8]
OUTLET INLET
OUTLET INLET
1.02 [25.9]
0.75 [19.1] 0.98 [24.9]
ø1.98 [50.3] ø2.59 [65.7]

ø2.7 [68.6]
2 x M5 0.875
0.28 [7.1] [22.2] 2 x M6
full thd. 0.3 [7.6]
full thd.
1.375 [34.9]
HOLE PATTERN
HOLE PATTERN
0.875
[22.2] 1.375
ø0.203 [34.9]
[5.2]

Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets ø0.28 [7.1]

Line Pressure Reducer 6.0 Regulator Flow Charts
D45001
250
[17.2] P1 = psig [bar]
1
200
[13.8] 1 = 500 [34.5] or 1000 [69.0] or 3000 [207]
2 = 100 [6.9]
150
[10.3] 1
100 1
[6.9]
50
[3.4]
1
2
0 14 28 42 57 71 85 99 113 127
[396] [793] [1189] [1614] [2010] [2407] [2803] [3200] [3596]
D45002
250
[17.2]
P1 = psig [bar]
200 3000 [207]

[13.8]
500 [34.5]
150
[10.3]
3000 [207]
100
[6.9]
500 [34.5]
50
[3.4]
3000 [207] + 500 [34.5]
0 100 200 300 400

[2832] [5663] [8495] [11,326]

Line Pressure Reducer 6.0 Regulator Part Number Selector
D45001 - 1 - 2 - 1

BASIC SERIES MATERIAL INLET PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE
D45001 1 – Brass 1 – 3500 psig / 241 bar1 1 – 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
6 – Stainless Steel 2 – 400 psig / 27.6 bar2 2 – 0-247 psig / 0-17.0 bar
3 – 0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar
4 – 0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar
5 – 0-500 psig / 0-34.5 bar
D45002 1 – Brass 1 – 3000 psig / 207 bar1 0 – 0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar
6 – Stainless Steel 2 – 500 psig / 34.5 bar2 1 – 0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar
2 – 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
1. With inlet and outlet pressure gauge 3 – 0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar
2. With outlet pressure gauge
4 – 0-200 psig / 0-13.8 bar
Accessories
D45001 D45002
SCREW FITTING
Brass Stainless Steel Brass Stainless Steel
For tube 6 mm D42048 D43777 ---- ----

For tube 8 mm D42183 D44987-8-1-4-6 ---- ----
For tube 10 mm D42047 D44987-10-1-4-6 D44987-10-1-8-1 D44987-10-1-8-6
For tube 12 mm D44987-12-1-4-1 D44987–12-1-4-6 D44987-12-1-8-1 D44987-12-1-8-6

MINILABO 2
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive / corrosive gases and mixtures up to 6.0
(99.9999 Vol%) purity

580 psig / 40.0 bar
22, 58, 145 psig / 1.5, 4.0, 10.0 bar
Leak Rate
10-8 mbar l/s He
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C
Nominal Flow Rate
100 LPM based on Nitrogen
TESCOM MiniLabo 2 Point-of-Use regulator for non-
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS corrosive/corrosive gases and mixtures up to 6.0
(99.9999 Vol %) purity with a compact, modular and
Body
316L Stainless Steel or Chrome-plated Brass
ergonomic design.
Diaphragm
Applications
Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)
• Reduction of line pressure to working pressure
OTHERS • Laboratory, R&D and analyzer applications
Porting Inlet or Outlet • Suitable for ECD (Electronic Capture
G 1/4" Female Detector) applications
Valve Outlet G 1/8" Female
Optional with Adapter 1/4" NPT Features and Benefits
Inlet or Outlet Connections
• Clear indication of open/closed position (90°) of
shut-off valve
Mounting
Wall Mounting Plate 75x100 mm Aluminum Grey/White • Minimal space for installation required because
Cleaning pressure regulator and shut-off valve are
Cleaned for Oxygen Service integrated in one body
Weight (approximate) • Reduced internal volume, short purging times
Stainless Steel: 2.6 lbs / 1.2 kg • Modular design featuring a pressure regulator,
Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc.
®
gauge, 1/4 turn shut-off valve and metering valve
Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Corp. • Easy installation due to wall mounting plate

MINILABO 2
MiniLabo 2 Regulator Horizontal Drawings
Wall Mounted Version Furniture Installation Version

(with wall plate)
5.9 [150] 7.1 [181]
FURNITURE
4 WALL
4
1
5.2 [134]
5.2 [134]
MiniLabo 2 horizontal
with shut-off valve
INLET
2 2
5.9 [150] 7.1 [181]
FURNITURE
4 WALL
1 4
6.7 [170]
with shut-off valve
6.7 [170]
and diaphragm metering valve
5 5
INLET
2 2
5.9 [150] 7.1 [181]
FURNITURE
4 WALL
1 4
with shut-off valve
and flame arrestor
9.4 [240]
9.4 [240]
INLET
2 6 2 6
1 Plug G 1/4“
2 Shut-off Valve
3 Needle Metering Valve
4 Low Pressure Gauge
5 Metal Diaphragm Metering Valve
All dimensions are reference & nominal 6 Flame Arrestor

MINILABO 2
MiniLabo 2 Regulator Vertical Drawings
Wall Mounted Version Furniture Installation Version

(with wall plate)
FURNITURE
WALL
INLET
1 1
MiniLabo 2 vertical 2 2
with shut-off valve
(also available with
7.2 [182]
7.2 [182]
diaphragm metering valve,
needle metering valve or OUTLET OUTLET
flame arrestor)
INLET
4.7 [120] 4.3 [109]

All dimensions are reference & nominal 1 Shut-off valve
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets 2 Low pressure gauge
Accessories for Wall Mounting D43342
2.95 [75]
D43342 Wall mounting plate, grey white, thickness 6 mm D43342
D43371 Kit countersunk screws + dowels for wall plate 3.94 [100]
D42663
D42663-00-X Wall plate, Brass, including elbow compression fitting 6, 8, or 10 mm
D42663-22-X Wall plate, Stainless Steel, including elbow compression fitting 6, 8, or 10 mm
V09166 Wall plate cover D42663
D42572 Gas label (please, state gas type)
MiniLabo 2 Regulator Flow Chart

145
[10.0]
116
[8.0]
87
[6.0]
58
[4.0]
29
[2.0]
0
1.8 3.5 5.3
[50] [100] [150]

MiniLabo 2 Regulator Part Number Selector

D43483 - AR - 03 - D 1
BASIC SERIES TYPE OF GAS OUTLET CONNECTION INLET CONNECTION PRESSURE RANGE
05 - Compression Fitting ø 6 mm with hose connection ø 6 mm
G - Compression fitting 10 mm with wall mounting plate
K - Compression fitting 12 mm with wall mounting plate

F - Compression fitting 8 mm with wall mounting plate
J - Compression fitting 6 mm with wall mounting plate
5 - 72.5 psig / 5 bar not for Acetylene and Hydrogene

E - G 1/4" female top with wall mounting plate
3 - 145 psig / 10 bar not for Acetylene
4 - 43.5 psig / 3 bar not for Acetylene

2 - 58 psig / 4 bar not for Acetylene
03 - Compression Fitting ø 6 mm
C - G 3/8" metal cone fitting top

02 - Compression Fitting ø 1/8"
04 - Compression Fitting ø1/4"
D - G 3/8" ball cone bottom

00 - None (G 1/4" internal)
B - G 3/8" ball cone rear

23 - Carbon monoxide
H - G 1/4" female rear
1 - 21.8 psig / 1.5 bar

A - G 1/4" female top
AK - Corrosive gases
AR - Other gases
22 - Acetylene*
20 - Ammonia*
AO - Oxygen
MiniLabo 2 Horizontal Brass

D43372 Brass X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
D43374 Brass, metal diaphragm
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
metering valve
D43375 Brass flame arrestor X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X** X X**
MiniLabo 2 Horizontal Brass with Shut-Off Valve
D43376 Brass, shut-off valve X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
D43378 Brass, shut-off valve,
metal diaphragm X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
metering valve
D43379 Brass, shut-off valve,
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X** X X**
flame arrestor
MiniLabo 2 Horizontal Stainless Steel
D43482 Stainless Steel X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
D43483 Stainless Steel,
metal diaphragm X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
metering valve
MiniLabo 2 Horizontal Stainless Steel with Shut-Off Valve
D43484 Stainless Steel,
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
shut-off valve
D43485 Stainless Steel, shut-off
valve, metal diaphragm X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
metering valve
MiniLabo 2 Vertical Brass
D43380 Brass, shut-off valve X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
D43381 Brass, shut-off valve
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
with needle valve
with metal diaphragm X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
metering valve
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
with flame arrestor
X available
* Only for outlet pressure 22 psig / 1.5 bar
** Not for Acetylene and Hydrogen
Gas specific label available on request. Please mention gas type when ordering.

ULTRA HIGH PURITY MINILABO 2
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
For corrosive and non-corrosive gases and mixtures
580 psig / 40.0 bar
22, 58, 145 psig / 1.5, 4.0, 10.0 bar
Leakage Rate Against Atmosphere
10-8 mbar l/sec He each connection
Nominal Flow Rate
1-200 LPM based on Nitrogen
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM Ultra High Purity MiniLabo 2 is a point-of-use

Material regulator for high purity applications with a compact,
Body: 316L Stainless Steel modular ergonomic design. All connections are
Diaphragm: Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) / Nickel Alloy 1/4" Internal VCR® for reduced leak rates.
(Hastelloy®)
Seat Applications
Valve: PCTFE
Pressure Reducer: PTFE • High purity applications
• Reduces line pressure to working pressure
OTHER • Laboratory, research & development and
Cleaning analyzer applications
Cleaned for Oxygen Service
Inlet and Outlet: 1/4" HPIC
High Purity Internal Connection (HPIC) designed for use with • Minimized internal volume
1/4" swivel VCR® (or compatible fittings)
Gauge: 1/4" Internal VCR® • All connections are 1/4" Internal VCR® for reduced
Weight (approximate) leak rates
2.7 lbs / 1.2 kg • Compact and economical design
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. • Ease of use by ergonomic handwheels
VCR® is a registered trademark of Swagelok. • Pressure regulator and 1/4 turn shut-off valve
integrated in one body
• Includes low pressure gauge and a wall
mounting plate
• Suitable for gases up to purity 6.0

Ultra High Purity MiniLabo 2 Regulator Drawing
5.9 [150]
2.9 [74]
3.9 [99] 5.6 [142]


Ultra High Purity MiniLabo 2 Regulator Flow Chart
145
[10.0]
116
[8.0]
87
[6.0]
58
[4.0]
29
[2.0]
0 1.8 3.5 5.3

[50] [100] [150]

Ultra High Purity MiniLabo 2 Regulator Part Number Selector

D45372 - 2
BASIC SERIES PRESSURE RANGE
D45372 1 22 psig / 1.5 bar

MiniLabo 2 Ultra High Purity 2 58 psig / 4.0 bar
3 145 psig / 10.0 bar
Point-of-use regulator with wall mounting plate and metal diaphragm
Accessories for Wall Mounting
D43371
Kit countersunk screws + dowels for wall plate
Supplied with D45372-x

PS-3400 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DPS341793X012
Specifications

3000 psig / 207 bar
0-25, 0-50, 0-100 and 0-150 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9 and 0-10.3 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: Design to meet < 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.05
30 inch-lbs / 3.4 N•m TESCOM PS-3400 Series is a compact high purity
two-stage cylinder regulator with tied diaphragms for
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS low flows of toxic, flammable and pyrophoric gases.
Diffusion-resistant metal diaphragm seal ensures gas
Body
purity and integrity.
316 Stainless Steel
Bonnet
Application
316 Stainless Steel
Diaphragm • For toxic, corrosive and pyrophoric cylinder gases
316 Stainless Steel
Seat
PCTFE (1st stage), PFA (2nd stage) • Excellent decaying inlet characteristic:
Friction Sleeves 0.06/100 psig or 0.004/6.9 bar inlet change
Outer: 316 Stainless Steel • Positive seal design
Inner: PTFE
Remaining Parts
• Captured bonnet ports
316 Stainless Steel • Both diaphragms are convoluted for greater
accuracy and sensitivity
OTHER • Metal-to-metal diaphragm to body seal to
Connections minimize diffusion
1/4" NPTF
• Diaphragm-to-valve link enhances seat
Cleaning
sealing integrity
3 lbs / 1.4 kg
NOTE:

PS-3400 SERIES
PS-3400 Series Regulator Drawing
OUTLET INLET
GAUGE GAUGE
OUTLET INLET
INTERSTAGE
RELIEF PORT
2.27
58
CONTROL KNOB
PANEL (REF.)
.25 MAX. THK. WITH
1 PANEL NUT 2ND STAGE
ORDER PANEL NUTS LOAD SPRING
SEPARATELY, P/N 8686-1.
CONVOLUTED
316 SST WELDED
DIAPHRAGM TIED
VALVE STEM
INTERSTAGE
PRESSURE
90O FROM VIEW 8.47
1/16 NPTF
2ND STAGE 7.87
(RANDOM MAIN VALVE
BODY
215
ORIENTATION) 200
OUTLET INLET
1ST STAGE
MAIN VALVE 3.33
3.23
85
82
CONVOLUTED
316 SST WELDED
DIAPHRAGM TIED
VALVE STEM
1ST STAGE
LOAD SPRING
2.11
2.10
54
53


PS-3400 SERIES
PS-3400 Series Regulator Flow Chart
Model No. PS34XX-24 E.I. 0629

150
[10.3]
140
[9.7] PS3462-24
130
[9.0]
120
[8.3]
110
[7.6] PS3463-24
100
[6.9]
PS3462-24
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5]
PS3462-24 and PS3463-24
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4] PS3461-24 and PS3462-24
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
PS3461-24
20
[1.4]
PS3460-24
10
[0.69]
PS3460-24
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0
[7.1] [14.2] [21.2] [28.3]

PS-3400 SERIES
PS-3400 Series Regulator Part Number Selector
PS34 6 0 2 4
-
INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
PS34 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 0-25 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4"

0-1.7 bar
1 – 0-50 psig
0-3.4 bar
2 – 0-100 psig
0-6.9 bar
3 – 0-150 psig
0-10.3 bar

REGULUS 3
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases, oxygen and liquid gases, recommended for
gas purity up to 5.0, not suitable for acetylene

290 psig / 20.0 bar
0.15-1.5 inch-Hg / 5-50 mbar*
0.3-3 inch-Hg / 10-100 mbar
1.5-15 inch-Hg / 50-500 mbar
1.5-14.5 psig / 0.10-1.00 bar
2.2-21.8 psig / 0.15-1.5 bar
Flow Capacity
See flow curves
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C TESCOM Regulus 3 in-line pressure reducer is
for CO maximum 104°F / 40°C extremely sensitive (mbar range) for gas purity up to
5.0 (99.999 Vol %) with positive shut-off seal.
Body Applications
Nickel-plated Brass • Where very low outlet pressure is requested in
Diaphragm combination with low flows
EPDM, wetted side PFEP covered
• Point-of-use regulator in central gas supply systems
Seat
NBR • In machines or in combination with a first-stage
reducer as a cylinder pressure reducer
OTHER • Laboratory and production testing
Connections
Inlet: G 1/2" Female thread Features and Benefits
Outlet: G 1/2" Female thread
• Precise pressure control in the mbar range
Gauge: G 1/2" Female thread
Weight • Accurate and reliable pressure control
2.9 lbs / 1.3 kg • Positive shut-off seal
*Minimum inlet pressure of 3.0 bar required
Warning: Don’t use for acetylene

REGULUS 3
Regulus 3 Regulator Drawing
G1/2
approximately 10.6±0.39 [270.15±10]

approximately 6.94±0.39 [176.15 ±10]
Inlet Outlet
G1/2 G1/2
4.51 [114.65]
5.94 [151]
approximately 6.46 ±0.04 [164±1]
Accessories
Pos. Part Number Description

1 D50367 Screw fitting G 1/2"
2 7232784 Gauge Brass 100-60/50 mbar
2 7232795 Gauge Brass 100-60/50 mbar O2 1+4
2 7232785 Gauge Brass 100-160/100 mbar
2 7232796 Gauge Brass 100-160/100 mbar O2
2 7232786 Gauge Brass 100-600/500 mbar
2 7232787 Gauge Brass 100-1.6/1 bar
2 7232798 Gauge Brass 100-1.6/1 bar O2
3+4 3+4
2 7232788 Gauge Brass 100-2.5/1.5 bar
2 7232799 Gauge Brass 100-2.5/1.5 bar O2
3 D41604 Fitting Brass G 1/2" - 8 mm
3 D40080 Fitting Brass G 1/2" -10 mm
3 D40081 Fitting Brass G 1/2" -12 mm
5
4 D01722 Seal ring G 1/2"
5 D13134 Wall bracket
5 D13133 Panel mounting

REGULUS 3
Regulus 3 Regulator Flow Charts
2.0
[138]
P1 = psig [bar]
1.8
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [mbar]
[124]
290 [20.0]
1.5
[103] 145 [10.0]
ar]
[b
1.2 72.5 [5.0]
ig
[83]
ps
14.5 [1.0]
290 [20.0]
e =0
0.9
ur
145 (10.0)
ss
[62]
re
rp
te
72.5 [5.0]
0.6
un
co
[41] 14.5 [1.0]
r
e a
fo
rv
0.3 it cu
[21] w lim
Flo
0 0.7 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.5 4.2 4.9 5.7 6.4

[20] [40] [59] [79] [99] [119] [139] [161] [181]
21.5
[1.5] P1 = psig [bar]
290
72.5 [20.0]
14.5 [5.0]
[1.00] 145
[10.0]
145
[10.0]
290 ]
ar
[20.0] [b
7
72.5 ig
290 [5.0] ps
[0.5] 0
[20.0] =
145 ure
ss
[10.0] pre
n ter
ou
72.5 ac
[5.0] e for
14.5
urv
[1.0] l im it c
Flow
0 7 14 21 28 35 42
[198] [396] [595] [793] [991] [1189]

REGULUS 3
Regulus 3 Regulator Part Number Selector

D50708 - 0050 - 12 - M
BASIC SERIES OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES INLET AND OUTLET CONNECTIONS ACCESSORIES
D50708 0050 - 0.15-1.5 inch-Hg / 5-50 mbar 00 – None None – without gauge with screw plug
0100 - 0.3-3 inch-Hg / 10-100 mbar 08 – Screw fitting G 1/2", 8 mm, Brass M – with gauge
0500 - 1.5-15 inch-Hg / 50-500 mbar 10 – Screw fitting G 1/2", 10 mm, Brass W – with wall bracket D13134
1000 - 1.5-14.5 psig / 0.10-1.00 bar 12 – Screw fitting G 1/2", 12 mm, Brass MW – with gauge and wall bracket D13134
1500 - 2.2-21.8 psig / 0.15-1.5 bar

REGULUS 4
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases up to gas purity 5.0 (99.999 Vol %)

290 psig / 20.0 bar
0.07-0.73 psig / 5-50 mbar
0.73-7.25 psig / 50-500 mbar
2.9-22 psig / 0.20-1.5 bar
14.5-58 psig / 1.00-4.0 bar
Nominal Flow
Max. 72 (m3/h air)
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM Regulus 4 dual-stage pressure reducer,

with an integrated relief valve, is extremely sensitive
Body
Aluminum
(mbar range) for gas purity up to 5.0.
Diaphragm
Butyl Rubber with PTFE coating
Applications
Seat • Can be used as an in-line pressure reducer
NBR • Suitable for non-corrosive gases
• Suitable for Oxygen service
OTHER
• Commonly used in production testing
Port Types and Sizes
Inlet:
Adapter: M16 x 1.5
Body: G 3/4" • Regulation in mbar range
Outlet: G 1 1/4"
• Dual-stage for constant outlet pressure
Gauge: G 1/2"
Relief Valve: L12, DIN 3853 (M18 x 1.5 + cone) • Accurate pressure regulation
Connections • High flow up to 1200 SLPM (air)
• Integrated relief valve
Weight
9.3 lbs / 4.2 kg

REGULUS 4
Regulus 4 Regulator Drawing
5.83 [148]
G 1/2
G 3/4
INLET OUTLET
M16 x 1.5 G 1 1/4

19.29 [490] 4.0 bar [58 psig] version
16.53 [420] standard
M18 x 1.5

7.17 [182] Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
8.74 [222]
Accessories
Pos. Part Number Description
1 E08791 Plug G 1/2"
2 7232784 Gauge Brass 100-60/50 mbar
2 7232795 Gauge Brass 100-60/50 mbar O2 2
2 7232786 Gauge Brass 100-600/500 mbar
2 7232788 Gauge Brass 100-2.5/1.5 bar
2 7232799 Gauge Brass 100-2.5/1.5 bar O2
2 7233081 Gauge Brass 100-6/4 bar O2 1
6 5
3 D10069 Inlet connection M16 x 1.5-G 3/8"
8 9
without filter
4 D40161 Fitting Brass G 3/8"-8 mm
4 D40078 Fitting Brass G 3/8"-10 mm
4 D40865 Fitting Brass G 3/8"-12 mm 4 3
4 V01699 Profile seal G 3/8"
5 D13462 Inlet connection M16 x 1.5-G 1/2" 10
6 V03807 Soldering connection G 3/4"-8mm
7*
6 D07384 Cu-profile seal G 3/4"
7* D51721-NFG Filter
7* D51721-FG Filter
7* D51721-O2 Filter
8 D17292 Adapter G 1 1/4"-G 1 1/4" *Remove inlet adapter if use of external filter D51721-XXX is required
9 V09130 Soldering connection G 1 1/4"-28 mm
10 D17873 Wall mounting bracket

REGULUS 4
Regulus 4 Flow Charts
29
[2.0] Pv = psig [bar]
21.8
145 [10.0],
[1.5] 290 [20.0]
73 [5.0]
14.5
[1.00] 44 [3.0]
7.3
145 [10.0]
[0.50]
44 [3.0]
Flow limit curve for

a counter pressure
0 18 35 53
[500] [1000] [1500]
Pv = psig [bar]
0.72
[50]
0.58 145 [10.0]

[40]
7 [0.5]
0.44
[30] 73 [5.0]
0.29 e
ur
[20] r ess
r p
nt e
0.14 ou
o r ac
[10] ve f
i t cur
li m
Flow
0 18 35
[500] [1000]

REGULUS 4
Regulus 4 Part Number Selector
D42320 - 12 - 24 - M
BASIC SERIES OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES GAS OUTLET CONNECTIONS GAUGE
D42300 0.07-0.73 psig / 5-50 mbar 12 – Oxygen 00 – Without M – Gauge

D42320 0.73-7.25 psig / 50-500 mbar 15 – Non-flammable gases 24 – Adapter G 1 1/4" and --- – No gauge,
D42840 2.9-22 psig / 0.20-1.5 bar 16 – Flammable gases soldering connection for with plug G 1/2"
D17880 14.5-58 psig / 1.00-4.0 bar tube Ø 28 mm

REGULUS STAINLESS STEEL
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive and corrosive gases up to gas purity 5.0
(99.999 Vol %) which are compatible with the material
of construction
116 psig / 8.0 bar
0.4-1.7 psig / 28-117 mbar
1.2-4.6 psig / 83-317 mbar
2.9-11.6 psig / 200-800 mbar
Nominal Flow
50 SLPM / 3 m3/h TESCOM Regulus Stainless Steel in-line pressure
100 SLPM / 6 m3/h reducing regulator provides accurate regulation in mbar
150 SLPM / 9 m3/h range without external energy.
-4°F to 176°F / -20°C to 80°C Application
• For applications where very low outlet pressures
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS are requested in combination with low to
Body medium flows
Stainless Steel
Diaphragm Features and Benefits
EPDM • Regulation in mbar range without external energy
Seat
EPDM
• Accurate and precise pressure control
• Flow up to 150 SLPM / 9 m³/h
OTHER • Positive seal design for leak-tight shut-off
Port Types and Sizes
• Gauge port is standard
Inlet: G 1/2
Outlet: G 1/2
Gauge: G 1/2
Weight
3.3 lbs / 1.5 kg

REGULUS STAINLESS STEEL
Regulus Stainless Steel Drawing
5.51 ± 0.19 [140 ± 5]
ISO228/1-
G1/2
1.57 ± 0.39
[40 ± 10]
ISO228/1-G1/2
ISO228/1-G1/2
5.12 ± 0.39
[130 ± 10]
Accessories
Part Number Description
40187781 Gauge Ø100, 0-3.6 psig / 0-250 mbar
G 1/2, Stainless Steel
632.05-E-MAEUZZ Gauge Ø100, ES G 1/2,
0-7.3/8.7 psig / 0-500/600 mbar
Regulus Stainless Steel Flow Chart

5.8
[400]
116 psig [8.0 bar] Inlet
4.4
[303]
58 psig [4.0 bar]
2.9
[200] 14.5 psig [1.00 bar]
1.5
[103] 116 psig [8.0 bar]
58 psig [4.0 bar]
14.5 psig [1.00 bar]
0 1.75 3.5 5.25 7.0 8.75

[50] [100] [150] [200] [250]
Regulus Stainless Steel Part Number Selector


D44595-320
ORDERING NUMBER OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES
D44595-120 0.4-1.7 psig / 28-117 mbar

D44595-320 1.2-4.6 psig / 83-317 mbar
D44595-800 2.9-11.6 psig / 200-800 mbar

SG1 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DSG012031X012
Specifications
For questions about this product, please consult TESCOM.
Pressure rating per criteria of CGA E-4; ASME B31; ASME BPVC

Cv = 0.06: 4500 psig / 310 bar
Cv = 0.2: 3000 psig / 207 bar
15, 25, 50, 125, 250 psig
103, 172, 345, 862, 1724 kPa
1.0, 1.7, 3.4, 8.6, 17.2 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: Designed to meet
< 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He / < 2 x 10-8 mbar l/s He
PCTFE seat: -40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Polyimide* seat: -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C TESCOM SG1 Series is a compact, lightweight
Flow Capacity high purity single-stage regulator for specialty and
Cv = 0.06, 0.2 industrial gases. Sensitive, extra long-life metal
diaphragm ensures gas purity and integrity. User-
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS friendly model number enables the specifier to select
Body optional gauges, relief and shut-off valves, and cylinder
316L Stainless Steel, Nickel-Plated Brass connections as part of the regulator assembly.
Seat
PCTFE, Polyimide* Applications
Diaphragm
316L Stainless Steel, Neoprene • Laboratory and Point-of-Use Gas Systems in
Filter medical, pharmaceutical, food and beverage, and
10 micron nominal sintered Bronze other high purity applications
10 micron nominal sintered 316 Stainless Steel • Process analyzer gases, metal fabrication and
Seal specialty and industrial gas cylinders
PTFE or Nitrile, Buna-N
Brass, 300 Series Stainless Steel
• Cartridge valve design incorporates a 10 micron
OTHERS filter that protects the regulator seat and makes
Connections
service simple
Inlet and outlet: 1/4" NPTF • Optional neoprene diaphragm provides exceptional
Accessories: 1/4" NPTF sensitivity for precise pressure control
Cleaning
Weight
2.4 lbs / 1.1 kg
and Company. Meldin® is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain.
*Per ASTM D 6456-99 Type II Class 1M (Meldin® 7021 or Vespel® SP-21)
NOTE:

SG1 SERIES
SG1 Series Regulator Drawing
5 Ports
(Top view) INLET 6
[152] MAX 0.69
[17.5]
55°
Ø2
[51] OPTIONAL
INLET FITTING
5.2 OPTIONAL Ø 2.46 Ø2

[132.8] GAUGE [62.5] [51]
OPTIONAL
RELIEF VALVE 3 1
IN OUTLET
ACCESSORY PORT
OPTIONAL
OUTLET VALVE
55°
55°
3.2
[82] DIAPHRAGM VALVE SHOWN
OUTLET
5.04
[128.2]
4 Ports Bottom Mounting

(Top view)
INLET INLET
Ø2
OPTIONAL [51]
GAUGE
0.87
[22.2]
OPTIONAL
RELIEF VALVE 3
IN OUTLET
ACCESSORY PORT M5 X 0.8 (2)
3.94
[100]
OUTLET
6.18
[157]


SG1 SERIES
SG1 Series Regulator Flow Charts
Cv = 0.06 Model
Metal Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
[13.8]
500 psig [34.5 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
100
[6.9]
3000 psig [207 bar]
75
[5.2]
50
[3.4] 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793] [906] [1019] [1133] [1246] [1359] [1472] [1586] [1699] [1812] [1926] [2039] [2152]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]

35
[2.4]
30
[2.1]
25
[1.7] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
20
[1.4]
15 200 psig [13.8 bar]

[1.0]
10 3000 psig [207 bar]

3000 psig [207 bar]
[0.69] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
5 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[0.35] 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
0
4 8 12 16 20
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566]

SG1 SERIES
Cv = 0.06 Model
Neoprene Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
[13.8] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]

500 psig [34.5 bar]
175 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
100
[6.9] 200 psig [13.8 bar]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
75
[5.2] 3000 psig [207 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
50
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793] [906] [1019] [1133] [1246] [1359] [1472] [1586] [1699] [1812] [1926] [2039] [2152] [2265] [2379] [2492]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40 P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]

[2.8]
35
[2.4] 200 psig [13.8 bar]
30
[2.1]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
25
[1.7] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
20
[1.4]
15 1000 psig [69.0 bar]

[1.0] 3000 psig [207 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
10
[0.69] 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
5 500 psig [34.5 bar]

[0.35] 200 psig [13.8 bar]
0
4 8 12 16 20
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566]

SG1 SERIES
Cv = 0.20 Model
Metal Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
[13.8] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]

175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125 500 psig [34.5 bar]

[8.6] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
100
[6.9]
75
200 psig [13.8 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
[5.2] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
50 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793] [906] [1019] [1133] [1246] [1359] [1472] [1586] [1699] [1812] [1926] [2039] [2152] [2265] [2379] [2492] [2605]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
35
[2.4]
P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
30
[2.1]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
25
[1.7] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
20
[1.4]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
15
[1.0] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
10
[0.69]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
5 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[0.35]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793]

SG1 SERIES
Cv = 0.20 Model
Neoprene Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
200
[13.8]
175
[12.1]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
150
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
100
[6.9] 200 psig [13.8 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
75
[5.2] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
50
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793] [906] [1019] [1133] [1246] [1359] [1472] [1586] [1699] [1812] [1926] [2039] [2152] [2265] [2379] [2492]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
40
[2.8]
35
[2.4]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
30
[2.1] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
25
[1.7]
20
[1.4] 3000 psig [207 bar]
15 1000 psig [69.0 bar]

[1.0] 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
10 3000 psig [207 bar]

[0.69]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
5 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[0.35]
0
4 8 12 16 20
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566]

SG1 SERIES
SG1 Series Regulator Part Number Selector
Base Model
SG1 6 3 1 4 1 [Blank]
BASIC BODY DIAPHRAGM SEAL PORTS FLOW SEAT
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES P1
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL (TOP VIEW) Cv MATERIAL
SG1 P – Nickel-Plated 1 – 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar1 1 – 316L Stainless PTFE 4 – 4 port 1 – 6 0.06 4500 psig [Blank] – PCTFE
Brass 2 – 25 psig / 172 kPa / 1.7 bar Steel 31,026 kPa V – Polyimide2
6 – 316L Stainless 3 – 50 psig / 345 kPa / 3.4 bar 2 – Neoprene Nitrile, 310 bar
OUTLET INLET
Steel 4 – 125 psig / 862 kPa / 8.6 bar Buna-N 2 – 6 0.2 3000 psig
5 – 250 psig / 1724 kPa / 17.2 bar 20,684 kPa
207 bar
5 – 5 port
OUTLET INLET
1. Consider a two-stage regulator (SG2) if using full range of inlet pressure capabilities
2. Per ASTM D 6456-99 Type II Class 1M (Meldin® 7021 or Vespel® SP-21)
Accessories
Extension to base model part number:
SG1XXXXXX — 06 A 1 A
BASE MODEL NUMBER CYLINDER

GAUGES 4 RELIEF VALVE3 OUTLET VALVE
CONNECTIONS
00 – None 0– None A – None 0 – None
01 – CGA 296 P– Plug(s) P – Plug A – Diaphragm valve
02 – CGA 350 A– psi / kPa 1 – PTFE Pipe-away B – Needle valve
C1 – CGA 510 B– bar / psi
03 – CGA 540
04 – CGA 580
05 – CGA 590
C2 – CGA 660
06 – DIN 477-1.1
07 – DIN 477-1.3
08 – DIN 477-1.5
09 – DIN 477-1.6
10 – DIN 477-1.7
11 – DIN 477-1.8
12 – DIN 477-1.9
13 – DIN 477-1.10
14 – DIN 477-1.14
15 – DIN 477-5.54
16 – DIN 477-5.57
17 – DIN 477-5.59
19 – BS 341 (2002) #02
20 – BS 341 (2002) #03
21 – BS 341 (2002) #04
23 – BS 341 (2002) #06
24 – BS 341 (2002) #07
25 – BS 341 (2002) #08
27 – BS 341 (2002) #10
28 – BS 341 (2002) #11
30 – BS 341 (2002) #13 Note: Cylinder connections are available in all world areas.
31 – BS 341 (2002) #14
32 – BS 341 (2002) #15
3. The relief valve is not intended to be a “Pressure Relief Device” as defined by ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code - Section VIII, nor is it intended to be
a “Safety Accessory” or “Pressure Limiting Device” as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU). The relief valve is intended to indicate a potential
problem with the regulator and prevent further damage to the regulator. The relief valve is not intended to protect the downstream process equipment.
4
GAUGE PRESSURE RANGES
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE OUTLET GAUGE PRESSURE RANGE
SG1X1XXXX – 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar 0-30 psig / 200 kPa / 2 bar
INLET PRESSURE RANGE INLET GAUGE PRESSURE RANGE
All 6000 psig / 41,000 kPa / 400 bar

SG1 SERIES
SG1 Series Rebuild Kits
Rebuild Kits include replacement cartridges, diaphragms, diaphragm seals, lubrication and instruction sheet.
KIT PART NUMBER FOR SG PART NUMBER
JT389-8927 SG1PX1X1
JT389-8928 SG1PX1X2
JT389-8929 SG1PX2X1
JT389-8930 SG1PX2X2
JT389-8931 SG16X1X1
JT389-8932 SG16X1X2
JT389-8933 SG16X2X1
JT389-8934 SG16X2X2
JT389-8927V SG1PX1X1V
JT389-8931V SG16X1X1V
JT389-8932V SG16X1X2V
JT389-8933V SG16X2X1V
JT389-8934V SG16X2X2V

SG2 SERIES
Specifications

4500 psig / 310 bar
15, 25, 50, 125, 250 psig
103, 172, 345, 862, 1724 kPa
1.0, 1.7, 3.4, 8.6, 17.2 bar
Leakage
External: Designed to meet < 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
PCTFE seat: -40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Polyimide* seat: -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06 TESCOM SG2 Series is a compact, lightweight, high
purity two-stage cylinder regulator for specialty,
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS flammable and industrial gases. Sensitive, extra long-
Body life metal diaphragm ensures gas purity and integrity.
316L Stainless Steel, Nickel-Plated Brass User-friendly model number enables the specifier to
Seat
select optional gauges, relief and shut-off valves, and
PCTFE, Polyimide* cylinder connections as part of the regulator assembly.
Diaphragm
316L Stainless Steel, Neoprene
Applications
Filter • Laboratory and Point-of-Use Gas Systems in
10 micron nominal sintered Bronze medical, pharmaceutical, food and beverage and
10 micron nominal sintered 316 Stainless Steel other high purity applications
Seal • Process analyzer gases, metal fabrication and
specialty and industrial gas cylinders
Remaining Parts
Brass, 300 Series Stainless Steel Features and Benefits
• Cartridge valve design incorporates 10 micron
OTHERS filter to protect the regulator seat and makes
Connections service simple
Inlet and outlet: 1/4" NPTF
Accessories: 1/4" NPTF • Optional neoprene diaphragms provide exceptional
Cleaning sensitivity for precise pressure control
Weight
4.0 lbs / 1.8 kg
and Company. Meldin® is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain.
*Per ASTM D 6456-99 Type II Class 1M (Meldin® 7021 or Vespel® SP-21)
NOTE:

SG2 SERIES
6 Ports INLET
8.4
(Top view) [213]
55°
2 OPTIONAL
[51] INLET FITTING
ACCESSORY
INLET PORT
5.2 OPTIONAL 2.5

[132] GAUGE OPTIONAL [63.5]
RELIEF VALVE 2
(INTERSTAGE RELIEF PORT)
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
OUTLET OUTLET VALVE
VALVE
55° 60°
3.2 DIAPHRAGM VALVE AS SHOWN

[81]
OUTLET
4.4
[112.3]


SG2 SERIES
Cv = 0.06 Model
Metal Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
[13.8]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
100 500 psig [34.5 bar] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
[6.9] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
75
[5.2]
200 psig [13.8 bar]
50
500 psig [34.5 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
35
[2.4]
30 P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]

[2.1] 200 psig [13.8 bar]
200 psig [13.8 bar]
25
500 psig [34.5 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[1.7]
20
[1.4]
15 500 psig [34.5 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]

[1.0]
3000 psig [207 bar]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
10
[0.69]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
5 3000 psig [207 bar]
[0.35]
0
4 8 12 16
[113] [227] [340] [453]

SG2 SERIES
Cv = 0.06 Model
Neoprene Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
200
[13.8]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
175 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
125
[8.6] 3000 psig [207 bar]
100 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[6.9]
75
[5.2]
50
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16
[113] [227] [340] [453]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
200 psig [13.8 bar]

35 P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
[2.4]
30
[2.1]
25
[1.7]
20 1000 psig [69.0 bar]

[1.4]
15 500 psig [34.5 bar]

200 psig [13.8 bar]
[1.0] 3000 psig [207 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar]
10
200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[0.69]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
5
[0.35]
0
4 8 12
[113] [227] [340]

SG2 SERIES
Base Model
SG2 6 3 1 0 0 [Blank]
BASIC BODY DIAPHRAGM SEAL PORTS SEAT
Cv
SERIES MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES MATERIAL MATERIAL (TOP VIEW) MATERIAL
SG2 P – Nickel-Plated 1– 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar 1 – 316L Stainless PTFE 0 – 6 Port 0 – 0.06 [Blank] – PCTFE
Brass 2– 25 psig / 172 kPa / 1.7 bar Steel V – Polyimide1
6 – 316L Stainless 3– 50 psig / 345 kPa / 3.4 bar 2 – Neoprene Nitrile, OUTLET INLET
Steel 4– 125 psig / 862 kPa / 8.6 bar Buna-N

5– 250 psig / 1724 kPa / 17.2 bar
INTERSTAGE ACCESSORY
(RELIEF) INLET
Accessories 1. Per ASTM D 6456-99 Type II Class 1M (Meldin® 7021 or Vespel® SP-21)

SG2XXXXXX — 06 A 1 A
BASE MODEL NUMBER CYLINDER
GAUGES 3
RELIEF VALVE 2
OUTLET VALVE
CONNECTIONS
00 – None 0– None A – None 0 – None
01 – CGA 296 P– Plug(s) P – Plug A – Diaphragm Valve
02 – CGA 350 A– psi / kPa 1 – PTFE Pipe-away B – Needle Valve
C1 – CGA 510 B– bar / psi
03 – CGA 540
04 – CGA 580
05 – CGA 590
C2 – CGA 660
06 – DIN 477-1.1
07 – DIN 477-1.3
08 – DIN 477-1.5
09 – DIN 477-1.6
10 – DIN 477-1.7
11 – DIN 477-1.8
12 – DIN 477-1.9
13 – DIN 477-1.10
14 – DIN 477-1.14
15 – DIN 477-5.54
16 – DIN 477-5.57
17 – DIN 477-5.59
19 – BS 341 (2002) #02
20 – BS 341 (2002) #03
21 – BS 341 (2002) #04
23 – BS 341 (2002) #06
24 – BS 341 (2002) #07
25 – BS 341 (2002) #08
27 – BS 341 (2002) #10
28 – BS 341 (2002) #11
30 – BS 341 (2002) #13
31 – BS 341 (2002) #14 Note: Cylinder connections are available in all world areas.
32 – BS 341 (2002) #15
2. The relief valve is not intended to be a “Pressure Relief Device” as defined by ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code - Section VIII, nor is it intended to be
a “Safety Accessory” or “Pressure Limiting Device” as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU). The relief valve is intended to indicate a potential
3
All 6000 psig / 41,000 kPa / 400 bar

SG2 SERIES
Rebuild Kits include replacement cartridges, diaphragms, diaphragm seals and instruction sheet.
JT389-8935 SG2PX100
JT389-8936 SG2PX200
JT389-8937 SG26X100
JT389-8938 SG26X200
JT389-8935V SG2PX100V
JT389-8936V SG2PX200V
JT389-8937V SG26X100V
JT389-8938V SG26X200V

SG3 SERIES
Specifications

4500 psig / 310 bar
15, 50, 125, 250 psig
103, 345, 862, 1724 kPa
1.0, 3.4, 8.6, 17.2 bar
Leakage
External: Designed to meet < 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.0
TESCOM SG3 Series is a compact, lightweight,
flammable and industrial gas flows of 5-200 SCFM /
Body
141-5600 SLPM. Sensitive, extra long-life metal
316L Stainless Steel, Nickel-Plated Brass
diaphragm ensures gas purity and integrity.
Seat
Exceptionally low decaying inlet characteristic
PCTFE
provides a stable outlet pressure as inlet pressure
Diaphragm
varies. User-friendly model number enables the
316L Stainless Steel or Neoprene
specifier to select optional gauges, relief and
Filter
shut-off valves and cylinder connections as part of the
10 micron nominal sintered Bronze
regulator assembly.
10 micron nominal sintered 316 Stainless Steel
Seal Applications
Remaining Parts
• Laboratory and Point-of-Use Gas Systems in
Brass, 300 Series Stainless Steel medical, pharmaceutical, food and beverage and
other high purity applications
OTHERS • High flow, high purity air (CDA and APR) in
Connections semiconductor and biotech facilities
Inlet and outlet: 1/2" NPTF
Accessories: 1/4" NPTF Features and Benefits
Cleaning • Optional neoprene diaphragm provides exceptional
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 sensitivity for precise pressure control
Weight
• Cartridge valve design incorporates 10 micron
5.5 lbs / 2.5 kg
filter to protect the regulator seat and makes
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. service simple
NOTE:

SG3 SERIES
5 Ports
(Top view)
55° 6.6
2 [168]
[51]
INLET
5.7 OPTIONAL 2.5 1 2.8

[144.5] GAUGE OPTIONAL [62.5] [72]
RELIEF VALVE 1
IN OUTLET
ACCESSORY PORT
OUTLET
55° 55°
3.4
[87.5]
5.8
[147]
4 Ports Bottom Mounting

(Top view)
INLET INLET
2
[51]
OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL RELIEF VALVE 1
GAUGE IN OUTLET
ACCESSORY PORT
M5 X 0.8 (2)
4.2
[106.8] 1.4
OUTLET
[35]
179.4
[7]


SG3 SERIES
Cv = 1.0 Model
Metal Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
[13.8]
175 P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]

[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
100
[6.9]
75
[5.2]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
50 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[3.4] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
25
[1.7]
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5663] [7079] [8495] [9911]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
35
[2.4]
30 P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]

[2.1]
25 1000 psig [69.0 bar]

[1.7]
20 200 psig [13.8 bar]

500 psig [34.5 bar]
[1.4]
15
[1.0] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
10
[0.69] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
200 psig [13.8 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar]
5
[0.35]
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398] [3964] [4531]

SG3 SERIES
Cv = 1.0 Model
Neoprene Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200 P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]

[13.8]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
125 1000 psig [69.0 bar]

[8.6]
100
[6.9]
75 200 psig [13.8 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]

[5.2] 500 psig [34.5 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
50
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5663] [7079] [8495] [9911] [11,327]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]

35
[2.4]
30
[2.1]
500 psig [34.5 bar] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
25
[1.7]
200 psig [13.8 bar]
20
[1.4]
15
[1.0]
10
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[0.69] 3000 psig [207 bar]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
5 200 psig [13.8 bar]
[0.35]
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398] [3964] [4531]

SG3 SERIES
Base Model
SG3 6 3 1 4 0
BASIC BODY DIAPHRAGM SEAL PORTS 2
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES Cv
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL (TOP VIEW)
SG3 P – Nickel-Plated Brass 1 – 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar 1 – 316L Stainless Steel PTFE 4 – 4 port 0 – 1.0
6 – 316L Stainless Steel 3 – 50 psig / 345 kPa / 3.5 bar 2 – Neoprene Nitrile, Buna-N
4 – 125 psig / 862 kPa / 8.6 bar OUTLET INLET
5 – 250 psig / 1724 kPa / 17.2 bar
5 – 5 port
OUTLET INLET
Accessories
SG3XXXXX — 0 0 A 1 0
BASE MODEL NUMBER GAUGES 2 RELIEF VALVE1
0 – None A – None
P – Plug(s) P – Plug
A – psi / kPa 1 – PTFE Pipe-away
B – bar / psi
1
The relief valve is not intended to be a “Pressure Relief Device” as defined by ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code - Section VIII, nor is it intended to be a “Safety
Accessory” or “Pressure Limiting Device” as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU). The relief valve is intended to indicate a potential
2
SG3X1XXX – 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar 0-30 psig / 200 kPa / 2 bar
All 6000 psig / 41,000 kPa / 400 bar

SG3 SERIES
Rebuild Kits include replacement cartridges, diaphragms, diaphragm seals, lubrication and instruction sheet.
JT389-8939 SG3PX1X0
JT389-8940 SG3PX2X0
JT389-8941 SG36X1X0
JT389-8942 SG36X2X0

SJS SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DSJSX1904X012
Specifications

500 psig / 34.5 bar
Maximum Reference Pressure
400 psig / 27.6 bar
Maximum Outlet Pressure - Bias and Reference
500 psig / 34.5 bar
Bias Pressure Range
0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
Design Outlet Proof Pressure
150% of maximum rated SJS REGULATOR SHOWN WITH THE
Operating Temperature 42MW WELDED DIAPHRAGM
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C INSTRUMENT ISOLATOR (OPTIONAL)
Leakage
External: design to meet < 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
Flow Capacity TESCOM SJS Series is excellent for use on dual
Cv = 0.12
mechanical pump seal systems to help control fugitive
emissions, prolong seal life, increase safety, and
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS reduce seal maintenance costs. The SJS is commonly
Body used with the 42MW Series instrument isolator.
316 Stainless Steel
Seats Application
Pressure Reducing: PTFE
Backpressure: Polyimide (Vespel®) • Dual mechanical seal differential pressure control
Friction Sleeve
Inner: PTFE Features and Benefits
Outer: 316 Stainless Steel • Maintains accurate differential pressure when
Diaphragms incorporated into a double seal system
Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®)
Remaining Parts • Tracks upsets in system pressure and decreases
316 Stainless Steel downtime by increasing seal life
• NACE compatible version available:
OTHER Modification number -01
Connections
• Available with optional 42MW Welded Diaphragm
1/4" NPTF inlet, outlet, and vent ports
Instrument Isolator
2 lbs / 0.9 kg
Teflon®, Viton®, Kalrez®, and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company.

SJS SERIES
SJS Series Regulator Drawing


SJS SERIES
SJS Series Typical Application
NITROGEN (N2)
INLET
OUTLET (TRACKING PRESSURE + BIAS)
TESCOM SJS SERIES REGULATOR

VENT
PRESSURIZED SEAL OIL POT

STUFFING BOX PRESSURE
(TRACKING PRESSURE)
TESCOM 42MW INSTRUMENT

ISOLATOR (OPTIONAL)
STUFFING BOX PRESSURE

(TRACKING PRESSURE)
PROCESS SIDE
DOUBLE SEAL SYSTEM

SJS SERIES
SJS Series Regulator Part Number Selector
SJ S 6 5 V E A O E FFF
INLET, VENT,
BASIC OUTLET O-RING DIAPHRAGM FITTINGS
TYPE BODY MATERIAL SEAT MATERIAL PORTING AND OUTLET
SERIES PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL OPTION
PORT TYPE
SJ S – Screwdriver 6 – 316 Stainless 5 – 500 psig E – Ethylene E – 6 Cobalt A – Pressure O – No E – 90° Vent FFF – 1/4" NPTF
Adjustment Steel 34.5 bar Propylene Chrome Reducing: fittings
Max. (Bias + K – Kalrez® ** Nickel Alloy PTFE F – Fittings
Ref. Pressure) V – FKM (Eligiloy®) Backpressure:
(Viton®-A) Polyimide
(Vespel®)
B – Pressure
Reducing:
PTFE
Backpressure:
PTFE
** FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)

WEGA 1 & 2
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases and gas mixtures up to 6.0 (99.999 Vol %) purities
WEGA 1
Stainless Steel versions for calibration gases with NH3, SO2, or NO
content (ppm range)
2900 psig / 200 bar
4350 psig / 300 bar (optional)
Single-stage: 7.3-58, 14.5-145, 29-290 psig
0.50-4.0, 1.00-10.0, 2.0-20.0 bar
Dual-stage: 1.5-22, 7.3-58, 14.5-145 psig
0.10-1.5, 0.50-4.0, 1.00-10.0 bar
10-8 mbar l/s He
Nominal Flow
10 m3/h (depending on pressure and gas)
Inlet Connection WEGA 2
According to DIN 477-1 (2900 psig / 200 bar) or
DIN 477-5 (4350 psig / 300 bar)
Other national standards on request
Outlet Connection
Regulator: G 1/4" female
Valve: G 1/8" female
Standard Outlet Connection Mounted TESCOM single-stage WEGA 1 and dual-stage WEGA 2
6 mm compression fitting including 6 mm hose connector
cylinder pressure regulators are for gas purities up
Options at Outlet
to 6.0 quality. A relief valve is integrated into the
Diaphragm metering valve
body for low internal gas volume. Both models are
lightweight with a compact design.
Body
Stainless Steel 1.4404 / 316L or Nickel-plated Brass
Applications
Diaphragm • Reduction of high pressure gases in storage cylinders
316L Stainless Steel to a low operating pressure
Relief Valve • For calibration gases with NH3, SO2, or NO content
FKM

OTHER
Weight
• Maximum inlet pressure of 2900 psig / 200 bar or
Wega 1: 3.30 lbs / 1.5 kg 4350 psig / 300 bar (new 4350 psig / 300 bar cylinder
Wega 2: 4.20 lbs / 1.9 kg technique)
• Modular inlet and outlet connectors offers versatility
• Relief valve integrated into the body
• Dual-stage version avoids decaying inlet
pressure deviation
• Low internal gas volume
• Compact dual-stage version

WEGA 1 & 2
WEGA 1 and 2 Adjustable Regulator Drawings
WEGA 1 - SINGLE-STAGE
4 5
6.1
3
6
3 6.3
1 2 6.2
WEGA 2 - DUAL-STAGE
4 5
6.1
3
2 3 6
1 6.2 4 6.3
1 - BASIC UNIT 4 - HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE (P1) 6.1 - COMPRESSION FITTING

2 - INLET CONNECTION 5 - LOW PRESSURE GAUGE (P2) 6.2 - DIAPHRAGM METERING VALVE
3 - PRESSURE ADJUSTING HANDWHEEL 6 - OUTLET CONNECTION 6.3 - DIAPHRAGM SHUT-OFF VALVE

WEGA 1 & 2
WEGA 1 and 2 Regulator Flow Charts
290
[20.0]
WEGA 1
Inlet (P1) = psig [bar]
232
[16.0] 4350 [300]
174 2900 [200]

[12.0]
116 4350 [300]

[8.0] 2900 [200]
58 4350 [300]
[4.0] 2900 [200]
0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49
[198] [396] [595] [793] [991] [1189] [1388]
174
[12.0]
145 WEGA 2
[10.0] Inlet (P1) = psig [bar]
4350 [300]
116
[8.0]
87
[6.0]
58
[4.0] 2900 [200]
29
[2.0] 2900 / 4350 [200 / 300]
0 3.5 7 11 14 18
[9.9] [198] [311] [396] [510]
Notice
If you do not want to use the ordering system it is important to specify the following items:
• Gas or gas mixture
• Inlet pressure (P1): 2900 or 4350 psig / 200 or 300 bar
• Outlet pressure (P2): check last column of ordering information
• Flow per minute or hour
• Outlet connection e.g. compression fitting, hose connector, none (= female thread)
• Options such as shutoff or metering valve
• For CO or gas mixtures containing CO, please choose Stainless Steel version

WEGA 1 & 2
WEGA 1 and 2 Part Number Selector

D45170 - NS - 44 - 3
INLET CONNECTION DEPENDING ON
BASIC SERIES OUTLET CONNECTION PROCESS GAS RANGE OUTLET PRESSURE
NATIONAL STANDARDS
D45170 - WEGA 1 single-stage, Available inlet connectors / Cylinder valve standards: 00 – G 1/4'' female 1 – 1.5-22 psig*** / 0.10-1.5 bar
Nickel-plated Brass DIN 477-1- 2900 psig / 200 bar Germany 05 – 6 mm fitting, with 6 mm hose connector 2 – 7.3-58 psig / 0.50-4.0 bar
D45176 - WEGA 2 dual-stage, DIN 477-5- 4350 psig / 300 bar Germany 08 – 8 mm fitting, with 8 mm hose 3 – 14.5-145 psig / 1.00-10.0 bar
Nickel-plated Brass NEN 3268 Netherlands connector***, * 4 – 29-290 psig**** / 2.0-20 bar
D45173 - WEGA 1 single-stage, BS 341 U.K. 44 – With diaphragm metering valve, 6 mm
Stainless Steel AFNOR / NF E 29-650 France fitting, with 6 mm hose connector**
D45179 - WEGA 2 dual-stage, CGA-V1 U.S.A. 62 – With diaphragm shut-off valve,
Stainless Steel UNI 11144 Italy 6 mm fitting, with 6 mm hose connector

* Only Brass
For other standards, please consult TESCOM. ** Only Stainless Steel
*** Only dual-stage
**** Only single-stage
- Please specify gas to identify inlet connector according to national standards.

- For gas mixtures, please consult your gas supplier for the connection number or cylinder valve thread.
- Please reference “Cylinder Valve Connections” in the TESCOM catalog for additional information.
- For CO or gas mixtures containing CO, please select Stainless Steel.
REPAIR KITS:
PART NUMBER REGULATOR SERIES
D43441 WEGA 1, Brass

D43442 WEGA 1, Stainless Steel
D43439 WEGA 2, Brass
D43440 WEGA 2, Stainless Steel
ACCESSORIES: Reference WEGA Accessories datasheet

WEGA CORROSIVE GASES & PURGING
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
For corrosive gases and gas mixtures.
For calibration gases with corrosive content.
2900 psig / 200 bar
7.3-22, 7.3-58, 14.5-102, 14.5-145 psig
0.50-1.5, 0.50-4.0, 1.00-7.0, 1.00-10.0 bar
10-8 mbar l/s He (for each connection)
Nominal Flow
10 m3/h (acc. to pressure and used gas) TESCOM WEGA Corrosive Gases and Purging
44-2200 Series Regulator: Cv = 0.06 cylinder pressure regulators are designed with a
44-2800 Series Regulator: Cv = 0.16 captured bonnet for use with corrosive gases and gas
44-3400 Series Regulator: Cv = 0.05
mixtures (based on the highly reliable 44-2200 and
Options 44-2800 Series regulator technology). Dual-stage
Shut-off valve at outlet dual stage
Also available as absolute pressure 44-46 Series version is available.
Applications
• Reduction of high pressure gases in storage
Body
316L Stainless Steel cylinders to a low operating pressure
Diaphragm • Suitable for inert gas purging
316L Stainless Steel and Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)
OTHERS • Captured bonnet for the use of corrosive gases,
Inlet Port leak-tight construction, safe and reliable
According to National Standard
• Effective purging due to integrated shut-off valve
Outlet Port
Regulator: 1/4" NPTF Female
and check valve, low purge gas consumption,
Valve: G 1/8" Female minimized risk of corrosion
Connections • Based on 44-2200 and 44-2800 Series regulators
6 mm compression fitting
• Dual-stage version available as an option
(44-3400 Series)
• Multiple outlet connections are available

WEGA CORROSIVE GASES & PURGING
WEGA Corrosive Gases and Purging Regulator Drawing
Assembly Drawing
3 2
1 Pressure reducer
4 2 Inlet gauge
3 Outlet gauge
9
4 Purging block with shut-off and check valve
5 5 Inlet connection according to National Standards
6 Purge inlet connection fitting for 6 mm tube / hose
7 Adapter
1 7 8 Metal diaphragm shut-off valve
8 7 9 Outlet connection fitting for 6 mm tube / hose
6
Dimensional Drawing Functional Drawing
P
P
CYLINDER
CONNECTION
5.5 [140]
PRESSURE REDUCER CHECK VALVE
8.3 [210] SHUT-OFF VALVE

8.9 [225]

WEGA Corrosive Gases and Purging Regulator Part Number Selector

D43276 - NS - 05 - C 1 K
INLET CONNECTION DEPENDS ON OUTLET PRESSURE
BASIC SERIES OUTLET PRESSURE PORT REGULATOR INLET PRESSURE PORT
NATIONAL STANDARDS RANGE
D43276 Available inlet connectors / Cylinder valve 00 – 1/4'' NPTF Female A – 44-22 for NH3, SO2, 1 – 7.3-22 psig Without – Hand tightening
standards: 05 – 6 mm fitting with NO and calibration 0.50-1.5 bar nut with O-Ring
6 mm hose connector gas 2 – 7.3-58 psig seal
DIN 477-1 - 2900 psig / 200 bar Germany 62 – Diaphragm shut-off C – 44-28 for CL2, HCL, 0.50-4.0 bar K – Hexagon coupling nut,
DIN 477-5 - 4351 psig / 300 bar Germany valve with 6 mm H2S 3 – 14.5-102 psig Stainless Steel, with flat
NEN 3268 Netherlands fitting and 6 mm 1.00-7.0 bar gasket CL2, HCL, NO,
BS 341 U.K. hose connector 4 – 14.5-145 psig H2S and calibration gas
AFNOR / NF E 29-650 France 1.00-10.0 bar M – Monel Hexagon coupling
CGA-V1 U.S.A. nut, (available only for
UNI 11144 Italy DIN connections number
Note: For other standards, please consult TESCOM.
6 and 7)
- Please specify gas to identify inlet connector according to national standards.

- For gas mixtures, please consult your gas supplier for the connection number or cylinder valve thread.
- Please reference “Cylinder Valve Connections” in the TESCOM catalog for additional information.

WEGA MINI
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
For high purity gases and calibration gases without corrosive
components except NO, NH3, SO2 (ppm range).
2900 psig / 200 bar
Maximum 60 psig / 4.1 bar or 145 psig / 10.0 bar
Leak Rate
10-8 mbar l/sec He for each connection
Nominal Flow Rate
Outlet Pressure 145 psig /10.0 bar: Maximum 20 SLPM
Outlet Pressure 60 psig / 4.1 bar: Maximum 10 SLPM
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.02
TESCOM WEGA Mini is a cylinder pressure reducer for gas
purities up to 6.0 (99.9999 Vol %) used for lecture bottle
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS and mobile applications. Lightweight and compact
Body design due to the relief valve integrated into the body.
Nickel-plated Brass or Stainless Steel
Diaphragm Applications
Seat
• Lecture bottles
NBR • Mobile applications
OTHERS Features and Benefits

Inlet Connection • Lecture bottle regulator with metal diaphragm
DIN 477-1 or other national standards
• Based on the field proven TESCOM 04 Series
Outlet Connection
Regulator: 1/4" NPTF internal • Ideal for space saving installations
Fittings: Compression fitting 6 mm with additional hose
connector 6 mm
Weight
1.9 lbs / 0.85 kg

WEGA MINI
WEGA Mini Regulator Drawing
3 2
4
3.03 [77]
1 5
3.22 [81.8]
2.72 [69.1] 5.81 [147.5]
1 Basic regulator with integrated relief valve and hand wheel

2 Inlet gauge
3 Outlet gauge
4 Compression fitting 6 mm with hose connector 6 mm
5 Cylinder connector

WEGA Mini Regulator Part Number Selector
D45390 - 06 - 05 - 2

BASIC SERIES INLET CONNECTION* OUTLET CONNECTION OUTLET PRESSURE
D45390 – Nickel-plated Brass 01 - Flammable Gases 00 - 1/4" NPTF internal 2 - 60 psig / 4.1 bar
D45394 – Stainless Steel 06 - Inert Gas, CO2, SF6, CF4 05 - 6 mm fitting with 6 mm 3 - 145 psig / 10.0 bar
10 - Nitrogen hose connector
11 - Nitrous Oxide
13 - Compressed Air
14 - Calibration Gas
* Please ask for national standards other than DIN 477-1

WEGA-SP
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DCATLABO12173X012
Specifications
MEDIA
For inert and corrosive gases.
For high purity calibration gases / gas mixtures.
2900 psig / 200 bar
7.25—21.75, 7.25—58, 14.5—101.5, 14.5—145 psig
0.5-1.5, 0.5-4.0, 1.0-7.0, 1.0-10.0 bar
Leakage Rate Against Atmosphere WEGA-SP with manual connection & O-ring
2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
Nominal Flow Capacity
10 m3/h (according to pressure and used gas) TESCOM WEGA-SP (single stage) with integrated
Cv = 0.06 purge function includes shut-off function and check
Cv = 0.15 valve and is specially designed for use with corrosive
Cv = 0.24 optional
or toxic gases and gas mixtures. The integrated
Temperature Range purging device effectively removes residual moisture,
Seat PCTFE: -25°C to +60°C [-13°F to 140°F]
aerial oxygen and remaining process gas.
Seat TEFLON® PFA 350/PTFE: -25°C to +74°C [-13°F to 165°F]
Optional Applications
Higher outlet pressure up to 500 psig / 35 bar
Relief valve with captured venting • Pressure reduction of corrosive or toxic gas from
Shut-off and metering valve at outlet pressure cylinders by inducting the purge gas. The
Absolute pressure version
process gas will be effectively eliminated from the
regulator and the cylinder connection.
Body • Ideal for use in laboratories.
316 Stainless Steel
Diaphragm
316 Stainless Steel, Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) • Compact design without externally mounted
Seat purging device. Reduces weight, internal volume
PCTFE, PTFE and installation length.
Purging Seat • Effective purging due to integrated purge valve
EPDM, FKM
and check-valve, low purge gas consumption,
minimized risk of corrosion.
OTHER
• Reduces consumption of expensive calibration
Inlet Connection
gases and test gases because residual moisture and
According to national standards like DIN477-1, CGA V-1 and
BS341 external gases are eliminated before starting-up
Outlet Connection
the process.
1/4" NPTF female or compression fitting • Optional tied diaphragm "positive seal" design
Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc.
® provides additional shut-off assistance for corrosive
gases.
• Valve trim and diaphragm made of Hastelloy® are
available for extended life by reducing corrosion.
• Minimized helium leak rate due to reduced number
of connections.

WEGA-SP
WEGA-SP with Integrated Purging Function
Assembly
3
Components
1 Pressure reducing regulator
2 Inlet gauge
2 3 Outlet gauge
4 Purging function with check valve
5 Inlet connection according to national stan-
1 4 dard
6 Purging inlet connection
7 Relief valve
7 5
6
Assembly
Pressure Regulation Purging
2.28 [58]
4.68
[119]
8.03
[204]
View on View on
Inlet Inlet
outlet purge inlet
Shut-off
valve
Check valve
closed open
1.71
[43.6] All dimensions are in inch for reference & nominal

WEGA-SP
WEGA-SP with Integrated Purging Function
Functional Drawing Connection Configuration
70°
Cylinder connection 35°
Outlet gauge Inlet gauge
Check valve
Pressure regulator Outlet Inlet
Shut-off valve 55°

60°
Purge connection Relief valve Purging inlet
WEGA-SP with integrated Purging Function Flow Charts

250
[17.2] P1 = 2900 psig [200 bar] Inlet
225
[15.5]
2000 psig
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
200 [138 bar]

[13.8]
2900 psig
175 [200 bar]
[12.1]
2000 psig
150 1000 psig [138 bar]
[10.3] [69.0 bar]
125 2900 psig

[8.6] [200 bar]
1000 psig
[69.0 bar] 2000 psig
100
[138 bar]
[6.9]
75 2900 psig
[5.2] 1000 psig [200 bar]
[69.0 bar]
50 2000 psig
[3.4] [138 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar]
25 1000 psig 2000 psig [138 bar]
[1.7] [69.0 bar]
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
[113] [226] [340] [453] [566] [679] [793]

WEGA-SP
WEGA-SP with Integrated Purging Function Flow Charts
WEGA-SP with Integrated Purging Function – Part Number Selector

WSP - D K 20 - 05 - A 1 R
OUTLET
CYLINDER
INLET PRESSURE- OUTLET PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
TYPE CONNECTION GAS VALVE STEM
CONNECTION CONNECTION RANGE
STANDARD
BAR [PSIG]
WSP B – BS341 H – Hand 17 – Test gas 1 00 – 1/4'' NPTF A – No Positive 1– 0.5 - 1.5 R – Relief valve and
connection with female Seal [7.25 - 21.75] compression
C – CGA V-1 4 18 – Test gas with
O-Ring-sealing fitting for
Ammonia-, sulfur 05 – compression B – Positive Seal 2– 0.5 - 4.0
D – DIN 477-1 6 mm OD tube
K – Hex swivel nut, dioxide- or hydrogen fitting for 6 mm (longer life [7.25 - 58.0]
(mandatory for
Stainless Steel, sulfide-content 1 OD tube for corrosive
3– 1.0 - 7.0 Gas ID 17 & 18)
with flat seal gases)
19 – Sulfur dioxide 2 08 – compression [14.5 - 101.5]
P – Plug
fitting for
20 – Ammonia 2 , 3 1/4“ OD tube
4– 1.0 - 10.0
N – none (1/4" NPTF) N – none (1/4" NPTF) [14.5 - 145.0]
21 – Hydrogen sulfide 2 62 – Diaphragm
24 – Chlorine 2 shut-off valve
with 6 mm
25 – Nitrogen
compression
monoxide 1
fitting and 6 mm
26 – Hydrogen hose connector
chloride 2 , 3
1 2 3 4
Cv = 0.06 Cv = 0.15 Positive Seal: Hastelloy ® -Stem & diaphragm Only available for DIN standard

12 SERIES
Specifications

150 psig / 10.3 bar
250 mm Hg-15 psig / 250 mm Hg-1.0 bar
0-30, 0-60, 0-100 psig / 0-2.1, 0-4.1, 0-6.9 bar
150% maximum rated
Inboard Leak Rate
<1 x 10-9 atm cc/sec He
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity VCR® IGS
Standard: Cv = 0.04
High Flow: Cv = 0.08
TESCOM 12 Series is a miniature ultra high purity

IGS/VCR pressure reducing regulator. The 12 Series
Body
offers 5 Ra or 10 Ra microinch finishes, tied diaphragm
316L VAR Stainless Steel
and internally springless and threadless design. It
Diaphragm
provides inlet pressures of 150 psig / 10.3 bar, outlet
Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)*
pressure from 250 mm Hg-15, 30, 60, 100 psig /
Seat
250 mm Hg-1.0, 2.1, 4.1, 6.9 bar with flow rates up to
PCTFE
120 SLPM.
Valve Stem
Applications
Remaining Parts
316L VAR Stainless Steel • OEM Tools
• Gas Boxes
OTHER • Low-Pressure Gas Cabinets
Connections
Surface Mount: 1.125" or 1.50" footprint Features and Benefits
Welded Fittings: 1/4" VCR® or tube stubs
• Product of choice for state-of-the-art OEM
Internal Volume
gas systems
1/4" VCR®: 3.0 cc
1.125" C Seal: 1.8 cc • Ultra-sensitive pressure control enhances
1.50" C Seal: 1.5 cc MFC performance
Weight • Superior performance in a wide range
VCR®, IGS: 0.60 lbs / 0.3 kg of applications
A-Style: 1.08 lbs / 0.5 kg
• Flows from 2 SCFM to 120 SLPM
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. • Unsurpassed droop and repeatability in a
*Material to be Hastelloy® or equivalent per ASTM B 574 micro component
• Metal-to-metal diaphragm to body seal for high
leak integrity
• 10 Ra or 5 Ra microinch internal surface finish
• Meets SEMI F19 and SEMI Modular
Interface specifications

12 SERIES
VCR® MODEL IGS MODEL A-STYLE MODEL
1/4 HPIC1/4 HPIC
*
OUTLET OUTLET
GAUGE GAUGE
INLET INLET OUTLET

OUTLET

*High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.): Tescom High Purity Internal Connections. These are machined inside the regulator body and are designed to be compatible with
VCR® (or equivalent) male fittings - swivel only.

12 SERIES
12 Series
35
Standard Flow Model
[2.4]
30
[2.1]
25
[1.7] 100 psig [6.9 bar] Inlet
20
[1.4]
15 60 psig [4.1 bar] Inlet

[1.0]

[0.69]
5
[0.35]
0
0.18 0.35 0.53 0.71 0.88 1.06
[5.0] [10.0] [15.0] [20.0] [25.0] [30.0]
M4
100
High Flow Model
[6.9]
90
[6.2]

[5.5]
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
0 0.35 0.71 1.06 1.41 1.76 2.12 2.47 2.83 3.18 3.53 3.89 4.24
[10.0] [20.0] [30.0] [40.0] [50.0] [60.0] [70.0] [80.0] [90.0] [100] [110] [120]

12 SERIES
12 1 A 1 1 AADM6DM6 Z
MATERIAL PORTING
HAND
BASIC FLOW OUTLET CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
TYPE KNOB
SERIES OPTION Internal PRESSURE (END-TO-END (Choose only 1)
Body Trim Seat COLOR
Finish DIMENSIONS)
12 – Standard 1 – Non- A – 316L VAR Nickel Alloy PCTFE 10 Ra 0 – 250 mm Hg– 1 – Black IGS2C1.5 – 1.50" C Seal Z – Precision
Flow captured Stainless (Hastelloy®)1 15 psig 5 – White Electropolish
Model bonnet Steel 250 mm Hg– IGS2C1.1 – 1.125" C Seal
4 – Standard
H – High Nickel Alloy Pv 5 Ra 1.0 bar IGS21.5W – 1.50" W Seal Electropolish
Flow B – 316L VAR (Hastelloy®)1 (available with
1 – 0-30 psig
Model Stainless IGS2W1.1 – 1.125" W Seal 12-1A only)
0-2.1 bar
Steel
AADM6DM6 – 1/4" T – Test report -
2 – 0-60 psig Female VCR® (2.78" ETE2) typical (includes
0-4.1 bar Helium Leak and
AAEM6EM6 – 1/4" Fixed Particle Count
3 – 0-100 psig Male VCR® (2.78" ETE2) Certification)
0-6.9 bar
AABM5BM5 – 1/4" Tube C – Certification
Stubs (2.00" ETE2) of Conformance
For A-Style Only:
ABEB7EB7 – 1/4" Fixed

Male VCR® (3.70" ETE2)
ABDB7DB7 – 1/4" Female

VCR® (3.70" ETE2)
ABDB7EB7 – 1/4" Female

VCR® IN 1/4" Fixed Male
VCR® OUT (3.70" ETE2)
ABEB7DB7 – 1/4" Fixed

1. Material to be Hastelloy® or equivalent per ASTM B 574 Male VCR® IN 1/4" Female
2. ETE - End-to-End dimension VCR® OUT (3.70" ETE2)

15 SERIES
Specifications

300 psig / 20.7 bar
130 and 150 psig / 9.0 and 10.3 bar
150% maximum rated
Certified Maximum Inboard Leak Rate
Diaphragm: 1 x 10-9 atm cc/sec He
Seat: 1 x 10-6 atm cc/sec He
-20°F to 150°F / -29°C to 65°C
Flow Capacity
Diaphragm: Cv = 8.0
Bellows: Cv = 14.0
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 15 Series is designed for ultra high flow
applications of up to 28,300 SLPM. The 15 Series is an
Body
ultra high purity, 10 Ra, bulk gas pressure reducing
regulator. Inlet of 300 psig / 20.7 bar, outlet up to
Diaphragm or Bellows
150 psig / 10.3 bar. Electronically controlled option is
available.
Seat
PCTFE or PTFE
Application
Seal
FKM (Viton®-A) • Facility Bulk Gas Delivery
Remaining Parts
• Diaphragm sensing element maintains very
OTHER accurate downstream pressure
Connections • 10 Ra microinch internal surface finishes with full
Tube extensions internal electropolish
Cleaning • 316L Stainless Steel bar stock construction
DI water electronic grade cleaned
Weight
• Two loading options available: Spring/wrench-
55 lbs / 24.9 kg adjust and air-actuated
Teflon® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours • Two sensing options available: Diaphragm and
and Company. bellows (bellows sensing element expands flow
capability beyond 1200 SCFM / 33,960 SLPM)
Supplied mounting holes must be used for attachment of regulator

• Compatible with ER5000 Electronic Controller
to a support structure. Support structure for tube extensions,
components or accessories attached to regulator is the responsibility
of the system integrator.

15 SERIES
SPRING LOADED - DIAPHRAGM SENSED
AIR ACTUATED - DIAPHRAGM SENSED
AIR ACTUATED - BELLOWS SENSED

Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in bracket

15 SERIES
SPRING LOADED - DIAPHRAGM SENSED AND AIR ACTUATED - DIAPHRAGM SENSED
100
[6.9]
90
P1 = 150 (1)
[6.2] P1 = 100 (2)
80
[5.5]
(1)
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1] (1)
50
[3.4] (2)
40 (1)
[2.8]
(2)
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528] [5094] [5660]
AIR ACTUATED - BELLOWS SENSED
120
[8.3]
110 P1 = 150 (1)
[7.6] P1 = 120 (2)
100 P1 = 100 (3)
[6.9]
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5] (2)
70 (1)
[4.8] (2)
60
[4.1]
(2)
50 (1)
[3.4] (3)
40
[2.8]
(2)
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
[2830] [5660] [8490] [11,320] [14,150] [16,980] [19,810] [22,640] [25,470] [28,300] [31,130] [33,960] [36,790] [39,620] [42,450] [45,280]

15 SERIES
15 - 1 2 T V 1 66 Z
BASIC INLET OUTLET SEAT SEAL ADJUSTMENT INLET AND OUTLET END-TO-END OPTIONS
SERIES PRESSURE PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL METHOD PORT SIZE AND TYPE DIMENSIONS (choose only one)
15 1 – 300 psig 1 – 150 psig K – PCTFE V–6 1 – Spring Loaded UU – 3/4" Tubes 12.10" Z – None
20.7 bar 10.3 bar FKM FKM Diaphragm Sensed
T – PTFE VV – 1" Tubes 12.10" T – Test Report
(Viton®-A)
2 – 130 psig 2 – Air Actuated (typical)
66 – 1-1/2" Tubes 12.10"
9.0 bar Diaphragm Sensed
C – Certification of
SS – 2" Tubes 12.10"
3 – Air Actuated Conformance

Bellows Sensed

22-2200 SERIES
Specifications

250 psig / 17.2 bar
30, 60, 100, and 150 psig
2.1, 4.1, 6.9, and 10.3 bar
150% maximum rated
400% maximum rated
Inboard Leak Rate
2 x 10-8 atm cc / sec PER ASTM E449
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
CV = 0.24
TESCOM 22-2200 Series high purity BA Grade pressure
reducing regulator provides 316 Stainless Steel
construction with 25 Ra surface finish and is electronic
Body
grade cleaned. Inlet pressure is 250 psig / 17.2 bar with
outlet pressures up to 150 psig / 10.3 bar.
Diaphragm
316 Stainless Steel Applications
Seat
PCTFE or PTFE
• Regulating corrosive and specialty gases
Trim • Gas and liquid chromatography
316 Stainless Steel • Sampling systems
Valve
316 Stainless Steel
• Research labs
• Instrumentation
OTHER
Internal Body Surface Finish
25 Ra microinch / 0.63 micrometer • Metal-to-metal diaphragm to seal for high
Connections leak integrity
Welded female, male VCR® • 3.5 SCFM / 100 SLPM flow capacity
Tube stubs or compression type
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) • Welded VCR®, tube stubs and compression
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®) fittings are available
Internal Body Surface Finish • Enhanced cleanliness and reduced leak rates
25 Ra microinch / 0.63 micrometer - a substantial improvement over the conventional
Cleaning NPTF product
2.0 lbs / 1 kg
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company

22-2200 SERIES


22-2200 SERIES
22-2200 Curves
100 [6.9]
90 [6.2]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
80 [5.5]
70 [4.8]
60 [4.1]
50 [3.4]
40 [2.8]
30 [2.1]
20 [1.9]
10 [0.69]
0
1 2 3 4 5
[28.3] [56.6] [84.9] [113] [141]
FLOW - SCFM [SLPM]

22-2200 SERIES
22-22 4 3 K RM 2 0
BODY INLET PRESSURE PORTING
BASIC OUTLET SEAT INLET AND OUTLET
MATERIAL 'A' ± 0.06" TRIM MATERIAL CONFIGURATION
SERIES PRESSURE MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE
AND FINISH FLOW CAPACITY GAUGE PORT TYPE
22-22 4 – 316L 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 - 1/4" H.P.I.C 1.09" 2 – 250 psig
Stainless 2.1 bar T4 - 1/4" O.D. Tube 3.50" 17.2 bar
T – PTFE
Steel T6 - 3/8" O.D. Tube 3.50" 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 6 No gauge ports
1 – 60 psig
25 Ra T8 - 1/2" O.D. Tube 3.50" CV = 0.24
4.1 bar
RM - 1/4" Male Swivel 3.70"
2 – 100 psig RT - 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70"
6.9 bar RK -1/2" Male Swivel 4.75"
RL - 1/2" Female Swivel 4.75" 2 – 6 1/4" H.P.I.C. - A
3 – 150 psig RU - IN Port: 1/4" Male Swivel B – 6 1/4" NPTF
10.3 bar OUT Port: 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70" S – 6 1/4" MVCR, Fixed
RV - IN Port: 1/4" Female Swivel 7 – 6 1/4" FVCR
OUT Port: 1/4" Male Swivel 3.70"
C4 - 1/4" Compression 4.97"
C6 - 3/8" Compression 5.99"

22-5400 SERIES
Specifications

600 psig / 41.4 bar
30, 60, 100, 150 psig
2.1, 4.1, 6.9, 10.3 bar
150% maximum rated
Inboard Leak Rate
< 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
PCTFE Seat
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Teflon® PFA Seat
-40°F to 160°F / -40°C to 71°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.0
TESCOM 22-5400 Series high purity, high flow
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS BA Grade pressure reducing regulator offers a
Body Cv = 1.0 and a 316 Stainless Steel Electropolished body
316L Stainless Steel with Electropolish of 25 Ra. Inlet pressure is 600 psig / 41.4 bar with outlet
Diaphragm pressures up to 150 psig / 10.3 bar.
Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)
Valve Seat Applications
PCTFE or PTFE PFA
• High flow purging
Seat Retainer
Nitronic 60 Stainless Steel • Regulating corrosive and specialty gases
Stem, Seal, and Remaining Parts • Bulk gas delivery
316 Stainless Steel
OTHER
• Compact, hand-loaded and pressure reducing
25 Ra microinch / 0.63 micrometer • Low internal volume
Connections
Welded female or male VCR®
Tube stubs leak integrity
Compression fittings • 1.3 Cv is available - consult TESCOM
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) (gauge port only)
Cleaning
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
NOTE:

22-5400 SERIES


22-5400 SERIES
70
[4.8]
65
[4.5]
60
[4.1]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4] P1 = 600 psig
45 [41.4 bar]
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
35
[2.4]
30 300 psig
[2.1] P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar] [20.7 bar]
25 150 psig
[1.7] [10.3 bar]
20 100 psig [6.9 bar]
[1.4]
300 psig [20.7]
15
[1.0] 150 psig
10 75 psig [10.3 bar]
[0.69] [5.2 bar]
5
[0.35]
0 7.1 14.1 21.2 28.3 35.3 42.4 49.4

[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200] [1400]
160
[11.0]
140
[9.7] P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar]
120 300 psig

[8.3] [20.7 bar]
200 psig [13.8 bar]
100
[6.9]
600 psig [41.4 bar]
80
[5.5]
300 psig
60 [20.7 bar]
[4.1]
150 psig
40
[2.8] [10.3 bar]
20
[1.4]
0
7.1 14.1 21.2 28.3 35.3 42.4 49.4
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200] [1400]

22-5400 SERIES

22-54 4 2 K RW 1 1
NUMBER OF
INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM GAUGE
BASIC BODY OUTLET SEAT GAUGE
FINISH PORT TYPE ‘A’ ± .06" INLET PORT
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE MATERIAL PORTS
AND SIZE PRESSURE OPTION
(FIGURE)
22-54 4– 3
16 25 Ra 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE T6 – 3/8" O.D. 3.70 1 – 6 600 psig 0 – None 0 (A)
Stainless Steel 2.1 bar Tube 41.4 bar
T – PTFE 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (C)
Electropolish
1 – 60 psig PFA T8 – 1/2" O.D. 3.70
2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (B)
4.1 bar Tube
2 – 100 psig RU – 1/2" Male 5.59

6.9 bar Swivel
3 – 150 psig RW – 1/2" Female 5.59

10.3 bar Swivel
C6 – 3/8" 6.42
Compression
Fitting
C8 – 1/2" 6.00
Compression
Fitting

23 SERIES
Specifications

150 or 250 psig / 10.3 or 17.2 bar
0-30, 0-60, 0-100 psig / 0-2.1, 0-4.1, 0-6.9 bar
150% maximum rated
< 1 x 10 -9 atm cc/sec He
Teflon® Seat: -40°F to 160°F / -40°C to 71°C
PCTFE Seat: -40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.8

Body
TESCOM 23 Series ultra high purity in-line regulator
316L VAR Stainless Steel with Electropolish offers 10 Ra microinch finish with high flow
Valve Seat
capabilities up to 950 SLPM. The tied diaphragm
PTFE or PCTFE 23 Series provides an internally springless and
threadless design with inlet pressure of 250 psig /
Diaphragm
316L Stainless Steel 17.2 bar and outlet pressure up to 100 psig / 6.9 bar.
Stem
Application
Seal • High flow in-line regulator excellent for purging
316 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel • Smooth unobstructed flow path for complete purging
• Minimized particle generation because of springless
OTHER and threadless construction
• Positive shut-off seal with positionable bonnet
10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer
Connections • Excellent leak integrity is created by metal-to-metal
Welded female or male VCR® diaphragm to body seal

Tube stubs • Meets SEMI F19, UHP Grade
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.)
Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®
Cleaning
Internal Volume
18.5 cc with 1/2" VCR
Weight
3.2 lbs / 1.5 kg

23 SERIES
23-3
TIED DIAPHRAGM DESIGN
Figure A (No Gauges)
1/8-27 NPTF
Figure B (2 Gauges)
OUTLET INLET
Figure C (1 Gauge)
M5 x .28 DEPTH ACCEPTS

#10-32 UNF SCREW
Figure D (1 Out Gauges)


23 SERIES
23 Series Regulator Flow Chart
60
[4.1]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
0
10 20 30 40
[283] [566] [849] [1132]

23 SERIES
23-3 B 1 5 AA GF4GF4 Z
PORTING CONFIGURATION - TYPE AND SIZE*
INLET PRESSURE
ADJUSTMENT
INLET AND OPTIONS
BASIC INTERNAL OUTLET
OUTLET PORT
SERIES SURFACE FINISHES PRESSURE METHOD AND
GAUGE PORT OPTIONS CHOOSE ONE ONLY
AND BODY/TRIM/ COLOR
END-TO-END
SEAT MATERIAL
DIMENSION 'A'
23-3 B – 250 psig 0 – 30 psig 5 – Handknob – EN7EN7 Z – None
Tied 17.2 bar 2.1 bar White Outlet Inlet 1/4" MVCR, fixed - 3.97"
diaphragm/ – 10 Ra finishes T – Test Report (typical)
positive
– 316L VAR Stainless 1 – 60 psig HF4HF4 (Includes Helium
shutoff
Steel body with 4.1 bar AA – No gauge ports 1/2" FVCR - 5.59" Leak Certification
Eletropolish and Particle Count
– 316 Stainless Steel trim 2 – 100 psig GF4GF4 Certification)
– PCTFE seat 6.9 bar Outlet Gauge 1/2" MVCR - 5.59"

C – Certification of
C – 150 psig FB7FB7
Outlet Inlet Conformance
10.3 bar 1/2" Tube - 3.70"
– 10 Ra finishes
E – Centerline to
– 316L VAR Stainless UR2UR2
AB – 1/4" H.P.I.C. bottom (0.680")
Steel body with 3/4" Tube - 5.75"
Eletropolish
AC – 1/4" FVCR
– 316 Stainless Steel trim

– PTFE seat AD – 1/4" MVCR, swivel
AE – 1/4" MVCR, fixed

Outlet Gauge Inlet Gauge
Outlet Inlet
AM – 1/4" H.P.I.C.
AN – 1/4" FVCR
AP – 1/4" MVCR, swivel
AR – 1/4" MVCR, fixed
* Consult factory for other porting configurations,

type and size.

449-254 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing D449X1888X012
Specifications

1500 psig / 103 bar
25-400 psig / 1.7-27.6 bar
150% maximum rated
Inboard Leak Rate
<1 x 10-9 atm cc/sec
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.0

Body TESCOM 449-254 Series high purity, high flow
316L VAR Stainless Steel pressure reducing regulators are ideal for high
Diaphragm pressure bulk specialty gas delivery systems (BSGS).
Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) The 449-254 Series offers a Cv = 1.0, surface finish
Seat of 10 Ra and is available with Hastelloy® trim. Inlet
PCTFE pressure is 1500 psig / 103 bar with outlet pressures
Trim up to 400 psig / 27.6 bar.
Valve Application
• High purity bulk specialty gas delivery systems

Internal Surface Finish • Exclusively designed to handle the demands of high
purity bulk specialty gas delivery systems
Connections
Welded Female or Male VCR® • Its proven design, high outlet capabilities, bubble-
Tube Stubs tight shutoff valve and standard Hastelloy® trim
Internal Volume
provides dependability required for demanding
12 cc regulator applications
Weight • Metal-to-metal sealed diaphragm
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
• Cv = 1.0 with 10 Ra microinch finish on
VCR® is a registered trademark of Cajon Co. wetted surfaces
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. • Meets SEMI F19 and SEMI Modular
*Material to be Hastelloy® or equivalent per ASTM B 574
Interface specifications

449-254 SERIES
Figure A Figure B
(no gauges) (2 gauges)
Figure A Figure B
(no gauges) (2 gauges)
Figure C Figure D
(1 gauge) (2 out gauges)
Figure C Figure D
(1 gauge) (2 out gauges)


449-254 SERIES
449-254 Curve
400 [27.6]
375 [25.9]
P1 - 1000 and 600 psig
350 [24.1]
[69.0 and 41.4 bar]

325 [22.4]
300 [20.7]
275 [19.0]
250 [17.2]
225 [15.5]
P1 - 1000 and 600 psig
200 [13.8]
175 [12.1]
150 [10.3]
125 [8.6]
100 [6.9]
75 [5.2]
50 [3.4]
25 [1.7]
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
[283] [566] [850] [1133] [1416] [1699] [1982] [2266] [2549] [2832]

449-254 SERIES
449-254 4 R K 0
BASIC INLET AND OUTLET NUMBER OF
OUTLET PRESSURE PORT TYPE "A" ± 0.06 GAUGE PORT OPTION
SERIES PORT SIZE PORTS (FIGURE)
449-254 4 – 25-400 psig R – Welded G – 1/4" Male Swivel 4.00" 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
1.7-27.6 bar T – Tube Stubs (High Flow) 4 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
H – 1/4" Female Swivel 4.00" 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
(High Flow) 6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure B)
K – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.21" 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
L – 1/2" Female Swivel 5.21" 8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
8 – 1/2" Tube Stubs 5.21" 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
S – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure B)
T – 1/4" Fixed Male 1 (Figure C)
U – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure D)

64-2600 SERIES
Specifications
600 or 3500 psig / 41.4 or 241 bar
0-30, 0-60, 0-100, 0-150 and 250 psig
0-2.1, 0-4.1, 0-6.9, 0-10.3 and 17.2 bar
Inboard Leak Rate
1 x 10 -9 atm cc/sec He
PTCFE Seat: -40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Vespel® Seat: -40°F to 350°F / -40°C to 177°C
Flow Capacity TESCOM 64-2600 Series economical high purity pressure
Cv = 0.06 (3500 psig / 241 bar model) reducing regulator provides Stainless Steel construction
Cv = 0.15 (600 psig / 41.4 bar model)
with 10 Ra surface finish and is electronic grade cleaned.
Inlet pressures are 600 or 3500 psig / 41.4 or 241 bar
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS with outlet pressures of up to 250 psig / 17.2 bar.
Body
316L Stainless Steel Electropolish or Applications
316L VAR Stainless Steel Electropolish
• 1/4" point-of-use
Diaphragm
316L Stainless Steel or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)* • Gas cabinets
Seat
• Semiconductor manufacturing
PCTFE or PTFE (Polyimide (Vespel®) optional for 3500 psig / 241 bar
model only) • Valve manifold boxes
Spring
316 Stainless Steel or Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) • Research labs
Stem, Seat Retainer, Valve Guide
316 Stainless Steel or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)* Features and Benefits
OTHER • Optimum performance and cleanliness at a
Internal Surface Finish great value
• Internal surface finished to 10 Ra microinch /
Connections
Welded female or male VCR® 0.25 micrometer ensures minimal particle
Tube stubs generation or entrapment
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®)
• True metal-to-metal body diaphragm seal provides
enhanced leak integrity
Cleaning
DI water electronic grade cleaned and ES 500 Particle Certified • No bias spring or friction device in the flow stream
for internal electropolish models
• Adjustable stop to limit outlet pressure
Internal Volume
1/4" fitting / 5.75 cc • Positionable ported bonnet ring is available
2 lbs / 0.9 kg NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet
Teflon® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure
and Company. is expected to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase
Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Corp. in control pressure due to the decrease in supply pressure. It
is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control
*Material to be Hastelloy® or equivalent per ASTM B 574 pressure to exceed the pressure rating of the unit’s outlet or that
of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the

Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or
contact the TESCOM customer support further assistance.

64-2600 SERIES
Figure A
(no gauges)
Figure B
(2 gauges)
Figure C
(1 gauge)
Figure D
(2 out gauges)


64-2600 SERIES
100
[6.9]
90
64-2662XXX2X
[6.2]
1
80 2
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
3
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4] 64-2661XXX2X
2
40 3
[2.8]
4
30
[2.1] 64-2660XXX2X
3 2
20
4
[1.4]
1 - P1=200 psig [13.8 bar]
2 - P1=150 psig [10.3 bar]
10
[0.69] 3 - P1=120 psig [8.3 bar]
4 - P1=100 psig [6.9 bar]
0.71 1.41 2.12 2.83 3.53

[20] [40] [60] [80] [100]

64-2600 SERIES

64-26 4 2 K A4 1 0
OUTLET INLET AND GAUGE PORT NO. OF GAUGE
BASIC BODY MATERIAL/ SEAT MAXIMUM
PRESSURE OUTLET PORT SIZE 'A' ± .06" OPTION PORTS
SERIES FINISH MATERIAL INLET
RANGES AND TYPE (SEE FIGURE)
– 316L Stainless Steel 0 – 0-30 psig

64-26 4 K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. - 1 – 3500 psig 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 0-2.1 bar T – PTFE RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 4.75" 241 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1 – 0-60 psig V – Polyimide RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 4.75" 316 Stainless 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Stainless Steel 0-4.1 bar (Vespel®) RM – 1/4" Male Swivel 3.70" Steel Trim 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 0-100 psig (3500 psig /

RT – 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70" 2 – 600 psig 4 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
0-6.9 bar 241 bar model RU – IN Port:1/4" Male; 3.70" 41.4 bar Swivel
3 – 0-250 psig only) OUT Port: 1/4" Female 316 Stainless 5 – 1/4" Male 1 (Figure C)
0-17.2 bar RV – IN Port:1/4" Female; 3.70" Steel Trim Swivel
OUT Port: 1/4" Male 3 – 3500 psig 6 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure B)
6 – 0-150 psig
T4 – 1/4" Tube Stubs 3.00" 241 bar Swivel
0-10.3 bar
Hastelloy® Trim 7 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure D)
1. Per ASTM B 912 4 – 600 psig Swivel
2. Per SEMI F19, HP grade 41.4 bar 8 – 1/4" Female 1 (Figure C)
Hastelloy® Trim Swivel
9 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure B)
Swivel
S – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure B)
Male
T – 1/4" Fixed 1 (Figure C)
Male
U – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure D)
Male

64-2800 SERIES
Specifications

1000 or 3500 psig / 69.0 or 241 bar
30, 60, 100, 150 psig / 2.1, 4.1, 6.9, 10.3 bar
Inboard Leak Rate
External: 1 x 10-9 atm cc/sec He (ASTM test E499)
PCTFE: -40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Vespel®: -40°F to 350°F / -40°C to 176°C TESCOM 64-2800 Series high purity, tied diaphragm
Flow Capacity pressure reducing regulator offers Stainless Steel
3500 psig / 241 bar Model: Cv = 0.06 construction with 10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer
1000 psig / 69.0 bar Model: Cv = 0.15 surface finish and is electronic grade cleaned. Inlet
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS pressures of 1000 or 3500 psig / 69.0 or 241 bar with
Body outlet pressures up to 150 psig / 10.3 bar.
316L Stainless Steel Electropolish or 316L VAR Stainless
Steel Electropolish Applications
Valve Seat • 1/4" point-of-use
PCTFE
• Gas cabinet
Diaphragm, Stem, Spring
316 Stainless Steel, Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) • Regulation of specialty gases
• Crystal growing
OTHER • Diffusion Furnaces
10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer Features and Benefits
Connections
• Positive shutoff minimizes creep
Tube stubs • Metal-to-metal diaphragm to body seal for high
Highly Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) leak integrity
(Internal style for VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®)
• 10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer internal
Cleaning surface finish
DI water electronic grade cleaned and ES 500 Particle Certified
for internal Electropolish models • Hastelloy® trim is optional
Internal Volume • Captured bonnet
5.75 cc
2 lbs / 0.9 kg
NOTE:

64-2800 SERIES
FIGURE A (NO GAUGES)
FIGURE B (2 GAUGES)
FIGURE C (1 GAUGE)
FIGURE D (2 OUT GAUGES)


64-2800 SERIES
100 Model No. 64-2862KRT20

[6.9]
1.
90 2.
[6.2]
3.
80
[5.5] 4.
1. Inlet: 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
70 2. Inlet: 750 psig [51.7 bar]

[4.8] 3. Inlet: 500 psig [34.5 bar]
4. Inlet: 200 psig [13.8 bar]
60
[4.1]
1.
50 2.
[3.4] 3.
4.
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
1.
20 2.
[1.4] 3.
4.
10
[0.69]
0 0.71 1.41 2.12 2.83 3.53

[20] [40] [60] [80] [100]

64-2800 SERIES
64-28 6 2 K A4 1 0
OUTLET NO. OF
BASIC BODY MATERIAL / SEAT INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM INLET GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE 'A' ± .06" GAUGE PORTS
SERIES FINISH MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE PRESSURE OPTION
RANGES (FIGURE)
64-28 4 – 316L Stainless Steel 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1.09" 1 – 3500 psig 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2.1 bar RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 4.75" 241 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1 – 60 psig RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 4.75" 2 – 1000 psig 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Stainless Steel 4.1 bar RM – 1/4" Male Swivel 3.70" 69.0 bar 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 100 psig RT – 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70" 3 – 1000 psig 4 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
6.9 bar RU – IN Port: 1/4" Male; 3.70" 69.0 bar 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
3 – 150 psig OUT Port: 1/4" Female Hastelloy® trim 6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
10.3 bar RV – IN Port: 1/4" Female; 3.70" 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
OUT Port: 1/4" Male 8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
T4 – 1/4" Tube Stubs 3.00" 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
S – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure B)
1. Per ASTM B 912 T – 1/4" Fixed Male 1 (Figure C)
2. Per SEMI F19, HP Grade U – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure D)

64-3200 SERIES
Specifications

150, 1000, 1500 psig / 10.3, 69.0, 103 bar
30, 60, 100, 150, 200 psig / 2.1, 4.1, 6.9, 10.3, 13.8 bar
Inboard Leak Rate
<1 x 10 -9 atm cc/sec He
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.2
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 64-3200 Series ultra high purity, high flow
Body tied diaphragm pressure reducing regulator offers
316L Stainless Steel Electropolish or 10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer surface finish and
316L VAR Stainless Steel Electropolish is available in Hastelloy® trim. Maximum flow rates are
Diaphragm up to 31.8 SCFM / 900 SLPM, with inlet pressures of
Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) 150, 1000, 1500 psig / 10.3, 69.0, 103 bar and outlet
Seat Retainer pressures up to 200 psig / 13.8 bar.
316 Stainless Steel
Poppet Applications
316 Stainless Steel or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)
Valve Seat
• Bulk Specialty Gas Systems (BSGS)
PTFE, Polyimide (Vespel®), PCTFE • 1/2" point-of-use
Valve Spring
• Tool hookups
316 Stainless Steel
Remaining Parts • Gas cabinets
316 Stainless Steel
OTHER
• Designed for high flow, bulk specialty gas
10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer • Hastelloy® trim option is available
Connections • Positive shut-off seal, tied diaphragm design
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) leak integrity
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®)
• Captured bonnet
Cleaning
NOTE:
Internal Volume When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet
1/2" fitting / 32 cc characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure
Weight (without gauges) is expected to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase
in control pressure due to the decrease in supply pressure. It
and Company. is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. pressure to exceed the pressure rating of the unit’s outlet or that
VCR® is a registered trademark of Cajon Co. of the downstream system.


64-3200 SERIES
Ø2.27
[58]
1/8-27 NPTF
FIGURE A (NO GAUGES)
(POSITIONABLE)
6.6
[168]
FIGURE B (2 GAUGES)
1.0
[25]
Ø2.59
[66]
FIGURE C (1 GAUGE) Ø2.7
[69]
(2X) Ø.28 MOUNTING INFORMATION

[7] 2X
1/4-20 UNC
.30 FULL THD
FIGURE D (2 OUT GAUGES) 1.38

[35]


64-3200 SERIES
160
[11.0] 64-3263KRL30
3
140
[9.7]
1 P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar] 64-3263KRL20
2
120 2 P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar]
[8.3] 3 P1 = 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
64-3262KRL30
100 3
[6.9]
64-3262TRL30 64-3262KRL20 2
80
64-3262TRL30
[5.5]
60 1 64-3261KRL30
[4.1] 3
64-3261TRL30 1 2
40 64-3261KRL20
[2.8] 1 64-3260KRL30 3
20 2
64-3260TRL30 1 64-3260KRL20
[1.4]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [850] [991] [1133]

64-3200 SERIES

64-32 6 3 K RL 1 0
OUTLET INLET AND GAUGE PORT NO. OF
BASIC BODY MATERIAL/ SEAT MAXIMUM INLET
PRESSURE OUTLET PORT SIZE 'A' ± .06" OPTION GAUGE PORTS
SERIES FINISH MATERIAL PRESSURE
RANGES AND TYPE (FIGURE)
64-32 4 – 316L Stainless Steel 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE T1 – 1" Tube Ends 5.75" 316 Stainless Steel Trim 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2.1 bar (1000 or T6 – 3/8" Tube Ends 3.70" 1 – 1500 psig / 103 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1500 psig / T7 – 3/4" Tube Ends 5.75"
1 – 60 psig 2 – 1000 psig / 69.0 bar 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Stainless Steel 4.1 bar 69.0 or 103 bar T8 – 1/2" Tube Ends 3.70" 3 – 150 psig / 10.3 bar 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 100 psig inlet only) RA – 1/4" Male Fixed 3.70" 4 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
Hastelloy® Trim
6.9 bar T – PTFE RB – 3/4" Male Swivel 6.30" Swivel
4 – 1500 psig / 103 bar
3 – 150 psig

(150 psig / RC – 3/4" Female Swivel 6.30" 5 – 1/4" Male 1 (Figure C)
5 – 1000 psig / 69.0 bar
10.3 bar 10.3 bar inlet RG – 1/4" Male Swivel 4.27" Swivel
only) High Flow 6 – 150 psig / 10.3 bar 6 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure B)
(1000 or

1500 psig / V – Polyimide RH – 1/4" Female Swivel 4.27" Swivel
69.0 or (Vespel®) High Flow 7 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure D)
103 bar

(1000 or RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.59" Swivel
inlet only) 1500 psig / RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 5.59" 8 – 1/4" Female 1 (Figure C)
69.0 or 103 bar RU – IN Port: 1/4" Male 3.70" Swivel
4 – 200 psig
inlet only) Fixed; OUT Port: 9 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure B)
0-13.8- bar
1/4" Female Swivel Swivel
(1000 or
RV – IN Port: 1/2" Male 5.59" N – 1/4" Tube 2 (Figure B)
1500 psig /
Swivel; OUT Port: Stub
69.0 or
1/2" Female Swivel P – 1/4" Tube 1 (Figure C)
1. Per ASTM B 912 103 bar
2. Per SEMI F19, HP grade inlet only) RY – IN Port: 1/4" Female 4.27" Stub
High Flow; R – 1/4" Tube 2 (Figure D)
OUT Port: Stub
1/4" Male Fixed S – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure B)
RZ – IN Port: 1/2" Female 5.59" Male
Swivel; OUT Port: T – 1/4" Fixed 1 (Figure C)
1/2" Male Swivel Male
SA – 1/4" Male Fixed 4.08" U – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure D)
SK – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.21" Male

64-3400 SERIES
Specifications

3500 psig / 241 bar
30, 60, 100, 150 psig / 2.1, 4.1, 6.9, 10.3 bar
Inboard Leak Rate
Seat: < 4 x 10-9 atm cc/sec He
Diaphragm: < 1 x 10-9 atm cc/sec He
Teflon PFA® Seat: -40°F to 160°F / -40°C to 71°C
Flow Capacity
TESCOM 64-3400 Series dual-stage, ultra high purity
Body
pressure reducing regulator offers a tied diaphragm
316L Stainless Steel Electropolish or 316L VAR Stainless
Steel Electropolish
design and 10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer
surface finish with optional Hastelloy® trim. Inlet
Diaphragm
pressure is 3500 psig / 241 bar with outlet pressures
up to 150 psig / 10.3 bar.
Valve Seat
PCTFE or PTFE PFA®
Applications
Valve Spring
316 Stainless Steel • Gas cabinets
Valve Stem and Remaining Parts • Semiconductor manufacturing
316 Stainless Steel (Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) optional)
• Research labs

• 10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer internal surfaces
Connections • Full internal Electropolish is available
• Metal-to-metal body to diaphragm seal for high
Tube stubs
leak integrity
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®) • Choice of free poppet or tied diaphragm
Cleaning
Internal Volume
10 cc NOTE:
Weight When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet
3.0 lbs / 1.4 kg characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure
is expected to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a
pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase
is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control
pressure to exceed the pressure rating of the unit’s outlet or that


64-3400 SERIES
Figure A Figure B
“A” “A”
Figure C Figure D
“A”
“A”


64-3400 SERIES
Model No. 64-346XKRH30

150
[10.3]
120
[8.3] P1 = 3500 to 400 psig
[241 to 27.6 bar]
90
[6.2]
60
[4.1]
30
[2.1]
0 1 2 3
[28.3] [56.6] [84.9]

64-3400 SERIES
64-34 6 2 K A4 2 0
OUTLET NO. OF GAUGE
BASIC BODY MATERIAL/ SEAT INLET AND OUTLET SEAL GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE 'A' ± .06" Cv PORTS
SERIES FINISH MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE DESIGN OPTIONS
RANGES (FIGURE)
64-34 4 – 316L Stainless Steel 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. - 1 – Untied Cv = 0.06 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2.1 bar T – PTFE PFA® (see Connections)
2 – Tied Cv = 0.06 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1 – 60 psig (untied
RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 4.92"
Stainless Steel 4.1 bar models 3 – Tied Cv = 0.15 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 100 psig RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 4.92"
only) 4 – Tied 2 (Figure D)
6.9 bar Cv = 0.15 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C.
3 – 150 psig RM – 1/4" Fixed Male 3.70" Nickel Alloy
4 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
10.3 bar (Hastelloy®)
RT – 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70"
Trim 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
RU – IN Port: 3.70"
6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure B)
1/4" Male;
OUT Port: 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
1. Per ASTM B 912 1/4" Female
8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
2. Per SEMI F19, HP grade
RV – IN Port: 3.70"
1/4" Female; 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
OUT Port: S – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure B)
1/4" Male
T4 – 1/4" Tube Stubs 3.00"

64-3600 SERIES
Specifications

600 or 3500 psig / 41.4 or 241 bar
30, 60, 100, 150 psig / 2.1, 4.1, 6.9, 10.3 bar
Inboard Leak Rate
1 x 10 -9 atm cc/sec He
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.15 or 0.06
Body TESCOM 64-3600 Series ultra high purity, highly
316L Stainless Steel Electropolish or 316L VAR Stainless sensitive pressure reducing regulator offers a low droop,
Steel Electropolish
tied diaphragm design, 10 Ra / 0.25 micrometer surface
Diaphragm finish with available Hastelloy® trim. Inlet pressures are
600 or 3500 psig / 41.4 or 241 bar with outlet pressure
Valve Seat
PCTFE, PTFE or Polyimide (Vespel®)
Stem and Valve Spring
316 Stainless Steel
Applications
Remaining Parts • 1/4" point-of-use
• Gas cabinets
OTHER
Internal Surface Finish • Valve manifold boxes
Tube stubs
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) surface finishes
Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®
• Metal-to-metal seal (diaphragm to body seal for
Cleaning high leak integrity)
DI water electronic grade cleaned and ES500 Particle Certified
for internal electropolish models • Full internal electropolish is available
Internal Volume • Designed to reduce pressure fluctuations in
12 cc
semiconductor gas systems
Weight
2 lbs / 0.9 kg • Meets the stringent semiconductor requirements
Teflon®and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours of both point-of-use and cylinder applications
and Company.
NOTE:

64-3600 SERIES


64-3600 SERIES
Model No. 64-366XKXX1X

150
[10.3]
140
[9.7] P1= 500 psig P1= 3500, 2000 and 1000 psig
[34.5 bar] [241, 138 and 69.0 bar]
130
[9.0]
120
[8.3]
110
[7.6] P1= 3500, 2000 and 1000 psig
[241, 138 and 69.0 bar]
100
[6.9]
OUTLET PRESSURE
90
[6.2]
psig [bar]
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8] P1= 3500 and 2000 psig
[241 and 138 bar]
60
[4.1]
P1= 1000 and 500 psig
50
[3.4] [69.0 and 34.5 bar]
40
[2.8]
P1= 3500, 2000 and 1000 psig
30 [241, 138 and 69.0 bar]
[2.1]
20
[1.4] P1= 500 psig
[34.5 bar]
10
[0.69]
0 1 2 3
[28] [57] [85]
Model No. 64-3660KXX20

20
[1.4]
OUTLET PRESSURE
15
[1.0]
psig [bar]
10
[0.69]
5
[0.35]
0.07 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.35

0
[2] [4] [6] [8] [10]
FLOW - SCFM [SLPM]

at 60 psig [4.1 bar] (Nitrogen)

64-3600 SERIES

64-36 6 2 K A4 2 0
OUTLET INLET AND SEAL, FLOW (Cv)
BASIC BODY MATERIAL/ SEAT GAUGE PORT NUMBER OF
PRESSURE OUTLET PORT SIZE 'A' ± .06" MAXIMUM INLET
SERIES FINISH MATERIAL OPTIONS GAUGE PORTS
RANGES AND TYPE PRESSURE
64-36 4 – 316L Stainless Steel 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1.11" 1 – Untied, Cv = 0.06 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2.1 bar T – PTFE RG – 1/4" Male Swivel 4.50" 3500 psig / 241 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1 – 60 psig
(untied RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 4.75" 2 – Untied, Cv = 0.15 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Stainless Steel 4.1 bar model only) RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 4.75" 600 psig / 41.4 bar 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 100 psig V – Polyimide RA – 1/4" Male Fixed 3.51" 3 – Tied, Cv = 0.06 4 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
6.9 bar (Vespel®) RM – 1/4" Male Fixed 3.70" Swivel
3500 psig / 241 bar
3 – 150 psig

RT – 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70" 5 – 1/4" Male 1 (Figure C)
4 – Tied, Cv = 0.15
10.3 bar RU – IN Port: 1/4" Male Swivel
3500 psig / 241 bar
Fixed; OUT Port: 6 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
5 – Tied, Cv = 0.15
1/4" Female Swivel 3.70" Swivel
3500 psig / 241 bar
RV – IN Port: 1/4" Female 7 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure D)
Hastelloy® trim
Swivel; OUT Port: Swivel

1/4" Male Fixed 3.70" 8 – 1/4" Female 1 (Figure C)
T4 – 1/4" Tube Stubs
3.70" Swivel
9 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure B)
Swivel
1. Per ASTM B 912 S – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure B)
2. Per SEMI F19, HP grade Male
T – 1/4" Fixed 1 (Figure C)
Male
U – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure D)
Male

64-5000 SERIES
Specifications

120, 600, or 3500 psig / 8.3, 41.4, or 241 bar
Inboard Leak Rate
< 1 x 10 -9 atm cc/sec He
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.24 (120 psig / 8.3 bar model) TESCOM 64-5000 Series ultra high purity, absolute/
Cv = 0.15 (600 psig / 41.4 bar model)
subatmospheric pressure reducing regulator offers a
Cv = 0.06 (3500 psig / 241 bar model)
10 Ra surface finish. Inlet pressures are 120, 600, or
3500 psig / 8.3, 41.4, or 241 bar with outlet pressures
ranges from 50 mm Hg absolute - 15 to 100 psig /
Body
316L Stainless Steel Electropolish or
50 mm Hg absolute - 1.0 to 6.9 bar.
Valve Seat
Applications
PTFE or PCTFE • Vacuum pressure control
Diaphragm • Toxic gas analysis
Valve Stem, Spring, and Valve Guide • Valve manifold boxes
OTHER • Semiconductor manufacturing

Connections • Negative bias for controlling vacuum and low
Welded female or male VCR® positive pressures
Tube stubs
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®) surface finish
Cleaning • Metal-to-metal diaphragm to body seal for high
DI water electronic grade cleaned and ES 500 Particle Certified leak integrity
Internal Volume
• Hastelloy® trim option is available
2.9 cc
Weight
2.0 lbs / 0.9 kg

64-5000 SERIES
Figure A
(no gauges)
Figure B
(2 gauges)
Figure C
(1 gauge)
Figure D
(2 out gauges)


64-5000 SERIES
Model No. 64-5060TRT00

700 0
OUTLET PRESSURE - mm Hg Absolute
INLET PRESSURE: 2 psig [0.14 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - Inches Hg Vac.

600 6.32
500 10.22
400 14.22
300 18.12
200 22.07
100 25.98
28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute
0 30
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
FLOW RATE - SCC/MIN

64-5000 SERIES

64-50 6 0 T A4 1 0
OUTLET INLET AND MAXIMUM NO. OF GAUGE

BASIC SEAT GAUGE PORT
BODY MATERIAL PRESSURE OUTLET PORT SIZE 'A' ± .06" INLET PRESSURE PORTS
SERIES MATERIAL OPTION
RANGES3 AND TYPE Cv (FIGURE)
64-50 4 – 3 16L Stainless Steel 0 – 50 mm Hg absolute - K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. – 0 – 120 psig 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 15 psig / 1.0 bar T – PTFE RK – 1/2" Male 4.75" 8.3 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1 – 50 mm Hg absolute - Swivel Cv = 0.24 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Stainless Steel 30 psig / 2.1 bar RL – 1/2" Female 4.75" 1 – 3500 psig 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 50 mm Hg absolute - Swivel 241 bar 4 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
60 psig / 4.1 bar RM – 1/4" Male 3.70" Cv = 0.06 Swivel
3 – 50 mm Hg absolute - Swivel 2 – 600 psig 5 – 1/4" Male 1 (Figure C)
100 psig / 6.9 bar RT – 1/4" Female 3.70" 41.4 bar Swivel
Swivel Cv = 0.15 6 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure B)
RU – IN Port: 3.70" Swivel
1/4" Male; 7 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure D)
OUT Port: Swivel
1/4" Female 8 – 1/4" Female 1 (Figure C)
RV – IN Port:1/4" 3.70" Swivel
Female; 9 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure B)
OUT Port: Swivel
1/4" Male S – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure B)
T4 – 1/4" Tube 3.00" Male
Stubs T – 1/4" Fixed 1 (Figure C)
1. Per ASTM B 912 Male
2. Per SEMI F19, HP grade U – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure D)
3. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute Male

64-5400 SERIES
Specifications

600 psig / 41.4 bar
30, 60, 100, 150 psig
2.1, 4.1, 6.9, 10.3 bar
150% maximum rated
Inboard Leak Rate
< 1 x 10-9 atm cc/sec He
Teflon® PFA Seat: -40°F to 160°F / -40°C to 71°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.0

TESCOM 64-5400 Series high purity pressure
Body
316L Stainless Steel Electropolish or
reducing regulator provides 316 Stainless Steel with
316L VAR Stainless Steel Electropolish Electropolish, 10 Ra surface finish and Hastelloy®
Diaphragm diaphragm design. The 64-5400 Series offers high
Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) flow Cv = 1.0 and inlet pressure of 600 psig / 41.4 bar
Valve Seat with outlet pressures up to 150 psig / 10.3 bar.
PCTFE or PTFE PFA
Seat Retainer Applications
Nitronic 60 Stainless Steel • Bulk Specialty Gas Systems (BSGS)
Stem, Seal, and Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel • 1/2" point-of-use
• Tool hookups
OTHER • Gas cabinets
10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer Features and Benefits
Connections
Welded Female or Male VCR® • Compact, hand-loaded and pressure reducing
Tube Stubs • Low internal volume
Compression Fittings
Cleaning
DI water electronic grade cleaned and ES 500 Particle Certified leak integrity
for internal electropolish models • 1.3 Cv available upon request
Internal Volume
21 cc
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
NOTE:

64-5400 SERIES


64-5400 SERIES
70
[4.8]
65
[4.5]
60
[4.1]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4] P1 = 600 psig
45 [41.4 bar]
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
35
[2.4]
30 300 psig
[2.1] P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar] [20.7 bar]
25 150 psig
[1.7] [10.3 bar]
20 100 psig [6.9 bar]
[1.4]
300 psig [20.7]
15
[1.0] 150 psig
10 75 psig [10.3 bar]
[0.69] [5.2 bar]
5
[0.35]
0 7.1 14.1 21.2 28.3 35.3 42.4 49.4

[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200] [1400]
160
[11.0]
140
[9.7] P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar]
120 300 psig

[8.3] [20.7 bar]
200 psig [13.8 bar]
100
[6.9]
600 psig [41.4 bar]
80
[5.5]
300 psig
60 [20.7 bar]
[4.1]
150 psig
40
[2.8] [10.3 bar]
20
[1.4]
0
7.1 14.1 21.2 28.3 35.3 42.4 49.4
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200] [1400]

64-5400 SERIES

64-54 6 2 K T6 1 0
NUMBER OF
INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM GAUGE
BASIC BODY OUTLET SEAT GAUGE
FINISH PORT TYPE ‘A’ ± .06" INLET PORT
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE MATERIAL PORTS
AND SIZE PRESSURE OPTION
(FIGURE)
64-54 4– 3
16L 10 Ra 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE T6 – 3/8" Tube Stubs 3.70 1 – 6 600 psig 0 – None 0 (A)
Stainless Steel 2.1 bar 41.4 bar
T – PTFE T8 – 1/2" Tube Stubs 3.70 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (C)
Electropolish1
1 – 60 psig PFA
6– 3
16L VAR 10 Ra RU – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.59 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (B)
4.1 bar
Stainless Steel
Electropolish2 RW – 1/2" Female Swivel 5.59
2 – 100 psig
6.9 bar C6 – 3/8" Compression
Fitting 6.42
3 – 150 psig
1. Per ASTM B 912
10.3 bar C8 – 1/2" Compression
2. Per SEMI F19, HP Grade
Fitting 6.00

74-2400 SERIES
Specifications

600 or 3500 psig / 41.4 or 241 bar
30, 60, or 100 psig / 2.1, 4.1, or 6.9 bar
Inboard Leak Rate
1 x 10-9 atm cc/sec He
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06 (3500 psig / 241 bar model)
Cv = 0.15 (600 psig / 41.4 bar model)
TESCOM 74-2400 Series ultra high purity, tied

diaphragm pressure reducing regulator provides
Body
low internal volume and an internally springless and
threadless design. The 74-2400 Series offers a
Diaphragm
10 Ra surface finish and 316 Stainless Steel VAR. Inlet
pressures are 600 or 3500 psig / 41.3 or 241 bar with
Seat
outlet pressures up to 100 psig / 6.9 bar.
PCTFE (Polyimide (Vespel®) Optional for 3500 psig / 241 bar
model)
Applications
Valve Stem
316 Stainless Steel • 1/4" point-of-use
Rear Seal • Gas cabinets
316 Stainless Steel
OTHER • Valve manifold boxes

Internal Surface Finish • Research labs
Welded female or male VCR® • Manufactured and tested using Total Quality tools
Tube stubs
including Statistical Process Control
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®) • No internal springs and a low internal volume
Cleaning minimizes particle entrapment
• Metal-to-metal seal at diaphragm or body interface
Internal Volume • 10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer finish is available
2.9 cc
2.0 lbs / 0.9 kg
VCR
NOTE:
®
is a registered trademark of Cajon Co.

74-2400 SERIES
GAUGE PORT OPTIONS


74-2400 SERIES
100
[6.9] 74-2462 P1 = 2000 and 3500 psig
[138 and 241 bar]
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5]
74-2462 P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
70
[4.8]
60 74-2461 P1 = 2000 and 3500 psig

[4.1] [138 and 241 bar]
50 74-2462 P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]

[3.4]
40
[2.8] 74-2462 P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
30 74-2460 P1 = 2000 and 3500 psig

[2.1] [138 and 241 bar]
20 74-2460 P1 = 60 psig [4.1 bar]

[1.4]
74-2460 P1 = 40 and 60 psig
[2.8 and 4.1 bar]
10
[0.69]
74-2460 P1 = 60 psig [4.1 bar]
74-2460 P1 = 40 psig [2.8 bar]

0
0.18 0.35 0.53 0.71 0.88 1.1
[5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [31]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] - AIR

74-2400 SERIES
74-24 6 2 K A4 1 0
OUTLET MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
BASIC BODY MATERIAL / SEAT INLET AND OUTLET GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE 'A' ± 0.06" INLET GAUGE PORTS
SERIES FINISH MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE OPTIONS
RANGES PRESSURE (FIGURE)
74-24 6 – 316L VAR 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1.09" 1 – 3500 psig 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Stainless Steel 2.1 bar (standard) RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 4.75" 241 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
1 – 60 psig V – Polyimide RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 4.75" 2 – 600 psig
RM – 1/4" Male Swivel 3.70" 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
4.1 bar 41.4 bar 4 – 1/4" Male Swivel
(Vespel®) 2 (Figure D)
RT – 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70"
2 – 100 psig (3500 psig / 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
6.9 bar RU – IN Port: 1/4" Male; 6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure B)
241 bar
model only) OUT Port: 1/4" Female 3.70" 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
RV – IN Port: 1/4" Female; 8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
1. Per SEMI F19, UHP grade
OUT Port: 1/4" Male 3.70" 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
T4 – 1/4" Tube Stubs 3.00" S – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure B)

74-3000 SERIES
Specifications

300, 600, 1000, or 3500 psig / 20.7, 41.4, 69.0, or 241 bar
100 mm Hg absolute - 15 psig, 3-30, 3-60, 4-100, and 4-150 psig
100 mm Hg absolute - 1
.0 bar, 0.21-2.1, 0.21-4.1, 0.28-6.9,
and 0.28-10.3 bar
< 1 x 10 -9 atm cc/sec He per ASTM E449
Operating Temperature:
PCTFE Seat: -40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C TESCOM 74-3000 Series ultra high purity pressure
Teflon® PFA Seat: -40°F to 160°F / -40°C to 71°C
reducing regulator offers 5 Ra or 10 Ra surface finishes,
Flow Capacity high flow Cv = 0.5 and an internally threadless and
Cv = 0.5
low internal volume design. Inlet pressures are 600,
1000, or 3500 psig / 41.3, 69, or 241 bar with outlet
pressures up to 150 psig / 10.3 bar.
Body
316L VAR Stainless Steel with Electropolish
Applications
Diaphragm
Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) • High flow purging systems
Stem, Seal and Remaining Parts • 1/2" point-of-use
316 Stainless Steel
• Regulation of specialty gases
Valve Seat
3500 psig / 241 bar: Polyimide (Vespel®) • Semiconductor manufacturing
300 and 1000 psig / 20.7 and 69.0 bar: PCTFE
600 psig / 41.4 bar: PTFE PFA Features and Benefits
OTHER • Compact, hand-loaded and pressure reducing
Internal Surface Finish • Low internal volume
• Smooth unobstructed flow path for complete purging
Connections
Welded female or male VCR® • Internally threadless
Tube stubs
• Absolute pressure range model is available
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®) • Excellent leak integrity is created by metal-to-metal
Cleaning diaphragm to body seal
Internal Volume NOTE:
14 cc with 1/2" VCR® When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet
Weight characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure
3.2 lbs / 1.5 kg is expected to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a
pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase
Vespel® and Teflon® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.
VCR® is a registered trademark of Cajon Co. is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. pressure to exceed the pressure rating of the unit’s outlet or that


74-3000 SERIES
1.50 : OUTLET
PRESSURE
4
RANGES 0-3
1.98 : OUTLET
PRESSURE
RANGE A


74-3000 SERIES
Model No. 74-306XXA8X0

100
[6.9] 74-3062 P1 = 3500 psig [241 bar]
90
[6.2] P1 = 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
60 P1 = 1000 and 3500 psig
[4.1] 74-3061 [69.0 and 241 bar]
50
[3.4]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1] 74-3060 P1 = 1000 and 3500 psig
[69.0 and 241 bar]
20
[1.4]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
10
[0.69] P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
[57] [113] [168] [226] [283] [340] [396] [453] [509] [566]
Model No. 74-306AXXX40

0 760
5 633
OUTLET PRESSURE
OUTLET PRESSURE
(mm Hg absolute)
in Hg of vacuum
10 507
15 P1 = 0 psig 380
20 253
25 127
30 0
0.07 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.42 0.49 0.57 0.64
[2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [14] [16] [18]

74-3000 SERIES

74-30 6 2 K T6 2 0
INLET AND
OUTLET MAXIMUM NO. OF GAUGE
BASIC BODY SEAT OUTLET PORT GAUGE PORT
FINISH PRESSURE ‘A’ ± .06" INLET PORTS
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL TYPE OPTION
RANGES PRESSURE (SEE FIGURE)
AND SIZE
74-30 6
– 316L VAR® 10 Ra A – 100 mm Hg V – Polyimide T4 – 1/4" Tube 3.70 1 – 3500 psig 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Stainless Steel absolute - (Vespel®) Stubs 241 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
Electropolish1 15 psig (3500 psig / T6 – 3/8" Tube 3.70 2 – 1000 psig 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
100 mm Hg 241 bar only) Stubs 69.0 bar 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
absolute - K – PCTFE T8 – 1/2" Tube 3.70 3 – 600 psig 4 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
1.0 bar (not available Stubs 41.4 bar Swivel
0 – 3-30 psig with 3500 psig / RA – 1/4" Male 3.70 4 – 300 psig 5 – 1/4" Male 1 (Figure C)
0.21-2.1 bar 241 bar inlet) Fixed 20.7 bar Swivel
1 – 3-60 psig T – PTFE PFA RU – 1/2" Male 5.59 (Absolute 6 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure B)
0.21-4.1 bar (600 psig / Swivel only) Swivel
2 – 4-100 psig 41.4 bar only) RW – 1/2" Female 5.59 7 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure D)
0.28-6.9 bar Swivel Swivel
SV – IN Port:1/2" 5.59 8 – 1/4" Female 1 (Figure C)
3 – 4-150 psig
Male Swivel; Swivel
0.28-10.3 bar
OUT Port: 9 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure B)
1/2" Female Swivel
SZ – IN Port:1/2" 5.59 S – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure B)
1. Per SEMI F19, UHP grade Female; Male
OUT Port: T – 1/4" Fixed 1 (Figure C)
1/2" Male Male
Swivel U – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure D)
Male

74-3800 SERIES
Specifications

600, 1000, 3500 psig / 41.4, 69.0, 241 bar
30, 60, 100, 150 psig / 2.1, 4.1, 6.9, 10.3 bar
Inboard Leak Rate
< 1 x 10-9 atm cc/sec He, per ASTM E449
Vespel® : -40°F to 350°F / -40°C to 177°C
PCTFE: -40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Teflon® PFA: -40°F to 160°F / -40°C to 71°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.5
TESCOM 74-3800 Series ultra high purity, tied

diaphragm pressure reducing regulator offers high
Body
flow and internally threadless and low internal volume
316L VAR Stainless Steel with Electropolish
design with Cv = 0.5. The 74-3800 Series is available
Diaphragm
with 10 Ra surface finish. Inlet pressures are 600,
1000, or 3500 psig / 41.3, 69, 241 bar with outlet
Valve Seat
pressures up to 150 psig / 10.3 bar.
Polyimide (Vespel®) (3500 psig / 241 bar Inlet)
PCTFE (600, 100 psig / 41.4, 6.9 bar Inlet)
PTFE PFA (600 psig / 41.4 bar Inlet)
Applications
Remaining Parts • 1/2" point-of-use pressure regulator
• High flow purging systems
OTHER
Connections
Welded female or male VCR® • Internally springless and threadless design
Compression
leak integrity
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®) • Smooth unobstructed flow path allows for
Internal Volume complete purging
15 cc • Positive shut-off seal, tied diaphragm design with
Weight (without gauges) positionable captured vent bonnet
3.2 lbs / 1.5 kg
• Hastelloy® trim option is available
and Company.
NOTE:

74-3800 SERIES
FIGURE A (NO GAUGE) FIGURE B (2 GAUGES)
A (NO GAUGE) FIGURE A (NOB GAUGE)

FIGURE (2 GAUGES) FIGURE B (2 GAUGES)
“A” “A”
END TO END DIMENSION END TO END DIMENSION
“A” “A”
END DIMENSION END“A”
TO END DIMENSION “A”
END TO END DIMENSION END TO END DIMENSION
“A”
“A”
“A”
END DIMENSION
FIGURE C (1“A”GAUGE) FIGURE D (2 OUTLET GAUGES)
END“A”
TO END DIMENSION
C (1 GAUGE) FIGURE D (2 OUTLET GAUGES) “A”
FIGURE C (1 GAUGE) FIGURE D (2 OUTLET GAUGES)


74-3800 SERIES
74-3800 Series
80
[5.5]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
[57] [113] [168] [226] [283] [340] [396] [453] [509] [566]

74-3800 SERIES
74-38 6 2 K RW 1 0
NUMBER
BASIC BODY OUTLET SEAT INLET AND OUTLET INLET GAUGE PORT OF GAUGE
FINISH 'A' ± .06"
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE PRESSURE OPTIONS PORTS
(FIGURE)
74 - 38 6 – 316L VAR 10 Ra1 0 – 30 psig V – Polyimide C6 – 3/8" Compression 6.42 SST Trim 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Stainless Steel 2.1 bar (Vespel®) C8 – 1/2" Compression 6.00 1 – 3500 psig 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
Electropolish 1 – 60 psig (3500 psig / RU – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.59 241 bar 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
4.1 bar 241 bar only) RW– 1/2" Female Swivel 2 – 1000 psig
5.59 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
2 – 100 psig K – PCTFE T6 – 3/8" Tube Stubs 3.70 69.0 bar 4 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
6.9 bar
(600 and T8 – 1/2" Tube Stubs 3.70 3 – 600 psig 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
1000 psig / 41.4 41.4 bar
3 – 150 psig and 69.0 bar 6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure B)
10.3 bar only) Hastelloy® Trim 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
1. Per SEMI F19, HP grade T – PTFE PFA 4 – 1000 psig 8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
(600 psig / 69.0 bar 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
41.4 bar only) 5 – 3500 psig
241 bar
6 – 600 psig
41.4 bar

PH-1600 SERIES
Regulators - Pressure Reducing DPH161979X012
Specifications

300 psig / 20.7 bar
0-20, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150, 0-250 psig
0-1.4, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3, 0-17.2 bar
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-20°F to 300°F / -28°C to 148°C
Flow Capacity
1/2" Port Size: Cv = 2.5
3/4" Port Size: Cv = 3.5
1 and 1-1/2" Port Size: Cv = 5.0
TESCOM PH-1600 Series is part of our Pharmpure™
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS product line. This high purity, high flow
Body
single-stage regulator offers a compact, USP Class VI
316L Stainless Steel and BPE compliant design suitable for biotech and
pharmaceutical applications. This regulator provides
Diaphragm
PTFE
gas flows up to 400 SCFM / 11,320 SLPM. Its Gylon®
diaphragm ensures gas purity and integrity.
Seat, Valve
Ethylene Propylene
Applications
O-Rings
Ethylene Propylene • Clean steam for sanitization
Valve Spring • Vessel headspace pressurization
316 Stainless Steel
• Up to Cv = 5.0 flow capacity
• Gylon® diaphragm
OTHER
Internal Surface Finish • Low droop, high flow
20 Ra, 30 Ra microinch / 0.63, 0.80 micrometer • Five outlet pressure ranges
Connections
• Accurately regulates pressures up to
Sanitary Fittings
Tube Ends
250 psig / 17.2 bar
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) (gauge port only) • Welded sanitary connections and tube ends
Cleaning are available
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 Clean Service Certificate of
• Soft goods USP Class VI compliant
Conformance available
Weight • BPE 2009 compliant design
16 lbs / 7 kg
Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Specialty Metals.

PH-1600 SERIES
PH-1600 Series Regulator Drawing
SHOWN WITH SANITARY CONNECTIONS
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
Ø
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
“A”
DEPENDS ON CONNECTION SIZE
PART NUMBER DIMENSION “A” PART NUMBER DIMENSION “A”
PH16XXXXXXAAX 7.25 / 7.13 PH16XXXXXX66X 9.91 / 9.79

PH16XXXXXXBBX 7.25 / 7.13 PH16XXXXXX77X 9.91 / 9.79
PH16XXXXXXCCX 7.25 / 7.13 PH16XXXXXX88X 9.91 / 9.79
PH16XXXXXXDDX 7.19 / 7.07 PH16XXXXXXWWX 9.91 / 9.79


PH-1600 SERIES
PH-1600 Series Regulator Flow Charts
Cv = 5.0
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
P1=150 psig [10.3 bar]
50
[3.4] 100 psig
40 [6.9 bar]
[2.8]
150 psig
30 [10.3 bar]
[2.1]
20
[1.4] 100 psig
10 75 psig [6.9 bar]
[0.69] 75 and 100 psig [5.2 and 6.9 bar] [5.2 bar]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528] [5094] [5660] [6226] [6792]

Cv = 5.0
160
[11.0]
140
[9.7]
120 P1 = 300 psig [20.7 bar]
[8.3]
100
[6.9] 200 psig
80 [13.8 bar]
[5.5]
60 300 psig [20.7 bar]
[4.1]
40 200 psig
[2.8] 150 psig [13.8 bar]
20 [10.3 bar]
[1.4]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

[2830] [5660] [8490] [11,320] [14,150] [16,980]
Note: Flow curves shown with 1" ports. Smaller ports will limit the maximum
flow reached. Additional flow curves are available, please consult TESCOM.

PH-1600 SERIES
PH-1600 Series Regulator Part Number Selector
OUTLET
GAUGE
INLET
PH16 H A 1 G N B A D D 9
BODY MATERIAL /
BASIC OUTLET VENT CERTIFICATE OF GAUGE PORT INLET, OUTLET AND
LOAD TYPE BODY SURFACE SOFT GOODS
SERIES PRESSURE SEAT CONFORMANCE CONFIGURATION GAUGE PORTS
FINISH
PH16 D–D
ome A – 316L Stainless 0 – 0-20 psig G – Diaphragm: N – Non- A – None A – No gauge ports A – 1/2" Sanitary1
load Steel / 0-1.4 bar PTFE Venting
20 Ra SFV1 O-rings: E.P. B – Clean B – 3/4" Sanitary2
H – Spring 1 – 0-50 psig Seat: E.P. Service
load, C – 316L Stainless 0-3.4 bar Certificate C – 1" Sanitary
handknob Steel / D – One outlet D – 1-1/2" Sanitary
30 Ra SFV3 2 – 0-100 psig gauge at 90°
W – Spring 0-6.9 bar 6 – 1/2" Tube1
load,
wrench 3 – 0-150 psig 7 – 3/4" Tube2
adjust 0-10.3 bar
8 – 1" Tube
5 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar W – 1-1/2" Tube
1. Port size limits regulator to Cv = 2.5
Y – 1/4" HPIC
2. Port size limits regulator to Cv = 3.5
9 – None

PH-1800 SERIES
Specifications

300 psig / 20.7 bar
0-20, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150, 0-250 and 0-300 (Dome load only) psig
0-1.4, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3, 0-17.2 and 0-20.7 (Dome load only) bar
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-20°F to 300°F / -29°C to 149°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 10.0

Body TESCOM PH-1800 Series is part of our Pharmpure™
316L Stainless Steel product line. This high purity, high-flow single-
Diaphragm stage regulator offers a compact, USP Class VI
PTFE and BPE compliant design suitable for biotech and
Seat, Main Valve pharmaceutical applications. This regulator offers gas
Ethylene Propylene
flows of 5-2000 SCFM /142-56,634 SLPM. Its Gylon®
O-Rings diaphragm ensures gas purity and integrity.
Ethylene Propylene
Valve Spring Applications
Remaining Parts • Clean steam for sanitization
316 Stainless Steel • Vessel headspace pressurization

Internal Surface Finish • Flow capacity Cv = 10.0
20 Ra, 30 Ra microinch / 0.51, 0.76 micrometer
Connections • Gylon® diaphragm
Sanitary Fittings • Low droop, high-flow
Tube Ends
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) (gauge port only) • Five outlet pressure ranges
Cleaning • Accurately regulates pressures up to
Clean Service Certificate of Conformance available 250 psig / 17.2 bar
Weight (approximately) • Welded sanitary connections and tube stubs
35 lbs / 15.9 kg are available
• Soft goods are USP Class VI compliant
• ASME BPE 2009 compliant design

PH-1800 SERIES
SHOWN WITH SANITARY CONNECTIONS
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
“A”
Part No. Dimension “A” Part No. Dimension “A”

PH18XXXXXXBBX . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.82/8.70 PH18XXXXXX77X . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56/11.44
PH18XXXXXXCCX . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.82/8.70 PH18XXXXXX88X . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56/11.44
PH18XXXXXXDDX . . . . . . . . . . . .8.82/8.70 PH18XXXXXXWWX . . . . . . . . . . .11.56/11.44
PH18XXXXXXEEX . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.66/8.54


PH-1800 SERIES
PH-1800 Series Regulator Flow Chart
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4] P1 = 300 psig [20.7 bar]
40
[2.8] 100 psig [6.9 bar]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
300
10
[0.69] 100 100
100
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
[5663] [11,327] [16,990] [22,653] [28,317] [33,980] [39,644] [45,307] [50,970] [56,634]

PH-1800 SERIES
OUTLET
GAUGE
INLET
PH-18 H A 1 G N B A D D 9
CERTIFICATE INLET, OUTLET,
BASIC BODY MATERIAL / OUTLET GAUGE PORT
LOAD TYPE SOFT GOODS VENT SEAT OF AND
SERIES BODY SURFACE FINISH PRESSURE CONFIGURATION
CONFORMANCE GAUGE PORTS
PH-18 D – Dome load A – 316L Stainless Steel / 0 – 0-20 psig G – Diaphragm: N – Non-venting A – None A – No gauge B – 3/4" Sanitary1
H – Spring load 20 Ra SFV1 0-1.4 bar PTFE B – Clean ports C – 1" Sanitary
(handknob) C – 316L Stainless Steel / 1 – 0-50 psig O-Rings: E.P. Service D – 1-1/2" Sanitary
30 Ra SFV3 0-3.4 bar Certificate E – 2" Sanitary
Seat: E.P.
2 – 0-100 psig 7 – 3/4" Tube1
0-6.9 bar D – One outlet 8 – 1" Tube

3 – 0-150 psig gauge at 90° W – 1-1/2" Tube
0-10.3 bar Y – 1/4" HPIC
5 – 0-250 psig 1. Port size limits regulator to Cv = 6.5 9 – None
0-17.2 bar
D – 0-300 psig
0-20.7 bar
(Dome load only)

PH-2200 SERIES
Specifications

150 psig / 10.3 bar
Spring (handknob)
0-10, 0-25, 0-50, and 0-100 psig
0-0.69, 0-1.7, 0-3.4, and 0-6.9 bar
Spring Bias and Dome
0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar (See Part Number Selector for more details)
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: designed to meet < 2 x 10 -8 atm cc/sec He
Operating Temperature (media only)
PEEK-OPTIMA® or PEEK-Classix® Seat: -40°F to 400°F / -40°C to 204°C
Flow Capacity TESCOM PH-2200 Series is part of our Pharmpure™
Cv = 0.06, 0.15, and 0.24
product line. This high purity single-stage regulator
offers a compact, USP Class VI and BPE compliant
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS design suitable for specialty, corrosive, and pyrophoric
Body gases of < 5 SCFM / 142 SLPM. Diffusion-resistant
316L Stainless Steel metal diaphragm seal ensures gas purity and integrity.
Seat
PTFE, PEEK-OPTIMA®, PEEK-Classix® Applications
Friction Sleeve
Inner: PTFE • Sparge gases
Outer: 316 Stainless Steel • Clean steam for sanitization
Valve Guide
316 Stainless Steel • Transfer panels
Diaphragm • Low flow specialty gas
316 Stainless Steel
Seat Retainer Features and Benefits
Nitronic 60
• 316L Stainless Steel barstock regulator body design
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel • FDA/USP compliant designs are available
• Clean Service Certification of Compliance is
OTHER available: Includes actual material certification, weld
Connections records, and bill of materials
Sanitary Fittings
Tube Ends • 15 or 32 Ra microinch / 0.38 or 0.81 micrometer
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) (gauge port only) body surface finish is standard
Cleaning • Precise pressure control
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93, Clean Service Certificate of
Conformance available • Gauge port is available
Weight (approximately) • ASME BPE 2009 compliant design
2.0 lbs / 0.9 kg
PEEK-OPTIMA® is a registered trademark of Invibio Ltd.
PEEK-Classix® is a registered trademark of Invibio Ltd.

PH-2200 SERIES
ETE
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION SIZE


PH-2200 SERIES
Cv = 0.15
100
[6.9]
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
100
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
100
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
100
0 2 4 6 8
[57] [113] [170] [227]
Cv = 0.24
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1] P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar] Inlet
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69] 100
100
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
[57] [113] [170] [227] [283] [340] [396] [453]

PH-2200 SERIES

PH-22 A 2 8 8 1 0 B
INLET AND
BODY INLET AND
BASIC BODY SEAT VALVE LOAD OUTLET OUTLET PORT FLOW GAUGE PORT CERTIFICATE OF
SURFACE OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL SPRING TYPE PRESSURE SIZE WALL CAPACITY OPTIONS CONFORMANCE
FINISH PORT TYPE
THICKNESS
PH-22 A – 316L 15 Ra PTFE 316 0 – Spring 0-10 psig 8 – Sanitary 6 – 3/8" 1 – Cv = 0.06 0 – No gauge A – None
Stainless Stainless 0-0.69 bar 9 – Tube (Tube Only) 2 – Cv = 0.15 ports B – Clean
Steel
Steel 1 – Spring 0-25 psig 0.375" OD 4 – Cv = 0.24 Service
0-1.7 bar x 0.035" wall Certification
B – 316L 15 Ra Arlon® Cobalt 2 – Spring 0-50 psig 2 – One 1/4"
8 – 1/2"
Stainless (PEEK) Chrome 0-3.4 bar HPIC outlet
0.500" OD
Steel Nickel 3 – Spring 0-100 psig gauge port
x 0.065" wall

Alloy 0-6.9 bar at 90°

(Eligiloy®) 4 – Spring Bias 0-100 psig
0-50 psig / 0-6.9 bar
C – 316L 32 Ra PTFE 316 0-3.4 bar
Stainless Stainless Spring Bias
Steel Steel Pressure
5 – Spring Bias 0-100 psig
D – 316L 32 Ra Arlon® Cobalt 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
Stainless (PEEK) Chrome 0-6.9 bar
Steel Nickel Spring Bias
Alloy Pressure
(Eligiloy®) 6 – Dome 0-100 psig
0-6.9 bar

PH-2600 SERIES
Specifications

150 psig / 10.3 bar
Spring (handknob)
0-10, 0-25, 0-50, 0-100, and 0-150 psig
0-0.69, 0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, and 0-10.3 bar
Spring Bias and Dome
0-100 psi / 0-6.9 bar (See Part Number Selector for more details)
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Flow Capacity TESCOM PH-2600 Series is part of our Pharmpure™
Cv = 0.02, 0.06, 0.15, and 0.24
product line. This high purity single-stage regulator
offers a compact, USP Class VI and BPE compliant
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS design suitable for specialty, corrosive, and pyrophoric
Body applications. This regulator offers gas flows of
316L Stainless Steel <10 SCFM / 283 SLPM. Diffusion-resistant metal
Seat diaphragm seal ensures gas purity and integrity.
PTFE or PEEK-OPTIMA®, PEEK-Classix®
Friction Sleeve Applications
Inner: PTFE
Outer: 316 Stainless Steel • Sparge gases
Valve Guide • Clean steam for sanitization
316 Stainless Steel
Diaphragm
• Transfer panels
316 Stainless Steel • Low flow specialty gas
Seat Retainer
Nitronic 60 Features and Benefits
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel
• 316L Stainless Steel barstock regulator body design
• FDA/USP compliant designs are available
OTHER • Clean Service Certification of Compliance available:
Connections Includes actual material certification, weld records,
Sanitary Fittings and bill of materials
Tube Ends
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) (gauge port only) • 15 or 32 Ra microinch / 0.38 or 0.81 micrometer
Cleaning body surface finishes are available
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93, Clean Service Certificate of
Conformance available • Precise pressure control
Weight (approximately) • Gauge port is available
2.0 lbs / 0.9 kg
PEEK-OPTIMA® is a registered trademark of Invibio Ltd.

PH-2600 SERIES
ETE
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH DEPENDS ON
CONNECTIONSIZE
DIAMETER
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION SIZE


PH-2600 SERIES
w Cv = 0.15
96
[6.6]
80
[5.5]
64
[4.4]
48
[3.3] P1 = 130 psig Inlet [9.0 bar]
32
[2.2]
130 [9.0]
16
[1.1]
130 [9.0]
0 5 10 15 20
[142] [283] [425] [566]
Model No. PH-26B38840A Cv = 0.24

100 [6.9]
95 [6.6]
90 [6.2]
85 [5.9]
80 [5.5]
75 [5.2]
70 [4.8]
65 [4.5]
60 [4.1]
55 [3.8]
50 [3.4]
45 [3.1]
40 [2.8]
35 [2.4]
30 [2.1]
25 [1.7]
20 [1.4]
15 [1.0]
P1 = 120 psig Inlet [8.3 bar]
100 psig
10 [0.69] [6.9 bar] 90 psig
[6.2 bar]
5 [0.35] 40 psig 80 psig 100 psig
[2.8 bar] [5.5 bar] [6.9 bar]
0 5 10 15 20
[142] [283] [425] [566]

PH-2600 SERIES
PH-26 A 1 8 8 2 0 B
INLET AND
BODY INLET AND
BASIC BODY SEAT VALVE LOAD OUTLET OUTLET FLOW GAUGE PORT CERTIFICATE OF
SURFACE OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL SPRING TYPE PRESSURE PORT SIZE CAPACITY OPTIONS CONFORMANCE
FINISH PORT TYPE
WALL THICKNESS
PH-26 A – 316L 15 Ra PTFE 316 0 – Spring 0-10 psig 8 – Sanitary 6 – 3/8" 0 – Cv = 0.02 0 – No gauge A – None
Stainless Stainless 0-0.69 bar 9 – Tube (Tube Only) 1 – Cv = 0.06 ports B – Clean
Steel Steel 1 – Spring 0-25 psig 0.375" OD 2 – Cv = 0.15 Service
x 0.035" wall 4 – Cv = 0.24 Certification
0-1.7 bar
B – 316L 15 Ra PTFE Cobalt 8 – 1/2" 2 – One 1/4"
2 – Spring 0-50 psig HPIC outlet
Stainless Chrome 0.500" OD
0-3.4 bar gauge port
Steel Nickel x 0.065" wall
Alloy 3 – Spring 0-100 psig at 90°

(Eligiloy®) 0-6.9 bar
C – 316L 32 Ra PTFE 316 0-50 psig / 0-6.9 bar
Stainless Stainless 0-3.4 bar
Steel Steel Spring Bias
Pressure
D – 316L 32 Ra PEEK Cobalt
Stainless Chrome
0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
Steel Nickel
0-6.9 bar
Alloy
Spring Bias
(Eligiloy®)
Pressure
6 – Dome 0-100 psig
0-6.9 bar

PH-3200 SERIES
Specifications

500 psig / 34.5 bar
0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150 psig / 0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Internal: ANSI Class VI Shutoff
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.8, 1.0
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM PH-3200 Series is part of our Pharmpure™

Body product line. This high purity high flow single-
stage regulator offers a compact, USP Class VI
Seat
PTFE, PEEK-OPTIMA®, PEEK-Classix®
and BPE compliant design suitable for biotech and
pharmaceutical applications. This regulator offers
O-Ring
Ethylene Propylene gas flows of 5-50 SCFM / 142-1416 SLPM. Diffusion-
Diaphragm
resistant metal-to-metal diaphragm seal ensures gas
316 Stainless Steel purity and integrity.
Seat Retainer
Nitronic 60 Applications
Remaining Parts • Sparge gases
316 Stainless Steel
• Clean steam for sanitization
OTHER • Transfer panels
Connections
Sanitary Fittings Features and Benefits
Tube Ends • 316L Stainless Steel barstock regulator body design
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) (gauge port only)
Cleaning • FDA/USP compliant designs are available
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93, Clean Service Certificate of • Clean Service Certification of Compliance is
Compliance available
available: Includes actual material certification,
Weight (approximately)
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
weld records, and bill of materials
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. • 15 or 32 Ra microinch / 0.38 or 0.81 micrometer
PEEK-OPTIMA® is a registered trademark of Invibio Ltd. body surface finish standard
• Precise pressure control
• Gauge port is available

PH-3200 SERIES
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
DIAMETER
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION SIZE
ETE DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION SIZE


PH-3200 SERIES
Cv = 1.0
175 [12.1]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE
150 [10.3]
125 [8.6]
psig [bar]
100 [6.9] 300 [20.7]

75 [5.2]
50 [3.4]
300 [20.7]=P1
25 [1.7]
100 [6.9] 100 [6.9] 300 [20.7]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398] [3964] [4531]
Cv = 1.8
110 [7.6]
100 [6.9]
90 [6.2]
OUTLET PRESSURE
80 [5.5]
500 [34.5]=P1
psig [bar]
70 [4.8]
60 [4.1]
300 [20.7]
50 [3.4]
40 [2.8]
500 [34.5] 150 [10.3]
30 [2.1]
300 [20.7]
20 [1.4] 500 [34.5] 150 [10.3]
10 [0.69]
150 [10.3] 300 [20.7]
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320

[1133] [2265] [3398] [4531] [5663] [6796] [7929] [9061]

PH-3200 SERIES

PH-32 A 0 8 08 3 0 B
BODY INLET AND INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC BODY SEAT SEAL LOAD OUTLET FLOW GAUGE PORT CERTIFICATE OF
SURFACE OUTLET PORT SIZE
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL TYPE PRESSURE CAPACITY OPTIONS CONFORMANCE
FINISH PORT TYPE WALL THICKNESS
PH-32 A – 316L 15 Ra PTFE E.P. O-Ring 0 – Spring 0-25 psig 8 – Sanitary 08 – 1/2" 2 – Cv = 1.8 0 – No gauge A – None
Stainless 0-1.7 bar 9 – Tube 0.500" OD 3 – Cv = 1.0 ports B – Clean
Steel
1 – Spring 0-50 psig x 0.065" wall Service
B – 316L 15 Ra PEEK E.P. O-Ring 0-3.4 bar 12 – 3/4" Certification
Stainless 2 – Spring 0-100 psig 1 – One 3/4"
0.750" OD
Steel 0-6.9 bar sanitary
x 0.065" wall
C – 316L 32 Ra PTFE E.P. O-Ring 3 – Spring 0-150 psig outlet

Stainless 0-10.3 bar gauge
port at 90°
Steel
D – 316L 32 Ra PEEK E.P. O-Ring 2 – One 1/4"
Stainless HPIC outlet
Steel gauge port
at 90°

Backpressure Selection Guide
CONTROL AVAILABLE
PRESSURE LOADING SENSING
CV NOTES SERIES
RATING TYPES TYPE
Spring, Dome, General purpose

15,000 psig /
0.08 Air, Dome / Piston 54-2100
1034 bar Hydraulic only
Spring Biased
Page 499
Spring, Dome, Versatile

10,000 psig / 0.02, 0.10,
Air, Dome / Piston 26-1700
690 bar 0.14, 0.60 Up to 400°F / 204°C
Spring Biased
Page 457
10,000 psig / 690 bar High pressure,

Spring, Dome,
(Air Only) high flow
5000 psig / 345 bar
Spring Biased Hydraulic only
(Spring and Dome)
Page 511
Spring, Dome, Two-stage,

10,000 psig /
690 bar
Spring Biased Gas and Hydraulic
Page 521
5500 psig / 379 bar

Spring, Dome,
(Dome Only) 54-2700
5.0 Air, Dome / Piston High flow
500 psig / 34.5 bar
Spring Biased
(Spring and Dome)
Page 517
3000 psig / 207 bar

(Dome Only)
0.20 Spring, Dome Piston Compact BB-3
1200 psig / 82.7 bar
(Spring)
Page 523

CONTROL AVAILABLE
CV NOTES SERIES
RATING TYPES TYPE
1000 psig / 69.0 bar

(Dome Only)
Spring, Dome,
450 psig / 31.0 bar Low pressure,
2.0 Air, Dome / Diaphragm 26-2700
(Air Only) high flow
Spring Biased
375 psig / 25.9 bar
(Spring) Page 475
Dome / Spring
1000 psig / 69.0 bar 2.0 Diaphragm BIBS systems 26-2900
Biased, Air
Page 479
800 psig / 55.2 bar 0.10 Spring, Dome Piston Economical 44-1700
Page 483
Flanges according to
500 psig / 34.5 bar 0.14 Spring Piston 26-1700F
DIN EN 1092-1
Page 463
Spring, Dome, Sensitive

0.06, 0.12,
500 psig / 34.5 bar Air, Dome / Diaphragm 26-2300
0.60, 1.0 Versatile
Spring Biased
Page 467
Spring, Dome, Low flow

500 psig / 34.5 bar 0.08 Dome / Diaphragm High temperature 44-2300
Spring Biased tolerance
Page 487

CONTROL AVAILABLE
CV NOTES SERIES
RATING TYPES TYPE
500 psig / 34.5 bar 0.30 Spring, Dome Piston Economical 44-5500
Page 503
250 psig / 17.2 bar 0.30 Spring, Dome Diaphragm Economical 44-2500
Page 491
200 psig / 13.8 bar Spring, Dome,

Low pressure,
300 psig / 20.7 bar 5.0 Air, Dome / Diaphragm 26-2500
high flow
(Air Only) Spring Biased
Page 471
Economical
150 psig / 10.3 bar 0.30 Spring, Dome Diaphragm 44-2900
Sensitive
Page 495
150 psig / 10.3 bar Spring, Dome,

450 psig / 31.0 bar 0.04, 0.30 Air, Dome / Diaphragm Sub-atmospheric 44-4700
(Air Only) Spring Biased
Page 499
0-28 inch-Hg /
0.25 Spring, Dome Diaphragm Vacuum DV
0-948 mbar
Page 527

Regulators - Relief/Backpressure
Regulators that maintain desired upstream pressure by varying the flow
in response to changes in upstream pressure

Don’t know where to start? This guide lists TESCOM relief/backpressure regulators by control pressures, 447
flow rates and loading and sensing types to help you find the right product in this catalog
Quick Find List


? 44-1700 Series 483 54-2100 Series 507
26-1700F Series 463 44-2300 Series 487 ?
26-2700 Series 475 44-4700 Series 499 BB-3 Series 523
26-2900 Series 479 44-5500 Series 503 DV Series 527

26-1700 SERIES
Regulators - Relief / Backpressure D26170543X012
Specifications

10,000 psig / 689 bar
Controlled Pressure Ranges
5-500, 5-800, 10-1500,15-2500, 25-4000, 50-6000,
and 200-10,000 psig
0.35-34.5, 0.35-55.2, 0.69-103, 1.03-172, 1.72-276, 3.45-414,
and 13.8-689 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.10 (26-17X1 through 26-17X4)
Cv = 0.14 (26-17X5 through 26-17X7) TESCOM 26-1700 Series regulator controls pressures
Maximum Operating Torque up to 15,000 psig / 1034 bar and is suitable for gas or
40 in-lbs / 4.5 N•m liquid service.
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS Applications

Back-up Ring • Pump discharge pressure control
PTFE • Reactor pressure control
Body
316 Stainless Steel
• Over-pressurization relief
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N
Seal • Accuracy: ±1% of central pressure range
PCTFE • NACE Compatible design available
Seat
• Wide range of applications due to:
PCTFE (26-17X1 through 26-17X4)
PTFE (26-17X5 through 26-17X7) - Seven different control pressure ranges
Trim - 200-15,000 psig / 13.8-1034 bar control
300 Series Stainless Steel is optional
Remaining Parts
- H
igh flow Cv = 0.60 and low flow Cv = 0.02
models are available
OTHER • Bubble-tight shut-off at all reseat pressures
Cleaning • Safe and reliable piston-style sensor
• Panel mounting is standard
Weight
5 lbs / 2.2 kg • Compatible with TESCOM Air Actuators and

26-1700 SERIES


26-1700 SERIES
OUT
IN
6.52
6.47
165.6
164.4
SPRING LOADED, WRENCH ADJUSTED, LOCKING
FLANGE FACE: RF
OUTLET INLET
45 ° 11.97 ± 0.12
[304.8 ± 3.0]
ORIENTATION
(SAME BOTH ENDS)
SPRING LOADED, HAND OPERATED
FLANGE FACE: RTJ
OUTLET INLET
45 ° 11.97 ± 0.12
ORIENTATION [304.8 ± 3.0]
(SAME BOTH ENDS)


26-1700 SERIES
26-1764-24 Curves
2800
[193]
2450
[169]
MODEL NO. 26-1764-24
2100
[145]
1750
[121]
1400
[96.5]
1050
[72.4]
700
[48.3]
350
[24.1]
0
7.5 15 22.5 30
[210] [425] [635] [850]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [LPM] AIR

26-1700 SERIES
8800
[607]
8000
[552]
MODEL NO. 26-1761-24
7200
[496]
6400
[441]
5600
[386]
4800
[331]
4000
[276]
3200
[221]
2400
[165]
1600
[110]
800
[55.2] 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
[141] [283] [425] [566] [707] [850] [989]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [LPM] AIR

26-1700 SERIES


26-17 6 4 - 2 4 [BLANK]
OPTIONS
BASIC BODY AND BONNET CONTROLLED INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET (ADDITIONAL TO STANDARD
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE AS MODIFICATION)
26-17 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 1– 2

00-10,000 psig 1 – SAE 2 – 1/8" ** [BLANK] – No modification
13.8-689 bar 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" - 065 – 316 Stainless Steel Wetted
2– 5
0-6000 psig 3 – MS33649 6 – 3/8" - 099 – 200-15,000 psig / 13.8-1034 bar
3.45-414 bar Control Range, Cv = 0.02
4 – High Pressure 8 – 1/2" *
3– 2
5-4000 psig - 154 – Cv = 0.02
1.72-276 bar 6 – Medium Pressure
- 161 – Urethane O-Rings CO2 Service
4– 1
5-2500 psig
1.03-172 bar - 184 – Cv = 0.60, 5000 psig / 345 bar,
1/2" NPTF Ports
5– 1
0-1500 psig
0.69-103 bar
6– 5
-800 psig
0.35-55.2 bar
7– 5
-500 psig
0.35-34.5 bar
* Available for NPTF only.

** Not available for High & Medium Pressure

26-17W H 6 2 1 A 1 52 1
TEMPERATURE
OPERATING
DASH NO.
BODY, PIPE
O-RING
BASIC LOAD INLET PRESSURE FLOW FLANGE FLANGE FLANGE

SEAT
SEAL
& FLANGE
SERIES TYPE psig / bar CAPACITY SIZE CLASS FACE
MATERIAL
26-17W H – Hand 6 – 316 SST 2 – 2

5-5000 1 – Cv = 0.1 A Nitrile, 1 – 1/2" 21 – 1 - 300# 1 – RF
operated 3.72-344.8 2 – Cv = 0.14 Buna-N -20 to 140°F
PCTFE PCTFE 3 – 1" 41 – 1 - 600# 2 – RTJ
3– 2 5-4000 -29 to 60 °C
W – Locking 3 – Cv = 0.6 B PTFE 52 – 1 - 9
00# /
wrench 1.72-276 1500#
adjusted Nitrile, -20 to 140°F
4– 1
5-2500 C 63 – 1 - 2500#
1.03-172 Buna-N -29 to 60°C
PTFE PCTFE
5– 1
0-1500 -15 to 140°F
0.69-103 D FKM
-26 to 60°C
6– 5
-800 -20 to 165°F
Nitrile,
0.35-55.2 E
Buna-N -29 to 74°C
7– 5
-500
0.35-34.5 Polyimide Polyimide -15 to 200°F
F FKM
(Vespel®) (Vespel®) -26 to 93°C
0 to 200°F
G Kalrez® **
-17 to 93°C

26-1700 SERIES
Regulators - Relief / Backpressure D2617FL10141XEN2
Specifications
Controlled Pressure Range

5-500 psig / 0.34-34.5 bar
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.14
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
40 in-lbs / 4.5 N•m
TESCOM 26-1700F Series backpressure regulators

MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS provide welded flanges according to EN 1092 and are
Body suitable for gas or liquid service.
Main Valve Seat Applications
PTFE
• Pilot plants (i.e. in the chemical industry)
Seal
PCTFE • Pressure control of reactor or vessel applications
Back-up Rings
PTFE Features and Benefits
O-Ring • Flange connections according to DIN EN 1092-1
Nitrile, Buna-N Type 11 for easy line integration
Remaining Parts
• Face-to-face dimensions according to DIN EN 558,
Row 1
OTHER • Connection up to DN 25
Weight (approximate) • Setpoint repeatability exceeds conventional
DN 15: 8 lbs / 3.6 kg relief valves
DN 20/25: 11 lbs / 5 kg • Bubble-tight shutoff at all reseat pressures
• Safe and reliable piston-style sensor
• Compatible with the TESCOM Air Actuator
and ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller for
remote control
• Other connection standards upon request

26-1700 SERIES
maximal approximately 6.9 [176]

OUTLET INLET
0.9 [22.2]
FLANGE DIMENSION
DN15 Ø 2.59 [65.8]

DN20 Ø 3.7 [93]
DN25 Ø 3.7 [93]
“B”

“A”


26-1700 SERIES
(Model No. 26-1767FKBA3NE)

INTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
580
[40]
435
[30]
290
[20]
145
[10]
0 7 14 21 28 35 42
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200]

26-1700 SERIES
FLANGE EN1092-1
26-17 6 7 F K B F 3 N E
BASIC CONTROLLED GAUGE PORT FLOW OPTIONAL
SERIES PRESSURE RANGE OPTIONS CAPACITY ITEM
26-17 6 – 316L 7 – 5-500 psig K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 3 – 6 Cv = 0.14 N – None
Stainless 0.34-34.5 bar 130 95 raised face
Steel
L – DN 20 5.90 4.13 D – 6 Form D -
150 105 ring joint F – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in
M – DN 25 6.30 4.53
160 115

G – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in

L – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in, 1 x out

Kits
NON METALLIC 26-17XXFXXXXXX 389-1268
REPAIR 26-17XXFXXXXXX 389-6574

26-2300 SERIES
Specifications AIR LOAD

For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM. SPRING LOAD

0-50, 0-150, 0-250 psig / 0-3.4, 0-10.3, 0-17.2 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
DOME LOAD
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.60
25 in-lbs / 2.8 N•m
1. For extended temperatures from -40°F to 400°F / -40°C to 204°C, please consult TESCOM.
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 26-2300 Series is a highly accurate,

Body diaphragm sensed backpressure regulator. It controls
303 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel, or Aluminum 2024-T351 pressures up to 500 psig / 34.5 bar and offers many
Diaphragm Cvs from 0.02 up to 1.0. Air and dome loaded versions
Nitrile, Buna-N are available for remote operation or for use with
Main Valve Seat the TESCOM ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller
PTFE for automation.
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N Applications
Seals • Hydraulic or pneumatic testing
PTFE
• Calibration
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel • Pump discharge pressure control

OTHER
Cleaning • Crack to reseat - 2% of set pressure
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Easily adjusted, low torque handknob control
Weight
• Bubble-tight shutoff at all reseat pressures
Stainless Model: 2.25 lbs / 1.0 kg
Aluminum Model: 1.25 lbs / 0.6 kg • Four flow capacities available:
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. Cv = 0.60 standard
Cv = 0.06, 0.12, 1.0 optional
• Spring, dome, and air loaded models are available

26-2300 SERIES
SPRING LOAD
DOME LOAD
AIR LOAD


26-2300 SERIES
Cv = 0.60
Model No. 26-2321-24
Model No. 26-2321-24
Model Model
No. 26-2321-24 No.
Model No. Model
26-2321-24
26-2321-24
Model No. No. 26-2321-24
26-2321-24
180 180 180Model No. 26-2321-24
180 180180 180 180 [12.4]
[12.4]
[12.4] [12.4] [12.4] [12.4] [12.4]
[12.4] 165
165 165 165 165165 165 165
[11.4]
[11.4] [11.4]
[11.4] [11.4]
[11.4] [11.4] [11.4]
150 150 150
150 150150 150 150 [10.3]
[10.3]

[10.3]
[10.3] [10.3] [10.3] [10.3]


[10.3]
135 135 135

135 135135 135 135 [9.3]
[9.3]
[9.3] [9.3] [9.3] [9.3] [9.3]
[9.3] 120
120 120 120 120120 120 120
[8.3]
[8.3] [8.3]
[8.3] [8.3]
[8.3] [8.3] [8.3]
105 105 105
105 105105 105 105 [7.2]
[7.2]
[7.2] [7.2] [7.2] [7.2] [7.2]
[7.2] 90
9090 90 90 90 90 90
[6.2]
[6.2] [6.2]
[6.2] [6.2]
[6.2] [6.2] [6.2]
7575 75
75 75 75 75 75 [5.2]
[5.2]
[5.2] [5.2] [5.2] [5.2] [5.2]
[5.2] 60
6060 60 60 60 60 60
[4.1]
[4.1] [4.1]
[4.1] [4.1]
[4.1] [4.1] [4.1]
4545 45
45 45 45 45 45 [3.1]
[3.1]
[3.1] [3.1] [3.1] [3.1] [3.1]
[3.1] 30
3030 30 30 30 30 30
[2.1]
[2.1] [2.1]
[2.1] [2.1]
[2.1] [2.1] [2.1]
1515 15
15 15 15 15 15 [1.0]
[1.0]
[1.0] [1.0] [1.0] [1.0] [1.0]
[1.0] 0
00
7.50 157.5 0 0
7.5 0 22.5 157.5 7.5 30 22.5 15157.5
0
3022.5 157.5
7.5
22.5
3022.5
15 22.530 30
[210] [425] 15 22.5 [210] 3015 [425]3022.5 [635] 30 [850]
[210] [425]
[210] [635][425]
[210] [850]
[210] [635]
[425]
[210]
[425] [850][635] [210] [635]
[425]
[635] [850]
[635]
[425]
[850] [850]
[635] [850]
[850]
FLOW
FLOW - SCFMRATE
RATE FLOW [SLPM]
RATEFLOW
- SCFM -[SLPM]
RATE SCFM
NitrogenFLOW
- SCFM
Nitrogen
RATE
[SLPM]
FLOW FLOW
- [SLPM]
SCFM
Nitrogen
RATE RATE
[SLPM] - Nitrogen
- SCFM SCFM
Nitrogen [SLPM]
[SLPM] Nitrogen
Nitrogen
Cv = 0.60
Model No. 26-2322-24 Model No. 26-2322-24 Model No. 26-2322-24
300300 Model No.
Model
26-2322-24
No.
Model
26-2322-24
No.
Model
300
Model 26-2322-24
No.No.
Model
26-2322-24
No.
Model
26-2322-2426-2322-24
No.
Model
26-2322-24
No. 26-2322-24
[20.7]
[20.7] 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 [20.7]
300
[20.7] [20.7] [20.7] [20.7]
[20.7] [20.7] [20.7] [20.7]
275275 275
[19.0]
[19.0] 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 [19.0]
275
[19.0] [19.0] [19.0] [19.0]
[19.0] [19.0] [19.0] [19.0]
250250 250
[17.2]
[17.2] 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 [17.2]
250
[17.2] [17.2] [17.2] [17.2]
[17.2] [17.2] [17.2] [17.2]
225225 225
[bar]
[15.5]
[15.5] 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 [15.5]
225
[bar]
[15.5] [15.5] [15.5] [15.5]

[15.5] [15.5] [15.5] [15.5]
200200 200
- psig
[13.8]
[13.8] 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 [13.8]
200
- psig
[13.8] [13.8] [13.8] [13.8]

[13.8] [13.8] [13.8] [13.8]
175 175
175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 [12.1]
175
[12.1]
[12.1]
PRESSURE
[12.1] [12.1] [12.1] [12.1]

[12.1] [12.1] [12.1] [12.1]
PRESSURE
150 150
150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 [10.3]
150
[10.3]
[10.3] [10.3] [10.3] [10.3] [10.3]
[10.3] [10.3] [10.3] [10.3]
125 125
125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 [8.6]
125
[8.6]
[8.6] [8.6] [8.6] [8.6][8.6][8.6] [8.6] [8.6] [8.6]
100
INLET
100100
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 [6.9]
100
INLET
[6.9]
[6.9] [6.9] [6.9] [6.9][6.9][6.9] [6.9] [6.9] [6.9]
75 75
75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 [5.2]
75
[5.2]
[5.2] [5.2] [5.2] [5.2][5.2][5.2] [5.2] [5.2] [5.2]
50 50
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 [3.4]
50
[3.4]
[3.4] [3.4] [3.4] [3.4][3.4][3.4] [3.4] [3.4] [3.4]
25 25
25[1.7] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 [1.7]
25
[1.7] [1.7] [1.7] [1.7][1.7][1.7] [1.7] [1.7] [1.7]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
0 5
0 [284]
[142] 05 [426]10 010
05[568] 150[710]
10 5 20 5
05 25
1510
[852] 15
102015
100530
[994] 152520
1510053520
203025 [142]
2015
10
2535
530 [284]
2520
15 25
1035
30 3025[426]
20
3515 3530
25 20 30
[568] 35[710]
30 25 35 30 35
[852] [994]
35
[142]
[142] [284]
[142][284]
[426]
[284]
[142][142]
[568]
[426]
[284][426]
[142][710]
[568]
[426]
[284]
[142]
[852]
[710]
[568]
[426] [568]
[284]
[142]
[994]
[852]
[710]
[568]
[426]
[284]
[142]
[994]
[852]
[710]
[568][710]
[426]
[284]
[994]
[852]
[710]
[568]
[426]
[994]
[852]
[710] [852]
[568]
[994]
[852]
[710] [994] [994]
[852] [994]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen [284] [426] [568] FLOW
[710] RATE
[852] - SCFM
[994] [SLPM] Nitrogen
FLOW RATE
FLOW FLOW
RATE -FLOW
RATE
SCFM
FLOW -RATE
-FLOW
RATESCFM
SCFM
[SLPM]
-FLOW
RATE
[SLPM]
SCFM
Nitrogen
-FLOW
RATE
SCFM
[SLPM]
- SCFM [SLPM]
Nitrogen
-RATE
FLOW
[SLPM]
SCFM
[SLPM]Nitrogen
-RATE
SCFM
[SLPM]
Nitrogen Nitrogen
- [SLPM]
Nitrogen SCFM
Nitrogen
[SLPM]
Nitrogen
Nitrogen

26-2300 SERIES


26-23 2 1 - 2 4
BASIC
BODY MATERIAL CONTROL PRESSURE RANGE INLET AND OUTLET PORT TYPE INLET AND OUTLET PORT SIZE
SERIES
26-23 2 – 303 Stainless Steel 0 – 0-50 psig 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4"

0-3.4 bar
3 – 2024-T351 Aluminum 2 – NPTF 6 – 3/8"
1 – 0-150 psig
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0-10.3 bar 3 – MS33649 8 – 1/2"
2 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar

26-2500 SERIES
Specifications SPRING LOADED


0-20, 0-50, 0-125, 0-200 psig
0-1.4, 0-3.4, 0-8.6, 0-13.8 bar
0-300 psig / 0-20.7 bar for Air Load DOME LOADED
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-20°F to 165°F / -29°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 5.0

Body, Bonnet, Back-cap
TESCOM 26-2500 Series has a Cv = 5.0 for high flow
Main Valve Seat
backpressure applications. Large diaphragm provides
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer
(Chemraz®), or FKM (Viton®-A)
excellent sensitivity and minimal crack-to-reseat
pressure differential.
Diaphragm
PTFE, FKM (Viton®-A)
Application
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer • Pump discharge pressure control
(Chemraz®), or FKM (Viton®-A)
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60 • High flow capacity
• Close pressure differential between crack
OTHER and reseat
Cleaning
• Bubble-tight shutoff at all reseating pressures
Weight • Large diaphragm provides maximum sensitivity
Stainless Steel: 15 lbs / 6.8 kg • Dome loaded and air actuated options are available
Brass: 16 lbs / 7.3 kg
• Four control pressure ranges
Viton® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

26-2500 SERIES
SPRING LOAD
DIAPHRAGM 2000
[51]
1000
7.26 [184.3] [51]
7.18 [182.3]
MAIN VALVE
OUTLET INLET 2X Ø .335 .50

3/8-24 UNF
.35 MIN THD
1.02 [25.9]
0.98 [24.9]
Ø3.98 [101.1]
1/8" NPTF DOME PORT
DIAPHRAGM
"ØA"
DOME LOAD
4.60 [117.0] 4.00 FLATS

MAIN VALVE
4.56 [115.9] ON Ø 4.48 BODY
2X Ø .335 .50
OUTLET INLET
3/8-24 UNF
.35 MIN THD
1.02 [25.9]
0.98 [24.9] 1000
[51]
Ø3.98 [101.1] 2000

[51]
Ø5.90 [149.9]
1/8" NPTF LOAD PORT
AIR LOAD DIAPHRAGM
6.12 [155.4]
6.02 [152.9]
MAIN VALVE
2X Ø .335 .50
3/8-24 UNF
.35 MIN THD
OUTLET INLET 1000

[51]
1.02 [25.9] 2000

[51]
0.98 [24.9]
Ø3.98 [101.1]


26-2500 SERIES
26-2500 Series
1051 & 3064 load spring
350 [24.1]
300 [20.7]
250 [17.2]
200 [13.8]
150 [10.3]
100 [6.9]
0-200 psig [0-13.8 bar] Range

50 [3.4] 0-125 psig [0-8.6 bar] Range
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

[2830] [5663] [8495] [11,326] [14,158] [16,990]
26-2500 Series
1051 & 3064 load spring
200 [13.8]
180 [12.4]
160 [11.0]
140 [9.7]
120 [8.3]
100 [6.9]
80 [5.5]
60 [4.1]
50 [3.4]
40 [2.8]
25 [1.7] 0-100 psig [0-6.9 bar] Range

20 [1.4] 0-50 psig [0-3.4 bar] Range
10 [0.69]
5 [0.35]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
[2830] [5663] [8495] [11,326] [14,158] [16,990]

26-2500 SERIES

H – SPRING LOAD,
HANDKNOB ADJUST
D – DOME LOAD
Example for selecting a part number: A – AIR LOAD
26-25 6 1 E 2 08 H G A

O-RING AND VALVE
BODY, BONNET, INLET INLET
BASIC SEAT MATERIAL DIAPHRAGM PORTING
BACK-CAP INLET PRESSURE AND OUTLET AND OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL CONFIGURATION
MATERIAL PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
O-Ring Valve Seat
26-25 1 – Brass 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, Nitrile, 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2" G – PTFE A – No gauge
0-1.4 bar Buna-N Buna-N 90 ports
6 – 316 Stainless 2 – NPTF V – FKM
Durometer 12 – 3/4"
Steel 1 – 0-50 psig Ethylene
E – (Viton®-A)
3 – MS33649
0-3.4 bar Propylene Ethylene (spring and
16 – 1"
Propylene 80 dome load
2 – 0-125 psig M – Chemraz® **
only) B – 2 gauge ports
0-8.6 bar Chemraz® 75 **
V – FKM at 60°
3 – 0-200 psig (Viton®-A) FKM
0-13.8 bar (Viton®-A)
3 – 0-300 psig
0-20.7 bar F – 1 inlet gauge
(air loaded only) port at 90°
D – 0-200 psig
0-13.8 bar
(dome loaded only)
L – 2 gauge ports
at 90°

26-2700 SERIES
Specifications
Maximum Inlet Pressures

Air Loaded: 450 psig / 31.0 bar
Dome Loaded: 1000 psig / 68.9 bar
Spring Loaded: 0-30 psig / 0-2.1 bar
0-80 psig / 0-5.5 bar
0-185 psig / 0-12.8 bar
0-300 psig / 0-20.7 bar
0-375 psig / 0-25.9 bar
Reference Pressure DOME
Air Loaded: 150 psig maximum (3.1 ratio) / 10.3 bar
Dome Loaded: 1000 psig maximum / 68.9 bar
150% rated pressure
Leakage SPRING
Bubble-tight
TESCOM 26-2700 Series is a high flow, low pressure
backpressure regulator with spring, dome and air
Flow Capacity
loading options.
Cv = 2.0
Applications
• Pump and compressor control
Seat, Main Valve
CTFE, Polyimide (Vespel® SP21) • Process pressure control
Body, Bonnet, Back Cap • High flow, low pressure chemical injection
Brass, 303 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FKM (Viton®-A)
• Gas or liquid service
Diaphragm
PTFE • Dome and air actuated models are available
Remaining Parts • Compatible with TESCOM ER5000
300 Series Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60 Electropneumatic Controllers
• High flow capabilities
OTHER
Cleaning
10.5 lbs / 4.8 kg
and Company.

26-2700 SERIES
Spring Load
Dome Load
Air Load

26-2700 SERIES
1000
[68.9]
900
[62.1]
800
Inlet Pressure - psig [bar]
[55.2]
700
[48.3]
600
[41.4]
500
[34.5]
400
[27.6]
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8]
100
[6.9]
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
[5663] [11,327] [16,990] [22,653] [28,317] [33,980] [39,644]
300
[20.7]
250
Inlet Pressure - psig [bar]
[17.2]
200
[13.8]
150
[10.3]
100
[6.9]
50
[3.4]
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5663] [7079] [8495] [9911] [11,327]

26-2700 SERIES

Air Loaded
26-27 2 0 - V 2 08A
MATERIALS INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC MAXIMUM INLET OUTLET OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE*
SERIES PRESSURE PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
O-RING VALVE SEAT
26-27 1 – Brass 0 – 450 psig B – BUNA-N CTFE -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2"
31.0 bar
2 – 303 Stainless Steel E – E.P. Vespel® SP21 -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 12 – 3/4"
M – E.P. CTFE -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
V – Viton® CTFE 0°F to 165°F / -18°C to 74°C
W – Viton ®
Vespel SP21
®
0°F to 300°F / -18°C to 149°C
Dome Loaded
26-27 2 0 - V 2 08D
O-RING VALVE SEAT
26-27 1 – Brass 0 – 1000 psig E – E.P. Polyimide -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2"
68.9 bar (Vespel® SP21)
2 – 303 Stainless Steel M – E.P. PCTFE -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 12 – 3/4"
6 – 316 Stainless Steel V – FKM PCTFE 0°F to 165°F / -18°C to 74°C

(Viton®-A)
W – FKM Polyimide 0°F to 300°F / -18°C to 149°C

(Viton®-A) (Vespel® SP21)
Spring Loaded
26-27 2 2 - V 2 08S
O-RING VALVE SEAT
26-27 1 – Brass 0 – 0-30 psig E – E.P. Polyimide -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2"
0-2.1 bar (Vespel® SP21)
2 – 303 Stainless Steel 1 – 0-80 psig M – E.P. PCTFE -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 12 – 3/4"
0-5.5 bar
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 2 – 0-185 psig V – F KM PCTFE 0°F to 165°F / -18°C to 74°C
3–0
-300 psig W – FKM Polyimide 0°F to 300°F / -18°C to 149°C
0-20.7 bar (Viton®-A) (Vespel® SP21)
4 – 0-375 psig
0-25.9 bar

26-2900 SERIES
Specifications
Maximum Control Pressure

1000 psig / 69.0 bar
Maximum Reference Ranges
1000 psig / 69.0 bar
Bias Pressure Ranges
0, 0-15, 0-30, 0-45 psig / 0, 0-1.0, 0-2.1, 0-3.1 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
0°F to 165°F / -18°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 2.0
Crack-to-Reseat Differential
0-15 psig / 0-1.0 bar Range: 3 psid / 0.21 bar
TESCOM 26-2900 Series is a dome loaded, negative
0-30 psig / 0-2.1 bar Range: 5 psid / 0.34 bar bias, backpressure tracking regulator with a balanced
main valve. This regulator controls upstream
pressures up to 1000 psig / 69.0 bar with spring
bias setting.
Body
Applications
Seat
PCTFE Constant bias applications:
Diaphragm • Offshore diving applications
(Unreinforced) FKM (Viton®-A)
• Dumping exhaled breath from pressure
O-Rings chamber (BIBS)
FKM (Viton®-A)
Back-up Rings
• Diving bell
PTFE
Remaining Parts
300 Series Stainless Steel and Brass • Balanced stem design eliminates the need to adjust
bias over a wide range of operating pressures
OTHER • High flow capacity: Cv = 2.0
Cleaning • Diaphragm sensed
Weight
• Low accumulation
10 lbs / 4.5 kg • Mounts in any position
Viton® and Teflon® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours • Choice of Stainless Steel or Brass construction
and Company.

26-2900 SERIES


26-2900 SERIES
MODEL 26-2912-282-001
ALL CURVES 30 PSID [2.1 Model

bar d] BIAS
No. 26-2912-282-001
600
[41.4] ALL CURVES 30 psig / 2.1 bar BIAS
500
[34.5] 500 psig [34.5 bar] REF DOME
400
[27.6]
300 psig [20.7 bar] REF DOME
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8]
100
[6.9]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

[567] [1133] [1700] [2267] [2833] [3400] [3967] [4533] [5100] [5667]
26-2900 Series Regulator Typical Installations
CHAMBER
PRESSURE CHAMBER
REFERENCE LINE
BIBS EXHAUST MANIFOLD
BIAS
ADJUSTMENT
MANIFOLD
PRESSURE
MASK CONNECTIONS 26-2900 SERIES

REGULATOR
CHAMBER OR DIVING BELL
• Dumping exhaled breath out of a pressure chamber (BIBS)

• Constant bias applications such as offshore diving apparatus

26-2900 SERIES
26-29 1 2 - 2 8 2 A
BASIC INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET FLOW
BODY MATERIAL BIAS PRESSURE RANGE BIAS MODE
SERIES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE CAPACITY
26-29 1 – Brass 0 – Zero bias 1 – SAE 8 – 1/2" 2 – Negative A – Cv = 2.0

2 – 303 Stainless Steel 1 – 0-15 psig / 0-1.0 bar 2 – NPTF
2 – 0-30 psig / 0-2.1 bar1 3 – MS33649
0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar2 9 – BSP
3 – 0-45 psig / 3.1 bar
1. Inlet pressures 0-500 psig / 34.5 bar

2. Inlet pressures 500-1000 psig / 34.5-69.0 bar

44-1700 SERIES
Specifications

800 psig / 55.2 bar
40-150, 40-300, 100-700, 100-800 psig
2.8-10.3, 2.8-20.7, 6.9-48.3, 6.9-55.2 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-15°F to 140°F / -26°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.10

TESCOM 44-1700 Series is a general purpose,
Body
compact backpressure regulator for control pressures
Seat
PCTFE Application
O-Ring
FKM (Viton®-A)
• Industrial equipment for hydraulic or
pneumatic service
Back-up Ring
PTFE
Remaining Parts
Stainless Model: 316 Stainless Steel • Economical, compact design
Brass Model: Brass and 300 Series Stainless Steel • Piston sensed design is safe and reliable
• Available in a Stainless Steel or Brass design
OTHER
Cleaning
• Optional gauge ports and panel mounting
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Flow capacity Cv = 0.10
Weight • Low handknob torque for easy operation
2 lbs / 0.9 kg
and Company.

44-1700 SERIES
44-1700 SERIES
BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR
BACKPRESSURE
CONTROL OF
STORAGE VESSEL
STORAGE
VESSEL


44-1700 SERIES
44-1700 Curves
900 [62.1]
800 [55.2]
700 [48.3]
600 [41.4]
500 [34.5]
400 [27.6]
44-17X7-24
300 [20.7]
200 [13.8]
100 [6.9]
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1515]

44-1700 SERIES

44-17 6 7 - 2 4

BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL INLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET PORT TYPE INLET AND OUTLET PORT SIZE
44-17 1 – Brass 2 – 40-150 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 6 1/4"

6 – 316 Stainless Steel 2.8-10.3 bar
3 – 40-300 psig
2.8-20.7 bar
7 – 100-700 psig
6.9-48.3 bar
8 – 100-800 psig
6.9-55.2 bar

44-2300 SERIES
Specifications

0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-250 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-17.2 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.08
30 in-lbs / 3.4 N•m
TESCOM 44-2300 Series is a compact, lightweight,

MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS single-stage backpressure regulator for specialty,
Body flammable, and industrial gas flows of less than
316 Stainless Steel, Brass, or Monel
4 SCFM / 113 SLPM. Diffusion-resistant metal
Bonnet diaphragm seal ensures gas purity and integrity.
300 Series Stainless Steel, Brass
Seat Applications
PCTFE
Diaphragm
• Analytical systems
316 Stainless Steel or Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) • Gas sampling
Remaining Parts • Pilot plants
316 Stainless Steel, Monel (for Monel body)
• OEM packages
OTHER • R & D laboratories
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 Features and Benefits
Weight (without gauges) • Reduces contamination and provides accurate
2 lbs / 0.9 kg regulation of corrosive or non-corrosive gases
Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Corp. • Convoluted metal-to-metal sealed diaphragm
and reseat
• Compact and economical
• Dome loading is optional
• Panel mounting is available

44-2300 SERIES


44-2300 SERIES
250
[17.2]
44-2363-XX
225
[15.5]
200
[13.8]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
44-2362-XX
100
[6.9]
75
[5.2]
44-2361-XX
50
[3.4]
44-2360-XX
25
[1.7]
0 1 2 3 4
[28] [57] [85] [113]
44-2300 Typical Application
STORAGE VESSEL

44-2300 SERIES


44-23 6 3 - 2 4
BASIC BODY REMAINING CONTROLLED INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
DIAPHRAGM SPRING
SERIES MATERIAL PARTS PRESSURE RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-23 1 – Brass 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 0 – 0-25 psig 2 – 6 NPTF 4 – 1/4"
Steel Steel Steel 1.7 bar
6 – 316 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 1 – 0-50 psig
Stainless Steel Steel Steel 3.4 bar
Steel
2 – 0-100 psig
9 – Monel Cobalt Chrome Cobalt Chrome Monel
Nickel Alloy Nickel Alloy 6.9 bar
(Eligiloy®) (Eligiloy®)
3 – 0-250 psig
17.2 bar

44-2500 SERIES
Specifications

0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-250 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-17.2 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.30
30 in-lbs / 3.4 N•m
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 44-2500 Series is a compact, lightweight,

Body
single-stage regulator for specialty, flammable,
316 Stainless Steel or Brass and industrial gases for flows up to 30 SCFM /
850 SLPM. Diffusion-resistant metal diaphragm seal
Seat Retainer
PEEK
ensures gas purity and integrity.
O-Ring
FKM (Viton®-A), FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)
Application
Diaphragm, Filter, Spring • General purpose
316 Stainless Steel
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel or Brass • Reduces contamination and provides accurate
regulation of non-corrosive and corrosive gases
OTHER • Convoluted metal-to-metal sealed diaphragm
Cleaning
and reseat
2 lbs / 0.9 kg • Economically priced
Viton® and Kalrez® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours • Panel mounting is standard
and Company.
• Flow capacity Cv = 0.30

44-2500 SERIES


44-2500 SERIES
44-2500 Curves
300 [20.7]
275 [19.0]
44-2563
250 [17.2]
225 [15.5]
200 [13.8]
175 [12.1]
150 [10.3]
44-2562
125 [8.6]
100 [6.9]
44-2561
75 [5.2]
50 [3.4]
44-2560
25 [1.7]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [850] [991] [1133] [1274] [1416]
44-2500 Series Typical Application
Storage
STORAGE Vessel
VESSEL

44-2500 SERIES
44-25 6 2 T 2 4 A
CONTROLLED O-RING INLET AND OUT- INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL GAUGE PORT OPTIONS
PRESSURE RANGES MATERIAL LET PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-25 1 – Brass 0 – 0-25 psig T – FKM 2 – 6 NPTF 4 – 1/4" A – No gauge ports

6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0-1.7 bar (Viton®-A)
1 – 0-50 psig K – FFKM,

0-3.4 bar Perfluoroelastomer
(Kalrez®) F – One inlet gauge at 90°
2 – 0-100 psig
0-6.9 bar
3 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar

44-2900 SERIES
Specifications

0-12, 0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-150 psig
0-0.83, 0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-10.3 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: Design to meet < 2x10-8 atm cc/sec He
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.3

Body
316 Stainless Steel
Seat Retainer TESCOM 44-2900 Series backpressure regulator is
PEEK designed to be compact, extremely sensitive and for
O-Ring industrial gases with flows up to 20 SCFM /
FKM (Viton®-A), FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) 566 SLPM. The convoluted Stainless Steel diaphragm
Diaphragm, Spring
provides excellent sensitivity and repeatability; metal-
316 Stainless Steel to-metal diaphragm seal minimizes the potential for
Remaining Parts
leakage.
316 Stainless Steel
Applications
• R&D laboratories
OTHER
Cleaning • Process systems
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Pilot plants
Weight
3 lbs / 1.4 kg Features and Benefits
Viton® and Kalrez® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours • 316 Stainless Steel diaphragm provides metal-to-
and Company.
metal sealing integrity and good sensitivity
• Large sensing seat area ratio provides a low
crack to reseat pressure differential and
excellent repeatability
• Flow capacity Cv = 0.3
• Suitable for non-corrosive and corrosive gases

44-2900 SERIES


44-2900 SERIES
44-2900 Curves
260 [17.9]
240 [16.5]
44-2963
220 [15.2]
200 [13.8]
180 [12.4]
160 [11.0]
44-2962
140 [9.7]
120 [8.3]
100 [6.9]
44-2961
80 [5.5]
60 [4.1]
40 [2.8]
44-2960
20 [1.4]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
[141] [280] [424] [566] [707] [850] [990] [1132] [1273] [1415]

44-2900 SERIES
44-29 6 2 T 2 4 A
BASIC CONTROLLED PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL O-RING MATERIAL GAUGE PORT OPTIONS
SERIES RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-29 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 0-25 psig T – FKM 2 –NPTF 4 – 1/4" A – No gauge ports
1 – 0-50 psig K – FFKM,

0-3.4 bar Perfluoroelastomer
(Kalrez®) F – 1 inlet gauge at 90°
2 – 0-100 psig
0-6.9bar
3 – 0-150 psig
0-10.3 bar
L – 0-12 psig
0-0.83 bar

44-4700 SERIES
Specifications

50 mm Hg absolute - 15 psig / 1 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: ≤ 2 x 10 -8 atm cc/sec He
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.04
Cv = 0.30 (optional)
Maximum Operating Torque TESCOM 44-4700 Series is an extremely sensitive,
25 in-lbs / 2.8 N•m high purity, backpressure regulator for specialty,
flammable and industrial gases for low pressure,
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS and sub-atmospheric pressure control. Diffusion-
Body
resistant metal diaphragm seal ensures gas purity and
316 Stainless Steel leak integrity.
Bonnet
Electroless Nickel Plated Brass
Applications
Seat • Analytical systems
PTFE • Sample systems
Spring Main Valve and Bias
316 Stainless Steel
• Pilot plants
Diaphragm
316 Stainless Steel
Remaining Parts • 316 Stainless Steel diaphragm provides metal-to-
316 Stainless Steel metal sealing integrity and good sensitivity
• Large sensing seat area ratio provides a low
OTHER crack-to-reseat pressure differential and
Cleaning excellent repeatability
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Negative spring bias for vacuum systems
2.75 lbs / 1.2 kg
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I du Pont de Nemours and Company. • NACE compliant designs are available

44-4700 SERIES
Ø2.27
[58]
5.50
4.95
140
126
2.66
2.56
68
65
0.75 Ø2.28
Ø1.37 [35] [19] [58]
Ø2.70
[69]
0.875
Ø.203 [22]
[5]


44-4700 SERIES
160
[11.0] 44-4763-24
140
[9.7]
120
[8.3]
44-4762-24
100
[6.9]
80
[5.5]
60 44-4761-24
[4.1]
40
[2.8]
44-4760-24
20
[1.4]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
[57] [113] [170] [226] [283] [339] [396] [452] [509] [565]
FLOW RATE - SCFH [SLPH] Nitrogen


44-47 6 0 - 2 4
BODY MATERIAL INLET PRESSURE RANGES1 OPTIONS
44-47 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4" -501 – Cv = 0.30
15 psig / 1 bar 2 – NPTF 6 – 3/8"
1 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 3 – MS33649
50 psig / 3.4 bar H – HPIC
2 – 50 mm Hg absolute -
100 psig / 6.9 bar
3 – 50 mm Hg absolute -
150 psig / 10.3 bar
1. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute

44-5500 SERIES
Specifications

0-50, 0-100, 0-300 psig
0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-20.7 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-15°F to 200°F / -26°C to 93°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.3

Body
Seat Retainer
TESCOM 44-5500 Series general purpose, compact
PEEK
backpressure regulator controls pressures up
O-Ring
to 300 psig / 20.7 bar and is suitable for gas or
FKM (Viton®-A), FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)
liquid service.
Remaining Parts
Stainless Model: Stainless Steel Applications
Brass Model: Brass
• General purpose
OTHER • Industrial equipment for hydraulic or

pneumatic service
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Backpressure pump control
2 lbs / 0.9 kg Features and Benefits
Viton and Kalrez are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont Nemours
® ®
• Economical, compact design
and Company.
• Piston sensed design is safe and reliable
• Choice of Stainless Steel or Brass construction
• Cv = 0.3
• Low handknob torque
• Optional gauge ports

44-5500 SERIES


44-5500 SERIES
44-5500 Curves
700
[48.3]
600
[41.4] 44-5565
500
[34.5]
400
[27.6]
44-5563
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8] 44-5562
100
[6.9]
44-5561
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

[566] [1132] [1700] [2265] [2830] [3398] [3964] [4530] [5097] [5663]
44-5500 Series Vessel Mounting
44-5500 Series
Back Pressure
44-5500 SERIES Regulator
BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR
STORAGE
STORAGE
VESSEL
VESSEL

44-5500 SERIES

44-55 6 2 V 2 4 A
BASIC CONTROLLED INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL O-RING MATERIAL GAUGE PORT OPTIONS
SERIES PRESSURE RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-55 1 – Brass 1 – 0-50 psig T – FKM (Viton®-A) 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" A – No gauge ports
0-3.4 bar
6 – 316 Stainless K – FFKM,
Steel 2 – 0-100 psig Perfluoroelastomer
0-6.9 bar (Kalrez®)
F – 1 inlet gauge at 90°
3 – 0-300 psig
0-20.7 bar

54-2100 SERIES
Specifications

15,000 psig / 1034 bar
AIR LOADED
0-500, 0-800, 10-1500, 15-2500, 25-4000, 50-6000, 200-10,000,
300-15,000 psig
0-34.5, 0-55.2, 0.69-103, 1.0-172, 1.7-276, 3.4-414, 13.8-690,
20.7-1034 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Maximum 2 drops/minute at 150 SUS at 2500 psig / 172 bar SPRING LOADED
Ambient Operating Temperature1
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
DOME LOADED
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.08
TESCOM 54-2100 Series backpressure regulator is
40 in-lbs / 4.5 N•m suitable for 15,000 psig / 1034 bar liquid applications.
Modifications are also available for 20,000 psig /
1379 bar and 30,000 psig / 2068 bar. Hardened
Stainless Steel seat and stem provide excellent wear
Body
resistance in harsh applications.
316 Stainless Steel
Seat and Poppet Applications
O-Ring
• Pump discharge pressure control
See Part Number Selector • Chemical injection
Back-up Ring • Burst testing
Inlet Pressure Ranges
2500-10,000 psig / 172-690 bar: PTFE
15,000 psig / 1034 bar: PCTFE
Valve Seal • Accuracy ± 1% of control pressure range
Polyimide (Vespel®) • Easily adjusted, low torque handknob control,
Sensor Seal dome and air loaded versions are available
• Hardened Stainless Steel seats
500-10,000 psig / 34.5-690 bar: PCTFE
15,000 psig / 1034 bar: Polyimide (Vespel®) • Safe and reliable piston-style sensor
Remaining Parts • Panel mounting is standard
• Compatible with TESCOM’s air actuator and
OTHER
Cleaning
Weight
5 lbs / 2.3 kg
1. For extended temperatures from -40°F to 400°F / -40°C to 204°C, consult TESCOM.

54-2100 SERIES
NPTF ONLY
EXCEPT NPTF PORTS
NPTF ONLY
NPTF ONLY


54-2100 SERIES
6000
[414]
5000
[345]
4000
[276]
3000
[207]
2000
[138]
1000
[69.0]
0 0.50 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

[1.9] [3.8] [5.7] [7.6] [9.5] [11.4] [13.3]

Hydraulic Fluid - Mobil DTE 20 Series

54-2100 SERIES
54-21 6 1 D 2 4
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
INLET INLET
BASIC BODY
AND OUTLET AND OUTLET LOADING
SERIES MATERIAL INLET PRESSURE
DYNAMIC STATIC SEAT PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
54-21 6 – 316 0 – 300-15,000 psig D – Nitrile, itrile, Buna-N

N 17-4 Stainless Steel 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4" – Spring
Stainless 20.7-1034 bar1 Buna-N FKM (Viton®-A) 17-4 Stainless Steel 2 – NPTF 6 – 3/8" (no letter
Steel (Spring only) T – FKM FFKM, 17-4 Stainless Steel 3 – MS33649 8 – 1/2" required)
1 – 200-10,000 psig (Viton®-A) Perfluoroelastomer 17-4 Stainless Steel 4 – High Pressure/ (NPTF/SAE/ H – Dome
13.8-690 bar 2 V – FFKM, (Kalrez®) Amico MS33649 only) A – Air 3
2 – 50-6000 psig Perfluoroelastomer Ethylene
6 – Medium Pressure/ 9 – 9/16"
3.4-414 bar (Kalrez®) Propylene (MP/HP only)
Slimline
(Spring and Air only) Z – Ethylene
12 – 3/4"
3 – 25-4000 psig Propylene
(MP only)
1.7-276 bar
(Spring only)
4 – 15-2500 psig
1.0-172 bar
(Spring and Air only)
5 – 10-1500 psig
0.69-103 bar
(Spring and Air only)
6 – 0-800 psig
0-55.2 bar
(Spring only) 1. Available with 1/4" and 3/8" high pressure,1/4" and
7 – 0-500 psig 3/8" medium pressure, 1/4" NPTF only
0-34.5 bar For extended temperatures of soft goods 2. Not to be used with 3/8" SAE or 3/8" MS33649 ports
(Spring and Dome only) material, please consult TESCOM. 3. 80 psig / 5.5 bar minimum loading pressure needed

54-2300 SERIES
Specifications

Spring and Dome Loaded: 5000 psig / 345 bar
Air Actuated: 10,000 psig / 690 bar
Control Pressure Ranges
1000, 1500, 2500, 3500, 5000 and 10,000 psig
69.0, 103, 172, 241, 345 and 690 bar
Leakage
2 drops/min at 150 S.U.S. at 2500 psig / 172 bar AIR ACTUATED
Operating Temperature (media)1
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity DOME LOADED SPRING LOADED
Cv = 1.6
TESCOM 54-2300 Series backpressure hydraulic

regulator is capable of flows from 5-50 GPM and is
Body available in air load for use with the TESCOM ER5000
303 Stainless Steel or 316 Stainless Steel
Electropneumatic Controller.
Seat, Poppet and Sensor
Applications
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene or • Hydraulic test stands
Polyurethane • Process control
Back-up Rings
PTFE Features and Benefits
Bonnet (Spring load only) • Wear rings available for non-lubricating media
303 Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel
Remaining Parts • Control pressure up to 10,000 psig / 690 bar
300 Stainless Steel • Flow Capacity Cv = 1.6
• Excellent crack-to-reseat ratio
OTHER
• Hardened metal-to-metal seats for heavy
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 duty service
Weight • Choice of spring, dome and air actuated loading
Spring and Dome Loaded: 15 lbs / 6.8 kg
• Standard side mounting holes
Air Actuated: 30 lbs / 13.6 kg
1. Operating temperature range dependent on o-ring material. • Flanged end connections available
and Company.

54-2300 SERIES
SPRING LOAD
DOME LOAD (1/2) SCALE
AIR LOAD (1/2) SCALE


54-2300 SERIES


54-2300 SERIES
Model 54-2325D212H
E.I. No. 0428 and 0429
CONTROL PRESSURE - psig [bar]
3000
[207]
2000
[138]
1000
[69.0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
[37.9] [75.7] [114] [151] [189] [227] [265] [303] [341] [379]

54-2300 SERIES

54-23 2 1 T 2 12 S
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
BASIC BODY CONTROL PRESSURE PORT PORT LOADING
SERIES MATERIAL RANGES TEMPERATURE TYPE SIZE METHOD
O-RINGS
(MEDIA ONLY)
DYNAMIC STATIC SEAT
– 303 Stainless 0 – 20-1000 psig

54-23 2 D – Buna-N Buna-N 17-4 Stainless -40°F to 165°F 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2" S – Spring
Steel 1.4-69.0 bar Steel -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 12 – 3/4" H – Dome
6 – 316 Stainless (spring only) T – Viton® Viton® 17-4 Stainless -15°F to 300°F A – Air
Steel 1 – 20-1500 psig Steel -26°C to 149°C
1.4-103 bar U – Polyurethane Polyurethane 17-4 Stainless -15°F to 125°F
(spring and air only) Steel -26°C to 52°C
3 – 50-3500 psig Z – Ethylene Ethylene 17-4 Stainless -40°F to 225°F
3.4-241 bar Propylene Propylene Steel -40°C to 107°C
(spring only)

50-2500 psig
3.4-172 bar
(air only 30:1*)
5 – 200-5000 psig
13.8-345 bar
(spring and dome
1:1 and air 75:1)
9 – 250-10,000 psig
17.2-690 bar *Ratio is for reference only.
(air only 125:1*)

54-2300 SERIES

54-23W 6 1 A 1 52 1
SOFT GOOD MATERIAL
BODY, PIPE
BASIC FLANGE FLANGE FLANGE
& FLANGE INLET PRESSURE Dash O-Rings Operating
SERIES SIZE CLASS FACE
MATERIAL SEAT
No. Dynamic Static Temperature
54-23W 6 – 316 0– 2 0-600 psig Nitrile, Nitrile, 3 – 1" 21 – 300# 1 – RF

A 17-4 SST -20 to 165°F / -29 to 74°C
Stainless 1.4-41.4 bar Buna-N Buna-N
41 – 600# 2 – RTJ
steel 1 – 20-1000 psig B 17-4 SST 52 – 9
00# /1500#
1.4-69.0 bar
Polyimide 63 – 2500#
2– 2
0-1500 psig C FKM FKM -10 to 200°F / -23 to 93°C
(Vespel® SP21)
1.4-103.0 bar
Polyimide
3– 5
0-3500 psig D
(Vespel® SP21)
3.4-172.0 bar
E 17-4 SST
4– 2
00-5000 psig
EP EP Polyimide -20 to 200°F / -29 to 93°C
13.8-344.0 bar F
(Vespel® SP21)
G PTFE PTFE 17-4 SST -20 to 200°F / -29 to 93°C

54-2600 SERIES
Specifications

Air Loaded: 500 psig / 34.5 bar
Dome Loaded: 5500 psig / 379 bar
Spring Loaded: 500 psig / 34.5 bar
150% of maximum operating
Maximum Air Operator Pressure
100 psig / 6.9 bar
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Internal Leakage
Bubble-tight
SPRING LOADED
Flow Capacity (main valve)
Cv = 5.0
TESCOM 54-2700 Series high flow backpressure

regulator. The soft seat allows for hydraulic or
Body
pneumatic service. Optional with air load for use with
303 Stainless Steel and 316 Stainless Steel
the TESCOM ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller.
Seat
Glass Filled Peek, Polyimide (Vespel® SP21)
Applications
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene • Process control
Back-up Rings • High flow pump discharge control
PTFE
• Hydraulic test stands
Remaining Parts
303 Stainless Steel Features and Benefits
• Available in air, dome, and spring loaded versions
OTHER
Cleaning
Electropneumatic Controller (air load only)
Weight (approximately) • High flow: Cv = 5.0
30 lbs / 13.6 kg
• 500 or 5500 psig / 34.5 or 379 bar maximum
1. Operating temperature range dependent on O-ring material. controlled pressure range
Teflon®, Viton® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de

54-2600 SERIES
DOME LOAD
SPRING LOAD AIR LOAD


54-2600 SERIES
54-2769Z316S-002 Curve
Model No. 54-2769Z316S
600
[41.4]
500
[34.5]
400
[27.6]
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8]
100
[6.9]
0
50 100 150 200 250
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5664] [7080]

Model No. 54-27292212D

400
[27.6]
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8]
100
[6.9]
0
400 800 1200 1600 2000
[11,328] [22,656] [33,984] [45,312] [56,640]

54-2600 SERIES


54-27 2 9 Z 2 16 A
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL INLET AND
BASIC PORT LOADING
BODY MATERIAL CONTROL PRESSURE OUTLET
SERIES SIZE OPTIONS
O-RINGS SEAT TEMPERATURE PORT TYPE
54-27 2 – 303 Stainless 9 – 500 psig / 34.5 bar T – FKM Glass Filled Peek -15°F to 300°F 1 – SAE* 16 – 1" A – Air
Steel (5500 psig / 379 bar

(Viton®-A) -26°C to 149°C 2 – NPTF D – Dome
6 – 316 Stainless for dome load only) Glass Filled Peek -40°F to 250°F 3 – MS33649 S – Spring
Steel Z – Ethylene -40°C to 121°C
Propylene Glass Filled Peek -40°F to 165°F
D – Nitrile, -40°C to 74°C
Buna-N Polyimide -15°F to 300°F *Body diameter is 4.50"
(Vespel® SP21) -26°C to 149°C
V – FKM
(Viton®-A)

54-3500 SERIES
Regulators - Relief / Backpressure D543510148XEN2
Specifications
Maximum Controllable Inlet Pressure
10.000 psig / 690 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Internal & external: Bubble-tight
-15°F to 140°F / -26°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.08

Body
TESCOM 54-3500 two-stage hydraulic back pressure
Bonnet regulator reduces the controlled inlet pressure in
2 steps. The integrated second stage is self loading
Seat and adjusts itself to 50% of the inlet pressure,
PCTFE, Polyimide (Vespel® SP21), PEEK, 17-4 hardened Stainless regardless if the unit is spring, air or dome loaded.
Steel
Remaining Parts
This reduction of differential pressure per stage
300 Series Stainless Steel significantly reduces the destructive force of erosion
and cavitation. A wide range of soft goods and valve
trim materials, including ceramic option, allow for
Inlet & Outlet Port Type
media specific regulator selection.
NPTF and Medium Pressure
Inlet and Outlet Port Size
1/4", 3/8"
Applications
Weight • High Pressure Hydraulic test benches
6 lbs / 2.7 kg • Injection Valve Manufacturing & Testing
Teflon®, Kalrez®, Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I du Pont de
Nemours and Company. • Supercritical media applications
• Longer lifetime than single stage solutions by
reduced erosion and cavitation
• Lower cost of ownership
• Proven Tescom valve trim modules with many
options available

54-3500 SERIES
54-3500 Spring Loaded 54-3500 Air Loaded

ø 6.13 [150.1]
5.89 [149.6]
OUTLET INLET
ø 3.19
[81]
0.54 [13.7] Interstage (1/4" NPTF
6.99 0.5 [12.7] plug installed)
[177.5]
max.
5.12 OUTLET INLET

[130]
max.
8.56 – 4.35
[217.5] [110.5]
max. min. 2.45
[62.2]
0.54 [13.7] Interstage (1/4" NPTF

0.5 [12.7] plug installed)
2.16 [54.9]
5.12 ø
2.14 [54.3]
[130]
max.
– 4.35 2.49 [63.3]
ø
[110.5] 2.47 [62.7]
min. 2.45
[62.2]
2.16 [54.9]
ø 2.14 [54.3]
2.49 [63.3]
ø Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
2.47 [62.7]
A = Air Loaded
Example for selecting a part number : D = Dome Loaded
S = Spring Loaded
54-35 6 1 T 2 4 A 1 5 0
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL INLET INLET GAUGE

BASIC INLET FLOW SEAT
MATERIAL OUTLET OUTLET PORT MOD
SERIES PRESSURE O-RING BACK- CAPACITY MATERIAL
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE OPTIONS
UP RING
54-35 6 – Stainless 1 – 200 - 10000 psig B - Nitrile, Buna-N 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 – Cv = 0.08 0 – PCTFE 0 – NONE 001 –
Steel 14 - 690 bar T - FKM (Viton®-A) PTFE 6 – Medium 6 – 3/8" 5 – 17-4 Ceramic
2 – 50 - 6000 psig U - Urethane PTFE Pressure Stainless Stem
3.4 - 414 bar V - FFKM, PTFE Steel
Perfluoroelastomer PTFE 7–
(Kalrez®) PTFE Polyimide
Z - EP (Vespel®
SP1)
8 – PEEK

## SERIES
Regulators - Relief / Backpressure DBB031790X012
Specifications

150% of maximum pressure
-15°F to 140°F / -26°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.2
Internal Leakage
Bubble-tight

Body
Nickel-plated Aluminum or 316 Stainless Steel
Seat TESCOM BB-3 is a high pressure, low flow,
ETFE (Tefzel®), PCTFE, PTFE or Polyimide (Vespel®) miniature backpressure regulator. Six control
O-Rings pressure ranges are available up to 1200 psig /
Ethylene Propylene, Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A) or FFKM, 83 bar outlet. This regulator can be used for
Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) hydraulic or pneumatic service and is small
Remaining Parts and compact, weighing approximately 4 oz /
300 Series Stainless Steel or Aluminum 0.11 kg in the standard Aluminum construction
(316 Stainless Steel also available).
OTHER
Cleaning
Applications
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Portable equipment
Connections • OEM equipment
1/4" NPTF or SAE inlet and outlet ports
Weight Features and Benefits
Aluminum: 0.5 lbs / 0.2 kg
Stainless Steel: 1 lbs / 0.5 kg • Economical and extremely compact
1. For extended temperatures from -40°F to 204°F / -40°C to 96°C, • Durable piston sensor design
consult TESCOM.
Viton®, Vespel®, Kalrez® and Tefzel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de
• High flow capacity
• High temperature version (up to 204°F / 96°C)
and reseat
• Six control pressure ranges

BB-3 SERIES
BB-3 Series Regulator Drawing


BB-3 SERIES
BB-3 Series Regulator Flow Charts
320
[22.1]
280
[19.3]
240
[16.5]
200
[13.8]
160
[11.0]
120
[8.3]
80
[5.5]
40
[2.8]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [849] [991]
2000
[138]
1800
[124]
1600
[110]
1400
[96.5]
1200
[82.7]
1000
[69.0]
800
[55.2]
600
[41.4]
400
[27.6]
200
[13.8]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528] [5094] [5660]

BB-3 SERIES
BB-3 Series Regulator Part Number Selector


BB - 3 3 A L1 K E A4
INLET PRESSURE RANGES NUMBER
BASIC BODY SEAT O-RING
FUNCTION LOAD TYPE PORTING OF
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL SEAL
ADJUSTABLE PRESET PORTS
BB – Backpressure 3 – Nickel-plated A – Adjustable

3 L1 – 0-80 psig 0-80 psig A – ETFE (Tefzel®) E – Ethylene A4 – 1/4" NPTF 4
Aluminum P – Preset 0-5.5 bar 0-5.5 bar K – PCTFE Propylene B4 – 1/4" SAE 4
(Spring Load D – D ome Load L2 – 0-140 psig 80-140 psig V – Polyimide N – Nitrile, B2 – 1/4" SAE 2
only) (250 psig / 0-9.7 bar 5.5-9.7 bar (Vespel®) Buna-N A2 – 1/4" NPTF 2
6 – 316 Stainless 17.2 bar* L3 – 0-220 psig 140-220 psig T – PTFE S – Special
Steel maximum 0-15.2 bar 9.7-15.2 bar (250 psig / V – FKM
reference H1 – 0-700 psig 220-700 psig 17.2 bar (Viton®-A)
pressure) 0-48.3 bar 15.2-48.3 bar maximum K – FFKM,
H2 – 0-1200 psig 700-1200 psig inlet pressure) Perfluoroelastomer
*3000 psig / 207 bar available, 0-82.7 bar 48.3-82.7 bar (Kalrez®)
please consult factory. D1 – 0-250 psig Dome Load Only
0-17.2 bar*

DV SERIES
Regulators - Relief / Backpressure DDVXX1800X012
Specifications
Controlled Pressure Range

760 - 50 mm Hg absolute
150% of maximum operating
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Operating Temperatures1
Buna-N: -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Ethylene Propylene: -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
Viton®: -15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.25
15 in-lbs / 1.7 N•m

TESCOM DV Series is a compact, lightweight,
Body
Brass or Nickel-plated Aluminum diaphragm regulator that offers vacuum control up to
Diaphragm
0.1% accuracy. Optional constant bleed feature allows
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FKM (Viton®-A) for pressure adjustment in both directions.
O-Ring
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FKM (Viton®-A) Applications
Remaining Parts • Instrumentation testing
300 Series Stainless Steel and Brass
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Controls sub-atmospheric pressure
Weight (without gauges) • Excellent repeatability
Aluminum: 1 lb / 0.5 kg • Accurate diaphragm-type regulation ± 0.1% full
1. For extended temperatures from -40°F to 400°F / -40°C to 204°C, consult Tescom. scale accuracy
Viton® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. • High sensitivity of 10 mm Hg absolute achieved
with constant bleed option
• Easy maintenance
DV Series Typical Application
• Low operating handknob torque
DV SERIES REGULATOR • Captured bonnet and panel mounting options
are available
VACUUM PUMP
CONTROLLED VACUUM

DV SERIES
DV Series Regulator Drawing

DV Series Regulator Part Number Selector

FOR NON-METALLIC KIT
K I T N
FOR REPAIR KIT

K I T R
GAUGE
OUTLET
INLET
DV - 1 3 5 B B 9 A F F 9
PORTING
CONTROLLED DIAPHRAGM INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC FUNCTION / BODY VALVE CONFIGURATION
VACUUM AND O-RING MOUNTING GAUGE PORTS
SERIES LOAD TYPE MATERIAL PARTS (1/4" NPTF
PRESSURE1 MATERIAL TYPE AND SIZE
GAUGE PORTS)
DV Standard Vacuum 1 – Brass NO BLEED B – Brass B – Nitrile, 9 – None A – No gauge ports B – 1/4" SAE
NO BLEED 3 – Aluminum 5 –0 - 710 mm Buna-N P – Panel E – 1/8" NPTF
1 – Handknob adjust Hg absolute E – Ethylene Mounting F – 1/4" NPTF
2 – Screwdriver adjust Propylene J – 1/4" MS33649
CONSTANT PUMP VACUUM
BLEED V – FKM B – Gauge ports at 60° 9 – None
3 – Captured bonnet
5 – 0-635 mm (Viton®-A)
Hand adjust
4 – Captured bonnet Hg absolute
Screw adjust 9 – 0-255 mm
5 – Dome loaded Hg absolute PUMP VACUUM
F – In gauge at 90°
Standard Vacuum
CONSTANT BLEED
A – Handknob adjust
B – Screwdriver adjust
PUMP VACUUM
C – Captured bonnet G – In gauge at 90°
Hand adjust
D – Captured bonnet-
Screw adjust
PUMP VACUUM
L – Gauge ports at 90°
1. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute PUMP VACUUM

Valves Selection Guide
NOMINAL AVAILABLE LOADING

CV NOTES SERIES
PRESSURE TYPES
Pnuematic-Standard High cycle life,

10,000 psig / 690 bar fast response
Solenoid
6000 psig / 414 bar 0.75 VA
(Pnuematic Assist) 20,000 psig / 1380 bar
(Brass)
- Available Toggle available
Page 557
Pnuematic-Standard High cycle life,

10,000 psig / 690 bar fast response
Solenoid
6000 psig / 414 bar 2.0 VG
(Pnuematic Assist) 15,000 psig / 1035 bar
(Brass)
- Available Toggle available
Page 557
10,000 psig / 690 bar

6000 psig / 414 bar 0.28 Hand Block and bleed VK
(Brass)
Page 565
Pneumatic-Standard
10,000 psig / 690 bar 2 position
Solenoid
6000 psig / 414 bar 0.75
(Pnuematic Assist) VT
(Brass) 3-way
- Available
Page 571
0.28
10,000 psig / 690 bar
(Globe)
6000 psig / 414 bar Hand Economical VJ
0.49
(Brass)
(Angle)
Page 563
0.00005,
10,000 psig / 690 bar Hand Metering CC
0.00125
Page 539


CV NOTES SERIES
PRESSURE TYPES
0.28
(Globe) Robust
10,000 psig / 690 bar Hand 30-1100
0.49 Low flow
(Angle)
Page 535
1.57
(Globe) Robust
10,000 psig / 690 bar
2.30
Hand 30-1300
Medium flow
(Angle)
Page 535
High flow,
10,000 psig / 690 bar 20.0 Hand high pressure VN
Inline
Page 569
8.0
(Globe) Robust
10,000 psig / 690 bar Hand 30-1200
10.0 High flow
(Angle)
Page 535
High flow,
6000 psig / 413 bar 4.5 Air Operated high pressure VM
AOP
Page 567
Laboratory
4350 psig / 300 bar DN 10 Hand High Pressure
High Flow, high pressure
robust in-line valve Valve
Page 547


CV NOTES SERIES
PRESSURE TYPES
Laboratory
Low to medium pressures
580 psig / 40 bar DN 8 Hand Very precise
Metal Bellows
High flow Shut-Off Valve
Full metal design Page 549
Laboratory - line shut-off

component
Medium pressure Metal Diaphragm
580 psig / 40 bar DN 8 Hand
Medium flow Shut-Off Valve
Leak tight Page 551
Laboratory - Point-of-Use
component
DN 2 Precise control of flow
290 psig / 20 bar 0-40 l/min Hand
Diaphragm
Metal-to-metal seal Metering Valve
Cv = 0.04
For gases of purity up to 6.0
Oxygen clean Page 543
DN 2 Laboratory - Point-of-Use
Needle
145 psig / 10 bar 0 - 20 l/min Hand Precise control of flow
Cv = 0.024 Metering Valve
Oxygen clean
Page 553

On/Off and Shut-off Valves
Highly reliable valves that keep your system running

Don’t know where to start? This guide lists TESCOM on/off and shut-off valves by pressures, flow, and loading types 529
to help guide you in finding the right product in this catalog
Quick Find List

30 Series 535 Metal Diaphragm Shut-off 551 VM Series 567

Valve
CC Series 539 Needle Metering Valve ? VN Series 569
Diaphragm Metering Valve 543 VA/VG Series 557 VT Series 571
High Pressure Valve 547 VJ Series 563
Metal Bellows Shut-off Valve 549 VK Series 565

30 SERIES
On/Off and Shut-off Valves D30XX0555X012
Specifications

6000, 10,000 psig
414, 690 bar
150% maximum rated 30-1100
Leakage 30-1300
Bubble-tight
Ambient Operating and Fluid Temperature
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
See table on back page
See table on back page

Body
316 Stainless Steel
Seat
30-1100 and 30-1300: Filled Nylon (Nylatron®) 30-1200
30-1200 and 30-1400: PCTFE
30-1400
O-Ring
Nitrile, Buna-N
Back-up Ring TESCOM 30 Series shut-off valves are high pressure,
30-1100: PCTFE high flow applications up to 10,000 psig / 690 bar and
30-1200: 15% graphite filled Teflon® offer Cv = 0.28-20.0. The 30 Series offer globe and
30-1300 and 30-1400: PTFE angle pattern bidirectional flow, soft seat and built-in
Remaining Parts metallic stop.
316 Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
Applications
OTHER • GSE support pressure panels
Cleaning
• Instrumentation pressure panels and manifolds
Weight • Research and Development labs
See table on back page • Gas analysis sampling systems
• 6000 and 10,000 psig / 414 and 690 bar capability
• Cv = 0.28 through 20.00
• Globe or angle configuration
• Port sizes available from 1/4" to 1-1/2"
• Low operating and shut-off torque at high pressures
• Bidirectional liquid or gas service
• Soft seat insures bubble-tight shutoff

30 SERIES
30 Series Valves Drawing
30-1100 ANGLE PATTERN 30-1101 GLOBE PATTERN


30 SERIES
30 Series Valves Drawing
30-1400 GLOBE PATTERN


30 SERIES
30 Series Valves Part Number Selector

30-11 0 1 - 2 04
INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC SERIES VALVE STEM TYPE PATTERN TYPE
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
30-11 – 30-1100 0 – Shut-off (Standard) 0 – Angle2 0 – BSP1 04 – 1/4" (30-1100)

10,000 psig 1 – Metering (optional on 1 – Globe
690 bar 1 – SAE 2
06 – 3/8" (30-11003, 30-1300)
30-1100 only)
30-12 – 30-1200 2 – NPTF2 08 – 1/2" (30-1300)
6000 psig
414 bar 3 – MS33649 12 – 3/4" (30-1200)
6 – Medium Pressure 1
16 – 1" (30-1200)
30-13 – 30-1300
10,000 psig 24 – 1-1/2" (30-1400)
690 bar 1. Available on 30-1100 only
2. Not available on 30-1400
30-14 – 30-1400
6000 psig 3. Available in Globe Pattern only
414 bar
SERIES PATTERN Cv WEIGHT CONTROL TORQUE

30-11X1-XXX Globe 0.28 1 lb / 0.5 kg 15 in-lbs / 1.7 N•m
30-11X0-XXX Angle 0.49 3/4 lbs / 0.3 kg 15 in-lbs / 1.7 N•m
30-1301-XXX Globe 1.57 3-1/4 lbs / 2 kg 25 in-lbs / 2.8 N•m
30-1300-XXX Angle 2.30 2-1/4 lbs / 1 kg 25 in-lbs / 2.8 N•m
30-1201-XXX Globe 8.00 8 lbs / 4 kg 35 in-lbs / 4.0 N•m
30-1200-XXX Angle 10.00 7-1/4 lbs / 3 kg 35 in-lbs / 4.0 N•m
30-1400-XXX Globe 20.00 30 lbs / 14 kg 35 in-lbs / 4.0 N•m

CC SERIES
On/Off and Shut-off Valves DCCXX1788X012
Specifications
Maximum Pressure
50 mm Hg-10,000 psig / 50 mm Hg-690 bar
Leakage
< 4 x 10-8 Torr liter sec-1 at 50 psid / 3.4 bar d Helium
-30°F to 300°F / -34 °C to 149 °C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.00125 Maximum
Cv = 0.00005 Maximum
Cv = 0.01 Maximum
10 inch-lbs / 1.1 N•m
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM CC Series metering valve is rated to

Body 10,000 psig / 690 bar and contains a non-rotating
316 Stainless Steel stem to reduce seat and stem wear. The valve features
Seat over 20 turns from shutoff to full open, providing
Peek, Polyimide (Vespel®)
excellent flow control.
O-Rings
Ethylene Propylene, FKM (Viton®-A), Nitrile, Buna-N 90 Applications
Durometer, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)
• Injection systems
Back-up Ring
PTFE • Calibration systems
Remaining Parts • Sample systems
• GC carrier gas
OTHER • Super critical fluid extraction
Cleaning
Connections • Compact design
NPTF, SAE (1/8" only), High Purity Internal Connections (HPIC)
• Can be used at high and low pressures
(3500 psig / 241 bar Maximum)
Internal Volume • Controls gas flow with extreme accuracy
Approximately 0.25 cc • Accurate flow control into both vacuum and/or
Weight positive pressure application
0.9 lbs / 0.4 kg
• Non-rotating stem assists in reducing seat wear
Viton®, Kalrez®, Vespel® and Teflon® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de

CC SERIES
CC Series Metering Valve Drawing


CC SERIES
CC Series Metering Valve Flow Charts
Flow vs. Turns

- tested at 50 psid [3.4 bar
CC Series - SCCM Helium d] with Helium
Maximum Cv 0.00005
3.5
3.0
2.5
FLOW - SCCM
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TURNS
CC Series
Flow- vs.
SLM Nitrogen
Turns - tested with Nitrogen
Maximum Cv 0.00005
50
800
5000 psid
FLOW - SCCM
600 [345 bar d]

40
400
FLOW - SLM
10,000 psid
200
[690 bar d]
30
0 2 4 6 8 10 5000 psid
TURNS [345 bar d]
20 2500 psid
[172 bar d]
1000 psid
[69.0 bar d]
10
0 5 10 15 20
TURNS
Flow vs.
CC Series Turns
- Torr - tested at
liter/second 50 psid
Helium [3.4 bar d] with Helium
Maximum Cv 0.00005
1.00E+00
1.00E-01
FLOW - Torr liter/second
1.00E-02
1.00E-03
1.00E-04
1.00E-05
1.00E-06
1.00E-07
1.00E-08
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
TURNS

CC SERIES
CC Series Metering Valve Part Number Selector

CC A 1 6 A 2 1 A P V
O-RING SEAL TYPE
BASIC FLOW MAXIMUM BODY PORTING PORTING BODY SEAT
ADJUSTMENT OPERATING
SERIES CAPACITY PRESSURE MATERIAL TYPE SIZE TYPE MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE
CC A – Cv = 0.00005 1 – 50 mm Hg- 6 – 316 A – NPTF 1 – 1/16" 1 – Body A – Standard P – Peek E – Ethylene

(maximum) 10,000 psig Stainless C – SAE 2 – 1/8" Diameter D – Allen V – Propylene
B – Cv = 0.00125 50 mm Hg- Steel (1/8" 1.37" Wrench Polyimide -30°F to 250°F
4 – 1/4"
(maximum) 690 bar1 only) (Vespel®) -34°C to 121°C
C – Cv = 0.01 D – HPIC* V – FKM (Viton®-A)
(maximum) 0°F to 300°F
-17°C to 149°C
B – Nitrile, Buna-N 90
Durometer
-30°F to 200°F
-34°C to 93°C
K – Kalrez® **
0°F to 300°F
1. Operating pressure is 3500 psig / 241 bar for HPIC ports - 17°C to 149°C
D – Fluorocarbon
0°F to 300°F
- 17°C to 149°C

DIAPHRAGM METERING VALVE
On/Off and Shut-off Valves DCATLABO12161XEN2
Specifications
OPERATING PARAMETERS D43216

Fluid Media
Brass: All non-corrosive gases, except CO
Stainless Steel: All corrosive gases and CO. Use for toxic
gases only if confirmed by Tescom and with
appropriate purging methods (moisture free
vent of toxic gases)
Nominal Diameter
DN 2
D43529
Nominal Pressure PN
290 psig / 20.0 bar
Control Range at 44 psig / 3.0 bar Inlet Pressure and
2.5 turns of handknob
0-20 l/min
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.024
TESCOM Diaphragm Metering Valve provides
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C precision flow control of high purity gases in
Leak Rate point-of-use assemblies or in combination with
<10-9 mbar l/s pressure regulators.
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIAL

Applications
Body • Controlling the flow of process media with
Brass or Stainless Steel high accuracy
Surface of Other Parts • Laboratory, R&D and analyzer applications
Brass, Chromium Plated
• Suitable for ECD (Electronic Capture
Diaphragm
Detector) applications

OTHER
• Precise control of flows
Weight
Diaphragm metering valve without wall mounting plate: • Almost linear flow characteristic
0.66 lbs / 0.3 kg • Metal-to-metal seals
• For gas purity up to 6.0 (99.9999% purity)
• Suitable for corrosive gases
• Cleaned for Oxygen service

Diaphragm Metering Valve Drawings 4.06 [103]
3.23 [82]
1.38 [35]
D43216
1.54 [39]
4.06 [103]
3.23 [82]
D43529
1.54 [39]
1.54 [39]


Diaphragm Metering Valve Flow Chart
7
p1 = 21.75 psi p1 = 58 psi p1 = 145 psi
[1.5 bar] [4 bar] [10 bar]
6
TURNS OF HANDKNOB
0
0 0.71 1.41 2.12 2.83 3.53 4.24
[20] [40] [60] [80] [100] [120]

Diaphragm Metering Valve Part Number Selector

D43215 - AR 05
BASIC SERIES GAS OUTLET CONNECTION
D43215 – Brass AR (BRASS) – Oxygen, all other non-corrosive gases 00 – Without (G 1/8'' female)
D43216 – Stainless Steel 05 – Compression fitting ø 6 mm with nozzle 6 mm
Inlet Connection – G 1/4'' male Attention: For CO or test gases including CO, 08 – Compression fitting tube G 1/4" with nozzle*
Standard color of handknob please use Stainless Steel version
and cap: Grey AK (Stainless Steel) – Corrosive Gases
Please reference datasheet “Point-
of-Use Accessories”
Gas specific label acc. EN 13792 *Not available for D43216 Stainless Steel
available on request
Diaphragm Metering Valve with Wall Mounting Plate - Part Number Selector

D43528 - AR 02 E
BASIC SERIES GAS OUTLET CONNECTION INLET CONNECTION
D43528 – Brass AR (BRASS) – Oxygen, all other 00 – Without (G 1/8" female) E – Without (G 1/8'' female)
D43529 – Stainless Steel non-corrosive gases 02 – Compression fitting tube G 1/8'' F – Compression fitting ø 8 mm*
04 – Compression fitting tube G 1/4''* G – Compression fitting ø 10 mm
Attention: For CO or test 05 – C
ompression fitting ø 6 mm with
gases including CO, please use nozzle 6 mm
Stainless Steel version
AK (Stainless Steel) – Corrosive Gases *Not available for D43529 Stainless Steel *Not available for D43528 Brass

D43342 Wall mounting bracket
D43371 Kit countersunk screws and dowels for wall plate
D42663-00-X Wall plate, Brass
D42663-22-X Wall plate, Stainless Steel (for Acetylene)
V09166 Wall plate cover, grey
D42572 Gas label

HIGH PRESSURE VALVE
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
For non-corrosive gases and gas mixtures up to 5.0 purity
(99.999 Vol%)
Nominal Width (DN)

Line Valve: 0.394'' / 10 mm
Nominal Pressure
Line Valve: 4351 psig / 300 bar
Design
Line Valve: Angle / Straight valve
D41935
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM High Pressure Valve for the supply of high
Body Material purity gases in laboratory gas supply lines.
Brass
Shaft Gasket Applications
O-ring package, FSI
Seat
• High pressure systems
Line Valve: PA 6.6, O2: Polyimide (Vespel®) • High flow systems
• Suitable for 5.0 purity gas applications
OTHER
• Used in main lines
Inlet/Outlet Connection
Line Valve: G 1/2" female • Used in specialty panel solutions
Weight
Line Valve: 1.4 lbs / 0.65 kg Features and Benefits
Vespel is registered trademark of E.I. du Pontde Nemours and Company.
®
• No contamination of the gas due to full
metal design
• Very high flows
• Reliable design
• Proven and safe design
• Long service life
• Easy to install and serviceable
• Optional colored gas code on the handknob for
easy identification

HIGH PRESSURE VALVE
High Pressure Valve Drawings
D41935 D41936 V09041
1.38 [35] approximately 2.56 [65]

approximately 2.76 [70]
approximately 3.54 [90]

0.79 [20]
OUTLET
G 1/2
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
G 3/4
G 1/2
G 1/2
M5
M5
0.79 [20]
INLET
2.56 [65] 5.16 [131]
G 1/2
1.38 [35]
High Pressure Valve Part Number Selector


D41935 - AO - 00
TYPE GASES CONNECTIONS
D41935 – Straight valve DN 10 AO – Oxygen, non-corrosive gases and gas mixtures with more 00 – Standard G 1/2" female
V09041 – S
traight valve with inlet G 3/4" and than 20% O2
outlet G 3/4" coupling nut
D41936 – Angle valve DN 10 AR – Non-corrosive gas mixtures 00 – Standard G 1/2" female

not for Oxygen and Carbon above 20 bar
Accessories
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION APPLICATION
D41604 Compression fitting G 1/2" male - 8 mm Pipe connection to HP-Line valves
D40081 Compression fitting G 1/2" male - 12 mm Pipe connection to HP-Line valves
D44456 Adapter W 24, 32 x 1/14" male - G 1/2" male Cylinder valve thread Nitrogen, DIN 477-1
V08489 Adapter G 1/2" male - G 3/4" male Cylinder valve crew thread Oxygen, DIN 477-1
V08490 Adapter G 1/2" male - W 21, 8 x 1/14" male Cylinder valve crew thread non-flammable gases, DIN 477-1
V08907 Adapter G 1/2" male - G 5/8" female 200 bar Cylinder valve crew thread compressed air, DIN 477-1
D42556 Mounting plate set Mounting for D41935
D42506 Mounting bracket Mounting for D41936
3.54 [90]
2.36 [60]
1.38 [35] 0.16 [4] 1.38 [35] 1.46 [37]

D42647 MOUNTING PLATE (PART OF D42556) D42506 MOUNTING BRACKET

METAL BELLOWS SHUT-OFF VALVE
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
For pure gases up to 6.0 (99,9999 Vol%) quality
used for room and main shutoffs in pipe systems
Nominal Width (mm)

D43129, D42528: DN 8
Operating Pressure (bar)
PN 40
Design D42528
Flow Capacity: Cv = 1.4
D43129
D43129: Globe Style Valve
D42528: Angle Style Valve
Temperature Range TESCOM Metal Bellows Shut-off valve for high purity
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C gases in Laboratory applications.

Body Material • Purity gas applications
Brass
• High flow systems
Valve
Stainless Steel Poppet and Bellows • Purging process
• Used in main lines
OTHER
Inlet/Outlet Connection
D43129: G 3/8 female • Full metal design prevents gas contamination
D42528: G 3/8 female
• Stainless Steel bellows and poppet
Weight
D43129: 1.3 lbs / 0.6 kg • Colored gas code on the handknob for
D42528: 0.9 lbs / 0.4 kg easy identification
• Oxygen cleaned
• Free of oil and grease

METAL BELLOWS SHUT-OFF VALVE
Metal Bellows Shut-off Valve Drawing
D42528 D43129
3.34 [85]
3.94 [100]
3.94 [100]
OUTLET INLET OUTLET
1.0 [25.5]
0.98 [25]
INLET
2.44 [62]
1.93 [49]

Metal Bellows Shut-off Valve Part Number Selector

D43129 - AR - 11
BASIC SERIES GAS TYPE LABELING ON HANDKNOB AND CAPS CONNECTIONS
D42528 According to DIN EN 13792* 00 – Female G 3/8

D43129 AO – Oxygen and other gases
Grey handknob and cap + gas label according
to DIN EN 13792
*State type of gas when ordering. Compression fittings in Brass/Stainless Steel are
Standard color for handknobs is grey. available; please refer to datasheet “Fittings”
Please ask for additional colors if needed.
Note: When selecting valves, the compatibility of the materials with the process gas must be verified.
Accessories
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION APPLICATION
D42556 Mounting plate Wall mounting of D43129
V01699 Sealing ring Brass for G 3/8 For male swivel G 3/8 Brass
D50002 Sealing ring Cu for G 3/8 For male swivel G 3/8 Brass
D40582 Sealing ring Stainless Steel for G 3/8 For male swivel G 3/8 Stainless Steel

METAL DIAPHRAGM SHUT-OFF VALVE
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
For inert, reactive, corrosive (only Stainless Steel), flammable and
oxidizing gases and gas mixtures
OPERATING PARAMETERS D43712 / D43715

Nominal Width DN
D43712 / D43715: DN 3
D44931 / D44932: DN 8
Nominal Pressure
580 psig / 40.0 bar
< 10-8 mbar l/sec He
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C D44931 / D44932

Type of Construction
In-line
Body
D43712: Brass
D43715 / D44932: Stainless Steel TESCOM Metal al Diaphr
Diaphragm
gm Shut-off Valve is
D44931: Chrome-plated Brass designed for use with inert, reactive, corrosive
Diaphragm (Stainless Steel body), flammable and oxidizing
Stainless Steel gases and gas mixtures.
OTHERS Applications
Inlet Connection • Laboratories, R&D and analyzer applications
1/4" NPT Internal
Outlet Connection
• Line shut-off components in central pure gas supply
1/4" NPT Internal systems
Weight
D43712 / D44931: 0.8 lbs / 0.35 kg Features and Benefits
D43715 / D44932: 0.9 lbs / 0.40 kg
• Short and effective purging due to the metal
diaphragm construction
• Clearly visible open or close position
• Leakage rate against atmosphere
10-8 mbar l/sec He
• Variability of nominal width and connections

METAL DIAPHRAGM SHUT-OFF VALVE
Metal Diaphragm Shut-off Valve Drawing
1.7 [44]
1.7 [44]
2.98 [75.6]
NPT-F NPT-F
1/4-18 NPT-F
2.2 [55]
1/4 NPT
2.98 [75.6]
1/4-181/4-18
1/4-18 NPT-F
2.2 [55]
0.43 [11]
1/4 NPT
0.43 [11]
M 6x9
1.97 [50]
M 6x9 2.4 [62]
1.97 [50]
2.4 [62]
D43712 / D43715 D44931 / D44932
Metal Diaphragm Shut-off Valve Accessories

Compression fittings for all valves with 1/4" NPT
PART NUMBER
METRIC PIPE CONNECTION
BRASS STAINLESS STEEL
For pipe 8 mm 1/4" NPT-8 mm D44987-8-1-4-1 D44987-8-1-4-6
For pipe 10 mm 1/4" NPT-10 mm D44987-10-1-4-1 D44987-10-1-4-6 All dimensions are reference & nominal
For pipe 12 mm 1/4" NPT-12 mm D44987-12-1-4-1 D44987-12-1-4-6 Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
Metal Diaphragm Shut-off Valve Part Number Selector


D43712 - AO - 43
BASIC SERIES GAS CONNECTION
D43712 - Brass AO - Oxygen 10 - Compression fitting Ø 8 mm / 1/4" NPT (not for gas 22 Acetylene)
AR - Other Gases 43 - 1/4" NPT female
22 - Acetylene
23 - Carbon Monoxide

D43715 - Stainless Steel AO - Oxygen 03 - Compression fitting Ø 6 mm / 1/4" NPT
AR - Other Gases 43 - 1/4" NPT female
AK - Corrosive Gases
20 - Ammonia
22 - Acetylene
23 - Carbon Monoxide
D44931
BASIC SERIES GAS CONNECTION
D44931 - Brass Non-corrosive gases 1/4" NPT female
D44932 - Stainless Steel Corrosive and non-corrosive gases 1/4" NPT female

NEEDLE METERING VALVE
Specifications
Nominal Diameter
DN 2
Nominal Pressure PN D43472 with
145 psig / 10.0 bar Inlet Connector
Type of Construction
In-line
Control Range at 44 psig / 3.0 bar Inlet Pressure
0-20 l/min
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.024
Operating Temperature D43595 with
Needle Valve: 32°F to 158°F / 0°C to 70°C Wall Bracket
Needle Metering Valve: 32°F to 86°F / 0°C to 30°C
Leak Rate
Needle Metering Valve: <10-5
Needle Metering Valve with Flow Meter: <10-4 TESCOM Needle Metering Valves are used for point-
of-use applications. In combination with low pressure
reducers or as stand-alone versions they offer precise
control of gas flows.
Body
Brass
Applications
Seat
Needle Metering Valve: Copper • Laboratory, R&D and analyzer applications
Needle Metering Valve with Flow Meter: Silver • Low pressure sampling valve applications

Weight • Precise control of flows
Needle Metering Valve: 0.27 lbs / 0.12 kg
Needle Metering Valve with Flow Meter: 0.49 lbs / 0.22 kg
• Available with a flow meter
• Linear flow characteristic
• Suitable for Oxygen and non-corrosive gases
• Suitable for gases up to 5.0 quality, except for ECD
(Electronic Capture Detector) applications

Needle Metering Valve Drawings
4.1 [105]
A
D43472
Needle Metering Valve
1.4 [35]
with Inlet Connector
View A (G 3/8" female Swivel Nut)
4.1 [103]
3.2 [82]
G 3/8" Swivel Nut
Connector
2.0 [50]
3.3 [85]
D43595
with Wall Mounting Plate
4.5 [115] 5.8 [148]

2.0 [50] 2.0 [50]
4.8 [123]
4.8 [123]
5.8 [148]
6.9 [175]
D45547
with Flow Meter
D45570
with Flow Meter and Inlet Connector

Needle Metering Valve Flow Chart
p1 = 22 psig
4 [1.5 bar]
Turns of Knob
p1 = 58 psig
3 [4.0 bar]
p1 = 145 psig
2 [10.0 bar]
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
[13.2] [26.4] [39.6] [52.8] [66.0]
lpm [gpm]
Needle Metering Valve Part Number Selector

Needle Metering Valve with Inlet G 3/8'' Swivel Nut Connector - Part Number Selector
D43472 - AO 05
BASIC SERIES FLOW METER OUTLET PRESSURE CONNECTOR
D43472 – AO – Oxygen, all other non-corrosive gases 02 – Compression fitting 1/8"
05 – Compression fitting 6 mm with nozzle 6 mm
Attention: For CO or test gases including CO,
please use Stainless Steel Diaphragm Metering Valve
Needle Metering Valve with Wall Mounting Plate - Part Number Selector
D43595 - AO 03 E
BASIC SERIES GAS OUTLET PRESSURE CONNECTION INLET PRESSURE CONNECTOR
D43595 – AO – Oxygen, all other non-corrosive gases 00 – Without (G 1/8'' male) E – Without (G 1/4'' female)
02 – Compression fitting tube G 1/8'' F – Compression fitting 8 mm
Attention: For CO or test gases
02 – Compression fitting tube G 1/4'' G – Compression fitting 10 mm
including CO, please use Stainless Steel
05 – Compression fitting 6 mm with nozzle 6 mm
Diaphragm Metering Valve

Needle Metering Valve with Flow Meter - Part Number Selector
D45570 - B N
BASIC SERIES FLOW METER INLET PRESSURE CONNECTION
D45570 – A– Size I (0.06 - 1 l/min) None – G 3/8'' female swivel nut connector
Outlet – Compression fitting 6 mm B– Size II (0.5 - 4 l/min) N – 1/4'' NPTF female
with nozzle 6 mm C– Size III (2 - 16 l/min)
D– Size IV (4 - 32 l/min)
Needle Metering Valve Nickel-plated and Flow Meter - Part Number Selector
D45547 - 52 C V
BASIC SERIES GAS OUTLET PRESSURE CONNECTION SURFACE
D45547 – 52 – Adapter G 1/4" male A– Size I (0.06 - 1 l/min) V – Chemically Nickel-Plated
B– Size II (0.5 - 4 l/min)
Can be used with wall bracket
C– Size III (2 - 16 l/min)
(See “Accessories for Wall Mounting”)
D– Size IV (4 - 32 l/min)
Outlet – G 3/8'' female calibrated
for AIR

D43342 Wall mounting bracket
D43371 Kit countersunk screws + dowels for wall plate
D42663-00-X Wall plate, Brass
D42663-22-X Wall plate, Stainless Steel
V09166 Wall plate cover
D42572 Gas label

VA/VG SERIES
On/Off and Shut-off Valves DVAVG1862X012
Specifications
OPTIONAL INTEGRATED
SOLENOID VALVE
OPERATING PARAMETERS “PNEUMATIC ASSIST"
Maximum Operating Pressure

3500, 6000, 10,000 psig / 241, 414, 690 bar
150% maximum rated
Leak Rate
Bubble-tight
Flow Capacity
VA Series Valve: Cv = 0.75
VG Series Valve: Cv = 2.0
VG SERIES VALVE
Low Actuation Pressure Range
VA SERIES VALVE
60 psig / 4.1 bar
Maximum Actuation Pressure
VA Series Valve: 125 psig / 8.6 bar TESCOM VA and VG Series are air operated
VG Series Valve: 150 psig / 10.3 bar valves offering normally open/normally closed
Actuation Times with 80 psig / 5.5 bar Actuation Pressure capabilities, operating pressures of 6000, 10,000,
VA Series Valve: 50 milliseconds and 15,000 psig / 414, 690, and 1034 bar, very
VG Series Valve: 75 milliseconds high cycle life and optional integrated solenoid
valve. Suitable for liquid and gas applications.
Body
Applications
Brass, 316 Stainless Steel • High pressure cycling testing
Seats • Pneumatic and hydraulic control panels
PCTFE, PEEK, ETFE (Tefzel®) ETFE, Polyimide (Vespel®)
Valve Stem
• R&D labs
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®), FKM • Balanced poppet design means high reliability
(Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene, Urethane and exceptional cycle life
Back-up Rings • High flow capacity: Cv = 0.75 or 2.0
PTFE, PCTFE
• Normally open or normally closed
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel, Brass • Brass or 316 Stainless Steel machined bar stock
• Low actuation: 60 psig / 4.1 bar - minimum
OTHER • High operating pressure: 6000 psig /
Cleaning 414 bar maximum (Brass), 10,000 psig /
690 bar maximum (Stainless Steel)
VA Series Valve: 3 lbs / 1.4 kg • 15,000 psig / 1034 bar version is available
VG Series Valve: 5 lbs / 2.3 kg • Oxygen model is available that has passed
Kalrez®, Viton®, Tefzel®, Teflon®, and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du adiabatic compression test per ISO 10524
Pont de Nemours and Company.
• Optional pneumatic assist solenoid valve
actuation (12V, 24V or 115V)

VA/VG SERIES
VA/VG Series Valve Drawings
VA SERIES
NORMALLY CLOSED VERSION
INLET
psi
OUTLET
TOOLS FOR ASSEMBLY FOR VA VALVE
PART NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY PART NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY

64082-1 Tool, Spacer 1 64096 Collet Spanner Wrench 1
64083-1 Tool, Base 1 64097 Collet, 1/4" / 6.35 mm 1
64095 Hex Collet Chuck 1 64084 Complete Kit
VG SERIES
NORMALLY OPEN VERSION
INLET
psi
OUTLET


VA/VG SERIES
VA Series Valve Part Number Selector
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications are available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
For Non-Metallic Kit

VA SERIES
K I T N
VA C 1 AB 9 A 9 B 9
SEAT
PORT PORT PORT PORT
BODY AND LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION
SERIES TYPE TRIM MAXIMUM OPTIONS 3 6 9 12
SEAT OPERATING
MATERIAL O-RING OPERATING SIZE AND SIZE AND SIZE AND SIZE AND
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE*
PRESSURE TYPE TYPE TYPE TYPE
VA C – Normally 1 – Brass AB – ETFE Nitrile, Brass -40°F to 165°F 9 – None A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF
Closed (Tefzel®) Buna-N 3500 psig -40°C to 74°C Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
6 – 316 AK – ETFE Kalrez®** 241 bar 20°F to 250°F C – CCL
P – Normally Stainless (Tefzel®) -7°C to 121°C C – 3/8" NPTF B – 1/4" NPTF B – 1/4" NPTF B – 1/4" NPTF
V – Solenoid Inlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
Open Steel AV – ETFE FKM Stainless -15°F to 250°F
Valve
(Tefzel®) (Viton®-A) Steel -26°C to 121°C
(24 volt) E – 1/4" SAE C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF
AE – ETFE E.P. 3500 psig -40°F to 250°F
Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
(Tefzel®) 241 bar -40°C to 121°C W– Solenoid
AU – ETFE Urethane -40°F to 165°F Valve N – 1/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF
(Tefzel®) -40°C to 74°C (12 volt) Inlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
(changes
Cv to 0.5) E – 1/4" SAE E – 1/4" SAE E – 1/4" SAE
CB – PCTFE Nitrile, Brass -40°F to 165°F Inlet Inlet Inlet
Buna-N 3500 psig -40°C to 74°C
CK – PCTFE Kalrez®** 241 bar 20°F to 165°F F – 1/4" SAE F – 1/4" SAE F – 1/4" SAE
-7°C to 74°C Outlet Outlet Outlet
CV – PCTFE FKM Stainless -15°F to 165°F
(Viton®-A) Steel -26°C to 74°C P – 1/8" NPTF P – 1/8" NPTF P – 1/8" NPTF
3500 psig -40°F to 165°F Outlet Outlet Outlet
CE – PCTFE Ethylene 241 bar -40°C to 74°C (changes (changes (changes
Propylene -40°F to 165°F Cv to .5) Cv to .5) Cv to .5)
-40°C to 74°C
9 – None 9 – None 9 – None
CU – PCTFE Urethane
PB – PEEK Nitrile, Brass -40°F to 165°F

PK – PEEK 414 bar 20°F to 250°F
Kalrez®** -7°C to 121°C
PV – PEEK Stainless -15°F to 250°F
Viton® Steel -26°C to 121°C
PE – PEEK 10,000 psig -40°F to 250°F
E.P. 690 bar -40°C to 121°C
PU – PEEK -40°F to 165°F
Urethane -40°C to 74°C
VB – Polymide Nitrile, Brass -40°F to 165°F

(Vespel®) Buna-N 6000 psig -40°C to 74°C
Kalrez®** 414 bar 20°F to 250°F
VK – Polymide -7°C to 121°C
(Vespel®) FKM Stainless -15°F to 250°F
(Viton®-A) Steel -26°C to 121°C
VV – Polymide 10,000 psig -40°F to 250°F
(Vespel®) E.P. 690 bar -40°C to 121°C
-40°F to 165°F
VE – Polymide Urethane -40°C to 74°C
(Vespel®)
VU – Polymide
(Vespel®) * For additional porting types, consult factory.

**FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)

VA/VG SERIES
VG Series Valve Part Number Selector
For Non-Metallic Kit

VG SERIES
K I T N
VG C 1 CB 9 C 9 D 9
SEAT
PORT PORT PORT PORT
BODY AND LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION
SERIES TYPE TRIM MAXIMUM OPTIONS 3 6 9 12
SEAT OPERATING
MATERIAL O-RING OPERATING SIZE AND SIZE AND SIZE AND SIZE AND
PRESSURE TYPE TYPE TYPE TYPE
VG C – Normally 1 – Brass CB – PCTFE Nitrile Brass -40°F to 165°F 9 – None C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF
Closed Buna-N 3500 psig -40°C to 74°C Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
6 – 316 241 bar 20°F to 165°F C – CCL
P – Normally Stainless CK – PCTFE Kalrez®** -7°C to 74°C G – 1/2" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF
V – Solenoid Inlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
Open Steel Stainless -15°F to 165°F
Valve
CV – PCTFE FKM Steel -26°C to 74°C
(24 volt) J – 3/4" NPTF G – 1/2" NPTF G – 1/2" NPTF G – 1/2" NPTF
(Viton®-A) 3500 psig -40°F to 165°F
241 bar -40°C to 74°C W – Solenoid
CE – PCTFE Ethylene -40°F to 165°F Valve L – 3/8" SAE H – 1/2" NPTF H – 1/2" NPTF H –1/2" NPTF
Propylene -40°C to 74°C (12 volt) Inlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
CU – PCTFE Urethane P – 1/2" SAE J – 3/4" NPTF J – 3/4" NPTF J – 3/4" NPTF
PB – PEEK Nitrile Brass -40°F to 165°F
Buna-N 6000 psig -40°C to 74°C K – 3/4" NPTF K – 3/4" NPTF K – 3/4" NPTF
414 bar 20°F to 250°F Outlet Outlet Outlet
PK – PEEK Kalrez®** -7°C to 121°C
Stainless -15°F to 250°F L – 3/8" SAE L – 3/8" SAE L – 3/8" SAE
PV – PEEK FKM Steel -26°C to 121°C Inlet Inlet Inlet
(Viton®-A 10,000 psig -40°F to 250°F
M – 3/8" SAE M – 3/8" SAE M – 3/8" SAE
690 bar -40°C to 121°C
Outlet Outlet Outlet
PE – PEEK Ethylene -40°F to 165°F
Propylene -40°C to 74°C P – 1/2" SAE P – 1/2" SAE P – 1/2" SAE
Inlet Inlet Inlet
PU – PEEK Urethane
R – 1/2" SAE R – 1/2" SAE R – 1/2" SAE
Outlet Outlet Outlet
VB – Polymide Nitrile Brass -40°F to 165°F
(Vespel®) Buna-N 6000 psig -40°C to 74°C 9 – None 9 – None 9 – None
414 bar 20°F to 250°F
-7°C to 121°C
VK – P
olymide Kalrez®** Stainless -15°F to 250°F
(Vespel®) Steel -26°C to 121°C
FKM 10,000 psig -40°F to 250°F
VV – P
olymide (Viton®-A) 690 bar -40°C to 121°C
(Vespel®) -40°F to 165°F
-40°C to 74°C
VE – Polymide Ethylene
(Vespel®) Propylene
VU – P
olymide Urethane
(Vespel®)


VA/VG SERIES
VA Series Valve Modules
63583 - C 6 CV
BODY AND BACK-UP MAXIMUM

SEAT OPERATING
SERIES TYPE TRIM RING O-RING OPERATING
MATERIAL MATERIAL PRESSURE
63583 C – Normally 1 – Brass AB – ETFE (Tefzel®) PTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Closed 3500 psig / 241 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
6 – 316 Kalrez®** -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
P – Normally Stainless AK – ETFE (Tefzel®) PTFE Stainless Steel -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
Open Steel FKM (Viton®-A) 3500 psig / 241 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
AV – ETFE (Tefzel )
®
PTFE Ethylene
Propylene
AE – ETFE (Tefzel®)
PTFE Urethane
AU – ETFE (Tefzel )
®
PTFE Nitrile, Buna-N
CB – PCTFE PTFE Kalrez®** Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C

3500 psig / 241 bar 20°F to 165°F / -7°C to 74°C
CK – PCTFE PTFE FKM (Viton -A)
®
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Stainless Steel -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
CV – PCTFE PTFE Ethylene 500 psig / 241 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Propylene
CE – PCTFE PTFE
CU – PCTFE PTFE Urethane
PB – PEEK PCTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C

PK – PEEK PCTFE Kalrez®** -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
PV – PEEK PCTFE FKM (Viton®-A) 10,000 psig / 690 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Ethylene
PE – PEEK PCTFE Propylene
Urethane
PU – PEEK PCTFE
VB – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
VK – Polymide (Vespel )
®
PCTFE Kalrez **
®
-15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
VV – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE FKM (Viton®-A) 10,000 psig / 690 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
VE – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Ethylene
Propylene
VU – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Urethane
VG – Polymide (Vespel )
®
PCTFE Buna-N 90 Duro


VA/VG SERIES
VG Series Valve Modules

67270 - C 6 VV
BODY AND BACK-UP MAXIMUM

SEAT OPERATING
SERIES TYPE TRIM RING O-RING OPERATING
MATERIAL MATERIAL PRESSURE
67270 C – Normally 1 – Brass CB – PCTFE PTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Closed CK – PCTFE PTFE Kalrez®** 3500 psig / 241 bar 20°F to 165°F / -7°C to 74°C
6 – 316 CV – PCTFE PTFE FKM (Viton®-A) -15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
P – Normally Stainless CE – PCTFE PTFE Ethylene Propylene Stainless Steel -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Open Steel CU – PCTFE PTFE Urethane 3500 psig / 241 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
PB – PEEK PCTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C

PK – PEEK PCTFE Kalrez®** 6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
PV – PEEK PCTFE FKM (Viton®-A) -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
PE – PEEK PCTFE Ethylene Propylene Stainless Steel -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
PU – PEEK PCTFE Urethane 10,000 psig / 690 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
VB – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
VK – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Kalrez®** 6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
VV – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE FKM (Viton®-A) -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
VE – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Ethylene Propylene -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
Stainless Steel
VU – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Urethane -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
10,000 psig / 690 bar

POPULAR MODIFICATIONS
• Cartridge style for manifolds – fitting reduction

• Explosion Proof solenoid, Class I, Div I & II, Groups A, B, C, D
• Oxygen model is available that has passed adiabatic compression test per ISO 10524 (VA Series only)
• On/Off switch
• Hand Toggle actuated option
• Stepper motor options 24VDC (VA Series only)
• 15,000 psig / 1034 bar
• 20,000 psig / 1379 bar (VA Series only)
• High force actuator to prevent flow with high delta (VA Series only)
• Special porting including welded fittings
• Captured breather ports (bonnet and body)
For additional modifications, consult the factory.

VJ SERIES
On/Off and Shut-off Valves DVJXX1916X012
Specifications

316 Stainless Steel Body: 10,000 psig / 690 bar
Brass Body: 6000 psig / 414 bar
Leakage
Bubble-tight
See table
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.49 Angle
Cv = 0.28 Globe
15 in-lbs / 1.7 N•m
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM VJ Series hand valves offer control pressure
of 6000 and 10,000 psig / 414 and 690 bar. Available
Body
in angle and globe patterns.
Seat
Applications
PCTFE, Nylatron, PEEK, PTFE, or Polyimide (Vespel®)
Back-up Ring • Pressure control panels
PTFE • Ground Support Equipment (GSE)
O-Ring
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer Features and Benefits
(Kalrez®), or FKM (Viton®-A)
• Versatile bi-directional flow
Remaining Parts
Monel and Brass or Stainless Steel • Built-in metallic stop prevents overtightening of
the valve
OTHER • Angle or globe pattern options are available,
Cleaning easy adaptation
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Designed to be O2 compatible with correct
Weight materials of construction
1.5 lbs / 0.7 kg
Teflon®, Viton-A®, Kalrez®, and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company.

VJ SERIES
VJ Series Valve Drawing, Part Number Selector, and Operating Temperature
GLOBE PATTERN ANGLE PATTERN
PANEL
CUT-OUT

VJ 1 0 3 04 V K
BODY MATERIAL PATTERN TYPE SEAT MATERIAL O-RING MATERIAL
VJ 1 – Brass 0 – Angle 0– BSPP 04 – 1/4" K– PCTFE D– Nitrile, Buna-N

6 – 316 Stainless Steel 1 – Globe 1– SAE 06 – 3/8" (available in P– PEEK E– Ethylene Propylene
2– NPTF globe pattern only) T– PTFE K– Kalrez® **
3– MS33649 V– Polyimide (Vespel®) V– FKM (Viton®-A)
SEAT MATERIAL O-RING MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OPERATING TEMPERATURE*
PTFE Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C

PTFE FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) Brass: 3500 psig / 241 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
PTFE FKM (Viton®-A) Stainless Steel: 3500 psig / 241 bar -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
PTFE Ethylene Propylene -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
PEEK Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C

PEEK FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) Brass: 6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
PEEK FKM (Viton®-A) Stainless Steel: 10,000 psig / 690 bar -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
PEEK Ethylene Propylene -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
PCTFE Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C

PCTFE FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) Brass: 6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
PCTFE FKM (Viton®-A) Stainless Steel: 6000 psig / 414 bar -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
PCTFE Ethylene Propylene -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
Polyimide (Vespel®) Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C

Polyimide (Vespel®) FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) Brass: 6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
Polyimide (Vespel®) FKM (Viton®-A) Stainless Steel: 10,000 psig / 690 bar -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
Polyimide (Vespel®) Ethylene Propylene -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C

VK SERIES
On/Off and Shut-off Valves DVKXX2048X012
Specifications

See table
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Flow Capacity (approximate)
Cv = 0.28
15 in-lbs / 1.7 N•m

TESCOM VK Series block and bleed manifold
Body offers control pressures of 6000 and 10,000 psig /
414 and 690 bar. This valve is based on TESCOM’s
Seat
field proven VJ Series.
CTFE, PTFE, Polyimide (Vespel®) or Peek
Back-up Ring Application
PCTFE
• Purge applications
O-Ring
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene, FFKM,
Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)
Remaining Parts • High pressure
300 Series Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel • Material options
• Built-in metallic stop
OTHER
Cleaning
• Allows construction or repair along a
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 pressurized line
Weight (approximate) • Allows residual downstream pressure to bleed
5 lbs / 2.3 kg to zero
Teflon®, Viton®, Vespel® and Kalrez® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de • Low operating torque
• High cycle life

VK SERIES
VK Series Valve Drawing

VK Series Valve Part Number Selector

VK 6 3 02 2 04 4
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL SEAT MATERIAL O-RING MATERIAL PORT TYPE INLET & OUTLET PORT SIZE VENT PORT SIZE
VK 1 - Brass 0 - PCTFE 00 - Nitrile, Buna-N 2 - NPTF 04 - 1/4" 4 - 1/4"

6 - 316 Stainless Steel 3 - PTFE 02 - FKM (Viton®-A) 3 - MS33649 08 - 1/2"
7 - Polyimide 05 - Ethylene Propylene
(Vespel®) 11 - FFKM,
P - Peek Perfluoroelastomer
(Kalrez®)
SEAT MATERIAL O-RING MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OPERATING TEMPERATURE
PTFE Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C

PTFE FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) Brass: 3500 psig / 241 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
PTFE FKM (Viton®-A) Stainless Steel: 3500 psig / 241 bar -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
PTFE Ethylene Propylene -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
Peek Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Peek FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) Brass: 6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
Peek FKM (Viton®-A) Stainless Steel: 10,000 psig / 690 bar -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
Peek Ethylene Propylene -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
PCTFE Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
PCTFE FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) Brass: 6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 165°F / -7°C to 74°C
PCTFE FKM (Viton®-A) Stainless Steel: 6000 psig / 414 bar -15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
PCTFE Ethylene Propylene -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Polyimide (Vespel®) Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Polyimide (Vespel®) FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) Brass: 6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
Polyimide (Vespel®) FKM (Viton®-A) Stainless Steel: 10,000 psig / 690 bar -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
Polyimide (Vespel®) Ethylene Propylene -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C

VM SERIES
On/Off and Shut-off Valves DVMXX2051X012
Specifications

6000 psig / 414 bar
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: Bubble-tight
Flow Capacity
Cv = 4.5
Minimum Actuation Pressure
80 psig / 5.5 bar
Maximum Actuation Pressure
125 psig / 8.6 bar
TESCOM VM Series is an air-operated high pressure,
high flow valve.
Body and Trim Applications
316 Stainless Steel
Seat
• High pressure gas and liquid
Polyimide (Vespel®) • High flow filling applications
Valve
• Testing of high pressure and high
316 Stainless Steel
flow components
O-Rings
Nitrile, Buna-N, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®), FKM Features and Benefits
(Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene, Urethane
Back-up Rings
• Normally closed valve
PTFE • Balanced valve
• In-line flow path to minimize the pressure drop
OTHER across the valve
Cleaning
• High operating pressures of 6000 psig / 414 bar
19 lbs / 8.6 kg
Teflon®, Vespel®, Kalrez® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de

VM SERIES
VM Series Valve Drawing

VM Series Valve Part Number Selector


VM 6 VV 2 12 2 12 2
INLET AIR AND
BASIC BODY AND SEAT O-RING MAXIMUM OPERATING INLET OUTLET OUTLET
OPERATING TEMPERATURES PORT LEAK PORT
SERIES TRIM MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL PRESSURE PORT TYPE PORT SIZE PORT SIZE
SIZE SIZE/TYPE
VM 6–3
16 Stainless Polyimide VB – Nitrile, Buna-N 6000 psig / 414 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 12 – 3/4" 1 – SAE 12 – 3/4" 2 – 1/8" NPTF
Steel (Vespel®) VK – FFKM, -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C 2 – NPTF 16 – 1" 2 – NPTF 16 – 1"
Perfluoroelastomer -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C 3 – MS33649 3 – MS33649
(Kalrez®) -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
VV – FKM -20°F to 165°F / -29°C to 74°C
(Viton®-A)
VE – E.P.
VU – Urethane

VN SERIES
On/Off and Shut-off Valves DVNXX2052X012
Specifications

10,000 psig / 689 bar
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-20°F to 165°F / -29°C to 74°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 20
35 in-lbs / 4.0 N•m

Body TESCOM VN Series high flow, bidirectional valve.
316 Stainless Steel
Seat Application
Polyimide (Vespel® SP21) • High pressure / high flow supply lines
O-Ring
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene Features and Benefits
Back-Up Ring • Y-Pattern flow path
PTFE • Low torque handknob
Wear Ring
• Replaceable soft seats
PEEK
Grayloc Hubs
• Grayloc hub connections are available
Nitronic 60
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel
OTHER
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 AND ASTM G93
Weight
35 lbs / 15.9 kg
Teflon®, Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de

VN SERIES
VN Series Valve Drawing
3.40 [86.0]
Ø 3.25 [83.0]
45°
8.66 [220]
8.61 [219]
INLET OUTLET
1.75 [44.0]
2x 3/8-16 UNC 2.00 2x 1/4 NPTF

[51.0] (OPPOSITE SIDE)
12.19 [310]
12.13 [308]

VN Series Valve Part Number Selector
VN 6 V B 12 9 12 9 2 – 01
BASIC BODY SEAT O-RING INLET INLET OUTLET OUTLET GAUGE MODIFICATION
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL PORT SIZE PORT TYPE PORT SIZE PORT TYPE PORTS NUMBER
VN 6 – 316 V – Polyimide B – Nitrile, 12 – 1-1/2" 9– T

hreaded 12 – 1-1/2" 9– T
hreaded 2 – 1/4" NPTF 01 – 1-1/2"
Stainless (Vespel® SP1) Buna-N Grayloc Grayloc Hub Grayloc Hubs
Steel E – E.P. Hub
V – FKM
(Viton®-A)
Pressure at which valve is used must be compatible with the pressure rating of the valve and port size/type provided.

VT SERIES
3-Way On/Off and Shut-off Valves DVTXX2016X012
Specifications
Operating Pressure
3500 psig / 241 bar
Body: Brass, 316 Stainless Steel
Seat: Tefzel® ETFE, CTFE
6000 psig / 414 bar
Body: Brass
Seat: Vespel®, PEEK
10,000 psig / 690 bar
Body: 316 Stainless Steel
Seat: Vespel®, PEEK
150% maximum rated
Leakage
External: Bubble-tight
TESCOM VT Series 3-way air-operated valve provides
See Part Number Selector high cycle life in a compact design.
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.75
Applications
Actuation Pressure • Component pressure cycle testing
Minimum: 80 psig / 5.5 bar
• Two source selector valve
Maximum: 110 psig / 7.6 bar
• Fill and dump applications (e.g. airbag canister
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS filling, gas spring filling)
Body • Emergency shutoff
Brass, 316 Stainless Steel • Pneumatic and hydraulic applications
Metallic Trim
316 Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, Features and Benefits
Brass (Brass bodies only)
• 1/4" and 3/8" ports
Seat
ETFE (Tefzel®), CTFE, PEEK, Polyimide (Vespel®) • Cv = 0.75
O-Ring • Balanced main valve
Nitrile, Buna-N, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®), FKM
(Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene, Urethane • Solenoid valve is optional
Back-up Rings • 2 position, 3-way
PTFE for PCTFE and ETFE (Tefzel®) seats
• Leak tight integrity - Class VI shutoff (bubble-tight)
PCTFE for PEEK and Polyimide (Vespel®) seats
OTHER
Weight
5 lbs / 2.3 kg
Teflon®, Kalrez®, Tefzel®, Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company.

NON-ACTUATED
PORT 1 CLOSED, PORT 2 & 3 OPEN
SECTION A -A
VT SERIES 1/8 NPTF ON STANDARD
VT Series 3-Way Valve Drawing
PORT LOCATION
PORT LOCATION
OPTIONAL SOLENOID
OPTIONAL SOLENOID
4.88 [124]
2.0 [51]
DOME SUPPLY
2.0VALVE
[51]
DOME SUPPLY
VALVE
1/8 NPTF
1/8 NPTF
PORT
2 PORT
NON-ACTUATED ACTUATED
NON-ACTUATED 1 ACTUATED
PORT 1 CLOSED
PORT 1 CLOSED PORT 3 CLOSED
PORT 3 CLOSED
PORT 2 &PORT
3 OPEN PORT 1 & 2 OPEN
2 & 3 OPEN PORT 1 & 2 OPEN
NON-ACTUATED
1.87 [47]
NON-ACTUATED
SECTION A - A SECTION B-B
SECTION A - A 1/8 NPTF ON STANDARD SECTION B-B
1/8 NPTF ON STANDARD
ø 2.23 [57]
B
MOUNTING HOLE
3/8-16 UNC
0.35 [9] MIN THD
4.88 [124]
4.88 [124]
PORT
2 PORT PORT
1 A 3 A A
PORT
2 PORT PORT
1.87 [47]
1 3
1.87 [47]
B
ø 2.23 [57]
B B
MOUNTING HOLE
3/8-16 UNC
0.35 [9] MIN THD
ø 2.23 [57]
B B
MOUNTING HOLE
A 3/8-16A UNC A A
0.35 [9] MIN THD

A B A A B A
B B

NON-ACTUATED

1/8 NPTF ON STANDARD VT SERIES
VT Series 3-Way Valve Drawing PORT LOCATION
PORT LOCATION
DOME SUPPLY
OPTIONAL SOLENOID
4.88 [124]
1/8 NPTF
2.0 [51]
DOME SUPPLY
VALVE
1/8 NPTF
PORT
2 NON-ACTUATED PORT ACTUATED PORT
PORT 1 CLOSED 1 PORT 3 CLOSED NON-ACTUATED ACTUATED 3
PORT 2 & 3 OPEN PORT 1 & 2 OPEN PORT 1 CLOSED PORT 3 CLOSED
PORT 2 & 3 OPEN PORT 1 & 2 OPEN
NON-ACTUATED NON-ACTUATED
1.87 [47]
RT 1 CLOSED, PORT 2 & 3 OPEN PORT 1 CLOSED, PORT 2 & 3 OPEN

SECTION B - B 1/8 NPTF ON STANDARD
STANDARD
ø 2.23 [57]
B B
MOUNTING HOLE
3/8-16 UNC
0.35 [9] MIN THD
4.88 [124]
PORT
2 PORT
A PORT A
A 1
A 3
1.87 [47]
PORT PORT
1 3
B B
ø 2.23 [57]
B B
MOUNTING HOLE
3/8-16 UNC
0.35 [9] MIN THD
A A A A
B
OUNTING HOLE All dimensions are reference & nominal
8-16 UNC Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
0.35 [9] MIN THD
B B
A A A
B
VT SERIES
VT Series 3-Way Valve Part Number Selector
VT 6 AB 9 A A A
1 2 3
MAXIMUM
BASIC BODY SEAT O-RING OPERATING PORT PORT PORT
OPERATING OPTIONS
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL TEMPERATURE* LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION
PRESSURE
SIZE AND TYPE SIZE AND TYPE SIZE AND TYPE
VT 1 – Brass AB – ETFE (Tefzel®) Nitrile, Brass body -40°F to 165°F 9 – None A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF
Buna-N 3500 psig -40°C to 74°C C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF
6 – 316 241 bar C – CCL
Stainless 20°F to 250°F E – 1/4" SAE E – 1/4" SAE E – 1/4" SAE
AK – ETFE (Tefzel®) Kalrez®** -7°C to 121°C
Steel V – Solenoid valve J – 3/8" SAE J – 3/8" SAE J – 3/8" SAE
AV – ETFE (Tefzel®) FKM 316 Stainless -15°F to 250°F 24 Volt DC
(Viton®-A) Steel body -26°C to 121°C
3500 psig -40°F to 250°F W – Solenoid valve
AE – ETFE (Tefzel®) Ethylene 241 bar -40°C to 121°C 12 Volt DC
Propylene
-40°F to 165°F
-40°C to 74°C
AU – ETFE (Tefzel®) Urethane
CB – PCTFE Nitrile, Brass body -40°F to 165°F

241 bar 20°F to 165°F
CK – PCTFE Kalrez®** -7°C to 74°C
CV – PCTFE FKM 316 Stainless -15°F to 165°F

3500 psig -40°F to 165°F
CE – PCTFE Ethylene 241 bar -40°C to 74°C
Propylene
-40°F to 165°F
-40°C to 74°C
CU – PCTFE Urethane
PB – PEEK Nitrile, Brass body -40°F to 165°F

414 bar 20°F to 250°F
PK – PEEK Kalrez®** -7°C to 121°C
PV – PEEK FKM 316 Stainless -15°F to 250°F

10,000 psig -40°F to 250°F
PE – PEEK Ethylene 690 bar -40°C to 121°C
Propylene
-40°F to 165°F
-40°C to 74°C
PU – PEEK Urethane
VB – Polymide (Vespel®) Nitrile, Brass body -40°F to 165°F

414 bar 20°F to 250°F
VK – Polymide (Vespel®) Kalrez®** -7°C to 121°C
VV – Polymide (Vespel®) FKM 316 Stainless -15°F to 250°F

10,000 psig -40°F to 250°F
VE – Polymide (Vespel®) Ethylene 690 bar -40°C to 121°C
Propylene
-40°F to 165°F
-40°C to 74°C
VU – Polymide (Vespel®) Urethane


Manifolds/Changeover Regulators
Manifold and panel designs that minimize space and potential leak paths and
changeover regulators that provide continuous gas and fluid pressure management
Automatic Changeover Regulator Systems

Includes ACS012, ACS3200, CR441800, and CS-2200 577
Designed for specialty, corrosive, and pryophoric gases
Compact Panel
Central gas supply unit for pressure control of analytical gases in laboratory facilities
585
Ultra High Purity Compact Panel

Central gas supply unit for pressure control of high grade analytical gases in laboratory facilities
583
System Components for Compact Panels

Gas Failure Warning and Emergency Switch-off System for central gas supply systems
591
High Pressure Panel

Central gas supply unit for very high pressure control of analytical gases in laboratory facilities
595
Accessories for Panels

Pigtails, Extension Kits and additional parts for panels
599
NA4 Series
Changeover system designed to ensure a continuous supply of carrier and calibration gases 601
with no interruption due to supply depletion or change out, supports up to 16 total cylinders

AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER REGULATORS & SYSTEMS
Manifolds/Changeover Regulators DCHOV1908X012
ACS012 - Low Flow Changeover Regulator ACS012

• Maximum inlet pressure: 400 or 3500 psig /
27.6 or 241 bar
• Four delivery pressures from 100 to 250 psig /
6.9 to 17.2 bar
• Designed to provide a continuous flow of gas for
applications requiring stored gas supplies
CS-2200
• Available in 316 Stainless Steel, Brass, or
Nickel-plated Brass
• Based on Tescom’s field-proven 44-2200 Regulator
• Mounting bracket is standard
CS-2200 - Low Flow Changeover System

• Maximum inlet pressure: 3500 psig / 241 bar
• Four maximum delivery pressures from
25 to 150 psig / 1.7 to 10.3 bar
applications requiring stored gas supplies ACS3200
ACS3200 - High Flow Changeover Regulator

• Maximum inlet pressure: 3000 psig / 207 bar
• Delivery pressure: 160/200 psig / 11.0/13.8 bar CR441800
CR441800 - High Pressure

Changeover System
• Maximum inlet pressure: 3500 or 6000 psig /
• CO2 for tissue and cell culture incubators supply
241 or 414 bar
• Shielding and laser assist gases in metal fabrication
• Seven maximum delivery pressures from
(ACS3200 only)
500 to 2000 psig / 34.5 to 138 bar
• Analyzer carrier gas
applications requiring stored gas supplies • Laser cutting assist gas
Applications

ACS3200 Specifications CS2200 Specifications

For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM. For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS OPERATING PARAMETERS

Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3 Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Inlet Pressure Maximum Inlet Pressure

3000 psig / 207 bar 3500 psig / 241 bar
Outlet Pressure Design Proof Pressure
160-200 psig / 11.0-13.8 bar 150% of maximum rated
Design Proof Pressure Leak Rate
150% of maximum operating Internal: Bubble-tight
Leak Rate External: Designed to meet ≤ 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
Internal: Bubble-tight Operating Temperature
External: Designed to meet ≤ 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Operating Temperature Flow Capacity
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C Cv = 0.06
Flow Capacity
Cv = 1.2 MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS
Body
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS 316 Stainless Steel or Brass
Body Bonnet
316 Stainless Steel or Brass 300 Series Stainless Steel or Brass
Bonnet Valve Seat
Nickel-plated Brass PTFE
Valve Seat Diaphragm
PCTFE 316 Stainless Steel
Valve O-Ring Friction Sleeve
FKM (Viton®-A) Inner: PTFE
Diaphragm Outer: 316 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel Spring
Spring 316 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel Remaining Parts
Remaining Parts 316 Stainless Steel (and Brass for Brass bodies)
316 Stainless Steel
OTHERS
OTHERS Gauges (3 standard)
Gauges (3 standard) 316 Stainless Steel gauges with Stainless Steel regulators,
316 Stainless Steel gauges with Stainless Steel regulators, Brass gauges with Brass regulators
Brass gauges with Brass regulators Connections
Cleaning 1/4" Female NPTF
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 Cleaning
Weight CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93
10 lbs / 4.5 kg Weight
Viton® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. 5 lbs / 2.3 kg
TESCOM ACS3200 Series is a compact, lightweight TESCOM CS-2200 Series is a complete high purity
high purity, high flow changeover system for changeover system which combines the changeover
specialty, corrosive, and pyrophoric gases. Diffusion- regulator and a line regulator into a compact wall
resistant metal diaphragm seal ensures gas purity and mount system for specialty, corrosive, and pyrophoric
integrity. It provides continuous flow of gas from two gases. Diffusion-resistant metal diaphragm seal
pressure sources. ensures gas purity and integrity. It provides
continuous low flow of gas from two pressure
sources.

ACS012 Specifications CR441800 Specifications



400 or 3500 psig / 27.6 or 241 bar 3500 or 6000 psig / 241 or 414 bar
Maximum Delivery Pressure Maximum Outlet Pressure Ranges
85/115, 135/165, 185/215, 235/265 psig 475/525, 575/625, 675/725, 775/825, 875/925, 975/1025,
5.9/7.9, 9.3/11.4, 12.8/14.8, 16.2/18.3 bar 1975/2025 psig
Design Proof Pressure 32.8/36.2, 39.6/43.1, 46.5/50.0. 53.4/56.9, 60.3/63.8,
150% of maximum operating 67.2/70.7, 136/140 bar
Leak Rate Design Proof Pressure
Internal: Bubble-tight 150% of maximum operating
External: Designed to meet ≤ 2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He Leak Rate
Operating Temperature Bubble-tight
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C Operating Temperature
Flow Capacity -15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Cv = 0.06 Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06
Body
316 Stainless Steel, Brass, or Nickel-plated Brass Body
Bonnet Brass, 316 Stainless Steel, or Nickel-plated Brass
300 Series Stainless Steel or Brass Bonnet
Valve Seat 300 Series Stainless Steel, Brass, or Nickel-plated Brass
PTFE Valve Seat
Diaphragm Polyimide (Vespel®)
316 Stainless Steel O-Ring
Friction Sleeve FKM
Inner: PTFE Remaining Parts
Outer: 316 Stainless Steel Brass and 300 Series Stainless Steel
Spring
316 Stainless Steel OTHERS
Remaining Parts Cleaning
316 Stainless Steel (and Brass for Brass bodies) CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93
Weight
OTHERS 3 lbs / 1.4 kg
Gauges (3 standard)
316 Stainless Steel gauges with Stainless Steel regulators,
Brass gauges with Brass regulators TESCOM CR441800 Series is a compact, high pressure
Connections changeover system which combines the changeover
1/4" Female NPTF regulator and a line regulator into a compact wall
Cleaning mount system for general purpose and industrial
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 gases. It provides continuous low flow of gas from two
Weight high pressure sources.
5 lbs / 2.3 kg
TESCOM ACS012 Series is a compact, lightweight high

purity changeover system for specialty, corrosive,
and pyrophoric gases. Diffusion-resistant metal
It provides continuous low flow of gas from two
pressure sources.

Automatic Changeover Regulators and Systems Drawings
ACS3200 SERIES CHANGEOVER SYSTEMS (HIGH FLOW)

‘B’
‘A’
CS2200 SERIES CHANGEOVER SYSTEMS (LOW FLOW)
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
ACS012 SERIES CHANGEOVER SYSTEMS (LOW FLOW)
‘B’
‘A’


Automatic Changeover Regulators and Systems Drawings
CR441800 SERIES CHANGEOVER SYSTEMS (HIGH PRESSURE)
BASIC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION CHANGEOVER SYSTEMS
SINGLE BODY CHANGEOVER SYSTEM TWO BODY CHANGEOVER SYSTEM

When primary supply to the changeover regulator ‘A’ can then be replenished. When supply ‘B’ is
(supply ‘A’) is consumed, the secondary supply depleted, supply ‘A’ will then begin to feed the line
(supply ‘B’) feeds the line regulator and/or process. regulator and/or process. With a counterclockwise
The line regulator supplies media to the process turn of the changeover regulator handknob, supply
at the precise pressure required. By turning the ‘B’ can be replenished.
changeover regulator handknob clockwise, supply

Automatic Changeover Regulators and Systems Part Number Selector

ACS32 1 4 1 1
BASIC SERIES BODY AND TRIM OUTLET PRESSURE GAUGE OPTION MAXIMUM INLET PRESSURE
ACS32 1 – Brass 4 – 160/200 psig 0 – No gauges installed 1 –6 3000 psig

6 – 316 Stainless Steel 11.0/13.8 bar 1 – Gauges installed 207 bar
(optional 400 psig / (optional 4000 psig /
27.6 gauge) 276 bar gauge)
CS - 22 6 3 - 2 4 1
OUTLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL
RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE INLET PRESSURE
CS - 22 1 – Brass 0 – 0-25 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 –6 3500 psig

6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0-1.7 bar 241 bar
1 – 0-50 psig (with gauges)
0-3.4 bar 2 –6 3500 psig
2 – 0-100 psig 241 bar
0-6.9 bar (no gauges)
3 – 0-150 psig
0-10.3 bar
ACS012 1 3 0 1
PRESSURE OUTLET GAUGE
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL GAUGES MAXIMUM INLET PRESSURE
SETTINGS INSTALLED (OPTIONAL)
ACS012 1 – Brass 0 – 85/115 psig 200 psig 0 – No Gauges 1 –6 3500 psig

6 – 316 Stainless Steel 5.9/7.9 bar 13.8 bar 241 bar (optional 4000 psig /
1 – With Three Gauges 1
P – Nickel-plated Brass 1 – 135/165 psig 200 psig 276 bar gauge)
(installed)
9.3/11.4 bar 13.8 bar 2 –6 400 psig
2 – 185/215 psig 300 psig 27.6 bar (optional 600 psig /
12.8/14.8 bar 20.7 bar 41.4 bar gauge)
3 – 235/265 psig 300 psig
1. Brass gauges are provided with Brass regulators and Stainless
16.2/18.3 bar 20.7 bar
Steel gauges are provided with Stainless Steel regulators.
CR4418 6 2 - 2 4 1
OUTLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL
RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE INLET PRESSURE
CR4418 1 – Brass 1 – 475/525 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 –6 3500 psig

6 – 316 Stainless Steel 32.8/36.2 bar 241 bar
P – Nickel-plated Brass 2 – 575/625 psig 3 –6 6000 psig
39.6/43.1 bar 414 bar
3 – 675/725 psig
46.5/50.0 bar
4 – 775/825 psig
53.4/56.9 bar
5 – 875/925 psig
60.3/63.8 bar
6 – 975/1025 psig
67.2/70.7 bar
7 – 1975/2025 psig
136/140 bar

ULTRA HIGH PURITY COMPACT PANEL
Manifolds/Changeover Regulators DCATLABO1264XEN2
Specifications
REGULATOR
1000 or 3480 psig / 69.0 or 240 bar
145, 247 psig / 10.0, 17.0 bar maximum
Body Material
Regulator Seat
PCTFE
Valve Seat
Ceramic on Stainless Steel
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel
Flow Capacity
< 9 Nm3/h at Cv = 0.06 trim
Leak Rate TESCOM Ultra High Purity Compact Panel is a VCR®
1x10-8 mbar l/s He compatible central gas supply unit for pressure
Operating Temperature control of high grade analytical gases in laboratory
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
facilities. Depending on the requirements, these units
GAUGES switch over to a spare cylinder in order to enable an
Material uninterrupted gas supply. The use of contact gauges
Stainless Steel
allows the monitoring of empty gas cylinders, in
Connection
combination with an annunciator.
1/4" HPIC (VCR® compatible internal connection)
RELIEF VALVE Application

Outlet Connection
6 mm Compression fitting
• Central gas supply for the distribution of gases in
Body Material
laboratory applications
Stainless Steel 1.4404
Seat Material Advantages
FKM (Viton®-A) • VCR® technology for high purity application
CONTACT GAUGES 2.5" • Automatic changeover for continuous gas supply
Material
Stainless Steel • Integrated purge and shut-off valve for fast purging
Scale Range • Optional Hastelloy® trim and positive seal for
2900 or 4570 psig / 200 or 315 bar (other ranges on request)
corrosive media
Switch
Reed switch, opens with decreasing pressure • Field-proven TESCOM 64 Series regulator design
Surge Current
1A
Permanent Current
0.6 A
Power
30 Watt, 50 VA
Cable
3 wire, 2 m length
OTHERS
Weight
Single Cylinder Panel: 8.2 lbs / 3.7 kg
Automatic Changeover Panel: 18.5 lbs / 8.4 kg
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International.
VCR® is a registered trademark of Swagelok.
Viton® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.

ULTRA HIGH PURITY COMPACT PANEL
Ultra High Purity Compact Panel Drawing
CYLINDER PANEL STAINLESS STEEL AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER SYSTEM

SINGLE CYLINDER PANEL
7.09 [180]

7.09 [180]
7.87 [200] 6.85 [174]
7.87 [200] 6.85 [174]
AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER PANEL

7.24 [184]
7.24 [184]
16.92 [430] 6.91 [175.7]
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM16.92 [430] 6.91 [175.7]

FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
SINGLE CYLINDER PANEL AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER PANEL
CYLINDER PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE CYLINDER PRESSURE CYLINDER PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE
P1 P2 P1 P1 P2
PURGE SHUT-OFF
PURGE SHUT-OFF PURGE SHUT-OFF
VALVE VALVE
VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE
OPEN AND CLOSE VALVES SLOWLY OPEN AND CLOSE VALVES SLOWLY
Ultra High Purity Compact Panel Part Number Selector

D45429 - SM - S - 2 - XXX
OPTIONS
TYPE GAUGES VALVE UNIT OUTLET PRESSURE
(PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY)
D45429 – Single Cylinder SM – Standard gauges S – Untied 1 – 145 psig / 10.0 bar • Cv = 0.15 or Cv = 0.24
Panel KM – Contact gauges P – Positive Seal 2 – 247 psig / 17.0 bar • Inlet filter
D45450 – Automatic • Vespel® regulator seat
Changeover
• Pigtail with cylinder connector
Panel
Standard Features:
Stainless Steel mounting plate, regulator with integrated valves, inlet/outlet pressure gauges and relief valve.
All connections 1/4" HPIC.

COMPACT PANEL
Manifolds/Changeover Regulators DCATLABO1259X012
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA PANEL FOR 1 CYLINDER

WITH CONTACT GAUGE
Non corrosive/corrosive gases and mixtures up to high purity of
6.0 (99.9999 Vol%)

4350 psig / 300 bar
50/101/145/174/217/290/507/725/870/1450/2175 PSIG*
3,5/7/10/12/15/17/20/35/50/60/100/150 bar *
Material
Brass or Stainless Steel DUAL STAGE COMPACT PANEL
AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER WITH CONTACT GAUGES
Leak Rate
10-7 mbar l/s He
Operating Temperature The TESCOM Compact Panel is a central gas supply
-4°F to 158°F / -20 °C to 70 °C unit for the pressure control of analytical gases in
Nominal Flow Rate (Air 145 PSIG/10 bar Outlet Pressure) laboratory facilities. Depending on the requirements,
1Nm3/h [0.6 scfm] reduced version for H2/He, Cv = 0,06 these units switch over to a spare cylinder in order to
9 Nm3/h [5.3 scfm], Cv = 0,06 enable a continuous gas supply. The use of contact
15 Nm3/h [8.8 scfm], Cv = 0,15 gauges allows the monitoring of empty gas cylinders.
* Outlet pressure range depends on compact panel version
Applications
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS • For inert,corrosive, flammable and specialty gas
Body pressure reduction
316 Stainless Steel or Nickel-plated Brass • Central gas supply for the distribution of gases in
Diaphragm laboratory applications
316L Stainless Steel • Supply of gases for laser cutting applications
• Various other processes requiring continuos
OTHER gas supply
Inlet Port Type and Size
G 3/8" female with compression fitting Features and Benefits
Compression fitting 6 mm
• Monoblock construction with reduced fitting and
Outlet Port Type and Size
Process Outlet: G 1/4" *
pure metal to metal sealing for high leak integrity
Purge Gas: G 1/4" * • Low internal volume with no thread in contact with
Relief Valve: M 12x1 ** media to maintain the gas purity and Short purge
Cleaning time when changing the cylinders
Cleaned for Oxygen Service
• Built-in diaphragm purge and shutoff valve for high
Weight (approximately) leak tightness and maintain the gas purity
17.6 lbs / 8.0 kg for 2x1 cylinder
7.7 lbs / 3.5 kg for 1 cylinder • Stainless Steel mounting plate for corrosive
environment
* Adapters to all metric and imperial tube sizes available!
Please check data sheet “Fittings” for adaptors • Compact in size, fits into standard gas cabinets
even 9.84 inch /25 cm grid dimension
** Adapter PIN to metric tube available!
Please contact TESCOM. • Relief valve is standard (pipe away outlet is
optional)

COMPACT PANEL
Compact Panel Drawing
KP1 (Compact panel, 1 cylinder, standard manometer)
KP12 (Compact panel, 1 cylinder, dual stage)

Process Out
Relief Valve
Purge Out
6.7 [170]
IN
Shut-off Purge
IN
7.9 [200]


COMPACT PANEL
KPA – Automatic changeover, single-stage (Compact Panel, 2x1 cylinder, standard manometer)
KPA2 – Automatic changeover, dual-stage (Compact Panel, 2x1 cylinder, standard manometer)


COMPACT PANEL
KPME -Manual changeover (for 2x1 cylinder, manual changeover, with relief valve)
KPME2 – Manual changeover (Compact Panel, 2x1 cylinder, manual changeover with relief valve dual stage)


COMPACT PANEL
Compact Panel Part Number Selector
KPA2- 6 SM 1 R T A A 14 F 1
INLET OUTLET CONNECTION GAS GROUPS UPSTREAM
PERFOR- CONNECTION
BASIC SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE PRESSURE LABEL FOR CONNECTING BEND ACCESSORY PRESSURE
MANCE PROCESS *
DISPLAY PSIG / BAR DISCHARGE * PN 200 ** PSIG / BAR
KP1 1 – Brass SM – 1 – 145 /10 blank – T – TESCOM A–G1/4 female A– 0–without connecting Blank – Blank –
1 cylinder 6 – SST Standard gauge Standard no screw bend no accessory 4350 /300
2 – 290 / 20 B – ø 6 mm SST
9 Nm3/h connection
KP12 KM – 9–Oxygen F–Cylinder rack 1–1450 / 100
3 – 507 /35 [5.3 scfm] Air C – ø 8 mm SST
1 cylinders Contact gauge B– CO2/Nitrous
Cv 0.06 13–Compressed air S–Collector
dual stage 4 – 870 / 60 D – ø 10 mm ø 6 mm SST oxide
EX – pipe/extension
R – reduced SST purge valve 6–non flammable gases
KPA Inductiv 5 – 1450 / 100 6 – 232 / 16
1 Nm /h
3
ø 8 mm SST
2x1 cylinders, contact gauge E – ø 12 mm 1–Flammable gases Liquid gas
6 – 2175 / 150 [0.6 scfm] Air relief valve
automatic SST Ammonia ****
PS – for H and He 10–Nitrogen
changeover, 7 – 101 / 7
2
C– only SST
Standard Cv 0.06 F – ø 8 mm
single stage omly KP12 ø 8 mm Brass 14–Test gas
pressure Brass
H – Standard purge valve
KPA2 transducer 8 – 217 / 15 11– Nitrous
15 Nm3/h G – ø 10 mm ø 8 mm SST
2x1 cylinders, oxide
PT – 9 – 246 /17 [8.8 scfm] Air Brass relief valve
automatic
Explosion tested only KP12 Cv 0.15 5–Toxic,
changeover, H – ø 12 mm D–
pressure flammable gases
dual stage 10 – 174 / 12 Brass ø 8 mm brass
transducer (only SST)
only KPA2 purge valve
KPME J – ø 1/4" SST without screw
2x1 cylin- 11 – 725 / 50
K – ø 1/2" SST connetion*for
ders, manual only KPA relief valve GAS GROUPS
changeover
CONNECTING BEND
with relief valve 12 – 50 / 3,5 E–
PN 200 CGA
only KP12 ø 6 mm SST
KPME2
purge valve 23–Hydrogen, Natural
2x1 cylin-
ø 6 mm SST gas
ders, manual
relief valve (CGA–350)
changeover
with relief valve F– 24–Inert gas,
dual stage ø 1/4" SST Nitrogen
purge valve (CGA–580)
ø 1/4" SST
relief valve 25–Nitrous oxide
(CGA–326)
G–
without screw 26–Compressed air
connection*for (CGA–590)
purge valve 27–Non flammable
ø 8 mm SST gases
relief valve (CGA–320)
H– 28–Oxygen
ø 8 mm SST (CGA–540)
purge valve
ø 8 mm SST GAS GROUPS
relief valve CONNECTING BEND
PN 300 ***
56–Compressed air
59–Oxygen
54–non
flammable gases
57–flammable gases
N–1/4 NPT female
* Double ferrule fitting / ** DIN 477-1 / *** DIN 477-5 / **** only Stainless Steel
Please reference data sheets “Accessories for Panels” and “Fittings” for additional accessories for compact panel.
Please reference data sheet “System Components for Compact Panels” for information about annunciator system and emergency switch-off components.".

COMPACT PANEL

SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR COMPACT PANEL
Annunciator System
The annunciator system is used in combination with a

cylinder station in order to avoid a complete discharge
of the cylinder which would cause an interruption
of the process. The annunciator system consists
of a signal box, the pressure switches or contact
gauges and the electrical wiring. For Explosion Proof
environments a Switch Amplifier Box (Ex-Modul) must
be added. The annunciation consists of an integrated
horn, lights or an additional external indicator.
Application
• Easy continuous monitoring of gas storage

• One annunciator system monitors up to 10 contact
pressure gauges
Annunciator signal box
• Acoustical and optical signals
• Error messages can be forwarded to external
systems using potential-free relay contacts
Power Supply
Connection: Terminal clamp X4, cage clamps
Voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Power Consumption: < 3 VA
Outlets
Type: Change-over relay contact, potential-free
Load: 8A/230 V AC ohmic load
Function: Collective error report
Type: Change-over relay contact, potential-free
Load: 8A/230 V AC ohmic load
Function: Non-confirmed error report
Inputs
Connection: Terminal clamp X1, 2-tier cage clamps
Number:
02: 2 inputs
06: 6 inputs
10: 10 inputs
Type: internal direct current supply to the inputs, potential free
Voltage between terminals: approximately 6 VC / 10 mA
Dimensions
Casing: 7.9" x 4.7" x 3" / 200 mm x 120 mm x 75 mm (WxHxD)
Protection: IP65
Material: ABS
Joints: 4 x M16
Ambient temperature: 32°F to 131°F / 0°C to 55°C Switch Amplifier Box

Emergency Switch-Off System
(Solenoid Valve, Control Box and Emergency Switch)
The emergency switch-off system acts in case of

emergency or other hazardous events as an electrical
operated quick shut-off for main pipe systems, floor
pipe systems or room pipe systems. All gas supplies
will be stopped at the feeding points already. In
combination with a control box and a gas warning
system the emergency switch-off system is an
important part of the central gas supply system.
Applications
• Solenoid valves control the gas stream after the
compact panels
• The Solenoid Valve Control Box is needed to
control solenoid valves in case an emergency
shut-down is necessary
• Safety device according TRG 280

• Easy to install
• Reliable design
• Long-life system Solenoid Valve
SOLENOID VALVE TYPE 214 SOLENOID VALVE TYPE 220

Nominal Width / Connection Nominal Width / Connection
DN 4 / G 1/4" internal DN 10 / G 3/8" internal
Operating Pressure Operating Pressure*
0-260 psig / 0-18 bar 2.9-145 psig / 0.2-10 bar
Function Function
2/2-way powerless closed 2/2-way powerless closed
Voltage Voltage
230 V AC, 50 Hz 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Type of Protection Type of Protection
IP65 / Ex EEx em II T4 IP65 / Ex EEx em II T4
Body Material Body Material
Brass / Stainless Steel Brass / Stainless Steel
Seats Seats
For Ex-Version: FPM For Ex-Version: FPM
For all IP65-Types: EPDM For all IP65-Types: EPDM
*Do not use for line pressures below 3 psig / 200 mbar.
SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL BOX SPECIFICATIONS

Voltage Solenoid Valve Control Box
230 V AC, 50 Hz
Input Power
< 3 VA
Dimensions for Box Width x Height x Depth
200 x 120 x 75 mm
Material
ABS
Protection
IP65
Ambient Temperature
32°F to 131°F / 0 °C to 55 °C

Annunciator Signal Box - Interface Panel
Red Light for Gas Failure
Power Confirmation Switch
Annunciator System Drawing
Gas Failure Warning Solenoid Valve Gas Detection System

Control Box
Supply Channel
Room A Room B Room C
1
1
Floor Shut-Off Room Shut-off 2
1st Floor
Room A Room B Room C
Room Shut-off 2
Ground Floor
Legend:
E Point of use
1 Shut-off solenoid valve
Compact Panel Compact Panel 2 Emergency shut-off switch
Measuring head
Non-flammable gases Flammable gases Drop Point below minimum storage
Gas Storage

Annunciator System Part Number Selector
D44542
- 02 BLANK
BASIC SERIES NUMBER OF SHOWN SIGNALS USAGE
D44542 02 – Dual [Blank] – not for Ex-proof area (Standard)

06 – Sixfold EX – for Ex-proof area
10 – Tenfold
If you like to upgrade your existing annunciator signal box with an switch amplifier box for Ex-proof area later, please contact TESCOM.
Emergency Switch-Off System Number Selector

Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for all products. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
Solenoid Valve
BASIC SERIES NOMINAL WIDTH BODY MATERIAL PROTECTION OPTIONS
D45093 04 – DN 3.5 Valve Type 214 1 – Brass [BLANK] – IP65 (this is standard) A –24 V DC
10 – DN 10 Valve Type 220 6 – Stainless Steel EX – Ex EEx em T4 [BLANK] –230 V AC (this is standard)
Certificate EN 10204-2.2 available - Please, add “Z“ at the end when ordering!
Solenoid Valve Control Box

BASIC SERIES NUMBER OF CONTROLLED SOLENOID VALVES
D44700 05 – 5 Valves

10 – 10 Valves
Emergency Switch
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION DRAWING
V09556 Emergency-Switch
Key-operated: After emergency switch-off, the key
must be turned to activate the system again.
Contact Pressure Gauges

Material: Stainless Steel
Type of protection: IP54 or EX II 1 G EExia IIC T6
Connection: G 1/4" male
Diameter: 2.48" / 63 mm
PRESSURE RANGE* ORDERING NUMBER: SOLENOID CONTACT MINIMUM SWITCH POINT ORDERING NUMBER: INDUCTIVE CONTACT**
4569 psi / 315 bar D44500-00G3156 218 psi / 15.0 bar D44272-00G3156
5802 psi / 400 bar D44500-00G4006 290 psi / 20.0 bar D44272-00G4006
580 psi / 40.0 bar D44500-00G0406 44 psi / 3.0 bar D44272-00G0406
580 psi / 40.0 bar Acetylene ---- 12 psi / 1.5 bar D44272-22G0406
* Please, contact us for additional pressure ranges and connection types (e.g. NPT or VCR®).
**For use with EX-proof version!

HIGH PRESSURE PANEL
Specifications
FLUID MEDIA
For non-corrosive gases and mixtures up to purity
6.0 (99.9999 Vol %)
2900 psig / 200 bar
4350 psig / 300 bar
2175 psig / 150 bar
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C
Nominal Flow
10 m3/h, Cv = 0.06 (depending on pressure and gas)

TESCOM High Pressure Panel is a central gas supply
Material
unit for the pressure control of analytical gases in
Chrome plated Brass or Stainless Steel
laboratory facilities. The use of contact gauges allows
the monitoring of the filling pressure of gas cylinders.
OTHER
Connections Applications
6 mm compression fitting or G 3/8" female
• High pressure central gas supply for the distribution
Other outlet options on request
of gases in laboratory applications
Weight
9.26 lbs / 4.2 kg • Suitable for ECD (Electronic Capture
Detector) applications

• For very high work pressures up to 2175 psig /
150 bar
• Inlet section with purge valve, purging with process
or inert gas
• Easy to use and safe operation (includes
relief valve)
• Few connections and minimized internal volume
due to the integrated design of valves and pressure
regulators in one body
• Quick and simple installation
• Small dimensions
• Stainless Steel mounting plate for
corrosive environment
• High pressure, explosion proof contact gauge
is available

HIGH PRESSURE PANEL
High Pressure Panel Drawing
HIGH PRESSURE PANEL FOR 1 CYLINDER

PROCESS GAS
PURGE GAS
OUTLET
OUTLET
7.72 [196]
7.87 [200]
8.86 [225]
6.69 [170]
INLET INLET
INLET INLET
WITH STANDARD GAUGES WITH CONTACT GAUGES OR

INDUCTIVE CONTACT GAUGES
HIGH PRESSURE PANEL FOR 2 CYLINDERS WITH AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER

PROCESS GAS
PURGE GAS
PURGE GAS
OUTLET
OUTLET
OUTLET
7.72 [196]
16.93 [430]
8.86 [225]
6.69 [170]
INLET INLET INLET INLET
INLET INLET INLET INLET
WITH STANDARD GAUGES WITH CONTACT GAUGES OR

INDUCTIVE CONTACT GAUGES

HIGH PRESSURE PANEL
High Pressure Panel Functional Diagram
HIGH PRESSURE PANEL FOR 1 CYLINDER
RELIEF
PURGE
OUTLET PRESSURE CYLINDER PRESSURE
P2 P1
OUTLET INLET
SHUT-OFF VALVE RELIEF / PURGE

INLET
HIGH PRESSURE PANEL FOR 2 CYLINDERS WITH AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER

OUTLET
PURGE
RELIEF
PURGE
CYLINDER PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE CYLINDER PRESSURE
P1 P2 P1
INLET
INLET
RELIEF / PURGE RELIEF / PURGE

SHUT-OFF VALVE SHUT-OFF VALVE
INLET
INLET

HIGH PRESSURE PANEL
High Pressure Panel Flow Chart
MODEL 44-1812-24
2500
[172]
1
2000
[138]
INLET P1 = psig [bar]
1 = 3000 [207]
2 = 1500 [103]
1500 3 = 500 [35]
[103]
1
1000
[69] 2
1
500
[35] 2
2
3
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1416]
High Pressure Panel Part Number Selector

KP1 6 SM 3
BASIC SERIES MATERIAL GAUGES OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE
KP1 1 – Brass SM – Standard gauge 3 – 2175 psig / 150 bar
KPA 6 – Stainless Steel KM – Contact gauge
EX – Inductive contact gauge
Please reference the “Accessories for Panels” datasheet in the Manifolds/Changeover Regulators section or “Fittings” in the Accessories section for pigtail or high
pressure hoses, etc.

ACCESSORIES FOR PANELS
High Pressure Pigtail Assemblies

The pigtail assembly consists of a metal cylinder lead, that is either a looped tube or a flexible hose with a gas
specific connector at one end and a compression fitting at the other end. It is used to interconnect the Compact
Panel manifold to a storage gas cylinder or a cylinder bundle. Loop construction permits spacing adjustments
between cylinders. TESCOM Pigtails are made of Stainless Steel and available for various national gas cylinder valves.
TESCOM Pigtails are designed for high pressure applications up to a nominal pressure of 4350 psig / 300 bar. All
TESCOM Pigtails are manufactured with a compression fitting 6 mm.
FLEXIBLE HOSE PIGTAIL, STAINLESS STEEL WITH ANTI-KINK SPRINGS PIGTAIL RIGID, LOOPED TUBE, STAINLESS STEEL
*
HDW with straight ends
Standard: Anti-Kink Springs

Option E – Integrated purging valve
Required for KPM, manual changeover
*
Option L – 90° Elbow
HDW with curved ends

Option F – Anti-Whip cable
*Contains just compression ring.
High Pressure Pigtail Part Number Selector

HDS-9-3-F – High pressure flexible hose for Oxygen according to DIN 477-1, 2900 psig / 200 bar, No.9.
Example part number:
HDS - 9 - 3 - F
PIGTAIL BASIC
CYLINDER CONNECTION – National Standard* LENGTH OPTIONS ** CERTIFICATES
TYPE SERIES
N – NPT 1/4" female F – Anti-whip cable mounted to the hose;

1 – DIN 477-1, 200 bar, No.1 with incorporated fixtures or loops for
6 – DIN 477-1, 200 bar, No.6 external fixing
9 – DIN 477-1, 200 bar, No.9 E – Integrated purging valve to control
10 – DIN 477-1, 200 bar, No.10 the purging of the hose system
13 – DIN 477-1, 200 bar, No.13 1–1m before disconnecting
Flexible 14 – DIN 477-1, 200 bar, No.14 2–2m L – 90° Elbow at cylinder connection to
HDS
hose 54 – DIN 477-5, 300 bar, No.54 3–3m prevent the kinking and cracking of the
55 – DIN 477-5, 300 bar, No.55 5–5m hose at cylinder or bundle side
56 – DIN 477-5, 300 bar, No.56 G – Anti-whip cable with two loops and 90°
57 – DIN 477-5, 300 bar, No.57 Elbow at cylinder connection
59 – DIN 477-5, 300 bar, No.59 Z – 3.1
LU1 – NEN3268, LU1
LU4 – NEN3268, LU4
LI2 – NEN3268, LI2
RI2 – NEN3268, RI2
RU1 – NEN3268, RU1
– C – curved end (standard)
RU3 – NEN3268, RU3
S – straight end
Pigtail RU4 – NEN3268, RU4
HDW
rigid RU6 – NEN3268, RU6
BS3 – BS 341, No.3 ** Other options available on request
BS4 – BS 341, No.4
BS8 – BS 341, No.8
* Other National Standards on request, for example CGA or AFNOR.

Spare Parts (O-Rings, Gaskets) available on request.

Additional Accessories Ordering Information
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION COMPRESSION FITTING FOR OUTLET, G 1/4" MALE

PART NUMBER
RELATING TO MATERIAL
METRIC TUBE SIZE
Brass Stainless Steel
Gas Cylinder bracket 6 mm D40619 D40579

D44924
(wall mounted type)
8 mm D42669 D42754
10 mm D41756 D41933
12 mm D44792 ERAA02388
IMPERIAL TUBE SIZE
Sintered filter for inlet Ø 1/8'' D41329 D41362

D02316 connection of compact panel
(Brass version) Ø 1/4'' D41328 D41360
Ø 3/8'' B-600-1-4RS SS-600-1-4RS
• Gas type label 70 x 270 x 1.5 Ø 1/2'' – D51252
(lasered)
• P
lease indicate gas type
D42724-XX-01 FITTINGS FOR RELIEF VALVE OUTLET, MATERIAL BRASS
when ordering
THREAD TUBE SIZE PART NUMBER
• G
as table D41716 will be sent
on request M12x1 Ø 8 mm D51275
Manifold Extension Kit for Automatic or Manual Changeover Compact Panel

Facilitates the extension of the 2 x 1 CP; allows for the connection of additional cylinders to the CP system. Mounted
on wall bracket. Available in two versions:
1. Manifold with shut-off valve
Enables the exchange of an empty cylinder without the interruption of the gas flow.
2. Manifold without shut-off valve

Pure extension function. Cylinders must be changed at the same time.
Manifold Extension Kit Part Number Selector

Example part number:
ERCA02607 - L71 G V
BASIC SERIES MATERIAL OUTLET CONNECTION SHUT OFF VALVE PERFORMANCE
1 – Brass G - G3/8a for KP1, KP12, KPA, KPA2 V - with shutt off valve Blank – Standard
ERCA02607
6 – Stainless Steel N - 1/4" NPT for KPME T - w/o shutt off valve R – reduced for H2 + He

NA4 SERIES
Manifolds/Changeover Regulators DNA042026X012
Specifications

3000 psig / 207 bar
0-30 psig / 0-2.1 bar
0-60 psig / 0-4.1 bar
0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar
0-200 psig / 0-13.8 bar
0-300 psig / 0-20.7 bar
0-500 psig / 0-34.5 bar
0-750 psig / 0-51.7 bar
0-1000 psig / 0-68.9 bar
0-1500 psig / 0-103 bar
Leakage
Internal: Bubble-tight TESCOM NA4 Series Changeover System is designed
External: Bubble-tight to ensure a continuous supply of carrier and
Operating Temperature calibration gases with no interruption due to supply
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C depletion or change out. Complete systems can
Flow Capacity include CGA connections, hoses, check valves, purge
Cv = 0.06 valves, pressure switches, alarms, etc.

Seat • Petrochemical analyzer sampling systems
PTFE (Regulators), CTFE (Valves)
Friction Sleeve (Inner) • Gas delivery systems
PTFE • Laboratories
Friction Sleeve (Outer)
316 Stainless Steel
• Welding gases
Body
Diaphragm (Outlet Option 0-5) • Supports up to eight cylinders per side - 16 total
316 Stainless Steel
• Brass or Stainless Steel regulators and valves
O-Rings (Outlet Option 6-9)
Nitrile, Buna-N • Flexibility in shut-off valve type and location for
Remaining Parts increased customizing
Brass, 316 Stainless Steel • Available with either a low pressure or high
pressure line regulator
OTHER
• Optional remote mount annunciator
Panel
Brushed 304 Stainless Steel
Cleaning
10 lbs / 4.5 kg

NA4 SERIES
NA4 Series Changeover System Drawing


NA4 SERIES
NA4 Series Changeover System Flow Chart
120
[8.3]
100
[6.9]
80
P2 - psig [bar]
[5.5] P1 = 500 psig [34.5 bar]
60
[4.1]
40
[2.8]
P1 = 500 psig [34.5 bar]
20 P1 = 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[1.4]
0 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00

[28] [57] [85] [113] [142] [170]
FLOW - SCFM [SLPM]
NA4 Series Typical Installations

NA4 SERIES
NA4 Series Changeover System Part Number Selector

NA4 1 6 2 1 1 0 0 5 4 6 4
OUTLET MAXIMUM OUTLET PRESSURE NUMBER
BASIC INLET & OUTLET BODY REGULATOR ANNUNCIATOR CHECK/SHUT-OFF CONNECTION
PRESSURE INLET RELIEF SWITCH OF
SERIES PORT SIZE & TYPE MATERIAL TYPE OPTIONS VALVE OPTIONS TYPE
RANGE PRESSURE VALVE OPTIONS BOTTLES
NA4 1 - 1/4" NPTF 1 - Brass 1 - 3000 psig 0 - No 0 - Non- 4 - None 0 - None 0 - None 0
206 bar Venting 2
6 - 316 1 - Yes 0 - Gauge 5 - Four channel 1 - Standard check 4
Stainless 3 - Venting with remote mount valves (at inlets 6
Steel integral annunciator of panel) 8
switch on with enclosure 2 - Check valves 10
inlets; lights integrated with 12
on panel CGA or BS nipple 14
on each hose 16
1 - Gauge 3 - Shut-off valve on
with each hose
integral 4 - Shut-off valve
switch on and integrated
inlets; check on
NO lights each hose
or light 5 - Standard check
holes on valves (at inlets
panel of panel) and
shut-off valve on
each hose
OUTLET CHANGEOVER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

NO. OUTLET GAUGE
PRESSURE DELIVERY SWITCH SETTING CRACK PRESSURE
C 0-30 150 200 60 45
0 0-30 270 300 60 45
1 0-50 270 300 160 90
2 0-100 270 300 200 150
3 0-150 270 300 300 225
B 0-200 270 300 300 225
4 0-200 450 500 600 300
5 0-300 450 500 600 450
6 0-500 700 770 1000 750
7 0-750 900 990 1500 1125
8 0-1000 1200 1320 2000 1500
9 0-1500 2000 2200 2000 2000
PRESSURE SWITCH AND HOSE CORE HOSE JACKET

NO. CONNECTION TYPE
RELIEF VALVE O-RING MATERIAL MATERIAL
0 No CGA Fittings, No Hoses N/A N/A N/A
1 1/4" Female End Buna Teflon® Stainless Steel Braid
2 1/4" Female End Buna Nylon Polyurethane
3 CGA 580 (Helium) Buna Nylon Polyurethane
4 CGA 580 (Argon, Nitrogen) Buna Teflon® Stainless Steel Braid
5 CGA 350 (Hydrogen) Buna Nylon Polyurethane
6 CGA 320 (Carbon Dioxide) Buna Teflon® Stainless Steel Braid
7 BS3 (Helium) Buna Nylon Polyurethane
8 BS3 (Argon, Nitrogen) Buna Teflon® Stainless Steel Braid
9 BS4 (Hydrogen) Buna Nylon Polyurethane
A BS8 (Carbon Dioxide) Buna Teflon® Stainless Steel Braid
E 1/4" Female End Buna Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Braid

Electropneumatic Controllers/
Motors
Provides true distributed control of media from vacuum to 30,000 psig / 2068 bar
Motorized actuators adjust regulator to any setpoint by remote control
ER5000 FAQs
Frequently asked questions about the TESCOM ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller
607
ER5000 Series
The ER5000 electropneumatic controller creates a closed loop pressure control solution that achieves precision pressure control,
reduces human fatigue and errors, and allows for remote control and valuable data acquisition. Exclusive ERTune software provides 609
easy setup, tuning and continued operation. Available in 10 configurations to meet different automation levels needs. Coupled with
TESCOM regulators, the ER5000 will control pressures from vacuum to 30,000 psig / 2068 bar with a Cv of up to 12+.
ER5K Kits
Engineered to provide all the equipment needed to get your pneumatic pressure control system up and running 622
with minimum effort on your part. Pressure reducing and backpressure versions are available
ERNG-X
The ERNG-X is a steady state no bleed engineered system for accurate and reliable control of Natural Gas.
628
ER5100 and ER5110 Series

ER5000 controller and 44-4400 or 44-5200 Series pressure reducing regulators integrated together
633
70-2000 Series
Motorized actuator designed for any application requiring remotely controlled, electronically operated, 635
pressure reducing/backpressure regulators

ER5000 FAQ
Electropneumatic Controller/Motors DEBUL2061X012
What is an ER5000 Series? What kind of overall accuracy can I expect from a
• An electropneumatic device system with ER5000 Series?
• A PID controller 0.1% of the range of the transducer if the transducer has
• A low pressure, low flow, pressure reducing regulator a 0.1% accuracy or better. Otherwise as accurate as the
• Pilot pressure controller to another regulator transducer.
What is an electropneumatic device? What does an ER5000 Series do for my system?
The user inputs an electronic signal, the device gives a • Controls pressure to the given setpoint
pneumatic output. • Improves accuracy and repeatability
What are PIDs? • The ER automatically compensates for the changes in
P=proportional, I=integral, D=derivative PID is one of the system (flow, temperature, inlet pressure, etc.)
the oldest controls algorithm, which is commonly used • Provides closed-loop control
in various industries. • Automation
• Easy downloadable profiles eliminate PC or PLC for
What do I need in order to run an ER5000?
cycling applications
• 24 VDC power supply
• Data acquisition
• A setpoint signal
• A feedback signal What about the software?
• Pneumatic supply (up to 120 psig / 8.2 bar) The ER5000 comes with:
1. The ERTune Program for communication with PC,
Can I operate an ER5000 Series without a computer?
PID Tuning, Diagnostics and Data Acquisition
Yes. The computer MAY be used to send the
2. Software examples provided for LabVIEW, Visual
setpoint signal (digital), but there are other options
Basic, C and C#
(analog signal or a profile already onboard the ER).
3. DLL provided for process control software
Can I tune the ER5000 Series without a computer? development
No. 4. Written description of the software protocol and
What is “tuning”? un-compiled source code
Tuning is the selection of the proper values for your P, I, What does 1 “bit” in the system amount to in
and D gains so that the system gives you the optimal regards to pressure?
performance characteristics that include speed, 1 bit is equal to 0.03% of the sensor’s range (the sensor
stability, and agility. that is used for feedback). You can never do better than
Do I have to tune the ER5000 Series periodically? 1 bit.
No. Once the ER5000 Series is tuned for a system in the Do I lose my PID parameters on the ER when power is
setup phase, there is no need to re-tune the system, lost (or ER is unplugged)?
unless the system’s conditions and characteristics No.
change so severely that the existing P, I, D values do not
Do I lose communication with the PC in case of a
deliver the performance goals anymore.
power loss?
How does ER5000 Series communicate with a Yes.
computer?
Do I lose communication with the PC, if I am sending
USB or RS485 communication.
an analog setpoint to the ER?
What is an A/D and its resolution in the No.
ER5000 Series?
What happens to pressure when power is lost?
An analog to digital converter and the resolution is
As both solenoid valves inside the ER5000 are normally
16 bits.
closed, the valves will close and the pressure will be
Can I use a digital transducer for feedback to the ER? trapped if the ER is mounted into a dead headed system,
No, unless it is converted to an analog signal using a D/A. e.g. dome of a regulator. The pressure will be lost if the
What kind of analog signals can I send to the ER is in a flowing condition.
ER5000 Series? What should I do if I want the ER5000 to exhaust its
• 4-20 mA or 1-5 VDC (selectable jumpers) for both internal pressure upon loss of power?
setpoint and/or feedback (ER5000XI-X) Install a normally open solenoid valve into the ER’s
• 0-10 VDC for both setpoint and feedback gauge port (TESCOM P/N 85178).
(ER5000XV-X)

ER5000 FAQ
What do the Control Limits offer in the ER5000? Can I adjust the PID parameters on the board using
The Control Limits feature in the ERTune software pots or jumpers?
allows the user to set minimum and maximum limits No.
on five operational parameters of the system. If one or What are the things I can do with the boards to
more of the parameters fall below or exceed the limit, setup the system?
the ER5000’s internal solenoid valves will go into a user • For ER5000XI-1 models, selection between 4-20mA
selected condition. The solenoid valve condition choices and 1-5VDC can be made for setpoint and feedback
are: Inlet Closed/Exhaust Open, Inlet Closed/Exhaust signals by changing jumper positions
Closed, Inlet Open/Exhaust Closed. The five operational • For ER5000FI-1 models, selection between 4-20mA
parameters are: Analog Setpoint, Internal Sensor, External
or 1-5VDC for the extra inputs can be made, in
Sensor, Inner Error and Outer Error.
addition to the setpoint and feedback signals, by
What happens if I lose my analog setpoint source? changing jumper positions
If a Control Limits range has already been established, • Select between ER5000 and ER3000 mode
once the setpoint goes below its minimum, the ER will go • Use the LEDs for troubleshooting
into the control limits mode (the valves will be open or
How durable are the solenoid valves?
closed depending on your selection). If the Control Limit
The manufacturer for the ER valves had cycled their
for analog setpoint is disabled, then losing the setpoint
will be translated into asking for 0 setpoint. The ER will valves over 100,000,000 times but then stopped
open the exhaust valve, and the pressure is lost. because it had far exceeded any requirements.
What happens if the feedback signal is lost? What is the Cv of the solenoid valves?
If a control limits range has already been established, 0.01
once the feedback goes below its minimum, the ER will What is the maximum flow and pressure that I can
go into the control limits mode (the valves will be open or use the ER for?
closed depending on your selection). If the Control Limit As high of a flow and pressure that your mechanical
is disabled for the feedback, then losing the feedback will regulator is capable of delivering. If the ER5000 Series
be translated into having 0 feedback. The ER will open is used as a standalone unit, it is a pressure reducing
the inlet valve to bring the feedback up to the setpoint regulator with the following characteristics: P1(max)=
value (if the setpoint is not zero) but the feedback will not 120 psig / 8.2 bar, P2(max)=100 psig / 6.9 bar, Cv=0.01,
change and the ER will stay fully open. A “No Feedback” media compatibility: dry clean air, N2, Argon.
warning will appear above the Plot Screen Display of the Can I use the ER5000 for High Purity applications?
ERTune program. Yes, you will need to couple it with a high purity
What happens if the pneumatic signal is lost regulator/transducer.
(0-120 psig / 0-8.2 bar into the ER)? Can I use it for hydraulic applications?
The pressure is eventually lost if either solenoid Yes, you will need to couple it with a hydraulic
valve opens.
regulator/transducer.
What happens if communications with a PC is lost?
Can I use the ER with a back pressure regulator?
• If the PC was sending a constant setpoint to the unit,
Yes, you will need to couple it with a back pressure
the unit will continue on with the last setpoint it
regulator and the transducer needs to be on the inlet
received and try to hold the feedback at that level (no
side of the back pressure regulator.
major change).
• If the PC was sending a varying setpoint to the Can I use the ER5000 Series in vacuum service?
ER, the ER will take the very last setpoint (before • If the ER5000 Series is used as a standalone, connect
communication is lost) and hold that as the setpoint. the vacuum pump to its exhaust port, put the
• If the PC had already downloaded the profile into the absolute range transducer on the outlet of the ER,
ER and started the profile, the profile will continue and operate in the external feedback mode. The inlet
without interruptions if communication with the PC is may be open to atmosphere, or you may apply up to
lost. 120 psig / 8.2 bar, depending on availability of your
• If an analog setpoint was being sent to the ER, supply and the flow needed in the system.
the ER5000 Series will not be affected by the loss of • If the ER5000 Series is used with a vacuum service
communication with the PC. regulator (Models 44-4600, 44-4700, 44-5000, FR, or
• The ER5000 provides a “Setpoint to Zero on Power Up” DV) then the ER5000 Series will act as the pilot to the
option to utilize if the above options are not suitable regulator.
for the application.

ER 5000 SERIES
Electropneu matic Controller/Motors DER502060X012
Description
The ERS000 Series (the latest generation of TESCOM electronic
controllers) is a microprocessor based PID (Proportional,
Integral, Derivative) controller that brings precise algorithmic
pressure control to a wide range of applications.
It can be used as a standalone unit to control the pressure
of clean, dry inert gases from 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar, or be
connected to any pneumatically actuated regulator or valve.
Used with TESCOM regulators, the ERS000 provides pressure
control of gases and liquids from vacuum to 30,000 psig /
2068 bar, with a Cv of up to 12+. Whether piloting a mechanical
regulator or used standalone, it provides for true closed loop
control with exceptional accuracy and response time. The
ER5050 is designed for Hazardous Location use.
Applications
• Test equipment • Metal or plastic forming/molding
• Calibration stands • Hydraulic Power Units
• Proof & burst testing • Chemical Injection Units
• Production equipment
Features and Benefits • NEMA 4X IP66 enclosure (water tight, corrosion resistant)
ERS000Sl-1 - Standard ERS000 • 1 /2" SAE x 1 /8" NPTF fitting included (mates to most
TESCOM air actuated regulators)
• Precise accuracy
• Automated solenoid valve leak test
• 16 Bit for Data Acquisition
• Trigger data acquisition based on system events
• Compatible with TESCOM's extensive dome loaded and
air actuated pressure regulators available from vacuum to ERS000SV-1 - Standard ERS000
30,000 psig / 2068 bar, with flow capacities from Cv 0.02 to
• All features of the ERS000SI-1 except with 0-10 VDC
Cv 12.0
Setpoint and Feedback signals
• Control algorithms for Internal Feedback, External Feedback
or Cascade Control modes ERS000Fl-1 and ERS000FV-1 -Enhanced ERS000
• Selectable SETPOINT Signal Source • All features of the ERS000Sl-1 and ERS000SV-1 are included
- USB plus two additional analog/digital inputs and two digital
- RS485 outputs that allow the user to:
External analog (4-20mA or 1-SVDC) - Monitor an external signal in addition to feedback
(e.g. flow, temp, force)
- Downloadable Profile (runs independent of PC or
external analog source) - Alternate between two separate external
• Selectable FEEDBACK Signal Source feedback sources
- Internal Sensor (0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar) - Start/Stop or Resume/Pause pressure profiles
- External Analog: 4-20mA or 1-SVDC - Wait for event to occur before proceeding to the next
• Selectable Control Limits step in a downloaded profile (digital input)
Programmable limits for analog setpoint, - Indicate that an event occurred in a downloaded profile
feedback and error signals (digital output)
Selectable control states: "Hold Last Pressure", "Vent", • Analog output of the internal pressure sensor
or "Full Open" • Conditional control with "IF/THEN" and "GoTo"
• TESCOM ERTune™ software provided for data acquisition, profile commands
PID tuning (real time graphic display of setpoint and • Suspend control feature to lock output pressure for an
feedback), creating and downloading profiles extended period of time
• TESCOM DLL provided for easy custom software
development
ER5050 for Hazardous Locations
• Software examples are provided for VB.NET, LabVIEW, • Includes SI, SV, Fl, FV options
C and C# • Approvals: CSA, IECEx, ATEX
• USB cable included for quick computer connection

(Not included with ER5050)
TESCOM Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 EMERSON_ 609
ER 5000 SERIES
ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller
Specifications
ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL
Power Requirement Size
22 to 28.5 VDC, 340 mA maximum, 180 mA nominal Gas Port (Inlet, Exhaust and Gauge): 1/8 inch - 27 NPTF
Turn-on Time Controlled Outlet Port: 1/2 inch SAE
< 240 milliseconds Enclosure Volume: 16.3 cubic inches / 267 cc
Flow Stream Volume: 0.73 cubic inches / 11.96 cc
Restart from Power Interruption
Height: 3.9 inches / 99 mm
< 1.9 seconds
Length: 3.72 inches / 94.5 mm
SUPPLY REQUIREMENT Width: 3.72 inches / 94.5 mm
Conduit Openings: Two, 1/2 inch NPTF
Media Type
Weight
Clean, dry inert gas or instrument grade air
ER5000: 3.1 lbs / 49 oz / 1.4 kg
Pressure ER5050: 2.6 lbs / 42.2 oz / 1.2 kg
Minimum: Outlet pressure +1 psig / 0.07 bar
Housing
Maximum:
Standard: NEMA 4X IP66 (aluminum and epoxy polyester paint)
ER5000: 120 psig / 8.2 bar
Optional: Stainless steel
ER5050: 110 psig / 7.5 bar
Nominal: 110 psig / 7.5 bar Flow Stream Materials
Solenoids: Nickel-plated Brass, FKM Seat and O-rings
Temperature
Sensor: Glass, Ceramic, Silicon, RTV, Nickel
ER5000: -4°F to 167°F / -20°C to 75°C
Tubing: Polyurethane
ER5050: -4°F to 140°F / -20°C to 60°C
Plug: Brass
INPUT SIGNALS O-rings: Silicone, Buna-N, FKM
Outlet Fitting
Setpoint
Stainless steel
USB, RS485, 4-20 mA, 1-5 VDC (0-10 VDC for ER5XX0XV-1),
downloaded Profile Mounting
Four #10-32 UNF / M5x0.8 mounting holes
Feedback (external)
4-20 mA or 1-5 VDC (0-10 VDC for ER5XX0XV-1) Mounting Orientation Effect
None
PERFORMANCE ENVIRONMENT
Accuracy Temperature Range
Linearity: ± 0.05% Full Scale Output (FSO) ER5000: -4°F to 167°F / -20°C to 75°C
Hysteresis: ± 0.05% (FSO) ER5050: -4°F to 140°F / -20°C to 60°C
Repeatability: ± 0.05% (FSO)
Resolution Sensitivity: ± 0.03% (FSO) Relative Humidity
Measured Reference Accuracy (total accuracy all effects To 100% R.H. (non-condensing at
including zero and span error): ± 0.10% (FSO) ER5000: 32°F to 167°F / 0°C to 75°C
Low Pressure Capability with External Transducer ER5050: 32°F to 140°F / 0°C to 60°C)
± 0.25 inches water (0.635 g/sq. cm) into 2 liter volume Vibration
Response Time Resonance: 10-2000 Hz at 3.0 g constant acceleration
Sensor Update Rate: 25 milliseconds Tested per IEC 61298-3 (3.0 g standard)
Lift Off: < 70 milliseconds Storage Temperature
Rise Time (10-90 psig / 0.69-6.2 bar): 350 milliseconds -58°F to 200°F / -50°C to 93°C
(1 cubic inch volume / 32.8 cc)
Fall Time (90-10 psig / 6.2-0.69 bar): 650 milliseconds CERTIFICATIONS
(1 cubic inch volume / 32.8 cc) CE Approval
Frequency Response All ER5000 units have CE approval when wired per CE approved
Amplitude Attenuation: -3db at 2 Hz wiring instructions in the ER5000 User Manual
Phase Shift: -90 degrees at 2 Hz Hazardous Location Approvals
Flow Capacity: Cv = 0.01 (Maximum Flow = 18 SLPM) CSA, IECEx, ATEX
Solenoid Valve Rated Cycle Life: > 150 million cycles

ER 5000 SERIES
ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller Installation Drawing
INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS
3.90 Inlet Port Exhaust Port

[99] Gauge Port (Plugged) 1/8"–27 NPTF 1/8"–27 NPTF
1/8"–27 NPTF
Atmospheric
Reference for .87
Internal Sensor [22.1]
.98 .63 .93 .93

[24.9]
Not Used
[16] [23.7] [23.7]
Mounting
Holes
#10-32 UNF
.50 FULL THREAD
1/2"–14 NPTF 1/2"–14 NPTF [M5 X 0.8
Conduit Conduit 12.7 FULL THREAD]
Connection Connection Top View
for for 3.72 (4 Places)
USB Wiring [94.5]
Internal Wiring ER5000
TM
Not Used
.75 .20
[19] [5.1]
.54 .54 .75

[13.77] [13.77] [19]
(4x)
3.72
[94.5]
Outlet Port
1/2" SAE
(3/4 - 16 UNF)
3.72 Top View Bottom View
[94.5] ER5000
TM
3.72 1.86
[94.5] [47.2]

Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets Outlet Port
1/2" SAE
(3/4 - 16 UNF)
Bottom View
1.86
[47.2]

ER 5000 SERIES
ER5050 Hazardous Location Model Dimensions
4.09 Inlet Port Exhaust Port

[103.8] 1/8-27 NPTF 1/8-27 NPTF
Gauge Port
1/8-27 NPTF
External Ground
Atmospheric Reference .83

.43 for Internal Sensor [22.0]
.98 .93 .93
[11.0] [23.7] [23.7] 1/8" NPTF Plug
1/8" NPTF Plug [24.9]
Not Used
Not Used DO NOT REMOVE
DO NOT REMOVE
Mounting
Holes
#10-32 UNF
.50 FULL THREAD
[M5 X 0.8
12.7 FULL THREAD]
1/2-14 NPTF (4 Places)
1/2-14 NPTF Conduit
Conduit Connection for
Connection for Internal Wiring 1/8" NPTF Plug
USB Wiring Not Used
.75
DO NOT REMOVE
[19.0]
.54 .54 .75 [19.0] (4x) .20

[13.77] [13.77] [5.1]
CAUTION
Removal of ANY of the 1/8" NPTF
plugs called out on this page, other
than the Gauge Port plug, will
invalidate the Hazardous Location
certification for the ER5050.
TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW
Outlet Port
1/2 SAE
(3/4-12 UNF)
3.72 Certifications
[94.5] on label are for
reference only
Cover Lock Screw
3.72 1.86
[94.5] [47.2]


ER 5000 SERIES
ER5000 Typical Applications
The variety of applications is limitless. Any process variable that can be manipulated using the pneumatic output of the
ER5000 can be controlled. Some possibilities include controlling pressure, flow, temperature, position, speed, force,
consistency, torque, and acceleration. The ER5000 improves both speed and accuracy because it implements the control
strategy directly at the control element (valve or regulator). Some possible applications include:
• Test stands • Tire molding
• Calibration • Chromatography capillary inlet pressure
• Laser cutting systems • Spray coating
• Vacuum forming • Water jet cutting
• Super plastic metal forming • Burst testing
• Plastic extrusion • High pressure gas or liquid injection
• Gas assisted plastic injection molding • Replacement for valve positioners and I/Ps
• Lamination and composite material curing • Spot welding pressure control
ER5000 Typical Pressure Reducing Application

ER5000 with
26-2000 A regulator
Exhaust Setpoint signal

comes from a computer,
PLC or potentiometer
Pneumatic
Supply
80-110 psig Feedback signal
5.5-7.5 bar comes from a
transducer in
controlled
pressure line
P1 P2
15,000 psig / 1034 bar 8000 psig / 551 bar
Pressure tod
lle
be contro
Vent
ER5000 Typical Back Pressure Application

ER5000 with
26-1700 A regulator Setpoint signal
Exhaust
comes from a computer,
PLC or potentiometer
Pneumatic
Supply
Feedback signal
80-110 psig
comes from a
5.5-7.5 bar
transducer in
controlled
pressure line
P2
Recirculates to
Reservoir
TEST
PUMP P1 VESSEL
5000 psig / 345 bar
Definitions
Setpoint: Signal telling the controller what pressure is desired in the controlled pressure line
Feedback: Signal telling the controller what the actual pressure is in the controlled pressure line
WATER
RESERVOIR

ER 5000 SERIES
ER5000 Basics
ER5000 System Requirements
All ER5000 controllers require:
• Power: 24 VDC, 340 mA maximum, 180 mA nominal
• Pressure: ER5000: Up to 120 psig / 8.2 bar maximum clean, dry inert gas
ER5050: Up to 110 psig / 7.5 bar maximum clean, dry inert gas
• Setpoint signal: From PC, PLC, Analog
• Feedback signal: Internal or External
The ER5000 senses system pressure using either its internal sensor or a user supplied external transducer (4–20 mA,
1–5V or 0–10V) placed within the actual process line. You can operate the ER5000 in one of three control modes:
• Internal Feedback, which uses only the internal sensor;
• External Feedback, which uses only the external source;
• Cascade, which uses both internal and external sources in a “loop within a loop” configuration
ER5000 Communication
The ER5000 communicates using a USB or RS485 interface. The onboard USB port and included USB cable provide
for quick and easy direct communication to a PC. The required USB driver is provided on the ER5000 User Support
Software and Manual CD or online. An RS485 communications link can be established between the ER5000 and a PC
using either a USB to RS485 or RS232 to RS485 converter. RS485 communication must be used for daisy-chaining
two or more (up to 32) ER5000s on the same network. RS485 is recommended for ER5050 communication.
ERTune™ Software Features

TESCOM’s ERTune™ program is an all encompassing software package which allows the user to address the ER5000
controller using a PC. ERTune™ allows users to tune the PID loop, monitor system operation, create and download
profiles, specify control limits, enable password protection, acquire data and review previously recorded data. The
basic screens are Tuning, Profile, Data, Configure and Diagnostic Tools.
ER5000 Software Development Support

The ER5000 protocol document is provided to assist in developing process control software that communicates with
the ER5000 on any platform. Sample programs in VB.NET, LabVIEW, C and C# are available on the included CD along
with the source code for the ER5000 DLL for Windows.
The TESCOM implementation of the protocol uses six functions to communicate: StartUp, ReadNetVar, WriteNetVar,
ReadProfileSegment, WriteProfileSegment and Shutdown.
ER5000 Tuning
The ER5000 is factory set to default PID parameters that work well for many TESCOM regulators in laboratory
conditions. During initial startup, the user has the option to download the PID parameters for a specific TESCOM
regulator series. The user can also adjust the Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) variables to:
- Achieve the quickest response to a setpoint change without overshoot or oscillation
- Achieve the best performance for a non-changing setpoint
- Optimize performance in the specific application conditions
Windows and Visual Basic are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
LabVIEW™ and LabWindows/CVI™ are trademarks of National Instruments.

ER 5000 SERIES
ERTune™ Software Screens
Tuning Screen
RED: SETPOINT
BLUE: EXTERNAL FEEDBACK
GREEN: INTERNAL SENSOR
Profile Screen

ER 5000 SERIES
Data Acquisition Screen
Configure Screen

ER 5000 SERIES
Diagnostics Screen - Solenoid Valve Leak Test "Pass"
Diagnostics Tools - Regulator Leak Check

ER 5000 SERIES
ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller Part Number Selector

ER5 00 0 S I - 1
BASIC INTERNAL
BASE/ENCLOSURE STYLE 1 FEATURES SIGNAL TYPE CV CONFIGURATION
SERIES SENSOR
ER5 00 – Standard NEMA 4X 0 – 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar S – Basic I – 4-20 mAmp / 1-5 VDC 1 – Standard, Cv = 0.01
0.1% accuracy
02 – Integrated Double piston F – Enhanced V – 0-10 VDC
04 – OEM base
05 – Aluminum HAZLOC
10 – Integrated 44-4000
11 – Integrated 44-5200
1. For Stainless steel option, please contact TESCOM.
ER5000 Accessories
85145 Filter Kit

85061 RS232 to RS485 Converter Kit (plugs into standard PC serial port). Includes: 2.75" x 4.8" x 1.2" converter and 6 foot, 9 pin cable
82948 USB to RS485 converter
82919 Potentiometer with digital display
82575-25 Power Supply for ER5000 (Output: 24 VDC at 250 mA / Input: 120 VAC, 60 HZ)
ERAA03409 USB Cable (one included) (Not included with the ER5050)
ERAA05146 MTA Connector Replacement Kit
What's in the box
3 mm hex wrench for 1/2" SAE x 1/8" NPTF adapter

cover lock screw
(ER5050 model only)
ER5000 or ER5050 Hazardous Location Electronic Pressure Controller
Wiring connectors, USB cable with integrated strain relief

pre-installed with strain relief (Not included with the ER5050)

ER 5000 SERIES
Regulator Selection for use with the ER5000*
SPECIFICATION REQUIRED EXPLANATION
Pressure Selected regulator must be capable of handling the system pressures. For best resolution, the control pressure range of the regulator
should be nearest (yet above) the maximum application control pressure requirement.
Flow Rate Regulator must be capable of handling the required flow rate of the application.
Media Regulator materials of construction must be compatible with the process media used for the application.
*Contact your TESCOM Representative for assistance in selecting a suitable pressure regulator
Compatible TESCOM Pressure Regulators

FLOW CAPACITY
REGULATOR SERIES MAXIMUM INLET PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES
CV
Pressure Reducing Regulators
Cv = .06 - .30
26-2000A Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar 0.02, 0.06, 0.12, 0.30
44-1500A 6000 psig / 414 bar 600 psig / 41.4 bar 0.30
44-1500D (Dome Load) 6000 psig / 414 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 0.30
44-5200 (VA027) 3500 psig / 241 bar 500 psig / 34.5 bar 0.06, 0.15
50-2000A Up to 30,000 psig / 2068 bar Up to 22,500 psig / 1551 bar 0.06, 0.12, 0.30
54-2000A Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar 0.06
CV = greater than .30
269-529 300 psig / 21.0 bar 90, 300 psig / 6.2, 21.0 bar 1.5 to 10.0
44-1300A 6000 psig / 414 bar Up to 2500 psig / 172.4 bar 0.8, 2.0
44-4000A 6000 psig / 414 bar Up to 6000 psig / 414 bar 0.70, 2.0
54-2200A Up to 10,000 psig / 689 bar Up to 10,000 psig / 689 bar 2.0
54-2800A 5000 psig / 345 bar Up to 5000 psig / 345 bar 8.0
DG (Air Load) 600 psig / 41.4 bar 500 psig / 34.5 bar 10.0
DG (Dome Load) 300 psig / 21.0 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 10.0
DH (Air Load) 500, 600 psig / 34.5, 41.4 bar Up to 500 psig / 34.5 bar 5.0
DH (Dome Load) 500 psig / 34.5 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 5.0
DK (Air Load) 1000 psig / 69.0 bar 600 psig / 41.4 bar 0.35
DK (Dome Load) 1000 psig / 69.0 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 0.35
PH16 (Dome Load) 300 psig / 21.0 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 5.0
PH18 (Dome Load) 300 psig / 21.0 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 10.0
Backpressure Regulators
26-1700A Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar N/A 0.02, 0.10, 0.14, 0.60
26-2300 (Dome Load) 90 psig / 6.2 bar N/A 0.06, 0.12, 0.60, 1.0
26-2300 (Air Load) 500 psig / 34.5 bar N/A 0.06, 0.12, 0.60, 1.0
54-2100A Up to 30,000 psig / 2068 bar N/A 0.08, 0.60
54-2700A 500 psig / 34.5 bar N/A 5.0
54-2900A 10,000 psig / 689 bar N/A 4.3
*Assuming 110 psig / 7.5 bar available to the ER5000

ER 5K SERIES KITS
Electropneumatic Controller/Motors DER5K2092X012
Description
ER5000 PRESSURE CONTROL KIT
Provides a complete pressure control system to get you up and
running with minimum effort. All components of the kit are
completely assembled, professionally plumbed together, and
tested for proper operation. Easy to set up and configure.
Saves money and setup time.
Kit (assembled on plate or in enclosure) includes: ER5K Series
• ER5000FI-1 Enclosure Assembly
• Pressure reducing regulator:
Flow booster, DK dome loaded, DK air loaded,
26-2000 air loaded
OR
Back pressure regulator:
ER5K Series
54-2100 air loaded or 26-1700 air loaded
Plate Assembly
• 4-20 mA Feedback Transducer; 0.125% accuracy
• ER supply regulator with relief valve
• All connections and fittings
• Electrical Junction Box Applications
• Documentation package which includes
• Component testing and development
ER5000 User Kit:
– ER5000 Getting Started Manual • Pressure sensor calibration and testing
– ER5000 User Support Software & Manual CD • Superplastic and metal forming
ER5K Kit Manual:
• Coating applications
– Operating Manual
– Regulator drawing and wiring diagram • Flow meter calibration
• Catheter / rupture disk testing
• Pump discharge control
• Burst and proof testing
• Reactor vessel pressure control
Maximum Inlet Pressures
ER Supply Regulator:
3500 psig / 241 bar
Process Pressure Supply: Features and Benefits
See specifications for Kit Regulator Type
Power Requirements • Complete automated pressure control system,
90-264 VAC pre-assembled and tested, ready for use
Setpoint Signal • Closed loop control provides precise accuracy
Analog: 4-20 mA or 1-5 V DC
Serial: RS485, USB • TESCOM ERTune™ program included for setup,
Communication Protocol tuning, and data acquisition
USB and RS485
• Set-up Wizard loads PID parameters for
Teflon®, Viton-A® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de quicker start-up
• Captured venting with 26-2000 and
DK Series - ideal for liquid applications
• Venting regulator with gauge and relief valve for
ER supply

ER 5K SERIES KITS
ER5K Series Kit Drawings
ER5K SERIES KIT ASSEMBLED ON PLATE All dimensions are reference & nominal
ER5000FI-1
JUNCTION BOX
WIRING PANEL GAUGE
REGULATOR
FOR ER SUPPLY
(44-5212-241V-003)
14.0
[355.6]
RELIEF VALVE
TRANSDUCER REGULATOR
(Pressure Reducing
or Back Pressure)
26-2000 shown
23.2
[589.3]
BOTTOM VIEW
7.57
[192.5]

ER 5K SERIES KITS
ER5K SERIES KIT IN AN ENCLOSURE (all components included) All dimensions are reference & nominal
JUNCTION BOX ER5000FI-1

WIRING ENCLOSURE GAUGE
REGULATOR
FOR ER SUPPLY
(44-5212-241V-003)
RELIEF VALVE
15.8
[401.5]
TRANSDUCER REGULATOR
(Pressure Reducing
or Back Pressure)
DK shown
25.92
[658.4]
BOTTOM VIEW
8.04
[204.4]
JUNCTION BOX
The Junction box is internally wired and includes an AC/DC power converter,
fuses and wire terminal blocks mounted on a DIN rail.
Footprint: 7.9" x 7.9" [200 x 200 mm]

Height: 4.7" [120 mm} Power Unit (90 - 264 VAC)
Analog Setpoint ER5000FI-1

(Customer Supplied)
Transducer
Digital Communication (RS485)

ER 5K SERIES KITS
ER5000 Kit Types – with pressure reducing regulators
Flow Booster Kit DK Series Kit

Specifications Specifications


300 psig / 20.7 bar 1000 psig / 69 bar
Maximum Outlet Pressure Maximum Outlet Pressure
ER5000 inlet minus 10 psig / 0.7 bar See Part Number Selector
Temperature Range Design Proof Pressure
40°F to 120°F / 4°C to 48°C 150 % maximum rated pressure
Body Leakage
Zinc Bubble-tight
Venting Regulator Temperature Range
Constant bleed through diaphragm -15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Brass bottom plug Body
316 Stainless Steel
See Part Number Selector for additional information
Filter
40 micron Sintered 316 Stainless Steel
Remaining Parts
26-2000 Series Kit

Specifications

150% maximum rated pressure
Leakage
Bubble-tight
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
Body
316 Stainless Steel
Back-up Ring
Teflon®
Filter
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel and 17-4 Stainless Steel

ER 5K SERIES KITS
ER5000 Kit Types – with back pressure regulators
54-2100 Series Kit 26-1700 Series Kit

Specifications Specifications


10.000 psig / 690 bar Stainless Steel: 10.000 psig / 690 bar
Controlled Pressure Ranges Outlet Pressure Ranges
See Part Number Selector See Part Number Selector
Design Proof Pressure Design Proof Pressure
150 % maximum rated pressure 150 % maximum rated pressure
Leakage Leakage
Maximum 2 drops/minute at 150 SUS at 2500 psig /172 bar Bubble-tight
Operating Temperature Operating Temperature
-15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Body Body
316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel
Back-up Ring Back-up Ring
Teflon® Teflon®
Remaining Parts Trim
300 Series Stainless Steel 300 Series Stainless Steel
Remaining Parts
300 Stainless Steel

ER 5K SERIES KITS
ER5K Series Kit Part Number Selector

ER5K - L F T B
MAXIMUM
CONTROL PRESSURE PORTING/TUBING
BASIC BY TRANSDUCER SIZE PORTING/
SERIES ASSEMBLY REGULATOR SERIES BODY bar psig SEAT Cv METRIC IMPERIAL O-RING MATERIAL TUBING
ER5K L – Parts A – Flow booster Nitrile, D – Nitrile, Buna-N A – Metric
assembled Zinc 6 100 1.5 12 mm 1/2" System
Pressure reducing Buna-N (NBR) only option
on plate with flow booster
B – Flow
booster Nitrile, B – Imperial
E – Parts Zinc 6 100 2.2 12 mm 1/2" System
Pressure reducing Buna-N
assembled
in an C – DK (Dome-loaded) D – Nitrile, Buna-N
SST 6 100 PCTFE 0.35 12 mm 1/2"
enclosure Pressure reducing (NBR)
D – DK
(Air-loaded) T – FKM (Viton®-A)
SST 40 600 PCTFE 0.35 12 mm 1/2"
Pressure reducing
U – Urethane (PUR)
F – 26-2000
Polyimide
SST 100 1500 0.06 6 mm 1/4"
Pressure reducing (Vespel®)
Z – EP (EPDM)
G – 26-2000
Polyimide
SST 160 3000 0.06 6 mm 1/4"
H – 26-2000
Polyimide
SST 400 6000 0.06 6 mm 1/4"
J – 26-2000
Polyimide
SST 690 10,000 0.06 6 mm 1/4"
K – 54-2100
17-4
SST 100 1500 0.08 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure SST
L – 54-2100
17-4
SST 160 3000 0.08 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure SST
M – 54-2100
17-4
SST 400 6000 0.08 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure SST
N – 54-2100
17-4
SST 690 10,000 0.08 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure SST
P – 26-1700
SST 100 1500 PTFE 0.14 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure
R – 26-1700

SST 160 3000 PCTFE 0.10 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure
S – 26-1700

SST 400 6000 PCTFE 0.10 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure
T – 26-1700

SST 690 10,000 PCTFE 0.10 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure
NOTES:
Power Requirements: All kits include a prewired electrical junction box with a 24 VDC power supply. 90-264 VAC customer supplied input required.
Communications: ER5000 has built in USB communication capability; cable is provided. RS485 converter, if desired, may be purchased separately.

ERNG-X
DERNG2108X012
Description
The ERNG-X is a steady state no bleed engineered system
for accurate and reliable control of Natural Gas. The ERNG-X
includes a pressure regulator, preconditioning filters, and
an electropneumatic controller for automated control. The
ERNG-X is panel mounted and can be easily installed in an
enclosure or on a wall.
Applications
• Automated natural gas pressure or flow control
ERNG-X Specifications
ELECTRICAL
Power Requirement
20.5 to 28.5 VDC, 340 mA maximum, 180 mA nominal
Turn-on Time
< 240 milliseconds
Restart from Power Interruption
< 1.9 seconds
SUPPLY REQUIREMENT PHYSICAL

Media Type Size
Natural Gas with a maximum upper explosion limit below 18% by Gas Ports
volume at atmospheric conditions Inlet: 1/4 - 18 NPT
Media Quality: Exhaust and Gauge: 1/8 - 27 NPTF
Corrosives: H2S and other sulfides below 10 ppm Control Port: 1/2 inch SAE with supplied adapter to
Impurities: CO2 below 3%; O2 below 0.5% 1/8 -27 NPT Male
Pressure Height: 8.5 inches / 216 mm
System: Length: 15.75 inches / 400 mm
Maximum: 2750 psig / 190 bar Width: 6 inches / 152 mm
ER5050FX-1-002: Conduit Openings: Two, 1/2 NPTF
Maximum: 110 psig / 7.5 bar Weight
Minimum: Outlet pressure 1 psig / 0.07 bar ERNG: 12.5 lbs / 5.7 kg
Temperature ER5050FX-1-002 Housing
Dry gas required below 32°F / 0°C Standard: NEMA 4X IP66 (aluminum and epoxy polyester paint)
ERNG: -4°F to 140°F / -20°C to 60°C Optional: Stainless steel
Flow Stream Materials
INPUT SIGNALS Solenoids: Nickel-plated Brass, FKM Seat and O-rings
Setpoint Fittings: Brass, 316 SST
USB, RS485, Downloaded Profile Seats: FKM, PCTFE, PTFE, DELRIN
4-20 mA, 1-5 VDC (ERNG-I) Body: Aluminum, 316 SST, Brass, Nickel Plated Brass
0-10 VDC (ERNG-V) Filter Element: Borosilicate Glass
Feedback (external) Sensor: Glass, Ceramic, Silicon, RTV, Nickel
ERNG-I: 4-20 mA or 1-5 VDC Tubing: Polyurethane, 316 SST
ERNG-V: 0-10 VDC O-rings: Buna-N, FKM Teflon
Mounting
PERFORMANCE(1) Four through holes that allow 3/8" or 9 mm bolts
Accuracy (14.75 x 5 inch / 374.7 x 127 mm Bolt Pattern)
Measured Reference Accuracy (total accuracy all effects Mounting Orientation Effect
including zero and span error): ± 0.10% (FSO) Filter Drain Vertically Down
Low Pressure Capability with External Transducer
± 0.25 inches water (0.635 g/sq. cm) into 2 liter volume
Response Time
Sensor Update Rate: 500 milliseconds (can be adjusted
between 25 milliseconds and 2,500 milliseconds) - continued -
Flow Capacity: Cv = 0.01 (Maximum Flow = 18 SLPM)
Solenoid Valve Rated Cycle Life: > 150 million cycles
1. With clean dry sweet gas.

ERNG-X
ERNG-X Specifications (continued)
ENVIRONMENT CERTIFICATIONS
Temperature Range CE Approval
-4°F to 140°F / -20°C to 60°C All ER5000 units have CE approval when wired per CE approved
Relative Humidity wiring instructions in the ER5000 User Manual
To 100% R.H. (non-condensing at Hazardous Location Approvals on ER5050FX-1-002 Only
32°F to 140°F / 0°C to 60°C) CSA, IECEx, ATEX
Class I, DIV 1, Groups BCD T5
Storage Temperature
Class II, DIV 1, Groups EFG
-58°F to 200°F / -50°C to 93°C
Class III
Ex db IIB+H2 T5 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T100°C Db IP6X
Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2 T5 Gb
Zone 21, AEx tb IIIC T100°C Db IP6X

ERNG-I
• Precise accuracy • Software examples are provided for VB.NET, LabVIEW,
• 16 Bit for Data Acquisition C and C#
• Steady state no bleed • Trigger data acquisition based on system events
• Control algorithms for Internal Feedback, External • Two additional analog/digital inputs and two digital
Feedback or Cascade Control modes outputs that allow the user to:
• Selectable SETPOINT Signal Source - Monitor an external signal in addition to feedback
- USB (Not recommended) (e.g. flow, temp, force)
- RS485 - Alternate between two separate external
- External analog (4-20mA or 1-5VDC) feedback sources
- Downloadable Profile (runs independent of PC or - Start/Stop or Resume/Pause pressure profiles
external analog source)
- Wait for event to occur before proceeding to the next
• Selectable FEEDBACK Signal Source step in a downloaded profile (digital input)
- Internal Sensor (0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar) - Indicate that an event occurred in a downloaded profile
- External Analog: 4-20mA or 1-5VDC (digital output)
• Selectable Control Limits • Analog output of the internal pressure sensor
- Programmable limits for analog setpoint, • Conditional control with "IF/THEN" and "GoTo"
feedback and error signals profile commands
- Selectable control states: “Hold Last Pressure”, “Vent”, • Suspend control feature to lock output pressure for an
or “Full Open” extended period of time
• TESCOM ERTuneTM software provided for data acquisition,
PID tuning (real time graphic display of setpoint and • ER5050FX-1-002: NEMA 4X and IP66 (water tight,
feedback), creating and downloading profiles corrosion resistant)
• TESCOM DLL provided for easy custom ERNG-V
software development • All features of the ERNG-I except with 0-10 VDC Setpoint
and Feedback signals
Special Control Features Available

- Suspend Mode
- Diaphragm protection
- Pulse Mode
- Control Limits

ERNG-X
ERNG-X Dimensions
15.75
[400.0] 2X 1/4" – 18 NPT
4X Ø9.92 mm
5.0
8.3 [127.0]
[210.8]
14.75
[374.6]
2X 1/4" – 18 NPT
FRONT VIEW
11.2 2.5
4.9 [283.3] [64.0]
[123.4]
3.0
[76.2]
1.0
1.9 [26.1]
[47.2]
1/2" SAE 3X 1/4" – 18 NPT

(ADAPTOR FITTING INCLUDED BOTTOM VIEW
TO ADAPT TO MALE 1/8" NPT)
5.7 1.0
[144.1] [26.1]
1/4" – 18 NPT
6.0
[152.4]
BREAK OUT SECTION
2X 1/2" – 14 NPTF 1.1

0.9 1/8" – 27 NPTF
1.1 [28.6]
[22.6]
2.4 [27.5] 0.9
[61.0] [23.5]
LEFT SIDE VIEW RIGHT SIDE VIEW

Figure 1. ERNG-X Dimensions

ERNG-X
ERNG-X Typical Applications
The following diagram is an example of a typical ERNG-X application. Remote set point control for a district station.
The ERNG-X controls the downstream pressure on the pipeline main regulator by varying the spring case pressure of the
pipeline pilot regulator.
ERNG-X
ANALOG SETPOINT
SIGNAL (4-20 mA)
REMOTE OPERATIONS CONTROLLER

(ROC)
PIPELINE PILOT
REGULATOR
EXTERNAL PRESSURE OR
FLOW TRANSDUCER
(4-20 mA)
PIPELINE MAIN REGULATOR
Figure 2. ERNG-X Typical Applications

ERNG-X
ER5000 Basics
ER5000 System Requirements
All ER5000 controllers require:
• Power: 24 VDC, 340 mA maximum, 180 mA nominal
• Setpoint signal: From PC, PLC, Analog
• Feedback signal: Internal or External
The ER5000 senses system pressure using either its internal sensor or a user supplied external transducer (4–20 mA,
1–5V or 0–10V) placed within the actual process line. You can operate the ER5000 in one of three control modes:
• Internal Feedback, which uses only the internal sensor;
• External Feedback, which uses only the external source;
• Cascade, which uses both internal and external sources in a “loop within a loop” configuration
ER5000 Communication
The ER5000 communicates using a USB or RS485 interface. The required USB driver is provided on the ER5000
User Support Software and Manual CD or online. An RS485 communications link can be established between
the ER5000 and a PC using either a USB to RS485 or RS232 to RS485 converter. RS485 communication must
be used for daisy-chaining two or more (up to 32) ER5000s on the same network. RS485 is recommended for
ERNG-X communication. USB is not recommended for hazardous locations and is also not recommended for
distances greater than 10 ft.
ERTune™ Software Features

TESCOM’s ERTune™ program is an all encompassing software package which allows the user to address the ER5000
controller using a PC. ERTune™ allows users to tune the PID loop, monitor system operation, create and download
profiles, specify control limits, enable password protection, acquire data and review previously recorded data. The
basic screens are Tuning, Profile, Data, Configure and Diagnostic Tools.
ER5000 Software Development Support

The ER5000 protocol document is provided to assist in developing process control software that communicates with
the ER5000 on any platform. Sample programs in VB.NET, LabVIEW, C and C# are available on the included CD along
with the source code for the ER5000 DLL for Windows.
The TESCOM implementation of the protocol uses six functions to communicate: StartUp, ReadNetVar, WriteNetVar,
ReadProfileSegment, WriteProfileSegment and Shutdown.
ER5000 Tuning
The ER5000 is factory set to default PID parameters. The user can also adjust the Proportional, Integral and Derivative
(PID) variables to:
- Achieve the quickest response to a setpoint change without overshoot or oscillation
- Achieve the best performance for a non-changing setpoint
- Optimize performance in the specific application conditions
Refer to ER5000 user manual for more information.
Windows and Visual Basic are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
LabVIEW™ and LabWindows/CVI™ are trademarks of National Instruments.

ERNG-X
ERNG-X Part Number Selector

ERNG - I
BASIC SERIES DASH NUMBER ER OPTION
ERNG I Current
V Voltage
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS PART NUMBER
Supply Regulator Repair Kit JT389-8927
C195-1 ERAA23983-1
Filter Elements Kit
C195-2 ERAA23983-2
What's Included
1/2" SAE x 1/8" NPTF adapter
3 mm hex wrench for

cover lock screw
Wiring connector
Instruction Manual
dopsm2107x012
december 2016
ERNG-X
TESCOM Product Manual
Figure 1. ERNG-X
Full ER5000 Manual can be found at www.TESCOM.com

ER5100 SERIES
Electropneumatic Controller/Motors DER512093X012
Specifications
ER5100 SYSTEM
4500 psig / 310 bar
400, 900 psig / 27.6, 62.1 bar
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.7, 2.0
• Captured venting
• Fast responding, high flow system
• Compact size
• Includes all the features of the ER5000 Series (0.1% accuracy,
onboard PID loop, free software)
ER5110 SYSTEM ER5100

Maximum Inlet Pressure (WITH 44-4000 SERIES
3500 psig / 241 bar REGULATOR) ER5110
Maximum Outlet Pressure (WITH 44-5200 SERIES
500 psig / 34.5 bar REGULATOR)
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06, 0.15 TESCOM ER5100 Series consists of the ER5000 Series
Features and Benefits controller and a 44-4000 Series pressure reducing
• Venting (not captured) or non-venting regulator integrated together. Inlet pressures are
• Fast responding, low pressure, low flow system up to 4500 psig / 310 bar with two different outlet
• Suitable for both static and dynamic applications ranges of 400 and 900 psig / 27.6 and 62.1 bar. The
• Includes all the features of the ER5000 Series (0.1% accuracy,
onboard PID loop, free software)
ER5100 Series may be ordered with a Cv = 0.7 or a
Cv = 2.0. This series offers fast accurate control in
applications requiring continuous flow. Also available
with the 44-5200 Series regulator (ER5110).
Applications
• Gas assist laser cutting
• OEM equipment

ER5100 SERIES
ER5100 Series Drawing
ER5100
(PLEASE REFER TO
THE 44-4000 SERIES
DRAWING FOR COMPLETE
DIMENSIONS)
ER5110
(WITH 44-5200 SERIES
REGULATOR)
Ø All dimensions are reference & nominal

ER5100 Series Part Number Selector


ER51 00 S I - 1
BASIC SERIES BASE STYLE CONFIGURATION OPTIONS ANALOG SIGNALS MODIFICATIONS
ER51 00 S - Standard I - 4-20 mA 1 - Standard solenoid valves

10 F - Enhanced2 1-5 VDC
V - 0-10 VDC
For ER5100 Series, order one of the following regulators:1 For ER5110 Series, order one of the following regulators:1
• 44-40X1XXXXER042 (Outlet: 400 psig / 27.6 bar, Cv = 0.7) • 44-52X5XX4N1X34 (Non-venting, Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 0.06)
• 44-40X2XXXXER042 (Outlet: 750 psig / 51.7 bar, Cv = 0.7) • 44-52X5XX4N2X34 (Non-venting, Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 0.15)
• 44-40X1XXXXER046 (Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 2.0) • 44-52X5XX4V1X34 (Venting, Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 0.06)
• 44-40X2XXXXER046 (Outlet: 900 psig / 62.1 bar, Cv = 2.0) • 44-52X5XX4V2X34 (Venting, Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 0.15)
1. The "X" in the regulator part number is to be finalized depending on desired soft goods and port configurations.
2. Enhanced models have extra analog inputs and outputs.
WARNING! Do not attempt to select, install, use or maintain this product until you have read and fully understood the TESCOM Safety,
Installation and Operation Precautions.
DER512093X012 © 2014 Emerson Process Management Regulator Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved. 09/2014.
Tescom, Emerson Process Management, and the Emerson Process Management design are marks of one of the Emerson Process
Management group of companies. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

70-2000 SERIES
Electropneumatic Controller/Motors D70200579X012
Specifications
OPERATING PARAMETERS 70-2000 SERIES

ACTUATOR
Application
Any application requiring remotely controlled, electronically operated:
Pressure Reducing Regulators REGULATOR
26-1000, 26-1600, 26-2000, 54-2000 Series
Backpressure Regulators
26-1700, 26-2300, 54-2100 Series
Electrical
10-24 VDC nominal
1.0 AMP operational current
6.0 AMP surge current
2.0 AMP time delay actuator control fuse
1.5 AMP fast acting motor protection fuse
Mechanical
Actuator connector (3 pins): MS3102A-10SL-3P

CONNECTOR
Note: Mating electrical plug connector and cable clamp is included with the actuator. MOUNTING BRACKET
The electrical cable is not included.
Continuous Motor Torque: 51 in-lbs / 5.8 N•m
Intermittent Motor Torque (approximate): 100 in-lbs / 11 N•m TESCOM 70-2000 Series motorized actuator is
designed for any application requiring remotely
VOLTS 10 15 20 24 controlled, electronically operated, pressure reducing /
NO LOAD
GEAR RPM 11.5 18 24 30 backpressure regulators.
SPEED VOLTS 10 15 20 24
31 IN-LBS
LOAD RPM 6 11 19 24 Applications
Actuation time for complete range of regulator outlet
• Test Equipment
pressure (at 24 VDC): • Remote Actuation
26-1000 Series (11-1/2 full turns): 25 seconds
26-1600 Series (5-1/2 full turns): 15 seconds • Oil Patch Control
Note: The motorized regulator provides a linear discharge pressure curve.
OTHER • Adjusts regulator to any setpoint by remote control,
Weight (with regulator mounted) eliminating the need for an operator in the pressure
26-1000 Series (Brass and Stainless Steel): 8 lbs / 3.6 kg area
26-1000 Series (Aluminum): 6 lbs / 2.7 kg
• Compatible with several TESCOM pressure reducing
26-1600 Series (Stainless Steel): 6 lbs / 2.7 kg
26-1600 Series (Aluminum): 5 lbs / 2.3 kg
and backpressure regulators in many applications
• Limit switches provide operating range and
prevent overtravel
• Variable speed control
• Replaceable fuse protection
• Easily mounted on regulator
• Hazloc enclosure is available

70-2000 SERIES
70-2000 Series Actuator Drawings
SHOWN WITH SHOWN WITH

26-1600 SERIES REGULATOR 26-1000 SERIES REGULATOR

70-2000 Series Actuator Requirements

70-2000 ADAPTABLE TO REQUIREMENTS
26-1000, 26-1700, 26-2000, 54-2000, 54-2100 Series regulators Removal of handknob
26-1600, 26-2300 Series regulators Removal of handknob, addition of the bonnet adapter and 3 set screws (see table below)
70-2000 Series Actuator Part Numbers

QUANTITY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
1 70-2000 Actuator complete with limit switches
1 3883-3 Bonnet adapter (26-1600, 26-2300 (500 psig / 34.5 bar) Series)
3 3647 Set Screw (26-1600, 26-2300 (500 psig / 34.5 bar) Series)
Note: Actuators may be ordered with or without a regulator.

Integrated Custom Systems
From simple to complex, systems of different levels of integration to
match your individual hydraulic and pneumatic application needs
Systems Capabilities Overview

Custom integration systems to simplify your pressure, flow and measurement applications
?
Aircraft Charging Carts

Heavy duty carts offering two, three and six bottle designs
?
Standard Products and Custom Integrated Systems

Standard Mechanical Closed Loop Custom Automation OR
Solutions Control Solutions Test Stands?
Manifold Blocks Electronic Control Assembly Test Stands
Panels
Compact Panels Configurable Kits
L E V E L O F I N T E G R A T I O N
ENTRY ADVANCED
• Easy configuration • Electromechanical • Integrate third party • Complete system

• Mechanical automation components hardware and
automation • Software enabled • Eases preventative software
• Reduced leak paths • High accuracy maintenance and • Networked or stand
• Reduced footprint • Eliminate droop troubleshooting alone
• Custom designed • Data acquisition • Subsystem for larger • Safety interlocks
to application projects and FMEA
• Build to print or • Factory
complete design Acceptance Test
and build and documentation
packages
Services provided by TESCOM include design and engineering, software design, documentation and assembly/test.
TESCOM offers Control Implementation (PC Solution, Controller Solution, Hardware Only) and
Data Management (Data Storage and Test Reports).

SYSTEMS CAPABILITIES OVERVIEW
Integrated Custom Systems DSYSX2044X012
Burst & Proof Testing
Test bench allows accurate Test stand allows hydrostatic Automated design for leak testing
hydrostatic testing of car radiator durability and leak test up to hoses and hose assemblies with
hoses according to DIN EN ISO 1402 60,000 psig / 4000 bar. an accuracy and repeatability not
European standard. Inspects initial possible using the manual test this
samples and randomly tests hoses unit replaced.
during ongoing production.
Calibration
APT-Automated Performance Tester Control unit simulates pressure Allows automated calibration and
provides a test gas sequence for conditions at different altitudes. trimming of pressure sensors,
automotive exhaust analyzers to pressure switches and gauges.
check the entire gas sampling path.
Gas & Fluid Supply
For central gas supply. A turn key Aerospace gas supply box Precise high pressure bottle filling up
system that provides Compressed provides a supply of cooling gas to 12,000 psig / 1000 bar pressure
Natural Gas (CNG) to a motor to sensors on infrared detector for helium, argon and air. Meets
test stand. calibration equipment. cleanliness requirement to guarantee
a bottle shelf life of 20 years.

SYSTEMS CAPABILITIES OVERVIEW
Leak & Flow Testing
Quality verification of aerospace air Mobile test rig monitors medical Detailed testing for CO2 permeation
ducts by measurement of the leak systems in hospitals. Pressure, flow of sealing materials, fittings and hose
and flow capacity. capacity and leakage demands assemblies.
are verified.
Manifolds & Blocks
Gas delivery system for testing Compact, durable manifold block Hydrogen supply system for
sensitive sensors; optimized to fit minimizes potential leak paths for alternative fuel testing can remotely
inside existing equipment with tight cascade bottle filling. turn on or off any of the 6 hydrogen
space restrictions. bottles while monitoring the
pressure in each.
Automation
Electromechanical automation System integration allows for Custom user interface and software
allows for data acquisition and automated workflow and remote design provides easy data collection
networking. Provides extremely operation. Helps improve uniformity, for customer validation reports while
accurate and stable pressure control. efficiency and quality while ensuring monitoring process parameters.
worker safety.
WARNING! Do not attempt to select, install, use or maintain this product until you have read and fully understood the TESCOM Safety,
Installation and Operation Precautions.
DSYSX2044X012 © 2015 Emerson Process Management Regulator Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved.11/2015.
Tescom, Emerson Process Management, and the Emerson Process Management design are marks of one of the Emerson Process
Management group of companies. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

AIRCRAFT CHARGING CARTS
Integrated Custom Systems DCART2056X012
Specifications
Application
• Commercial and military aircraft ground support

Modular block manifold Thick wall steel construction
• Unique block manifold design greatly minimizes • Pressure control instrumentation shielded
potential leak paths from weather
• Modular style manifold and cartridge components • Full one year replacement warranty for all carts!
significantly reduces service time • Heavy-duty thick wall steel construction means a
• Most cart components (e.g., regulators, valves, tires, long service life
hoses) are interchangeable throughout the models • Durable powder coat paint is standard
... fewer spare parts are needed in inventory Safety is built in
• Check valve design eliminates excess loss of • All carts designed for optimal safety...
pressure or media... no backfilling! - manifolds are constructed of brass and cleaned
Quick media replenishment for oxygen service
• Carts are designed for easy bottle removal - manifold soft goods are oxygen compatible
• Six bottle cart features an optional 300 lb capacity - prominent labels warn of potential safety hazards
ladder providing a 16 ft / 4.87 m maximum • Oxygen pressure system independently tested
work height and verified by Wendell Hull & Associates - leading
• Onboard recharge system - replenish source oxygen experts
without time-consuming bottle removal ... saves • All pressure systems meet ASTM G93 and
time and money! CGA 4.3 requirements
• Control panel is easy to access and read • All instructions and parts lists are included
• Custom colors, graphics and logos are available
upon request
3 Bottle Cart
SPECIFICATIONS
Low profile design Three wheel
Weight 900 lbs / 408.2 kg allows easy positioning design allows easy
Capacity 450 lbs / 204.1 kg under most aircraft maneuvering
Width 58.5 in / 148.59 cm
Length 88.5 in / 224.79 cm
Height A 40.5 in / 102.87 cm
Height B 67.5 in / 171.45 cm
PART NO. DESCRIPTION

HEIGHT B
HEIGHT A
UA-3B 3 bottle Oxygen Charge

Cart with 3 bottle
manifold
UA-3G Galvanized 3 bottle

Oxygen Chart Cart with
Posi-lock drop
TH
3 bottle manifold
ID
bar break
W
UA-1T 3 bottle Nitrogen Charge LENGTH

Cart with 3 bottle
Nitrogen manifold

AIRCRAFT CHARGING CARTS
Aircraft Charging Carts
2 Bottle Cart
SPECIFICATIONS
Hose retainer keeps
Weight 300 lbs / 136 kg
lines secure
Capacity 300 lbs / 136 kg
Width 32.5 in / 82.55 cm
Length 36.0 in / 91.44 cm Control panel is easy
to access and read
HEIGHT
Height 64.0 in / 162.56 cm

UA-6T 2 bottle Oxygen
Charge Cart
UA-4T 2 bottle Nitrogen Most cart components
Charge Cart are interchangeable TH
among all models LENG ID
TH W
UA-5T 2 bottle Helium
Charge Cart
6 Bottle Cart
SPECIFICATIONS Optional built-in ladder
Weight 1760 lbs / 798.3 kg provides a maximum
16 ft / 4.87 m work height
Capacity 900 lbs / 408.2 kg
Width 54.5 in / 138.43 cm
Length 95.0 in / 241.3 cm Safety roll cage
standard
Height 82.5 in / 209.55 cm
Optional
12.0 ft / 3.65 m Instrument control panel
Ladder
is easy to access and read
Posi-lock drop
bar break
UA-2BT 6 bottle Oxygen Charge Hose retainer
Cart without ladder keeps lines
HEIGHT
secure
UA-2T 6 bottle Oxygen Charge
Cart with ladder
Small bottle
UA-2G Galvanized 6 bottle
Oxygen Charge Cart fill stations
are standard
UA-7T 6 bottle Nitrogen
Charge Cart with or
without ladder H
Holds 9 in / 22.8 cm LENGTH DT
WI
UA-8T 6 bottle Helium diameter bottles
Charge Cart
Fold-down step eases
bottle removal

Accessories
Completes the hardware needs of liquid and process/specialty gas installation
100-625 Pressure Transducers

Used in heavy duty applications requiring high accuracy and durability
645
42 MW Series
Instrument isolator typically used with TESCOM SJS Series pressure tracking regulator 649
Isolates regulator from corrosive and incompatible fluids
Filters (98 Series)

For Americas, Asia Pacific, and Middle East/Africa configuration
651
Filters (TEE Type)

For European configuration
657
Fittings
Suitable for all established threads and sizes (for Europe and Middle East only)
661
Compression Fittings NPT Male

Suitable for NPT threads (for Europe and Middle East only)
664
Mounting Brackets and Screws, Plugs for Gauges

Accessories for mounting and plugging for Europe only
665
Pressure Gauges
Bourdon type gauges for all world areas
667
Point-of-Use Accessories
Accessories for MiniLabo 2, Brass, Stainless Steel and VCR® compatible versions
673
WEGA Accessories
Accessories and spare parts for WEGA 1-stage or 2-stage series
675

100-625 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
Accessories DTRAN1906X012
Specifications
100 Series
Full Scale Accuracy: +/- 0.25%
Ports: 1/4" NPT (external)
Connections: Mini Hirschmann
Output Signal: 4-20 mA
200 Series
Connections: Mini Hirschmann
Output Signal: 0-10 VDC
300 Series 100 SERIES 615 SERIES
Connections: Hirschmann
615 Series TESCOM Pressure Transducers are used in heavy duty
Full Scale Accuracy: +/-0.125% applications requiring high accuracy and durability.
Ports: 1/2" NPT (external) The 100-625 Series utilize diffused semiconductor
Connections: Hirschmann and sputtered thin film strain gauge technology.
Pressure ranges come in all the standard values
625 Series (intrinsically safe) from -30 inch-Hg to 15,000 psig / -1.0 to 1034 bar
including absolute transducers to 300 psia / 20 bar.
Connections: Hirschmann
Higher pressure ranges available in some series
Output Signal: 4-20 mA models. Pressure Transducers offer full scale accuracies
of 0.5%, 0.25%, and 0.125%. The 625 Series is an
OTHER intrinsically safe rated pressure transmitter.
Includes Mating Connector
Applications
Compensated Temperature Range: 32°F to 175°F / 0°C to 79°C
Repeatability of +/- 0.05% full scale • Used with the TESCOM ER5000
Response time is less than 1 mS (100, 200, 615, 625 Series) Electropneumatic Controller
Response time is less than 4 mS (300 Series) • Ideal for use in ER5000 applications where an
external feedback signal is required

• Provides extremely stable and repeatable hydraulic
and pneumatic pressure measurements
• Suitable for a wide variety of industrial, laboratory,
and test applications
• Provides significant immunity to noise due to
RFI (walkie-talkie), EMC (electrical noise from
motors), and ESD (static electricity generated in
the application)1
1. Indicated by The CE marking, a requirement for sale in Europe

100-625 Pressure Transducers Accessories Drawings
100 SERIES
24V RETURN
8
POWER
+24V POWER 7
SUPPLY
+SUPPLY
ER5000
+OUTPUT 3
1.07 [27] PIN 1/A

PIN 2/B
OPTIONAL
(CASE IS GROUND)
2.50 [64]
.55 [14]
1/4 NPT
1.07 WIRING DIAGRAM
[27]
200 SERIES
24V RETURN ER5000
POWER 8
SUPPLY
24VDC +SUPPLY
7
+24V POWER COMMON
4
2
1.07 [27] 4 3
+OUTPUT
1 3
OPTIONAL
(CASE IS GROUND)
2.50 [64]
.55 [14]
1/4 NPT
1.07 WIRING DIAGRAM

[27]


100-625 Pressure Transducers Accessories Drawings
300 SERIES
24V RETURN
8
POWER
+24V POWER 7
SUPPLY
1.85 +SUPPLY
ER5000
[47]
+OUTPUT 3
1.10
[27.8] PIN 1/A
PIN 2/B
1.29 OPTIONAL
[32.8] (CASE IS GROUND)
.51
[13]
1/4 NPT
1.06
WIRING DIAGRAM
[27]
615/625 SERIES
24V RETURN
8
POWER +24V POWER
SUPPLY 7
+SUPPLY
1.89 ER5000
[48.0] +OUTPUT 3
PIN 1/A
PIN 2/B
3.20
[81.3] OPTIONAL
2.10 (CASE IS GROUND)
[53.3]
.55 [14.0]
1/2 NPT
1.06 WIRING DIAGRAM

[27.0]


100-625 Pressure Transducers Part Number Selector
100 - 300 A - 2127

CONNECTION
VACUUM AND
BASIC SERIES PRESSURE RANGE*
PSIA OPTIONS
SERIES SIZE
100 30" Vac to 15,000 psig / 1034 bar A – Absolute 2127 100 1/4" NPT
200 V – Vacuum 2527 200 1/4" NPT
300 1128 300 1/4" NPT
615 Blank – Gauge
2128 615 1/4" NPT
625
2188 615 1/2" NPT
1128 625 1/4" NPT
* 615 Series is available up to 60,000 psig / 4137 bar 1188 625 1/2" NPT

42MW SERIES
Accessories D42MW1909X012
Specifications
Maximum Rated Pressure

2500 psig / 172 bar
-40°F to 600°F / -40°C to 315°C

Upper and Lower Housing
316 Stainless Steel
Diaphragm
42MW ISOLATOR SHOWN
Welded 316 Stainless Steel
WITH SJS SERIES REGULATOR
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel
PROCESS CONNECTIONS TESCOM 42MW Series instrument isolator is

typically used with a TESCOM SJS Series pressure
1/4", 3/8", and 1/2" NPTF
tracking regulator - see SJS Series tracking regulator.
This device isolates the regulator from corrosive and
incompatible fluids.
Application
• Dual mechanical seal differential pressure control

• Designed to be used with TESCOM’s wide range of
tracking regulators
• Assists in the control of pressure in fugitive emission
and/or mechanical seals applications when combined
with tracking regulators
• Complete 316 Stainless Steel construction is
standard (Hastelloy® trim available)
• 5 feet / 1.5 meters Stainless Steel armored
capillary line filled with Clearco HT-110 is included
(additional lengths of capillary line are available)

42MW SERIES
42MW Series Drawing
42MW INSTRUMENT ISOLATOR CROSS-SECTION

42MW Series Part Number Selector
42MW 6 2 08 00 S
BASIC CONNECTION PROCESS CONNECTION CAPILLARY TUBE
MATERIALS FILL MATERIAL
SERIES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE LENGTH
42MW 5 – Hastelloy® 2 – NPTF 04 – 1/4" 00 – Direct Connect S – Clearco HT-110

6 – 316 Stainless Steel 06 – 3/8" 05 – 5 feet / 1.5 meters
08 – 1/2" 10 – 10 feet / 3.0 meters

98 SERIES FILTERS
Accessories D98XX1846X012
Specifications
TEE-TYPE
98-1110
98-1010 Mini In-Line Series

Maximum Rated Operating Pressure
6000 psig / 414 bar
Design Maximum Proof Pressure
9000 psig / 621 bar
Materials of Construction
Internal Filter - 10 micron: Pleated 304 Stainless Steel
Porting
See Part Number Selector IN-LINE
Operating Temperature 98-1210
-320°F to 550°F / -196°C to 288°C MINI IN-LINE
98-1010
98-1110 TEE-Type Series
Maximum Rated Operating Pressure TESCOM 98 Series high pressure filters offer operating
6000-10,000 psig / 414-690 bar pressure ratings up to 10,000 psig / 690 bar with
Design Maximum Proof Pressure Mini In-line and TEE-Type designs.
9000-15,000 psig / 621-1034 bar
Materials of Construction Application
Internal FIlter - 10 micron: Pleated 304 Stainless Steel • Filtration prior to pressure control components,
O-rings: Buna, Teflon®, or Viton® protects from particulate contamination
Porting
See Part Number Selector Features and Benefits
Operating Temperature • Operating pressure ratings up to 10,000 psig /
Buna O-ring: -20°F to 165°F / -29°C to 74°C 690 bar
Teflon® O-ring: -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Viton® O-ring: 0°F to 220°F / -18°C to 104°C • In-line, Mini In-line and TEE-Type styles
• Pleated, 10 micron, 304 Stainless Steel internal
98-1210 In-Line Series filter material for maximum contaminant control
Maximum Rated Operating Pressure
• Cleanable element reduces operating cost
3000-10,000 psig / 207-690 bar
Design Maximum Proof Pressure
4500-15,000 psig / 310-1034 bar
Materials of Construction
Body
3000 psig / 207 bar: 303 Stainless Steel
6000 and 10,000 psig / 414 and 690 bar: 17-4 Stainless Steel
Internal Filter, 10 micron: Pleated 304 Stainless Steel
O-rings: Buna, Teflon®, or Viton®
Porting
Buna O-ring: -20°F to 165°F / -29°C to 74°C
Teflon® O-ring: -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Viton® O-ring: 0°F to 220°F / -18°C to 104°C
Ethylene Propylene O-ring: -40°F to 225°F / -40°C to 107°C
and Company.

98 SERIES FILTERS
98 Series Drawings
98-1010 SERIES MINI IN-LINE

PART NUMBER DIMENSION A
98-1010-T-2PM 1.10"
98-1010-T-2PP 1.58"
98-1010-T-2BT 1.10"
98-1010-T-3PP 1.58"
98-1010-T-3BT 1.10"
98-1010-T-4PM 1.42"
98-1010-T-4PP 1.58"
98-1010-T-4BT 1.10"
98-1110 SERIES TEE-TYPE ELEMENT

PART NUMBER DIAMETER LENGTH
REPLACEMENT
.345 DIA. THRU 3.75 DIA. .40 DIA. THRU 5.00 DIA.
2 PLACES 2.00 2 PLACES 2.25 98-1110-T-2P 3.75" 7.85" 61667-1
98-1110-T-2B 3.75" 7.85" 61667-1
1.00
1.38
1.39
1.90 98-1110-T-2F 3.75" 7.85" 61667-1
3.25 4.51 98-1110-T-3P 3.75" 7.85" 61667-1
98-1110-T-3B 3.75" 7.85" 61667-1
98-1110-T-3F 3.75" 7.85" 61667-1
98-1110-T-4P 3.75" 7.85" 61667-1
6.47 to 9.07 7.75 to 12.10 98-1110-T-4B 3.75" 7.85" 61667-1
98-1110-T-4F 3.75" 7.85" 61667-1
98-1110-S-2P 5.00" 9.65" 61667-1
98-1110-S-2B 5.00" 9.65" 61667-1
98-1110-S-2F 5.00" 9.65" 61667-1
98-1110-S-3P 5.00" 9.65" 61667-1
1.50
HEX
2.00 98-1110-S-3B 5.00" 9.65" 61667-1
FLATS
2.97 DIA. 4.80 to 7.40 4.00 DIA. 5.25 to 9.87 98-1110-S-3F 5.00" 9.65" 61667-1
6000 psig UNIT 10,000 psig UNIT 98-1110-S-4P 5.00" 9.65" 61667-1
MIN LENGTH REQUIRED FOR MIN LENGTH REQUIRED FOR
98-1110-S-4B 5.00" 9.65" 61667-1
REMOVAL OF FILTER ELEMENT REMOVAL OF FILTER ELEMENT 98-1110-S-4F 5.00" 9.65" 61667-1
1. See O-ring material table on page 6.
98-1210 SERIES IN-LINE
ELEMENT
PART NUMBER DIMENSION A
REPLACEMENT
98-1210-U-2PP 6.00" 61666-413
98-1210-U-2BB 4.19" 61666-411
98-1210-U-4PP 7.75" 61666-415
98-1210-U-4BB 6.00" 61666-413
98-1210-T-2PP 6.00" 61666-413
98-1210-T-2BB 4.19" 61666-411
98-1210-T-4PP 7.75" 61666-415
A
98-1210-T-4BB 6.00" 61666-413
98-1210-S-2BB 4.19" 61666-411
All dimensions are reference & nominal 98-1210-S-2PP 6.00" 61666-411

98 SERIES FILTERS
98 Series Flow Charts
Typical Flow Curve - Oil Typical Flow Curve - Air

98-1010 (10 Micron nominal) 98-1010 (10 Micron nominal)
100 Saubolt Second Unit 100 psi inlet
100 [6.9]
100 [6.9]
80 [5.5]
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE - psid [bar d]

80 [5.5]
60 [4.1]
60 [4.1]
40 [2.8]
40 [2.8]
H
30 [2.1]
30 [2.1] C CH
IN
IN
H 4 CH
1/
4
NC IN H
1/
I 20 [1.4]
20 [1.4] 8 CH / 8 INC
3/ 3 2
IN 15 [1.0]
1 /
2
15 [1.0]
1/
10 [0.69]
10 [0.69]
8 [0.55]
8 [0.55]
6 [0.41]
6 [0.41]
4 [0.28]
4 [0.28]
3 [0.21]
3 [0.21]
2 [0.14]
2 [0.14] 1.5 [0.10]
1.5 [0.10]
1 [0.07]
1 [0.07]
1 1.5 2 3 4 8 10 15 20 30 50
0.10 0.15 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.80 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 [28] [42] [57] [85][113] [227] [283] [425][566] [850] [1416]
[0.4] [0.6] [0.8] [1.1] [1.5] [3.0] [3.8] [5.7] [7.6] [11] [15] [19]
98-1110 SERIES TEE-TYPE
Filter Assembly Less Element 61667 Series Stainless Elements

10 [6.9] 10 [6.9]
9 [0.62] 9 [0.62]
8 [0.55] 8 [0.55]
7 [0.48] 7 [0.48]
6 [0.41] 6 [0.41]
5 [0.34] 5 [0.34]
4 [0.28] 4 [0.28]
3 [0.21] 3 [0.21]
2 [0.14] 2 [0.14]
1 [0.07] 1 [0.07]
0
5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
[19] [38] [57] [76] [95] [19] [38] [57] [76] [95]
FLOW RATE - GPM [LPM], 100 SSU Oil FLOW RATE - GPM [LPM], 100 SSU Oil

98 SERIES FILTERS
98 Series Flow Charts

AIR 3000 PSI

600
[16,990] 1/2”
500
[14,158] 3/8”
400 1/4”
[11,327]
300
[8495]
200
[5663]
100
[2832]
0
2 4 6 8 10
[0.14] [0.28] [0.41] [0.55] [0.70]
OIL 150 SSU

10
[37.9] 1/2”
FLOW RATE - GPM [SLPM]
8 3/8”
[30.3]
1/4”
6
[22.7]
4
[15.1]
2
[7.5]
0
2 4 6 8 10
[0.14] [0.28] [0.41] [0.55] [0.70]

98 SERIES FILTERS
98 Series Optional Accessories
CODE R CODE R - Bypass Relief Valve

At a predetermined setting, the system fluid
bypasses the element assembly until the element is
either cleaned or replaced. Standard setting:
50 psid / 3.4 bar d cracking pressure.
CODE V - P Indicator
A Visual Differential Pressure Indicator enables an
operator to read contaminant buildup before the
CODE V element is plugged. The indicator is mounted on
the head of the filter unit. It has an automatic reset.
Stainless steel construction is standard. Standard
setting is 40 psid / 2.8 bar d.
CODE E - Electrical P Indicator

This electrical Visual Differential Pressure Indicator
is ideal for applications where visual inspections are
difficult due to location or when centralized process
equipment monitoring is desired. By wiring the
CODE E indicator into a central control panel, the filter can be
remotely monitored quickly and easily. The Electrical
P Indicator is designed to be mounted on top of the
filter unit. It is constructed of 303 Stainless Steel. An
adjustable electric, normally open, reed switch
P indicator can operate signal devices. The contacts
close when the P increases and automatically
resets when P decreases. There is a 3/4" male
pipe connection for the electrical hook-up. Voltage
requirements: 10W-DC resistive 110 VA-AC resistive.
The switch current is 0.5 amps. Relay required for
heavier loads.

98 SERIES FILTERS
98 Series Part Number Selector

98-1010 - T - 2 PP
BASIC SERIES PRESSURE RATING INLET PORT SIZE INLET AND OUTLET PORT TYPE
98-1010 T – 6000 psig / 414 bar 2 – 1/4" PP – Female NPTF

3 – 3/8" PM – Female/Male NPTF (1/4" and 1/2" only)
4 – 1/2" BT – MS33649 Female/MS33656 Male
98-1110 SERIES TEE-TYPE

98-1110 - T - 2 B - L VR
BASIC SERIES PRESSURE RATING INLET PORT SIZE INLET AND OUTLET PORT TYPE O-RING MATERIAL1 HOUSING OPTIONS
98-1110 T – 6000 psig 2 – 1/4" P – Female NPTF STANDARD: E – Electrical

414 bar 3 – 3/8" B – MS33649 L – Nitrile, V – Visual
S – 10,000 psig 4 – 1/2" F – SAE Buna-N R – Bypass Valve
690 bar OPTIONAL: VR – Visual P Indicator and
N – PTFE Bypass Relief Valve
1. See SPECIFICATIONS for operating temperatures for O-rings.
M – FKM ER – Electrical/Bypass
(Viton®-A)

98-1210 - U - 2 BB - L
BASIC SERIES PRESSURE RATING INLET PORT SIZE INLET AND OUTLET PORT TYPE O-RING MATERIAL1
98-1210 U – 3000 psig 2 – 1/4" PP – Female NPTF STANDARD:

207 bar 3 – 3/8" BB – Male MS33649 L – Nitrile, Buna-N
T – 6000 psig 4 – 1/2" OPTIONAL:
414 bar (3000 and 6000 psig / N – PTFE
S – 10,000 psig 207 and 414 bar only) M – FKM (Viton®-A)
690 bar Z – Ethylene Propylene
1. See SPECIFICATIONS for operating temperatures for O-rings.

TEE TYPE FILTERS
Accessories DFILTER10123XEN2
Specifications
Maximum Operating Pressures

Up to 10,150 psig / 700 bar
-40°F to 392°F / -40°C to 200°C
Flow Capacity
See Flow Rates Table

Housing
316L Stainless Steel or Brass TESCOM TEE Type Filters offer a high quality filter
Filter Element housing and internal elements that provide the
316L Stainless Steel effective and efficient removal of contaminants from
Gaskets both gas and liquid applications.
FKM (Viton®-A)
Viton® is registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. Application
• TEE Type Filters are particularly suitable for the
performance of the following TESCOM pressure
Stainless Steel Filter Elements regulator series: 26-1700, 44-1100, 44-1300,
Stainless Steel filter elements are made up of several 44-2200, 44-4600, and DH
layers of 316 mesh that are sintered together to form
an integrated porous element. The middle mesh is of Features and Benefits
very fine gauge and determines the filtration rates. • Protects pressure system components
This layer is then overlaid with inner and outer layers
from contaminants
of coarser mesh to give support and protection.
These filter elements are a • Operating pressure ratings up to 10,150 psig /
typical surface filter and the 700 bar
contaminants are retained on • Pleated, 20-40 micron, 316L Stainless Steel internal
the surface of the filtration
filter material for maximum contaminant control
layer, which makes cleaning
and back flushing very easy. • Cleanable element reduces operating cost
These filter elements should • Housing available in 316 Stainless Steel and Brass
be ultrasonically cleaned for
best results.

TEE TYPE FILTERS
TEE Type Filters Part Number Selector

D51170 - S 690 - 6 20
BASIC
MATERIAL MAXIMUM PRESSURE NPT CONNECTION SIZE FILTER RATE
SERIES
D51170 S – Stainless Steel 690 – 10,000 psig / 690 bar (1)* 4 – 1/4" 20 – 20 µm
B – Brass 415 – 6000 psig / 415 bar (1)* 6 – 3/8" 40 – 40 µm
310 – 4500 psig / 310 bar (2)* 8 – 1/2"
12 – 3/4"
300 – 4350 psig / 300 bar (1)*
16 – 1"
260 – 3770 psig / 260 bar (2)*
210 – 3500 psig / 210 bar (3)*
40 – 580 psig / 40 bar (4)*
* (1) only 1/4" connec tion size

(2) only 1/2" or 3/4" connec tion size
(3) not for 1/4" connec tion size
(4) not for 1/4" or 3/8" connec tion size
TEE Type Filters Air Flow Rates – In Nm3/h at Stated Line Pressure and 0.1 bar Pressure Drop
Flow rates will depend on which filter element grade is installed in the filter housing. Use the chart below to read the flow
rate at the desired pressure against the used filter elements you will find on next pages.
AIR PRESSURE / bar

FILTER FILTER
ELEMENT RATE [µm] 0.1 1 2 4 7 10 16 34 100 200 340 700
12.32 20 3.9 7.0 11 18 28 39 60 - 350 700 1200 2050
12.32 40 5.3 9.5 14 24 38 52 81 - 480 960 1620 2730
12.57 20 5.1 9.3 14 23 37 51 79 - 470 940 1590 2390
12.57 40 6.1 11 17 28 45 61 95 - 560 1120 1900 3250
25.64 20 8.5 16 23 39 62 85 130 - 780 1560 2320 4700
25.64 40 10 18 27 44 71 97 150 - 890 1780 2466 5350
38.152 20 27 50 75 122 197 275 425 850 - - - -
38.152 40 30 52 80 132 210 287 450 900 - - - -

TEE TYPE FILTERS
TEE Type Filters Drawing
A B C D
TESCOM PART NUMBER FILTER ELEMENT / RATE MATERIAL
Inch / mm
D51170-S690-420 12.57 / 20 316L 0.87 / 22 2.56 / 65 5.32 / 135 1.58 / 40
D51170-S690-440 12.57 / 40 316L 0.87 / 22 2.56 / 65 5.32 / 135 1.58 / 40
D51170-B415-420 12.57 / 20 Brass 0.87 / 22 2.56 / 65 5.32 / 135 1.58 / 40
D51170-B415-440 12.57 / 40 Brass 0.87 / 22 2.56 / 65 5.32 / 135 1.58 / 40
D51170-B310-820 25.64 / 20 316L 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-B310-840 25.64 / 40 316L 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-B310-1220 25.64 / 20 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-B310-1240 25.64 / 40 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-B300-420 12.32 / 20 Brass 0.47 / 12 1.58 / 40 315 / 80 1.77 / 45
D51170-B300-440 12.32 / 40 Brass 0.47 / 12 1.58 / 40 315 / 80 1.77 / 45
D51170-S300-420 12.32 / 20 316L 0.39 / 10 1.42 / 36 2.91 / 74 1.58 / 40
D51170-S300-440 12.32 / 40 316L 0.39 / 10 1.42 / 36 2.91 / 74 1.58 / 40
D51170-B260-820 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-B260-840 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-B260-1220 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-B260-1240 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-S260-820 25.64 / 20 316L 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-S260-840 25.64 / 40 316L 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 /200 3.94 / 100
D51170-S260-1220 25.64 / 20 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-S260-1240 25.64 / 40 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100

TEE TYPE FILTERS
TEE Type Filters Drawing
A B C D
TESCOM PART NUMBER FILTER ELEMENT / RATE MATERIAL
Inch / mm
D51170-B210-620 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-640 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-820 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-840 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-1220 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-1240 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-1620 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-1640 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-620 25.64 / 20 316L 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-640 25.64 / 40 316L 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-820 25.64 / 20 316L 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-840 25.64 / 40 316L 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-1220 25.64 / 20 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-1240 25.64 /40 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-1620 25.64 / 20 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-1640 25.64 / 40 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-B40-820 31.152 / 20 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-840 31.152 / 40 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-1220 31.152 / 20 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-1240 31.152 / 40 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-1620 31.152 / 20 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-1640 31.152 / 40 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-820 31.152 / 20 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-840 31.152 / 40 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-1220 31.152 / 20 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-1240 31.152 / 40 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-1620 31.152 / 20 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-1640 31.152 / 40 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210

FITTINGS
Accessories DCATINFO1281XEN2
FITTINGS BRASS FOR TUBE Ø THREAD PART NUMBER

Fitting, Ø3-G 1/4 RS, Brass 3 G 1/4 RS D41325
Fitting, Ø3-G 1/4 i, Brass 3 G 1/4 i D41890
Fitting, Ø3-G 1/8 RP, Brass 3 G 1/8 RP D20594
Elbow fitting, Ø3-G 1/4, Brass 3 G 1/4 D42878

Fitting, Ø6-G 3/8, Brass 6 G 3/8 D42641
Fitting, Ø6-M12 x 1, Brass 6 M12 x 1 D43407
Fitting, Ø6-M12 x 1, Chrome-plated Brass 6 M12 x 1 D42979
Elbow fitting, Ø6-1/4 RT, Brass 6 1/4 RT D43029

T-fitting, 3 x Ø8, Brass 8 ---- V30033
Elbow fitting, Ø8-1/4 NPT, Brass 8 1/4 NPT D42050
Elbow fitting, MARLI, Ø8-G 1/4, Brass 8 G 1/4 D42721
Elbow fitting, Ø8-Ø8, Brass 8 ---- D42052


Elbow fitting, Ø12-1/4 NPT, Brass 12 1/4 NPT D43646
Fitting, Ø1/8-G 1/8 RP, Brass 1/8 G 1/8 RP D41309

Fitting, Ø1/8-G 1/4 RS, Brass 1/8 G 1/4 RS D41329
Fitting, Ø1/8-1/4 NPT, Brass 1/8 1/4 NPT D44986-2-1-4-1
Fitting, Ø1/4-G 1/8 RP, Brass 1/4 G 1/8 RP D41606

Fitting, Ø1/4-G 1/4 RS, Brass 1/4 G 1/4 RS D41328
NOZZLES BRASS PART NUMBER FITS TO

6 mm D41681 D40619 / D40076 and others
8 mm D50550 D42669 / D40867 and others

FITTINGS
FITTING STAINLESS STEEL FOR TUBE Ø THREAD PART NUMBER
Fitting, Ø3-G 1/4 i, Stainless Steel 3 G 1/4 i D42882
Fitting, Ø3-G 1/4 RP, Stainless Steel 3 G 1/4 RP D40578

Fitting, Ø6-G 1/4 RP, with sealing ring, Stainless Steel 6 G 1/4 RP D40589
Fitting, Ø6-G 1/4 RS, Stainless Steel 6 G 1/4 RS D42644
Fitting, Ø6-M12 x 1, Stainless Steel 6 M12 x 1 D42984
Elbow fitting, Ø6-G 1/4 RT, Stainless Steel 6 1/4 RT D43531
Elbow fitting, Ø6-G 1/4, Stainless Steel 6 G 1/4 D43559
Elbow fitting, Ø6-1/4 NPT, Stainless Steel 6 1/4 NPT D43778

T-fitting, 3 x Ø8, Stainless Steel 8 ---- D43756
Elbow fitting, Ø8-1/4 RT, Stainless Steel 8 1/4 RT D42666
Elbow fitting, Ø8-G 1/4, Stainless Steel 8 G 1/4 D42720

Fitting, Ø10-G 1/4, Stainless Steel 10 G 1/4 D42824
Fitting, Ø10-G 3/8 RT, Stainless Steel 10 G 3/8 RT D44138
Fitting, Ø10-M12 X 1, Stainless Steel 10 M12 x 1 D42453
Fitting, Ø12-G 3/8, Stainless Steel 12 G 3/8 D44269

Inlet connection Ø12-M16 X 1.5, Stainless Steel 12 M16 x 1.5 D42583
Fitting, Ø1/8-G 1/4 RS, Stainless Steel 1/8 G 1/4 RS D41362

Fitting, Ø1/8-G 1/8 RP, Stainless Steel 1/8 G 1/8 RP D43390
Fitting, Ø1/4-G 1/4 RS, Stainless Steel 1/4 G 1/4 RS D41360

Fitting, Ø1/4-1/4 NPT, Stainless Steel 1/4 1/4 NPT D44143
Fitting, Ø1/2-1/2 NPT, Stainless Steel 1/2 1/2 NPT D44986-8-1-8-6
RP - Cutting ring, male-sealing

RS - Gasket at sealing surface
NOZZLES STAINLESS STEEL PART NUMBER FITS TO

6 mm D41768 D41930 / D42644 and others
8 mm D51315 D43757 / D42754 and others

COMPRESSION FITTINGS NTP MALE
Accessories DMALECO10116XEN2
Compression Fittings, NPT Male (tube metric)
TUBE Ø THREAD SIZE PART NUMBER

2 mm 1/8" NPT D44987-2-1-2-X
3 mm 1/8" NPT D44987-3-1-2-X

3 mm 1/4" NPT D44987-3-1-4-X
4 mm 1/8" NPT D44987-4-1-2-X

4 mm 1/4" NPT D44987-4-1-4-X
6 mm 1/8" NPT D44987-6-1-2-X

6 mm 1/4" NPT D44987-6-1-4-X
TUBE Ø THREAD SIZE PART NUMBER
6 mm 3/8" NPT D44987-6-1-6-X
14 mm 1/8" NPT D44987-14-1-4-X
6 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-6-1-8-X
14 mm 1/4" NPT D44987-14-1-6-X
14 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-14-1-8-X
8 mm 1/8" NPT D44987-8-1-2-X
8 mm 1/4" NPT D44987-8-1-4-X
15 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-15-1-8-X
8 mm 3/8" NPT D44987-8-1-6-X
8 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-8-1-8-X
16 mm 3/8" NPT D44987-16-1-6-X
16 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-16-1-8-X
10 mm 1/8" NPT D44987-10-1-2-X
16 mm 3/4" NPT D44987-16-1-12-X
10 mm 1/4" NPT D44987-10-1-4-X
10 mm 3/8" NPT D44987-10-1-6-X
18 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-18-1-8-X
10 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-10-1-8-X
18 mm 3/4" NPT D44987-18-1-12-X
10 mm 3/4" NPT D44987-10-1-12-X
20 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-20-1-8-X

12 mm 1/8" NPT D44987-12-1-2-X
20 mm 3/4" NPT D44987-20-1-12-X
12 mm 1/4" NPT D44987-12-1-4-X
12 mm 3/8" NPT D44987-12-1-6-X
22 mm 3/4" NPT D44987-22-1-12-X
12 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-12-1-8-X
22 mm 1" NPT D44987-22-1-16-X
12 mm 3/4" NPT D44987-12-1-12-X
25 mm 1/2" NPT D44987-25-1-8-X

X: Material Code
25 mm 3/4" NPT D44987-25-1-12-X
1 = Brass
6 = Stainless Steel 25 mm 1" NPT D44987-25-1-16-X

COMPRESSION FITTINGS NTP MALE
Compression Fittings, NPT Male (tube inch)
1/16" 1/8" NPT D44986-1-1-2-X

1/16" 1/4" NPT D44986-1-1-4-X
1/8" 1/8" NPT D44986-2-1-2-X

1/8" 1/4" NPT D44986-2-1-4-X
1/8" 3/8" NPT D44986-2-1-6-X
1/8" 1/2" NPT D44986-2-1-8-X
3/16" 1/8" NPT D44986-3-1-2-X

3/16" 1/4" NPT D44986-3-1-4-X
1/4" 1/8" NPT D44986-4-1-2-X TUBE Ø THREAD SIZE PART NUMBER

1/4" 1/4" NPT D44986-4-1-4-X 1/2" 1/8" NPT D44986-8-1-2-X
1/4" 3/8" NPT D44986-4-1-6-X 1/2" 1/4" NPT D44986-8-1-4-X
1/4" 1/2" NPT D44986-4-1-8-X 1/2" 3/8" NPT D44986-8-1-6-X
1/4" 3/4" NPT D44986-4-1-12-X 1/2" 1/2" NPT D44986-8-1-8-X
1/2" 3/4" NPT D44986-8-1-12-X
5/16" 1/8" NPT D44986-5-1-2-X 1/2" 1" NPT D44986-8-1-16-X
5/16" 1/4" NPT D44986-5-1-4-X
5/16" 3/8" NPT D44986-5-1-6-X 5/8" 3/8" NPT D44986-10-1-6-X
5/8" 1/2" NPT D44986-10-1-8-X
3/8" 1/8" NPT D44986-6-1-2-X 5/8" 3/4" NPT D44986-10-1-12-X
3/8" 1/4" NPT D44986-6-1-4-X
3/8" 3/8" NPT D44986-6-1-6-X 3/4" 1/2" NPT D44986-12-1-8-X
3/8" 1/2" NPT D44986-6-1-8-X 3/4" 3/4" NPT D44986-12-1-12-X
3/8" 3/4" NPT D44986-6-1-12-X 3/4" 1" NPT D44986-12-1-16-X
X: Material Code 7/8" 3/4" NPT D44986-14-1-12-X

1 = Brass 7/8" 1" NPT D44986-14-1-16-X
6 = Stainless Steel
1" 1/2" NPT D44986-16-1-8-X

1" 3/4" NPT D44986-16-1-12-X
1" 1" NPT D44986-16-1-16-X
1-1/4" 1" NPT D44986-20-1-16-X

MOUNTING BRACKETS, MOUNTING SCREWS,
PLUGS FOR GUAGE PORTS
Accessories DMOUNTI10119XEN2
MOUNTING BRACKETS
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Mounting bracket
for 44-1100 and 44-1300 Series,
1129
2 screws 1/4-20 UNF, 25.4 mm length required
(P/N 10032)
Wall mounting bracket

61386
for 44-1100 Series

for two-stage assemblies, 63996
panel mounting nuts (P/N 8686-1) required
MOUNTING BRACKET
for single-stage assemblies, 7743
panel mounting nuts (P/N 8686-1) required
Nut for panel mounting

used on regulators with a threaded bonnet
8686-1
(e.g. 44-1700, 44-1800, 44-2200, 44-2300, 44-2600,
44-3200, 44-3400, 44-4600 Series)
MOUNTING SCREWS
1/4-20 UNF, length 25.4 mm,

5406-21328
for mounting bracket 1129
10-32 UNF, length 7.9 mm,

D41584
for rear mounting of US made products (e.g. 44-2200 Series)
1/4-20 UNC, length 9.5 mm, WALL MOUNTING BRACKET

D43634
for rear mounting of US made products (e.g. 44-3200 Series)
M5, length 8 mm,

for rear mounting of Europe made products N10011
(e.g. 44-2200 Series)
M6, length 12 mm,

for rear mounting of Europe made products 1263196
(e.g. 44-3200 Series)
PLUGS FOR GAUGE PORTS

NPT plug for gauge ports, Stainless Steel

9668-22
1/8" port size
NPT plug for gauge ports, Stainless Steel

9668-36
1/4" port size NUT FOR PANEL MOUNTING

MOUNTING BRACKETS, MOUNTING SCREWS,
PLUGS FOR GUAGE PORTS

PRESSURE GUAGES
Accessories DGAUGE1096XEN2
Standard ø 2" and ø 2-1/2" Pressure Gauges
Specifications
All standard gauges are stock items, please consult TESCOM for special gauge features.
Applications
• Designed for general, laboratory and
semiconductor applications involving the
measurement of compressed gases compatible with
the materials of construction
• For gaseous media
• Gas filling pressure indicator on cylinder regulators
• Machine building and general plant construction
Bourdon Tube
Phosphor Bronze, Beryllium copper or Stainless Steel, ø 2" Stainless Steel Gauge Drawing
depending on gauge style and pressure
Accuracy
Brass
ASME B40.1 Grade B, middle half of scale - 2% of scale range,
ø2 [50.8]
remainder: 3%
Stainless Steel
Grade A, middle half of scale - 1% of scale range, remainder 2%
A
Scale
Single-scale psi or multi-scale psi/bar; psi/kPa; psi / kg/cm2;
psi / kg/cm2 / inches Hg
VCR NPT
Pressure Ranges
Vacuum up to 10,000 psig / 690 bar 0.3 [10]
1.14 [29]
Movement
Brass
Quality brass construction with gears precision generated and
bearing surfaces finely finished to ensure smooth motion and
extended service life
Stainless Steel
CONNECTION 1/4" DIMENSION A, inch [mm]
Glasstuf links with Stainless Steel pins
NPT 1.94 [49.0]
OTHERS VCR® Male swivel

2.32 [58.9]
Ultra High Purity
Cleaning
ASME B40.1 Level IV
VCR® is a registered trademark of Cajon Company.
See next 2 pages for ordering information for ø 2" and ø 2-1/2" gauges by world area.

PRESSURE GUAGES Americas and Asia Pacific
Ordering Information
1/4" NPT, Stainless Steel 1/4" NPT, Brass
PART NUMBER SCALE MAXIMUM PRESSURE PART NUMBER SCALE MAXIMUM PRESSURE
ø 2" Diameter ø 2" Diameter
62837-0030N20 psi / bar 30/2 60500-0030N psi 30
62837-0060N20 psi / bar 60/4 60500-0060N psi 60
62837-0100N20 psi / bar 100/7 60500-0100N psi 100
62837-0200N20 psi / bar 200/14 60500-0200N psi 200
62837-0400N20 psi / bar 400/28 60500-0400N psi 400
62837-0600N20 psi / bar 600/42 60500-0600N psi 600
62837-1000N20 psi / bar 1000/69 60500-1000N psi 1000
62837-2000N20 psi / bar 2000/137 60500-2000N psi 2000
62837-3000N20 psi / bar 3000/207 60500-3000N psi 3000
62837-4000N20 psi / bar 4000/280 60500-4000N psi 4000
62837-6000N20 psi / bar 6000/414 60500-6000N psi 6000
62837-7500N20 psi / bar 7500/517 62838-0060N20 psi / bar 60/4
62837-10000N20 psi / bar 10,000/690 62838-0100N20 psi / bar 100/7
62837-V015N20 psi / bar 30/0/15 62838-0200N20 psi / bar 200/14
ø 2 -1/2" Diameter 62838-3000N20 psi / bar 3000/207
62837-0060N25 psi / bar 60/4 62838-4000N20 psi / bar 4000/280
62837-0100N25 psi / bar 100/7 62838-6000N20 psi / bar 6000/414
62837-0200N25 psi / bar 200/14 ø 2 -1/2" Diameter
62837-0400N25 psi / bar 400/28 62838-0060N25 psi / bar 60/4
62837-0600N25 psi / bar 600/42 62838-0100N25 psi / bar 100/7
62837-4000N25 psi / bar 4000/280 62838-0200N25 psi / bar 200/14
62837-6000N25 psi / bar 6000/414 62838-0400N25 psi / bar 400/28
62837-7500N25 psi / bar 7500/517 62838-0600N25 psi / bar 600/42
62837-10000N25 psi / bar 10,000/690 62838-2000N25 psi / bar 2000/137
62838-4000N25 psi / bar 4000/280
62838-7500N25 psi / bar 7500/517
1/4" VCR® Male Swivel, Stainless Steel
ø 2" Diameter
47760-0030M psi / kg/cm2 30/2
47760-0060M psi / kg/cm2 60/4
47760-0100M psi / kg/cm2 100/7
47760-0200M psi / kg/cm2 200/14
47760-4000M psi / kg/cm2 4000/280
47760-V030M psi / kg/cm2 / inches Hg 30/2/30"

Europe, Middle East and Africa PRESSURE GUAGES
1/4" NPT, Stainless Steel
PART NUMBER SCALE PRESSURE RANGE USAGE
ø 2" Diameter
4802-0300N psi / bar 0 to 300 psi / 0 to 20 bar
4802-3000N psi / bar 0 to 3000 psi / 0 to 200 bar Accessory for various TESCOM series
4802-4000N psi / bar 0 to 4000 psi / 0 to 275 bar • High Purity Compact Panel (VCR®)
4802-6000N psi / bar 0 to 6000 psi / 0 to 415 bar • Compact Panel (Corrosive Gases)
4802-V030N psi / bar -15 to 30 psi / -1 to 2 bar • Point-of-Use Regulator (VCR®)
4802-V060N psi / bar -15 to 60 psi / -1 to 4 bar • Wega Series (Corrosive Gases)
4802-V100N psi / bar -15 to 100 psi / -1 to 7 bar • In-line Regulators, Stainless Steel
4802-V160N psi / bar -15 to 160 psi / -1 to 11 bar • Automatic Changeovers, Stainless Steel
4802-V200N psi / bar -15 to 200 psi / -1 to 14 bar • 44-1100 Series, Stainless Steel
• 44-1800 Series, Stainless Steel
• 44-2200 Series, Stainless Steel
1/4" VCR® Male Swivel, Stainless Steel • 44-2300 Series, Stainless Steel
ø 2" Diameter • 64-3600 Series, Stainless Steel
4802-4000M psi / bar 0 to 4000 psi / 0 to 275 bar • 74-3000 Series, Stainless Steel
4802-V030M psi / bar -15 to 30 psi / -1 to 2 bar

Please consult TESCOM for other options (e.g. different pressure ranges or center back mount connections).

PRESSURE GUAGES Europe and Middle East only
Standard 1.9 inch / 50 mm Pressure Gauges

Standard Process Connection: G 1/4'' male/According to EN 562

Marking: bar, OXYGEN, TESCOM Logo
“Free of Oil and Grease”, EN 562
Diameter: 1.9 inch / 50 mm

Array of connection: 6 o’clock
ARRAY
MAXIMUM
PART NUMBER RED MARK THREAD OF USAGE
PRESSURE*
CONNECTION
Low Pressure
D44150-00G0036 44 psi / 3 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar G 1/4"
D44150-00N0036 44 psi / 3 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar 1/4" NPT
D44150-00G0056 73 psi / 5 bar 44 psi / 3 bar G 1/4"
• TESCOM Point-of-Use Regulator,
D44150-00G0156 218 psi / 15 bar 145 psi / 10 bar G 1/4" MiniLabo 2, Brass
D44150-00N0116 218 psi / 15 bar ---- 1/4" NPT
• TESCOM Wega Series, Brass
• TESCOM Compact Panel, Brass
High Pressure
D44150-00G4016 5801 psi / 400 bar ---- G 1/4"
*Other connections, e.g. NPT or VCR® and pressure ranges are available on request.
Standard 2.5 inch / 63 mm Oxygen Pressure Gauges

OPERATING PARAMETERS PRESSURE GAUGE
Standard Process Connection: G 1/4'' male/According to EN 562
Marking: bar, OXYGEN, TESCOM Logo

ARRAY
MAXIMUM
PART NUMBER RED MARK THREAD OF USAGE
PRESSURE*
CONNECTION
Low Pressure
D44163-00G0166 218 psi / 15 bar ---- 1/4" NPT
D44163-00G0266 363 psi / 25 bar 44 psi / 3 bar G 1/4" • TESCOM Cylinder Regulator LABO
• TESCOM Compact Panel, Brass
High Pressure
D44163-00G4006 5801 psi / 400 bar 4351 psi / 300 bar 1/4" NPT
*Other connections, e.g. NPT or VCR® and pressure ranges are available on request.

Europe and Middle East only PRESSURE GUAGES
Safety Pressure Gauges with Solenoid Contact according to EN 562
GLOBAL TECHNICAL STANDARDS ACCORDING TO DIN 16005
Suitable for oxygen and electronic control applications, solenoid spring contact and switch opens at decaying pressure.

Type of protection: IP 54
Standard process connection: G 1/4'' male*/According EN 562/ISO 5171
Marking: bar, psi, TESCOM Logo, KL. 1.6, EN 562/EN 837-1
Accuracy Class: 1.6 According to EN 562 / ISO 5171

ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NUMBER MAXIMUM PRESSURE RED MARK DIAMETER USAGE
D44500-00G3156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar 2.5 inches / 63 mm • TESCOM Compact Panel
• TESCOM Inline Regulators
D44500-00G4006 5801 psi / 400 bar 4351 psi / 300 bar 1.6 inches / 40 mm • TESCOM Cylinder Regulators
*Other connections, e.g. NPT or VCR® is available on request.
Safety Pressure Gauges with Inductive Contact according to EN 562

GLOBAL TECHNICAL STANDARDS ACCORDING TO DIN 16005
Suitable for oxygen and electronic control applications, contact break with falling pressure, 2m cable.
Material: 316L Stainless Steel

Type of protection: EX II 1G Eex ia IIC T6
Diameter: 2.5 inches / 63 mm
Standard process connection: G 1/4'' male*/According to EN 562/ISO 5171
Marking: bar, psi, TESCOM Logo, KL. 1.6, EN 562/EN 837-1
Accuracy Class: 1.6 According to DIN 16005

PART NUMBER MAXIMUM PRESSURE RED MARK USAGE
D44272-00G3156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar • TESCOM High Purity Compact Panel (VCR®)
• TESCOM Compact Panel
D44272-00G4006 5801 psi / 400 bar 4351 psi / 300 bar • TESCOM Cylinder Regulators
*Other connections, e.g. 1/4'' NPT or 1/4'' VCR-M® and different pressure ranges from 0/15 up to 0/400 bar are available on request.

Safety Pressure Gauges with Capsule Element
Safety Standard: According to VBG 61
Standard Process Connection: G 1/2'' male/According DIN EN 837-1
Marking: mbar, OXYGEN, DIN, TESCOM Logo, KL.1.6

Accuracy Class: 1.6 According to DIN EN 837-3
PART NUMBER MAXIMUM PRESSURE USAGE
7232795 0-60 mbar
7232796 0-160 mbar • TESCOM Cylinder Regulator Regulus
7232797 0-600 mbar • TESCOM Cylinder Regulator Doppelregulus
7232787 0-1.6 bar
Safety Pressure Gauges
Safety Standard: According to EN 837-1
Standard Process Connection: G 1/8'' male/According EN 562/ISO 5171
Marking: bar/kPa or bar/psi or bar, oxygen, DIN, TESCOM Logo, Kl.2.5
Accuracy Class: 2.5/According EN 562/ISO 5171

PART NUMBER MAXIMUM PRESSURE RED MARK DIAMETER USAGE
D44274-00G3156 315 bar / kPa x 100 200 bar / kPa x 100 1.6 inches / 40 mm TESCOM Regulators for Medical
D44274-12G3156 315 bar / kPa x 100 200 bar / kPa x 100 1.6 inches / 40 mm TESCOM Regulators for Medical
D45120-12G0026 36 psi /2.5 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar 1.6 inches / 40 mm TESCOM Point-of-Use Regulators, MiniLabo 2
D51674-00G3156W 315 bar ---- 1.9 inches / 50 mm TESCOM Regulators for Medical
ORDERING INFORMATION GASKETS FOR GAUGES
PART NUMBER MATERIAL PORT SIZE THICKNESS PART NUMBER MATERIAL PORT SIZE THICKNESS
D1326 Brass G 1/2'' 0.75 D18909 Stainless Steel G 1/4'' 2.00
D12929 Brass G 1/4'' 1.00 V09535 Stainless Steel 1/4'' VCR® ----
D42289 Brass G 1/4'' 2.00 D4917 Copper (Cu) G 1/8'' 0.50
D42339 Copper (Cu) G 1/4'' 3.30 D4916 Copper (Cu) G 1/8'' 0.75
V10055 Stainless Steel G 1/4'' 0.50 D4873 Copper (Cu) G 1/8'' 1.00

POINT-OF-USE ACCESSORIES
Accessories DCATLABO1286XEN2
GAUGE
All gauges are Oxygen cleaned, free of oil and grease.
Standard Process Connection*

G 1/4" male / acc. EN 562
Marking
bar; OXYGEN
Graphical Symbol
Standard Array of Connection*
6 o’clock
Diameter GAUGE D43650-00G0036
1.97" / 50 mm
*Please consult TESCOM for additional pressure ranges or special array

of connections (e.g. centrical connection)
Gauges - Standard Stock Items

ARRAY OF
PART NUMBER PART NUMBER MAXIMUM
RED MARK CONNECTION
STAINLESS STEEL BRASS PRESSURE
STANDARD
D43650-00G0036 D44150-00G0036 44 psi / 3.0 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar 6 o’clock
Metering Valves*
Nominal diameter: DN 2
Inlet Connection: G 1/4" male
Outlet Connection: 6 mm compression fitting + 6 mm hose connector
PART NUMBER MATERIAL TYPE

D43215-AR-05 Brass Diaphragm Metering Valve D43216
D43216-AR-05 Stainless Steel Diaphragm Metering Valve
*Please reference datasheets “Needle Metering Valve” and

“Diaphragm Metering Valve” for detailed technical specifications.
Flame Arrestor

FLAME ARRESTOR D42349
Flame Arrestor H2, 10 bar 143.077 (PART OF D50410)
Kit Flame Arrestor, O2 and Air, 20 bar D50410-12-06
Kit Flame Arrestor, Acethylene D50410-22-06

POINT-OF-USE ACCESSORIES
Accessories
Handwheel Knobs, Color Grey

D43204-6 Handknob Diaphragm Metering Valve (DMV)
D45121-6 Cap DMV CAP MINILABO

D44973
D43237-6-PP “Turning knob, Shut-off valve”
D45121-6 Cap, Shut-off valve
D43683-6 Handwheel MiniLabo
D44973 Cap MiniLabo
D44977-XX Gas specific label MiniLabo acc. EN 13792 HAND WHEEL MINILABO
D43683-6
D43684 Handwheel MiniLabo
D45122-6 Handknob Needle Metering Valve (NMV)
D45123-6 Cap NMV
Stainless Steel Fittings for Inlet and Outlet of Pressure Regulator

D42644 G 1/4" to 6 mm tube

FITTING G 1/4" TO 10 MM
D43757 G 1/4" to 8 mm tube
D41933
D41933 G 1/4" to 10 mm tube
D41362 G 1/4" to 1/8" tube
Brass Fittings for Inlet and Outlet of Pressure Regulator

D41329 G 1/4" to 1/8" tube or hose 6 MM HOSE NOZZLE FOR D40619

D41681
D41359 1/8" hose nozzle for D41329
D40619 G 1/4" to 6 mm Cu-tube or hose
D41681 6 mm hose nozzle for D40619
D42669 G 1/4" to 8 mm Cu-tube
D41756 G 1/4" to 10 mm Cu-tube
Brass Fittings for Outlet Valve

FITTING G 1/4" TO 6 MM CU-TUBE OR
D41309 G 1/8" to 1/8" tube / hose HOSE D40619
D41359 1/8" hose nozzle for D41309
D40076 G 1/8" to 6 mm tube / hose
D41681 6 mm hose nozzle for D40076

WEGA ACCESSORIES
Accessories DCATLABO12106XEN2
Gauges for WEGA Single or Dual Stage Series*

ALL GAUGES OXYGEN CLEANED, FREE OF OIL & GREASE
Standard process connection: G 1/4" male / acc. EN 562
Marking: bar; OXYGEN
“Free of Oil & Grease”, EN 562
Standard array of connection: 6 o’clock

Diameter: 1.97 inches / 50 mm
Gauge D43650-00G0036
*Further gauges are available on request
Gauges Stainless Steel - Standard Stock items Special Features for Stainless Steel gauges on
request with additional charge
MAXIMUM ARRAY OF CERTIFICATES FOR PART NUMBER ADDER
PART NUMBER RED MARK
PRESSURE CONNECTION STAINLESS STEEL GAUGES Please add to part number.
Low Pressure Cert 2.2 2
D43650-00G0036 44 psi / 3 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar 6 o’clock Cert 3.1 3
D43650-00G0056 73 psi / 5 bar 58 psi / 4 bar 6 o’clock Calibration Cert 4
D43650-00G0156 218 psi / 15 bar 145 psi / 10 bar 6 o’clock Cert 2.2 & Calibration Cert 5
D43650-00G0266 363 psi / 25 bar none 6 o’clock Cert 3.1 & Calibration Cert 6
High Pressure code
The last character of part number
D43650-00G3156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar 6 o’clock defines the array of connection.
ARRAY OF CONNECTION
D43650-00G4006 5801 psi / 400 bar 4351 psi / 300 bar 6 o’clock Please replace it if you want to order
a gauge different from standard.
12 o’clock 0
3 o’clock 3
9 o’clock 9
Centrical C
Frontring F
Gauges Brass - Standard Stock items Special Features for Stainless Steel gauges on
request with additional charge
MAXIMUM ARRAY OF CERTIFICATES FOR PART NUMBER ADDER
PART NUMBER RED MARK
PRESSURE CONNECTION BRASS GAUGES Please add to part number.
Low Pressure Calibration Cert K
D44150-00G0036 44 psi / 3 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar 6 o’clock code
The last character of part number
D44150-00G0056 73 psi / 5 bar 58 psi / 4 bar 6 o’clock ARRAY OF CONNECTION defines the array of connection.
D44150-00G0156 218 psi / 15 bar 145 psi / 10 bar 6 o’clock Please replace it if you want to order
a gauge different from standard.
D44150-00G0406 580 psi / 40 bar 290 psi / 20 bar 6 o’clock
12 o’clock 0
High Pressure
3 o’clock 3
9 o’clock 9
Centrical C
D44150-00G4016 5801 psi / 400 bar none 6 o’clock
Frontring F

WEGA ACCESSORIES
Gauges for WEGA for Corrosive Gases and Purging Series

ALL GAUGES OXYGEN CLEANED, FREE OF OIL & GREASE AND SUITABLE FOR ECD APPLICATIONS
Standard process connection: G 1/4" NPT male / according ISO 5171
Marking: psi / bar
Standard array of connection: 6 o’clock

Diameter: 2.0 inches / 50.8 mm
Certificates: calibration, 2.2 and 3.1 certificates available - please note when ordering Gauge 4802-V060N
Gauges Stainless Steel - Standard Stock items
PART NUMBER MAXIMUM PRESSURE ARRAY OF CONNECTION

Low Pressure (Outlet)
4802-V060N 60 psi / 4 bar 6 o’clock
4802-V100N 100 psi / 7 bar 6 o’clock
4802-V200N 200 psi / 14 bar 6 o’clock
High Pressure (Inlet)
4802-4000N 4000 psi / 275 bar 6 o’clock
Metering Valves*
Nominal diameter: DN 2
Inlet Connection: G 1/4" male
Outlet Connection: 6 mm compression fitting + 6 mm hose connector
PART NUMBER MATERIAL TYPE

D43215-AR-05 Brass Diaphragm Metering Valve
D43216-AR-05 Stainless Steel Diaphragm Metering Valve
*Please reference datasheets “Needle Metering Valves” and “Diaphragm

Metering Valves” for detailed technical specifications
Diaphragm Metering Valve
D43216
Repair Kits WEGA

D43439 Repair Kit WEGA 2 Brass
D43440 Repair Kit WEGA 2 Stainless Steel
D43441 Repair Kit WEGA 1 Brass
D43442 Repair Kit WEGA 1 Stainless Steel

Index
Find products easily by series and keywords
Index 677
Search by Products
20-1200 Series 103 44-3200F Series 183 74-3000 Series 419
22-5400 Series 375 44-4000 Series 191 100-625 Pressure Transducers 645
23 Series 379 44-4200 Series 195 Accessories for Panels 599
26-1000 Series 107 44-4600 Series 199 Aircraft Charging Carts 641
26-1100 Series 113 44-4700 Series 499 Automatic Changeover Regulators
577
26-1200 Series 117 44-5000 Series 203 and Systems
26-1300 Series 453 44-5200 Series 207 BB-1 Series 253
26-1500 Series 123 44-5200F Series 211 BB-3 Series 523
26-1600 Series 127 44-5500 Series 503 BE Series 257
26-1700 Series 449 44-5800 Series 215 CC Series 539
26-1700F Series 463 44-7400 Series 219 Compact Panel 585
26-2000 Series 131 449-254 Series 383 Compression Fittings NPT Male 663
26-2300 Series 467 50-2000 Series 223 CP32 Series 261
26-2500 Series 471 50-2200 Series 227 DA Series 265
26-2700 Series 475 50-4000 Series 231 DG Series 269
26-2900 Series 479 54-2000 Series 233 DH Series 273
30 Series 535 54-2100 Series 507 DH-16 Series 279
42MW Series 649 54-2200 Series 237 DHF Series 283
44-1100 Mod 834 139 54-2300 Series 511 DK Series 287
44-1100 Series 135 54-2700 Series 517 DV Series 527
44-1300 Series 143 54-2800 Series 243 Diaphragm Metering Valve 543
44-1300F Series 149 54-3500 Series 521 ER5000 FAQs 607
44-1500 Series 153 56 Series 247 ER5000 Series 609
44-1700 Series 483 56-2000 Series 251 ER5100 Series 633
44-1800 Series 157 64-2600 Series 387 ER5K Series Kits 622
44-2200 Series 161 64-2800 Series 391 FR-2000 Series 291
44-2200F Series 165 64-3200 Series 395 High Pressure Panel 595
44-2300 Series 487 64-3400 Series 399 High Pressure Point-of-Use 295

Index
Search by Products (Continued)
High Pressure Point-of-Use 295 Point-of-Use Accessories 673 Ultra High Purity Compact Panel 583
Labo-F and Doppelregulus 299 Pressure Gauges 667 Ultra High Purity MiniLabo 2 309
Line Pressure Reducer 6.0 301 PS-3400 Series 313 VA/VG Series 557
Metal Bellows Shut-off Valve 549 Regulus 3 317 VJ Series 563
Metal Diaphragm Shut-off Valve 551 Regulus 4 321 VK Series 565
MiniLabo 2 305 Regulus Stainless Steel 325 VM Series 567
NA4 Series 601 SG1 Series 327 VN Series 569
Needle Metering Valve 553 SG2 Series 335 VT Series 571
PH-1600 Series 427 SG3 Series 341 WEGA 1 and 2 351
PH-1800 Series 434 SJS Series 347 Wega Accessories 675
PH-2200 Series 435 System Components for Compact WEGA Corrosive Gases and Purging 355
591
PH-2600 Series 439 Panels WEGA Mini 357
PH-3200 Series 443 Systems Capabilities Overview 639 WEGA-SP 359
Search by Topic
Terms Page Terms Page
-A- Common Soft goods 27

About laboratory 25 Elastomers 27
Automatic or manual changeover 25 Buna-Nitrile (Buna-N, NBR) 27
Centralized or decentralized gas supply 26 Ethylene Propylene (EP) 27
Choice of material 26 FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®) 27
Control in mbar range 26 FKM, Fluorocarbon (Viton®) 27
Purging 26 Urethane 27
Relief valve for regulators 26 Fluoropolymers 28
Set into operation with corrosive gases 26 CTFE 28
Single-stage or dual-stage 25 FEP 28
Accessories (TOC) 643 PFA 28
Automation 640 Virgin PTFE 28
-B- Polymers 28
Basics of Pressure Regulation 51 PEEK (Polyetheretherketone) 28
Burst & Proof Testing 639 Polyimide (Vespel®) 28
-C- Common Terms and Definitions 23
Calibration 639 Accumulation Pressure 23
Certifications/Standards 31 Accuracy 23
Cleaning procedures 36 Air Load 23
Oxygen Cleaning 36 Balanced Valve 23
Ultra High Purity Cleaning 36 Bellows 23
Bias 23
678
Index
Search by Topic (Continued)
Common Terms and Definitions 23 Set-Ability 25
Burst Pressure 23 Set Pressure 25
Captured Venting 23 Single-Stage 25
Control Element 23 Specific Gravity (Sg) 25
Cracking Pressure 23 Specific Gravity (SL) 25
Creep 23 Spring Load 25
Cv (Flow Coefficient) 23 Unbalanced Main Valve 25
Decaying Inlet Characteristic 24 Venting 25
Diaphragm 24 Company Information 7
Differential Pressure Regulator (Tracking) 24 Contact TESCOM 19
Dome Load 24 Corporate Overview 9
Droop 24 Products By Industry 13
Dual-Stage (Two-Stage) 24 Conversion tables 37
Flow Capacity 24 Common Surface Finishes 38
Flow Rate (Q) 24 Flow Volume 37
HPIC 24 Length 37
Hysteresis 24 Mass Flow Rate 37
Inlet Pressure (P1) 24 Pressure 38
Leakage - External 24 Surface Finishes Ra 38
Leakage - Inboard 24 Temperature 38
Leakage - Internal 24 Volume 37
Leakage - Outboard 24 Cylinder Valve Connections 71
Load Element 24 -E-
Lock-Up 24 Electropneumatic Controllers 605
Minimum Controllable Flow 24 ER5000 FAQs 607
Minimum Controllable Pressure 24 -F-
Outlet Pressure (P2) 24 Flow Curves and Calculations 41
P1 24 -G-
P2 24 Gas & Fluid Supply 639
Pilot Regulator 24 -L-
Piston 25 Leak & Flow Testing 640
Proof Pressure 25 -M-
psia (Absolute Pressure) 25 Manifolds & Blocks (TOC) 640
psig (Gauge Pressure) 25 Manifolds/Changeover Regulators 575
Purging 25 Materials (explanation of materials) 26
Ra Finish 25 17-4 SST (UNS S17400) 26
Repeatability 25 303 Stainless Steel (UNS S30300) 26
Reseat Pressure 25 316 Stainless Steel (UNS S31600) 27
Sensing Element 25 Aluminum 6061 (UNS A96061) 27
Sensitivity 25 Brass (UNS C36000) 26

Index
Search by Topic (Continued)
Materials (explanation of materials) 26 -S-
Hastelloy® (per ASTM B576) 27 Systems Capabilities Overview 639
Monel (per ASTM B127/164) 27 Automation 640
Nitronic 60 (UNS S21800) 26 Burst & Proof Testing 639
-O- Calibration 639
On/Off and Shut-off Valves (TOC) 533 Gas & Fluid Supply 639
-O- Leak & Flow Testing 640
Porting & Threads 33 Manifolds & Blocks 640
BSP 34 -T-
High Pressure (AMINCO®) 34 Technical Information
HPIC 35 Basics of Pressure Regulation 51
Medium Pressure (Autoclave®, Slim-Line®) 34 Cylinder Valve Connections 71
Metric ISO Thread 36 Flow Curves and Calculations 41
MS33649 33 Regulator Recommendations for Semiconductor Gases 69
NPT 33 Regulator Specification Information and Services 39
Pipe Thread (G-Thread) 35 World Area Differences 33
SAE 33 -W-
-R- World Area Differences 33
Regulator Recommendations for Semiconductor Gases 69
Regulator Specification Information and Services 39
680
NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

YOUR WORLDWIDE PRESSURE CONTROL PARTNERS
TESCOM distributor support centers are located in most major cities worldwide. More than 100 locations provide
application assistance and quality TESCOM product.
To find your nearest local TESCOM representative, visit our website www.tescom.com and click on Locate Sales
Office or contact the nearest TESCOM main world area location.
1
2 4
1 2 Americas
Emerson Automation Solutions
TESCOM
12616 Industrial Boulevard 5801 East Harrison

Elk River, MN 55359 Harlingen, TX 78550
United States United States
T +1 800 447 1250
na.tescom@emerson.com
3 Europe
TESCOM
An der Trave 23-25

23923 Selmsdorf
Germany
T +49 38823 31 284

eu.tescom@emerson.com
4 Asia-Pacific

TESCOM
Building 40B-2
1006 Jin Min Road
Shanghai Pu Dong District
Shanghai 201206, China
T +86 21 2892 9000 (China)

T +65 6777 8211 (Singapore)
ap.tescom@emerson.com
DGCAT2053X012 © 2017 Emerson Process Management Regulator Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved. 11/18.
The Emerson logo is a trademark and service mark of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their prospective owners.
TESCOM™ is a mark owned by Tescom Corporation, a business of Emerson Automation Solutions.
www.tescom.com

Product Catalog Edition IV November 2018 Tescom en 5235204 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product Catalog Edition IV November 2018 Tescom en 5235204 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TESCOM

Product Catalog - Edition IV

Precision pressure control solutions for your industry.

Your worldwide pressure control partners

CNG Fueling Station 44-

Factory Automation Liquid Mini

INDUSTRIAL PARK APPLICATIONS Additional

Manufacturing 3200 44-

LOADING – Spring, Dome, Air Actuated,

Regulators - Pressure Reducing

Regulators - Relief / Backpressure

On/Off and Shut-off Valves

Integrated Custom Systems

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 5

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 7

Minneapolis Location Circa 1924

HISTORY A STRATEGIC FOCUS

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 9

10 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250

ISO 9000 Quality System

MISSION MANUFACTURING APPROACH

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 11

12 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250

AEROSPACE & DEFENSE PAGE

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 13

DIVING & LIFE SUPPORT PAGE

ENERGY & ENVIRONMENTAL

14 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250

INDUSTRIAL MANUFACTURING & TESTING PAGE

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 15

LABORATORY AND R&D PAGE

16 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250

MEDICAL (AVAILABLE ONLY IN EUROPE) PAGE

WegaMed 200 and WegaMed 300

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 17

OIL & GAS EXPLORATION AND EXTRACTION PAGE

PETROCHEMICAL REFINING & PROCESSING

18 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250

Customer Service +1 800 447 1250

Address Emerson Automation Solutions

Address Emerson Automation Solutions

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 19

Customer Service +86 21 2892 9000 (China)

Address Emerson Automation Solutions

20 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250

World Area Differences

Regulator Specification Information and Services

Flow Curves and Calculations

Basics of Pressure Regulation

Regulator Recommendations for Semiconductor Gases

Cylinder Valve Connections

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 21

Topics covered are:

COMMON TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

Accumulation Pressure Captured Venting

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 23

24 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250

Contamination of inert gas • Helium leak test of the system

Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 25

MATERIALS (EXPLANATION OF MATERIALS)

Brass (UNS C36000)

26 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250

COMMON SOFT GOODS

b. CV = Qg x Sg se when P1 is less than 2 x P2 or P2 is greater than one-half of